T AMIL NADU S PECIAL P OLICE TSP MANUAL (PART I & II)

Compiled by : Special Police Headquarters Chennai "YUDHI VIKRAMA"

Among the armed forces of the Madras Police, the Malabar Special Police ranks supreme. It was born in adversity but by sheer strength of character and discipline it has overcome all limitations and now it is a crack corps in no way inferior to the flower of the military regiments in India. But the pride of place has been won only at the cost of blood, sweat and rears on the fighting line in the many jungles extending from Vizagapatnam to Cape Comorin. Nor is this all. Several companies of this force are now grappling with the Naga rebels in the mountainous country of Assam.

The beginnings of this force are to be found in the Nayar Sibbandy Corps raised under native chieftains towards the end of the 18th century, when the Malabar country was being ravaged by bands of marauding Moplahs who found a secure retreat in the jungles of Wynad and Walluvanad. Tippu's brutal methods of conversion had engendered a fierce and abiding hatred in the minds of the Hindus against the Muslims and when the British took over Malabar in 1782, they found it necessary to form the Sibbandy Corps 2343 disbanded and their place was taken by a force of 500 armed policemen raised by Captain Watson mainly for the purpose of collecting revenue. It was the same Captain Watson that became the first Conservator of forests in 1806 in Madras State. In the troubled times of Pychy rebellion already function from 1810, when the Darogah system was introduced in the inadequacy of that system. In 1854 the establishment of a local police corps consisting of 31 Indian officers, two buglers and 180 men under the command of two military officers was sanctioned by the Government of India "but the ease with which Mr Conolly, the District Magistrate, was murdered by four escapees "exposed the weakness and inefficiency of the police organization. Act XXIV of 1859 attempted to remove the evils of ineffective and insufficient policing of districts but periodical outbreaks of Muslim fanaticism necessitated the formation of a new unit called the Malappuram Special Police in 1884. Between 1854 and 1884 there had been a dozen instances in which Moplahs had gone on the war path against Hindus and killed a number of them. The special force consisted of 80 constables, 4 head constable, 4 sergeants a bugler and an European Inspector. It was a fine body of men holding its own with European troops in drill and signalling, as the fortunes of the Malabar Special Police are linked with the out-burst of Moplah fanaticism, a recital of some of the outbreaks becomes necessary. On 25-02-1896 a gang of moplahs set out in Chembrasseri village and went about in ever increasing numbers converting Hindus and desecrating temples, the Special Force and troops which had been called out pursued them and found them encamped in a temple. The district Magistrate with the main body of troops occupied a hill overlooking the temple at a distance of about 750 yards across a deep valley. The troops and the police opened fire at once and the fanatics instead of taking shelter, deliberately courted death by offering themselves as a target to the bullets on the open platform of the temple, howling, shouting, waving their arms and firing off their guns. After some time the troops advanced and entered the temple without opposition. A horrible sight met their eyes. Within the narrow precincts were found the bodies of 92 moplahs. Life was lingering in some but the general majority were dead and at least twenty had their throats cut from ear to car. they had been murdered by their compatriots to prevent them from being captured alive.

After this the Malappuram Special Force was made permanent is 1897. During each Ramzan, the Special Force and Calicut Reserve were mobilized and deployed in parties at Pandalur, Pandikkad, Tuvvur, Manjeri and Malappuram. they used to keep themselves in touch with one another by means of signalling arrangements. In 1915 an attempt was made on the life of Mr Innes, the District Magistrate, who had a narrow escape from being shot. The Moplahs concerned in this outrage, and some other fanatics who had joined them, indulged in the usual course of murder and arson, they were shot down by the Special Police force, this was followed by another rising in 1919 when 4 Malabar brahmins and 2 Nairs were put to death by the rebels.

But in point of magnitude and methods of organization, the rising of the Moplah Community in 1921 and the atrocities that followed are unparalleled in the history of Malabar or for that matter, in the history of the whole of India. Sir William Vincent, the Home Member to the Government of India speaking in the Council of State in September 1921 about the immediate causes for the Moplah rebellion said, "At the beginning of this year there were certain speeches delivered and these had a considerable effect on the fanatical population of Malabar which was singularly prone to outbreaks. In June there were reports of volunteer organizations and these organizations were going on secretly. In July there were provoking speeches on the Khilafat question which with the resolution of the All-India Khilafat Conference held in Karachi produced an impression among the Moplahs that the end of the British rule was at hand, the first instance of lawlessness was in this month, when the police officers went to arrest a man for breaking into the house of a Nambudiri, a large number of Moplahs arrived and there was serious danger of riot which was however averted. The Police at the time were powerless and the Moplahs considered themselves victorious. Under the Moplah Outrages Act, the Government arrested three men and there was no trouble; but a party of Police was left to search for others. In the course of this search certain Moplah Policemen, after taking their shoes, entered a mosque. This information spread around and a large force of Moplahs collected to attack the police."

There was a half company of the Second Leicester Regiment at Calicut. At the request of the Madras Government a few days prior to the rebellion, this had been reinforced by three platoons of the same unit from Madras. Thus the strength was something over 200 rifles. The District Magistrate of Malabar, Mr E.F. Thomas, C.I.E., requisitioned military aid for a search of concealed arms at Tirurangadi. Three platoons of the Leicester Regiment accompanied him, one platoon of which was sent to secure Malappuram and the rest arrived along with the Malappuram Special Police on 20-8-1921 at Tirurangadi. The search for arms resulted in the arrest of 3 persons. At about midday information was received that a crowd of 2,000 Moplahs had come by train to the nearest railway station and was advancing on Tirurangadi. The Collector decided to go at once and meet the mob. The police columns consisted of Mr. E.R. Mainwaring, Deputy Inspector General and Mr G.H. Hitchcock, C.I.E., M.B.E., District Superintendent of Police, on the left, and Messrs Lancaster and Amu Sahib, Sub Divisional Officers, on the right, with the Malappuram Special Force in the rear. About a mile and a half from Tirurangadi the column encountered a mob of Moplahs between 2,000 and 3,000 strong with a Khilafat flag in front. They were ordered to disperse but they continued to advance. The Reserve Police with fixed bayonets charged the mob but the rebels brought down their clubs on the rifles. A fight ensued. A constable had his head cut open. Mr Lancaster received a blow on his head. There was firing without the world of command and nine rebels were killed and 40 were taken prisoners. The column returned to Tirurangadi. At this place a small party consisting of Leicesters and the police had been left to guard the camp with Lieut. W.R. Johnstone and M. Rowley, Assistant Superintendent in charge. A mob estimated at 2,000 advancing from another direction attacked this party. They were dispersed with Lewis gun and rifle fire, but the two officers who had advanced towards the mob for a parley along with two Head Constables, named Mohammad and Govindan Nair as interpreters, were surrounded and murdered by the rebels. Their mutilated corpses were picked up by the District Magistrate's party on their return. The District Magistrate handed over the situation at 7 p.m. to the Officer Commanding as beyond Civil Powers. Next day after burying the dead, the District Magistrate and party marched back to Parapparangadi. They found the telegraph lines cut, the railway lines damaged; and they were harried on their flanks all along the route by Moplah hordes. The attacks were, however, repulsed and they reached Calicut by midnight.

The murder of Inspector Readman, in charge of the Malappuram Special Police, pathetic as it was, evidently brought out the high sense of duty displayed by that officer. On the night of 19th August 1921, Mr Lancaster, Assistant Superintendent of Police with Inspector Readman and a posse of police left Malappuram for Tirurangadi but after going some eight miles, Mr Readman was taken ill and had to be sent back in a cart, his orderly accompanying him. The Inspector reached Malappuram early in the morning of 20th and feeling better after a little rest sought leave to rejoin his men at Tirurangadi but the request was not granted at that time. In the afternoon he was informed that he could go if he was of the same mind. He got ready at once and was put in the Collector's car, the chauffeur being the only other occupant. The car was followed by three lorries, in the leading one of which was his orderly Kunhali. After it had traversed the first eight miles from Malappuram, this lorry was held up by a rebel gang who attacked and killed the occupants. The car conveying Mr Readman got as far as the ferry, 12 miles from Malappuram and within two miles of Tirurangadi, when it was attacked by the rebels and it was here that Mr Readman was killed.

Col C.T. Humphreys was appointed Military Commandant by the supreme military authorities. Mr Tottenham, District Superintendent of Police, North Malabar took a detachment of North Malabar Reserve to Ferok Road and Railway bridge on the 21st August 1921 and this party held that important and exposed position for some days. Martial Law was proclaimed on the 24th August, Mr F.B. Evans, I.C.S., joined the Military Commander on the 25th August as Civil Adviser. The severest engagement with the rebels took place on the 26th August 1921 at Pukkottur when a column commanded by Captain Mc Envoy, D.S.O..M.C., was attacked by Moplahs on its advance to Malappuram. It was here that Mr C.B.Lancester, Assistant Superintendent of Police, Malappuram was mortally wounded by a sniper. The rebels were well armed with carbines captured from the police stations they looted, as well as with some sporting rifles, swords, and even knives,they displayed their traditional ferocity and eagerness for death. After five hours of fighting they were beaten off, their casualties being estimated at 400 killed. Mr Lancaster died shortly after wards and the department lost a promising young officer possessed of reckless bravery.

The rebels soon split up, though considerable bodies maintained cohesion for some time and took to looting and murder, constantly endeavoring to elude the forces in their pursuit. A strong military force had to be employed but the operations were much hampered by the hilly nature of the country and the guerilla tactics adopted by the rebels. From the very onset of the rebellion Mr Hitchcock, the District Superintendent of Police, South Malabar realized the imperative need for a special force " to be raised, organized, armed and equipped on the lines of an Indian Infantry battalion, both for the purpose of assisting in quelling the rebellion and to enable the District Police to carry on in safety as soon as troops are removed." The Malappuram Special Force armed with Martin-Henri Single-Shot rifles were found to be insufficient to cope with an insurrection of that nature though the members of this force had brought lasting fame to their organization and country in many encounters they had with the rebels . The District Magistrate strongly supported the suggestion of Mr Hitchcock and addressed the Government for sanctioning the raising of such a force.

" I cannot forecast the future." he wrote, " all I can say is that the merest prudence requires that one should proceed against a relapse on the part of the Mappilas. It seems to me when peace is restored it will be necessary to have armed posts, in addition to a British detachment stationed at Malappuram, situated at a few central places in Wynad and Walluvanad. The rank and file could be recruited from men picked from the large number of Hindu Sepoys demobilized from the Carnatic Regiment and Malabar Infantry, the Headquarters of the force will be Malappuram." The Government accepted the District Magistrate's proposal on the 30th September 1921 Jemadars, 60 Havildars and 600 Constables to formed into 6 companies of Auxiliary Police, this was later called the Malabar Special Police.

The birth pangs of the Malabar Special Police as we have seen were great. Mr Hitchcock took up the task of recruitment. He had been a recruiting officer for the Army during the first Word War (1914-1919) and knew the people of Malabar well. Most of the officers and men recruited by him were demobilized army men who had settled down in their farms and fields but when the call from Mr Hitchcock cane, all of them vied with one another in joining the new police force, without caring to know even the conditions of service, which were laid down only 2 months after the formation of the force. They had belonged principally to the 2/73rd Regiment. The force was officered by an Indian Civil Service Officer, a Probationary Assistant Superintendent of Police and demobilized officers of the British Army, who offered their services and were given appointments as temporary Assistant Superintendents of Police. The recruits were sent to Cannanore for three weeks' training. By the 26th October, the first three companies had taken the field with no equipment except their arms and ammunition. They first drew blood when a detachment was attacked by rebels on 30th October at Chevayoor near Calicut, twenty rebels were killed and two firearms were captured. The police casualties were an Indian rank killed, and one British Officer and 6 Indian ranks wounded. Detachments visited Tamarasseri and Cherukolathur. while crossing a ferry two miles south of Tamarasseri on 8-11-1921, two detachments of Malabar Special Police were opposed by a party of rebels. In the exchange of fire three rebels were killed while the Special Police escaped unhurt. three days later while advancing from Taamarasseri to Omasseri via Koandotti, the hotbed of the rebellion, the Malabar Special Police party was opposed all the way in the dense jungles by the rebels who employed hit-and-run tactics. The Malabar Special Police was equally proficient in these tactics and killed II rebels before reaching the road at Chettamangalam. One of the police ranks fell in the battle and one officer and three men were slightly wounded. In the vicinity of Malayamma 6 rebels were killed, besides several others being wounded, by the Special Police. One Indian officer and on Indian other rank were slightly injured. Between 15th and 18th November the Malabar Special Police carried out punitive operations in Manasseri Area, four rebels were killed and one firearm was captured; On 30th November a Tirurangadi band encountered by the Special Police at Nannambra was given battle and 9 casualties were inflicted. Another detachment operating from Chelambra side accounted for 6 rebels. On the Tirurangadi trunk road, three rebels lost their lives in an encounter. A party of Special Police operating in Kalpakancheri killed four and captured 9 rebels while another company at Chelambara achieved similar results. On the 6th December 4 rebels were shot in a clash at Vennankod. Large scale surrender of rebels began at this period and the Special Police was mentioned along with the Gurkhas and Suffolks as having had successful encounters with the rebels, the leaders of the rebellion were called "Khilafat Kings". One of the prominent among these was Varian Kunnath Kunhamed Haji. On 6th

January 1922 Kunhamad Haji with 21 followers, one 303 rifle, 10 police rifles and four other breech-loading fire-arms, was captured by the special police force organized for that purpose under the leadership of Subedar Gopala Menon and Sub Inspector Ramanatha Iyer.

While on the topic of the Moplah rebellion it would be pertinent to note down here the other casualties in the police department. One head constable at Mudikod stuck to his post after sending away his men even though he was well aware of the danger to his life. He was brutally killed by the rebels. Two constables of Nilambur were murdered while they were on intelligence duty. On 18th December a party of police consisting of detachments from the Armed Reserves of Salem, Trichirapally and Coimbatore districts under a sergeant stationed at Pandalur on the Nilgiri-Wynad road was attacked by a considerable body of rebels. One constable of the Salem Armed Reserve was killed as also two surveyors and three peons of the Madras Revenue Survey who were in the same building as the police. The Gudalur Circle Inspector Mr Seshagiri Rao who was halting in the post-office at Pandalur was also attacked and murdered. One of the most atrocious acts of the rebels was the murder and decapitation of Khan Bahadur K.V.Chekkutty, a retired Inspector of Police. His head was paraded on a pike for his alleged support of the Government. A similar fate fell on retired Head-constable Kumara Panicker.

It has already been noted that the special police working under the martial Law commander gave a very good account of themselves. Its company commanders were Messrs C.G.Tottenham.l.M.Farser.i.c.s., King Colebrook, Charsley and Bayzand. messrs Elliot and Bishop also worked with the troops during the martial law period, but the services of Mr Hitchcock stood apart as altogether exceptional. With his unique local knowledge and splendid devotion to duty, he might be truly said to have been the mainspring of the suppression of the rebellion both as the Chief Intelligence officer of the martial Law Commander and as the superintendant of Police after the abrogation of the martial law. The magnitude of the devastation caused by the rebellion can be seen from the fact that, during its progress, 19 Police stations had been sacked, 8 revenue officers including subtreasuries looted, 10 subregistrars, offices, destroyed and 16 post-offices pillaged. The destruction of village office, travellers' bungalows and bridges was terrific. Railway lines and stations also did not escape the hands of rebels.

The work of the Malabar special Police can be appreciated only in the context of the holocaust described. Jemadar K.P.Kunhiram Menon, one naik and four constables were killed, and two British officers Messrs Colebrook and Parser, Subedar senjeeva Menon, Jemadar Kunhi Raman Nair, one Havildar and 12 constables were wounded. The military casualties were 24 killed and 103 wounded. The total police casualties were 24 killed and 29 wounded. Mr Evans, Special Civil officers in Malabar with the troops, wrote," The Malabar special police took the field with little training or organization but did very well. Most units displayed considerable bravery when put to it and all proved their mobility." Mr Colebrook did not turn back after his joining the Malabar Special police. For several years he was its Assistant Commandant, and its commandant and to him largely does this force owe its incomparable efficiency and smartness.

But after the rebellion, the Malabar Special Police was not allowed to rest on its laurels. Its fame as experts in guerilla warfare spread to the four land. When a similar rebellion broke out in the Gudem Hills in the Vizagapatem Agency the local reserves could not make any headway and the Government wisely thought of utilizing the Malabar Special to put down the insurrection in preference to a martial-law administration. This was called the Fituri operation. It would be appropriate at this stage to refer to the disturbances in this area in the past but before doing so, it is necessary to explain the meaning of the word ' fituri'. Fituri is the local name for the outbreaks which occur time and again in the Agency tracts of Vizagapatam and Fituridar is a person who takes part in such an outbreak. Details of some outbreaks have already been given in the preceding pages.

The event of the official year 1879-80 in the Godavari Agency was the rising in Rampa and neighbouring tracts. Rampa, a hilly and feverish territory containing about 100 square miles,was formerly held on rent-free police tenure by a feudatory (called the mansubdar) of the now long since dismembered zemindari of Peddapuram. The first mansubdar died in 1835, and his being an illegitimate minor was expelled from the country by the landholders of the petty tracts {called muttahs] into which it was divided. He was however eventually restored in 1847 after protracted negotiations between his retainers and Government and in an agreement entered into by him at that time he bound himself to levy no other cess from than a sum of Rs. 1,000 payable in fixed shares and to preserve the peace in Rampa. Certain distinct penalties were laid down, one of which was that if he for the third time proved himself unable to maintain the peace in his estate it was liable to be resumed by the Government Undisturbed however by these obligations, he carried on a systematic spoliation and usurpation with the result that although armed risings against his authority took place on various occasions. he contrived to get under his control eight muttahs from which he raised rents greatly in excess of the tribute he was entitled to, and was levying a large revenue from various unauthorized cesses; and favoured by the apathy of the local officers, he cleverly contrived to cerate a general belief that his acts had official countenance.The consequence was a great distrust of the Government among the hill tribes. The exactions of an unsupervised police and oppressive decrees obtained by traders in the low-country courts against their ignorant debtors contributed to the existing dissatisfaction. The toddy tax caused the final outbreak. The privilege enjoyed up to 1872 by the people of this presidency of drawing toddy for domestic consumption without a licence was, owing to its abuse, annulled in that year. Only certain hilly parts of Canjam and vizagapatam, but not Rampa, were exempted from this restriction. The new toddy tax was first levied in Rampa in 1875;but no serious discontent was caused by it until 1878, when, the Rajahmundry toddy-farm having been let out for the high sum of Rs. 20,000, the sub-renters set to work to raise a heavy tax in and the mansubdar gave notice that he intended to levy an additional toddy-cess for himself as superior landlord.The people of the hills thereupon broke out in open insurrection.On the 9th march 1879 the Rampa Division Police Inspector received information of the projected rising and at once communicated with his superior, meanwhile deputing a head constable and nine men into the interior to ascertain the truth of the report. The superintendent of police, Major Morris land the sub collector, Mr Johnson (the collector was absent in Badhrachalam),proceeded to chodavaram and held a parley with a number of muttahdars who were found assembled there. The latter stated their grievances and were promised redress; but immediately after wards began an attack on the police station continued to fire shots at it throughout the day and surrounded it at night. No casualty however occurred and the besieged party were relieved in a few days by police reinforcements. The 39th Native Infantry was despatched form madras to cocanada the orders of Government the orders of Government being that the troops were to remain in the plains and not to proceed in to the hills without sanction or unless the police were overpowered. The

bulk of the regiment remained at cocanada Rewards were no tified for the leading rebels among whom two muttahdars called sirdar jangam and Amal Reddi of Bodalur were prominent. During the end of March and the beginning of April several small encounters took place between the rebels and the troops and police, the greatest difficulty was experienced in obtaining information, and the ruggedness and exceeding unhealthiness of the country proved formidable obstacles to capturing the fleet-footed jungle men. There were no casualties on the government side in fair fight up to April, but of the constables despatched into the northern parts of Rampa on the 8th March, several were captured and two murdered by a rebel called Tamman Dora. About the end of April the disturbance began to extend northwards into the Gudem Hills in vizagapatnam. a party of police marching from Kota in Rampa to Aditeegala station were fired on and a head constable killed. To replace the lossess caused by fever among the police in Godavari, additional men were brought in form kistna and Ganjam. Sirdar Jangam was attested by a friendly muttahdar on the 29th April, the Government directed that, pending consideration whether the full penalty under the mansubdar's agreement should not be exacted, he should be prohibited from all communication with Rampa country, the rising had, however, by this time spread further afield and had infected the criminal classes of the surrounding parts. One Chandrayya gained an evil reputation by a number of bold dacoities committed by him in the northern part of Peddapuram taluk and in southern Golconda and by the burning of two police stations, to counteract his movements troops were moved to Narasapatnam from Waltair, and he was in May all but captured by Mr. Millett, a police officer. He fled to Tamman Dora for assistance, sickness was at this period exceedingly prevalent. In June the 39th Native Infantry, which had been completely incapacitated for duty by fever, returned to Madras. Chandrayya recovered courage after some easy successes over the demoralized police and local militias; he surrounded Mr Millett at Aditeegala station and defeated him when he endeavoured by force his way out. The situation became so serious that troops were at once ordered up from various quarters. Colonel Rammell was placed in command of all the military and police in the disturbed tracts; and the Nizam's Government and the Commissioner of the Central Provinces were requested to take measures to prevent the escape of the rebels ever their respective frontiers. Mr Sullican, the first Member of the Board of Revenue, was ordered to the Godavari district to make a searching inquiry into the causes of the disturbances. Aditeegala station was relieved on the 25th June. Fresh troubles, however, arose in Rekapalle taluk which adjoins Rampa on the west. On the 10th July Rampa insurgents under Amal Reddi aided by a number of Rekapalle people attacked Wudagudem Police Station. They were driven back, but this new outbreak in a fresh quarter demanded reinforcements in that part. A party of Police proceeded up river from Rajahmundry in the Godavari sternaer, preceded by the shamrock, but the rebels. The officer in command of the Godavari was obliged reluctantly to return, as his vessel had no protection against bullets for the helmsman or engines, the rebels, after this temporary success, burnt on village and threatened another; the Godavari, now protected by mantlets and temporary bulwarks, was sent up the river again. Police and sepoys from the Central Provinces reinforced the Madras forces in Bhadrachalam and Rekapalle, and the Godavari and Severi rivers were patrolled by steamers. Up to the middle of August, 70of Chandrayya's followers were captured, the rising languished during the three following months, and a number of successful raids were made on the rebels and their villages. It being clear that the mansubdar had been a principal cause of the disturbances, the Government decided that the time had arrived for enforcing the full penalty of the 1848 agreement. His estate was placed under attachment, and he was arrested and conveyed as a State prisoner to Berhampore. On references made by Mr Sullivan, orders were passed that only the ring leaders should be dealt with for the offence of waging war against the Queen, and that the rank and file should be indicted for the actual crimes which they could be proved to have committed. Instructions were issued to him on the manner in which the mattahs were to be settled; and all toddy taxation was, with the exception of a trifling cess, prohibited. The effect of these measures was the restoration of Rampa and Rekapalle to comparative quiet, the leader Amal Reddi was captured by a police officer, and Chandrayya was in February 1880 killed by one of his own lieutenants, his band dispersed and a number of minor leaders were captured. The only important rebel remaining was Tamman Dora. Driven out of Rekapalle, Rampa and Golconda the remnants of the dacoits crossed in the beginning of February into Hill Madgole, plundered a village called Kinlankote, and then appeared near Paderu station, which was deserted at their approach by the force (15men) holding it. they wrecked the lock-up, and after committing a number of outrages moved away towards Hill Pachipenta, hot, however, without the lost of 13 of their number, who were captured by the Superintendent of Police, Jeypore. Celebrating their irruption by a series of murders they attacked Araka station, but were beaten off by a few determined constables and forced to retire into the jungles. This was the last noteworthy event up to the end of the year, in the disturbed tracts there were employed at the time 2,400 troops and 658 police, sickness was exceedingly prevalent and destructive; and the numbers given do not represent the forces actually available for duty, which was naturally far smaller. Mr Sullivan's settlement with the muttahdars was confirmed, and the mansubdari tenure of Rampa cancelled the Local Fund Act IV of 1871 was put in force in Rampa and the funds raised under it directed to be laid out in opening up the country by means of cheap roads. To ensure efficient supervision by the district officers a Sub Magistrate with civil powers was located near the foot of the hills, and the Collector required to make a tour in them once a year.

After this there had been petty skirmishes in these hilly areas, in which the district police always had the upper hand and movements of insurrection fizzled out after a short time. But in the year 1921 Alluri Sri Rama Raju, a native of Kistna district appeared to be exercising a good hold on the tribes inhabiting Gudem hill. When his activities slowly because subversive, the Government thought of taking action; but Raju left for Nepal oh a pilgrimage with the permission of the Deputy Agent of the tract. He had a religious bent of mind and people in the area thought him to possess supernatural powers by which he could tame wild animals or make bullets fired from guns turn into water. After a short absence he came back again. The British records are not clear as to why he went on the war-path but from certain observations made therein he was in touch with non-co- operators. It is apparent that he found the British yoke too heavy and started on his own to overthrow the alien Government. The methods adopted by him had no sanction behind them, for the largest political party bent on achieving freedom had always stressed on non- violence as the only means through which the end should be gained.

The riot broke out on the 22nd August 1922 with the supervising of Chintapalli police station and the removal of arms and ammunition from there. This was followed by the looting of two more police stations, Krishnadevipet and Rajavammaje, on succeeding days. Here also only arms and ammunition were taken. A state prisoner who was under confinement in a subjail was released by the rioters but he returned to the jail as he did not like to hitch his wagon to the caravan of Sri Rama Raju. The conspicuous feature of the activities of Raju was that he did not harm any Indian police officer, so long as the latter did not cross his path. There had been many occasions when constables and Sub Inspectors had fallen into his hands and he had allowed them to go free telling them that his quarrel was with the Europeans and not with his countrymen. This form of a national spirit made him popular and the village folk were always willing to give him and his men shelter and food. All the armed reserves in the neighbourhood were mobilized and taken to the Agency and revenue and police officers made sorties into the mountainous strongholds but Sri Rama Raju was the elusive pimpernel, who always escaped just at the moment when the police thought he was in their grips. A party under Assistant Superintendents of Police , Mess Scott Coward and Hayter, who were on the chase, was ambushed on the 24th September and killed by gunshots along with two constable and one constable were wounded. One constable was missing ana me rest of the party returned stricken by the heavy blow inflicted on them. Raju's men removed the pistol of Scott Coward and took it away. The Government realized that the matter was getting serious and there were suggestions from the Special Officer for the Agency that martial law should be declared and Gurkha regiments which had experience of jungle-warfare should be brought into this area which was similar to the trans-frontier Pathan country. Mr Happel of the Indian Police had been appointed commandant of the combined police forces to deal with the insurrection in the area, and a number of European officers which at one time came to eighteen, were detailed to work under Mr.Happel. The concensus of opinion among the officers and the members of the Government was that, if the Malabar Special Police were to lead and display the gallantry they did in the Malabar Rebellion, they were the answer to the fituri. The Malabar Special Police after the rebellion, had been stationed at several posts dotted over the rebel area. It was found difficult to remove them without unduly exciting the fears of the local population who had come to look upon them as their saviours. So arrangements were made to post detachments of the army at Malappuram and remove two companies of the Malabar Special Police to the fituri area. The Malabar Special Police took up patrol work and they had an engagement with the rebels on 6th December 1922, when Raju's hide- out was attacked with vigour. Several rebels were killed and some of the satellites of Raju were captured. Assistant-Superintendent Mr Keene, Subedar Krishna Panicker and Sergeant Goodsell distinguished themselves in this action. Nine police muskets, two .303 rifles, 768 rounds for muskets and 162 rounds for rifles were seized. Another seizure of tragic interest was the recovery of Scott Coward's automatic pistol. After this encounter the rebels dispersed and did not regain full cohesion until March 1923. At the beginning of the year 1923, 13 Indian officers, 33 non-commissioned officers, 321 constables and 14 followers of the Malabar Special Police were doing duty in the Rampa country. While reviewing the good work done during the fituri the Government said in March 1923: " The Malabar Special Police have justified the confidence felt in their ability to deal with situation which before their arrival seemed likely to require an appeal for military assistance." In April, 7 Indian officers,20 non-commisioned officers, 226 constables and 7 followers were repatriated from Gudem Hills but another contingent of 50 was despatched in June to the rebel areas. Mr Happel went on leave from April 1923 and Mr John was placed in command of 200 Malabar Special Police, 80 Koraput Reserve and 80 District Reserves to continue the operations. Mr Happel , who later became the Inspector General of Police, said of them: "Their discipline and general behaviour were excellent; They marched admirably, and inspite of frequent attacks of fever and the greatest hardships, there was never any grumbling or shirking. In action they showed splendid dash and a complete disregard for danger. The Indian officers set an excellent example to their men and proved themselves throughly reliable and efficient."

It was at this time that the formation of a striking force designated as the East Coast Special force on the lines of the Malabar Special Police at Vizianagaram was decided upon. Mr Keating, who was a temporary Assistant Superintendent of Police, was in charge of a special force called Pandalur Special Force in the Nilgiris district. This force was sent to Malabar to reinforce the Malabar Special Police in its several posts, while the Commanding Officer Mr Keating was sent to take charge of the East Coast Special Police, which was being formed at that time. The permanent strength of the Force was to be one Assistant Superintendent of Police in charge of 2 companies consisting of 2 Subedars, 5 jemandars, 2 Havildars Major, 8 Havildars, one Havildar-armourer, 10 naiks and 200 constables. Sanction was later given to recruit two more companies. The first, or 'A', company was raised by Mr Hume from around Guntur, Masulipatam and Bangalore and included 25 men from the BelIary Special Force. The second, or 'B', company was recruited by Mr Colebrook from North and South Malabar. The third, or 'C' company was raised by Mr Keating from Vellore, St. Thomas Mount, Madras and Masulipatam. The composition of 'A' & 'C' companies was half Muslims and half Hindus while 'B' company consisted of Nairs, Ezhavas and Christians. All the three were trained by Mr Keating at Vizianagaram and were sent out to the Agencies in parties as each party completed its training which took about 5 weeks. The instructions covered marching , squad drill, rifle exercises, bayonet-fighting, physical training, musketry, range-firing, extended-order drill, advance guard, rear guard, flank guards, elementary attacks and retirements with blank ammunition, attack-practice with ball ammunition under service conditions and tactical exercises with route marches for the men, revolver course for officers and fire orders and judging distances for officers and non-commissioned officers.

The general programme was to patrol the affected area with the armed forces and arrest the rebels who were expected to return to the vicinity of their villages. However the rebels again collected and formed a gang which was pursued whenever information was recieved upon which it was possible to act. The gang eluded all efforts at capture and it became evident that operations must be conducted on a larger scale and that the intelligence system must be reorganized and developed.

Mr Sweeny was therefore put in command of the operations from 3rd June 1923. He set to work with characteristic energy to reorganize the scheme of operations. The locality was divided into seven areas in each of which a post of armed police was established and to each of which an intelligent staff was attached to work in the area. The commandant of the post was in charge of the area and of the intelligence system.

Telephonic communication was established between Narasapatam, the base of the operations, and 6 of the posts.

The strength of the Malabar Special Police had been reinforced and it had been invigorated by the receipt of fresh companies in replacement of older ones. On the night of 17th September 1923 Mar Kearns, one of the commandants, with a force of Malabar Special Police under Jemadars Narayana Kurup effected the arrest of Gam Mallu Dora, one of the chief lieutenants of Raju. Again ,on the night of 29th September another detachment came upon some rebels in Katira Goddi, attacked and killed one of them.

The East Coast Special Force built up on the traditions of the Malabar Special Police did not lag behind in acts of heroism. On the 25th October 1923 the Police post at Gudem was attacked by Raju and his followers in the absence off the European officers, Messrs Hume and Underwood, The force of 30 under Jemadar Abdul Jaffar Sahib behaved with admirable discipline and in accordance with Camp Standing Orders returned the fire and then charged the enemy who fled. One of the rebels was picked up dead. One Havildar Naik though mortally wounded behaved with heroism by throwing away his rifle bolt, bayonet and bandolier which were thus prevented from falling into the hands of the rebels, who carried off his rifle.

On 1st and 5th of November 1923 parties of the East Coast Special Police under Messrs Hume and Underwood inflicted casualties on the rebels and recovered a .303 rifle, 2 Police muskets, 5 country guns, 184 rounds of police ammunition and one police sword, scabbard and belt. Thirty per cent of the forces working in the area were incapacitated by the toll taken by malaria. Reinforcements in the nature of detachment of Assam Rifles consisting of 4 British officers, 9 Indian officers and 242 non-commissioned officers and men under Major M.Goodall, M.B.E.,arrived on 20th January 1924. A section of 30th Mule Corps was also stationed at Narasaspatam from the beginning of 1924. The rebels managed to avoid contact with troops. As the drives had been ineffectual, the country was divided into 20 areas and in each area an intelligence officer with an escort to continually patrol it, was posted. Messrs G.S.Bozman, I.C.S.,P.W.Dare,I.F.S., and H.A.H.G.Hicks, I.F.S., were working with the police parties at this time. Mr T.G. Rutherford, I.C.S who had been appointed Special Commissioner for Agency Operations decided to deport influential villagers who were known to have assisted the gang and to intern the relations so the rebels in Narasapatam. When these measures were set on foot, the villagers began to evince better co-operation in this work.

On 4th May Intelligence-Inspector Sriman Upendro Patnaik who was moving with a patrol section of the Malabar Special Police got on the track of the main body of rebels. He followed it up and came upon a party of 50 on 6th May. The rebels opened fire on the police, who returned it. Two rebels were killed while Vegi Raju Satyanarayana Raju commonly known as Aggi Raju, the most important of the rebel leaders next to Sri Rama Raju himself, was captured with a .303 rifle and 12 rounds of ammunition.

Sri Rama Raju had evidently been present on the occasion but escaped. Next morning an East Coast Special Police Party under jemadar Kunju Menon and Sub Inspector Alwar Naidu fell in with him and captured him in an engagement. Sri Rama Raju was shot dead while attempting to escape.

The Inspector General of Police Mr Armitage, wrote in the administration report of 1924:- "The rebellion, as I pointed out last year, has been a severe strain upon the police department which possessed no organization nor resources designed to deal with operations of such magnitude. Many officers, superior and subordinate, carried out their duty with most praiseworthy devotion and suffered severely in health. No officer contributed more to the success of the operations than Mr Sweeny. The Work and conduct of the Malabar Special Police, East Coast Special Police and Koraput Reserve in the field was excellent. It is most regrettable that the health of the first two forces has been seriously impaired by their service on the operations and I fear that it will be long before they completely recover from it." The death roll of Malabar Special Police totalled 2 havildars and 9 constables.

The intelligence work in these operation was under the regiment at Cannanore in 1923 for a directions of Sri P.Kanakaraju Pantulu Garu, Deputy Superintendent of Police. The legal and Judicial part connected with the rebellion such as bringing the rebels to trial on the charge of waging war against the king was in the hands of Mr Ganeswara Rao who after several years became the head of the Crime Branch, C.I.D., Madras.

The thread of the development of the Malabar Special Police can be taken up again. The training of the force in Malabar was carried out under great difficulties. A party of two non-commissioned officers and six men were sent to 3/11th Sikh Regiment at Cannanore in 1923 for a course in visual signalling. For the first time, wireless sets were installed in Malappuram and in the six posts, by the firm of Marconis, one of whose experts examined the operators and trainees. One Ford Motor Ambulance and three Ford one-ton lorries were added to the equipment of the force. In 1924, thirteen officers attended a course in wireless telegraphy conducted by an engineer, Mr Goodwin of the Marconi Company. Three others completed a course in Morse and 'procedure' under the same instructor. Mar Elliot, District Superintendent of Police, was in charge of the force but the brunt of the work fell on Mr Colebrook. The Pandalur Special Force was abolished and efficient men from it were taken to the Malabar Special Police. the Collector Mr H.R.Pate, I.C.S., writing about the Malabar Special Police in 1926 said, "It is even now not too early to be looking ahead to arrangements which should be made when for any reason Mr Colebrook is no longer available to hold this charge, since it is of the utmost importance to avoid any risk of deterioration in the fabric which he has so largely built up himself. The account, which Mr. Colebrook gives of the mechanical working of the wireless installations, is somewhat disquieting and I think that either a qualified engineer with wireless training should be appointed to be in charge of the installations or arrangements should be made by which such an engineer should inspect and advise on the working of the system at regular intervals. I understand that Government will no longer be entitled to the gratuitous advise of the Marconi Agent." Next year the first Assistant Commandant was designated Adjutant and Assistant Commandant for reasons of discipline. There was some difficulty in getting recruits and the height for the men was reduced from 5'7" to 5'6".

Ill-luck had been dogging the footsteps of the East Coast Special Police. Its Commandant Mr Peterson was shot dead by an assistant armourer who ran amuck killing also the Havildar armourer. Finally he shot himself. The Government ordered a joint enquiry by the District Magistrate, Vizagapatnam and the Inspector General of Police, Madras and as a result of the facts disclosed the Government concluded that the East Coast Special Police could no longer remain a separate unit. So it was disbanded.

The Malabar Special Police enlisted some of the men discharged from the East Coast Special Police. The height for recruitment was further reduced to 5'5" and detachments were called for duty outside Malabar twice during the year, first in connexion with the arrival of the Simon Commission and then during the South Indian Railway strike. Inspection by army officers seconded from the army. Moplahs had been kept out of the force but a departure was made in 1932 for the first time in enlisting 9 Moplahs. The posts were reduced from 6 to 5 in 1936. In 1937 the Nilambur post was also closed thereby bringing down the number of posts to 4. There was a reorganization of strength which provided for 27 Indian officers and 737 petty officers and men. The Malabar Special Police was allotted a new wave-length for wireless work and this was the first police organization in the Madras State utilizing wireless for operational purposes. An addition of the 10 Indian officers and 318 non-commissioned officers were sanctioned in 1940 and so the total strength rose to 1,092. Officers from the District Armed Reserve began to be trained in the Malabar Special Police in all branches.viz. instructional courses in small arms, physical training, and signalling. Selected officers from the Malabar Special Police were sent to military establishments for training. The war found the Malabar Special Police relieving the military of some of their duties. They garrisoned West Hill and Malappuram military posts. They also guarded vulnerable points in Madras and the Nilgiris. Companies were also detailed on patrol duty to put an end to smuggling of food grains on the Cochin-Coimbatore and Travancore borders. Mysore State sent 2 Inspectors for a short term training of 3 1/2 months. Some Malabar Special Police Officers were also trained in the Army Signal School, Poona, the small Arms School, Saugor, and the Army School of Physical Training, Poona. The Malabar Special Police was put to the severest test during the war owing to constant movements of detachments throughout the length and breadth of the Madras State in suppressing disturbances arising out of the high-handedness of certain political parties. But yet they continued to perform their duties without demur. The food situation was anything but satisfactory in all the districts, particularly in Malabar, and though the Malabar Special police were following the traditions of the army in their training and nature of work, they were only treated as ordinary citizens in so far as rationing was concerned. Moreover they had rapidly expanded from 4 to 16 companies. The personnel of the 12 companies of the Emergency Additional Force began to be apprehensive of their future on the cessation of war. This fear was fostered and kept alive by the subterranean activities of some of the black sheep who had gained ingress into the force during the period of its phenomenal expansion. The cut in ration and consequent indebtedness in tea-shops to supplement the meagre food fanned the already agitated feelings. Some of the bad hats were discovered and sent out of the force. This gave them an opportunity to get in touch with recalcitrant political elements in the State and obtain the letter's support for redressing the grievances of the men. Further there was general unrest in the Royal Indian Navy, in the Air Force, in the Army and in the Police of Bihar. A spirit of defiance was in the air. The Malabar Special Police fell a victim to this rebellious spirit, because of the ennui caused by their routine duties and lack of facilities for relaxation. These let to what is called the mutiny of the Malabar Special Police. The word mutiny is generally used in relation to the revolt of soldiers against officers. The Malabar Special Police not being eligible to the privileges of the army should not have been branded as mutineers. The strike started on the 16th April 1946 with 'G' company refusing to carry out any duties until their demands for higher pay and belter living conditions were met. It ended on the 24th with the summary dismissal of 946 other ranks. The last of the Soldier- Commandants, Lieut Col Bryon, made his exit during this period and an Indian Police officer took charge of the force again. The strike resulted in the disbandment of the 4 Emergency Additional Force companies.

The silver jubilee year of the Malabar Special Police was marred by this blot on its escutcheon but this defection was fully expiated when they refused to join the Pay Strike of the City-Police constables in 1953 and helped in restoring order when the City- Police men were tending to be violent. But even before that, during the year 1947 when the communists in North Malabar embarked on violence and committed many anti- social acts, the loyalty and integrity of the force was never doubted and four companies were deployed in North Malabar. They performed their duties as ably and sincerely as they did in 1941 when the Kayyoor Murder case, in which a police constable was stoned to death by communists, was under investigation in the inaccessible and mountainous areas of Hosdurg in South Canara district. Probably the Malabar Special Police has suffered by the continuous antagonism of the communists party towards it which is often publicized by mass propaganda of a type which is the forte of the communists to undermine morale. But the Malabar Special Police continues to thrive. Boredom which had hitherto been the bane of the force was banished by the enforcement of a cumulative and varied training programme and by promoting and invigorating .competitive spirit on the playgrounds and in barrack-room life. But the lurking fear of insecurity still continued to dominate the minds of the temporary forces which was further aggravated by the formation of the Special Armed Police units on a permanent basis. Meantime the training of the personnel for increased responsibilities of a military nature was commenced and pioneer training with the object of repairing damaged bridges and culverts was given to the force. Several non-commissioned officers attended Army Schools and Arsenals and were declared qualified. The Police Action in Hyderabad found the Malabar Special Police on the fighting line itself. I t had the unique distinc tion of being the first police force in the history of India to be included in a military operation order. The Malabar Special Police took the field with the 1st Battalion of the Mysore Infantry and one company of the 1st Gurkhas supported by the 3rd Battalion of Special Armed Police at Munibad against a host of Razakars ably seconded by Hyderabad State Force Regulars. In the battle Constable Appu Nair sacrificed his life by ab|y stemming the tide of the enemy advance on a post. He was awarded the President's Police Medal posthumously. Three junior officers and three other ranks were also rewarded for their gallant deeds. Sometimes good fortune does not drip but rains. In the same year the eight temporary companies of the Emergency Additional Force were made permanent in G.O.Ms.4072 Home dated 20th October 1948. The happy event removed the last vestiges of the uncertainty and suspicion from the minds of the rank and file of the force.

A pioneer platoon similar to the Sappers and Miners was sanctioned in 1949 and the administrative control was transferred from the Deputy Inspector General of Police. After the Police Action the Razakars, having had a taste of the organized strength of public opinion, allowed the arms in position to fall into the hands of communists who had a programme for overthrowing the Government. This took the from of armed bands raiding police stations and villages and terrorizing people. Nilamali on the borders of Hyderabad and the former madras States, was selected by them as a base, the help of the Malabar special Police had to be sought again to quell those disturbances its reputation. On the abolition of the deputy Inspector General of Police, Special Armed Police, the control of the Malabar Special Police reverted to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Western Range again. The welfare work done by the Malabar special Police during floods and other calamities will be narrated in another chapter.

On the eve of the reorganization of State on a linguistic basis, the most significant event in the uninterrupted life of the Malabar Special Police for 32 years, took place: its division into two, one half of 6 companies and half of the headquarters company going over to Kerala and the other half remaining in Madras State. The headquarters of the latter half was shifted to Tiruchirapalli. In 1957 four active companies were formed out of the Tamilian Special Armed police received on repatriation from Andhra Pradesh. One company of the regular Malabar special Police was deputed to Pondicherry and the remaining companies were deputed to the Government of India for service in Assam. The debt due to the detachments of Assam Rifles for help in putting down the Rampa Disturbances, is probably now being repaid by the Malabar Special Police in their service at Assam.

The encomiums paid to the Malabar Special Police by Governors, Executive Councillors, and top-ranking army officer are an index of its efficiency. Lieutenant- General sir Archibald Nye, a former Governor of Madras, reviewing a ceremonial parade was heard to exclaim time and again: "Is this not as good as the Guards?"- the obvious reference being to the British guardsmen, the cream of the British Army. Recently Major-General Mohite found the parade of the Malabar Special Police to be first class. What is more, for several years, the Malabar Special Police monopolized the Presidency Police Sports and secured all the coveted prizes.

Thus the Malabar special Police, whether on the playground or in the battle-field has fully justified its motto "Yudhi Vikrama"- gallant in battle.

The history of the Special Police, is equally interesting, the unsettled conditions in the country following the transfer of power to Indian hands, the intention of some of the political parties to fish in troubled water and the intransigence of the Razakars on the border of Madras State, were responsible for the formation of the Special Armed Police, the Government Order No. 4112 Home dated 7-11-1947 envisaged the formation of 4 units modelled on the Malabar Special Police to be stationed round about Guntakal, Bezwada, Madras city and Trichirapalli. - the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways and C.I.D., was appointed Special Officer in charge of the organization of these units. In consideration of the availability of accommodation, it was decided to raise one unit at Tadepallegudam (West Godavari district) two units (Madras and Tiruchirapalli) at Red Hills, in the Chingleput district, and one at Bellary. the recruitments were made by the district superintendents of Police. In the beginning of the year 1948, two more units were sanctioned and all the six units were placed under a special Officer of the rank of a deputy inspector General of Police.

As already stated the Malabar special Police served as a model for this new unit of the Armed Police, the recruits were trained by instructors drafted from the Malabar Special Police and the district Armed Reserves. Each battalion had six active companies and one headquarters wing. The latter comprised specialized branches of Motor Transport, wireless and Quartermaster's Section, an active company consisted or 4 platoons, each in charge of a Subedar or Subedar Major, four sections constituted a platoon which was commanded by a jamadar. the strength of a platoon was about 38 other ranks. Battalion Commanders were of the rank of district superintendent of Police who were assisted by 3 Assistant commandants for each battalion.

Most of the recruits for the special Armed Police came from the ranks of cultivators and casual labourers, with a sprinkling of educated men among them. Perhaps the real strength of the men lay in their unsophisticated attitude, for in a short time a spirit of camaraderie and espirit de corps pervaded the entire organization. Even the accelerated system of training evolved for them could not be completed as there was a frantic demand for their services all along the borders between Hyderabad and the former madras State. The activities of the Razakars increased in volume and the sudden departure of the paramount power, created a temporary vacuum in the control of native States. It was altogether a trying time for the State and Central Governments.

The fears of the people had to be allayed and so the half -trained Special Armed Police companies were pushed on to the border, by about august, sixteen companies had taken their positions on the boundaries and seven had been stationed in Krishna district. In the many skirmishes with the Razakars and unsocial elements, the unit acquitted themselves very well indeed.

The had the first baptism of fire during the police Action and they acted like veterans in facing an unscrupulous enemy. Their names were mentioned in many despatches for conspicuous work. The police Action exposed Kasim Razvi's bluff but even after the integration of the State, the troubles of the Special Armed Police were not over. The military regime in Hyderabad had to draw heavily on the administrative personnel of the Madras State for running the State machine. The eight Telengana districts were in a state of anarchy. So sixteen compaines of the Special Armed police were quartered in these districts to maintain law and order. Then a new danger, the communist Razakars had been taken charge of by them and, under the colour of an agrarian movement on the Government. From the very beginning it should be apparent to anybody that the movement was doomed to failure. But the Government of India the Government of Madras did not like to embark on extreme measures and were willing to give time to the communists to retrace their steps. This emboldened them. They organized guerilla parties with their hide-outs in the jungles of Nallamalai Hills. They kept a chain of listening-in posts in urban and suburban areas with links on the hills. They suborned the loyally of the Chenchus and made them act as their spies and, last of all, they used saviours of the poor and the champions of the themselves as the infant special Armed Police was the David forced to take his stand against the Goliath of communist effrontery.

The result was nowhere in doubt it was a long-drawn -out affair. From 1948 to 1952, several Special Armed Police units were bogged in Nallamalai and its surroundings. the unhealthy surroundings and periodical excitement succeeded by boredom were enough to make every suffering with equanimity, some of the officers who took part in this jungle- fighting have given the plan officers who took part in this system of warfare. In 1949 two Gurkha companies of the special armed police were disbanded. The Special Armed police returned from these operations with a highly enhanced reputation. They had reason to be proud of themselves for the part they had played in suppressing anti-social elements. But for a war-time organization the prospect of peace was beset with trials and tribulations. In 1952 the post of Deputy Inspector General of Police, special Armed Police, was abolished. Ten companies were stationed at Vizagapatam under the control of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Northern Range. Seven companies stayed at Red Hills under the Commissioner of Police, while an equal number of companies at Palani were placed under the Deputy Inspector General of Police.Southern Range, on the formation of the Andhra State, the Vizagapatam and Palani battalions were allotted to the Andhra State and the madras State was left with ten companies, this unit did good work during the French-India troubles, when certain Francophiles wanted to retain the colonial rule of the French while the people as a whole wanted to merge the Indian Union, the Special Armed Police stood guard at the borders and prevented incursions of rowdy elements into the frontiers of the Indian Union, as a reprisal.

The barracks in Red Hills were found to be unsuitable, the government were able to acquire the Malayan Emigration Camp Avadi for housing the Force which moved into it in August 1957. It continued to be under the charge of the Commissioner of Police till March when a new Deputy Inspector General of Police was specially posted to look after the training and welfare of the men.

The men have been provided with recreational facilities. There are playgrounds and schools for children. There is an open-air theatre with facilities to screen films. In order to generate enthusiasm for social work in the wives and daughters of policemen and to canalize their leisure hours into profitable channels, a Mathar Sangam has been started which imparts instruction in useful crafts, spinning, knitting, embroidery and tailoring. A happy home makes a happy man.

It is always the aim of the Department to make the men of these armed wings contented and happy. The newly formed Special Armed Police is growing in stature and strength and shows promise of a high and lasting reputation. (THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL)

Consequent of the issue of S.O. Ms. No. 1420, Home, Dated 11.5.1968, ordering the renaming of Malabar Special Police and Madras Special Armed Police of this State as Madras Special Police, action has been taken to issue necessary amendment to the service rules of the above two Subordinate Services by introducing an integrated service rules for the Madras Special Armed Police.

2. In G.O. Ms.No. 2823, Home, Dated 20.10.1971, taking into account the renaming of the Madras State as Tamil Nadu State, renaming of battalions have been done as below.

Old Name New Name

Malabar Special Police I Bn. Tamil Nadu Special Police I Bn.

Special Armed Police I Bn. Tamil Nadu Special Police II Bn.

Malabar Special Police II Bn. Tamil Nadu Special Police III Bn.

Special Armed Police II Bn. Tamil Nadu Special Police IV Bn.

Special Armed Police IV Bn. Tamil Nadu Special Police V Bn.

3) The Malabar Special Police battalions and Special Armed Police battalions are respectively governed by the Malabar Special Police Subordinate Service Rules and the Madras Special Armed Police Subordinate Service Rules, These battalions, consequent to their change of names, will be governed by the integrated Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service Rules.

4) The Armed Police battalions in addition to the service rules, follow the Malabar Special Police Standing Orders, issued by the composite erstwhile Madras State, which contains the regulations of various executive administrative functions of the force.

5) In view of the above this manual is published incorporating the following items and issued for guidance of the Tamil Nadu Special Police battalions.

i) Service rules of Gazetted Officers of the rank of Commandant.

ii) Madras Armed Police Service Rules (Deputy Commandant , Deputy Superintendent of Police).

iii) Standing Orders of Malabar Special Police with suitable modification . TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART - I Service Rules

Chapter Sl. No. Subject Page (I) (2) (3) (4) Introduction 1 Gazetted Officers - Service Rules (i) Commandant 1 (ii) Deputy Commandant 2 (iii) Deputy Superintendents of Police 2-9 PART -II Standing Orders I Gazetted Officers - Duties of 1 General 10 2 Commandant 10 3 Deputy Commandant - Status of Deputy Commandant 11 4 Deputy Commandant - Regimental Centre 11 5 Deputy Superintendant of Police 12 6 Deputy Superintendant of Police - Headquarters 13 7 Deputy Superintendant of Police 14 8 Inspector of Arms 14 9 Medical Officer 15 10 Lady Assistant Medical Officer 16 II Junior Officers - Duties of -

11 General 18

12 Adjutant Inspector 18 13 Inspector - Company Commander 19 14 Inspector - Motor Transport Officer 21 15 Inspector - Battalion Quarter Master 22

16 Sub-Inspector - Armourer 23

17 Sub-Inspector - Platoon Commander 23

18 Sub-Inspector - Signal Officer 24 III Non-commissioned Officers - Duties of -

19 General 26

20 A.S.I 26

21 Havildar - Armourer 27

22 Havildar - Band/Bugle 27

23 Havildar - Blacksmith 27

24 Havildar - Company Clerk 28

25 Havildar - Mechanics - 28 a) Havildar Mechanic - Maintenance 28 b) Havildar Mechanic - Running 29

c) Havildar Mechanic - Stores 29 26 Havildar - Mess 30 27 Havildar Battalion Quarter Master . 31

28 Havildar - Company Quarter Master 31

29 Havildar - Sanitation 32

30 Havildar - Section Commander 32 31 Havildar - Signal 33 32 Havildar - Web Equipment Repairer 33 II (1) (2) (3) (4) 33 Naik - Band/Bugle 33 34 Naik - Drivers/Constable Drivers 34 35 Naiks – Section (Second-in-Command ) 35 36 Naik - Signal - Administration 35 IV Other - Duties of - 37 Lance Naik - General 36 38 Lance Naik - Signal 36 39 Police Constable - General 36 40 Police Constable - Bugler 37 41 Police Constable - Carpenter 37 42 Police Constable - Clerk 37 43 Police Constable - Mochi (Cobbler) 37 44 Police Constable - Mess 38 45 Police Constable - Sanitation 38 46 Police Constable - Stores 38 47 Police Constable - Tailor 38 48 Radio Supervisor 38 49 Radio Technicians 39 V Administration of Company - 50 Accounts 40 51 Accounts - Maintenance of - General Instructions 40 52 Accounts - Auditing of Instructions for 41 53 Accounts - Company Fund 41 54 Contingent Account 42 55 Mess Account 42 56 Account s - Pay and Travelling Allowance 43 57 (a) Account s - Security Deposit Register 43 57 (b) Security Deposit Running Account Register 43 58 Service Stamp Account 44 59 Allocation of work among Platoon Commanders 44 60 Band Buglers 45 61 Barrack s 45 62 Battalion Routine Orders 45 63 Bound s 46 64 Canteen 46 65 Committee Meeting Procedure 47 66 Correspondence 48 67 Discipline and Defaulters 48 68 Dress Regulations - 49 1. (a) Gazetted Officers 49 (b) Junior Officers 50 (c) Other Ranks 51 2. Instructions regarding Wearing of Medals and Ribbons 51 3. Orders of Wearing Medals 51 4. Badges - Stars 52 5. Junior Officer 52 6. Other Ranks 52 7. Size of stripes 52 8. Other Instructions 52 69 Escorts - Arms and Ammunition 53 70 Escorts/Treasure 55 71 Fatigues 56 72 Gambling 56 III (1) (2) (3) (4) 73 Genera l Provident Fund 56 74 Holiday s 57 75 Jewellery - Wearing of 57 76 Leave: 57 a) Earned Leave 57 b) Surrender and encashment of Leave 58 c) Medical Leave 58 d) Casual Leave 58 e) Compensatory Holiday 58 f) Refused Leave 59 g) Reporting Sick while on leave 59 h) Consulting a Medical Practitioner for the purpose of obtaining leave 59 i) Medical Treatment of Police patients 59 j) Medical History Sheets 60 k) Ex-gratia allowance for the Leprosy Tuberculosis and Cancer Patients. 60 1) Leave privileges to Last Grade Govt. Servents 60 m) Calculation of Leave Salary to Gazetted Officers 61 77 Married Quarters 61 78 Meeting s 62 79 Mess 62 80 Moves by Rail 63 81 Orderlies 64 82 Orderly Room 64 83 Parades 65 84 Petition s (Representations) 66 85 Programme of Daily Inspection by Company/Group Commander 67 86 Property - a) Finding of 67 b) Loss of 67 c) Custody of 67 87 Railway Fare Concessions 67 88 Roll Calls 68 89 Sick Parades 69 90 Services of Barbers and Dhobies 70 a) Details of Equipments for Barbers 70 b) Details of Equipments for Dhoby 71 c) Washing of clothes 71 91 Sport s and Recreation 71 92 Transfers 73 93 Visitor s - 1. Barracks 73 2. Married Quarters 73 VI Alarm s 94 Alarms - General 74 95 Fir e Alarm Orders 74 I. Title 74 II. Applicability 74 III. Definitions 74 IV. Preliminary Action 75 V. Action on hearing Fire Alarm 75 VI. Vulnerable Zone 76 VII. How to fight the fire in Vulnerable Zones and other areas 76 VIII. How to extinguish Fire in Thatched Roofs and Semi-permanent Buildings 77 IV (1) (2) (3) (4) IX. P.O.L. Fire 78 X. Forest Fire 78 XI. After Fire-Action 79 96 Fir e Precautions 79 97 Mobil e Column Alarm Orders 82 98 Post Defence Alarm Orders 85 99 Scheme - Instructions for drawing Fire Alarm Schemes 86 100 Scheme - Instructions for drawing Post Defence Alarm Scheme 86 VII Guards 101 General 88 102 Guards - Duties of Duty Non-Commissioned Officer 88 103 Guards - Guard Commander 88 104 Guards - Orderly Officer 89 105 Guards - Mounting Procedure 90 106 Guards - Paying compliments - Institutions 91 107 Sentries - Duties of 94 108 Standing - Guards - Rules 95 109 Standing - Instructions for Guards of Honour 95 110 Guards - Turning out of Guards - Procedure 96 VIII Motor Transport 111 Care and Maintenance of Vehicles 98 112 Charge s - for the use of Motor transports 98 113 Controlling Officer 98 114 Duties of Motor Transport Staff (General) 98 115 (a ) General Maintenance and Maintenance Day 100 (b) Maintenance - Care of the Vehicles 100 116 Inspection of Vehicles 101 117 Maintenance of Vehicles - Teak work I. a) Daily Maintenance - First Stage 101 b) Daily Maintenance - Second Stage 101 c) Daily Maintenance - Third Stage 102 II. a) Weekly Maintenance Task No. 1 102 b) Weekly Maintenance Task No. 2 102 c) Weekly Maintenance Task No. 3 102 d) Weekly Maintenance Task No. 4 102 e) Weekly Maintenance Task No. 5 103 f) Weekly Maintenance Task No. 6 103 III. Monthly Maintenance 103 118 A . Periodical Maintenance for Lorries 103 a) Every 3,200 KMs 103 b) Every 9,600 KMs 104 c) Every 19,200 KMs 104 B. Periodical Maintenance - Jeeps and Pick- upvans - a) Every 3,200 KMs 104 b) Every 9,600 KMs 104 c) Every 16,000 KMs 104 d) Every 19,300 KMs 104 119 Record s - Reports and Returns 105 120 Repair s - Financial Powers of Officer 106 121 Repair s - Particulars to be furnished 106 122 Repair s - Procedure for carrying out of 107 123 Scal e of Transport for Special Police Battalion 107 124 Spar e parts - Maintenance of Reserve Stock 107 V (1) (2) (3) (4) 125 Standardised Schedule of Tools and Equipments with vehicles - a) For lorries 108 b) Tools For Jeeps and Pick-up Vans 108 126 Suppl y of New Vehicle - Particulars to be furnished 109 127 Unserviceable Vehicles 109 a) Condemnation and Replacement 109 b) Removal of costly equipments 109 128 a ) Petrol/Diesel Pump 109 b) Extracts from the Petroleum Rules, 1937 110 c) Conditions of License - Installation 112 IX Promotion s 129 Genera l 115 130 Promotion Tests 115 131 Removal from Promotion List 115 132 Revision of list of approved candidates for appointment or promotion 115 133 Revision of Orders to Selection Grades 116 134 Rules for promotion of Police Constable to Lance Naiks 116 135 Rules for promotion of Lance Naik to Naiks 116 136 Rules for the promotion of Naiks to Havildars 117 137 Rules for the promotion of Havildars to Assistant Sub-Inspector 118 138 Temporary Promotions 118 X. Record s 139 Record s to be maintained in Company Office and Groups 119 140 List of Additional Records to be maintained in Transport Group 1) By Transport Officer 120 2) By Drivers 120 3) By Mechanic Havildar 121 4) By Consumer/Petrol/Diesel Pump 121 141 List of Additional Records to be maintained in the Signal Group 1) By Signal Officer 122 2) By in-charge Operators 122 3) By Radio Technician 122 142 List of Additional Records to be maintained by Quarter Master 122 143 List of Additional Records to be maintained by Adjutant Inspector, Headquarters 123 144 List of Records to be maintained by Sub-Inspector Armourer 123 145 Record s to be maintained for all non-official Funds 124 146 Report s and Returns. . 124 XI Regimental Centre 147 General 125 148 Duties of Inspector in-charge of the Training 126 149 Duties of Inspector in-charge of Signal School 126 150 Duties of Sub-Inspector Armour in-charge of Central Stores 127 151 Sub-Inspector of the Garrison Platoon 127 152 Duties of Sub-Inspector Motor Transport Group 127 153 Sub-Inspector in-charge of Training 127 XII. Sanitation , Hygiene and Health 154 General 128 155 Anti-Fly Measures. a) Prevention 128 b) Destructions 128 c) Protections 128 156 Hygiene - General 128 VI (1) (2) (3) (4) 157 Hygiene - Personal Hygiene 128 158 Inaculation and vaccination 129 159 Preventable Diseases - a) Infective Hepatitis 129 b) Intestinal Disease 130 c) Malaria 130 d) Minor Respiratory Diseases 130 e) General Diseases of the skin 131 f) Prevention of Veneral Disease 132 160 Sanitation of Barber Shops 132 161 Sanitation of Barracks, Tents, etc 133 162 Sanitation of Bath Rooms 133 163 Sanitation of Canteens 133 164 Sanitation of Cook Houses 134 165 Sanitation of Dining Halls 135 166 Sanitation of Laterines 135 167 Sanitation of Laundry 136 168 Sanitation of Unit Areas 136 169 Scorpion Bite 136 170 Snake Bites . 136 171 Storage of Rations 137 172 Storage of Water and Water Supply 138 173 Company Commander - Responsibility of 138 XIII Security 174 Security of Documents 140 175 Security of Information 140 176 Security of Materials 140 177 Security of Personnel 140 178 Political Meetings and Communications with the Press 141 XIV Signal Branch 179 General 142 180 General Instructions on Communication 142 181 General Instructions on Message writing 142 182 Inspection s of Radio Stations - i) Commandant 143 ii) Assistant Commandant 143 iii) Signal Officer 143 iv) Radio Supervisor 144 v) Radio Technicians 144 183 Scale of Expendable Stores 144 184 Security of Messages 144 185 Sending of Messages - Instructions 144 186 Source of Power 144 187 Standing Orders for W/T Personnel on detachment duty 145 188 Safe Custody of Stores 146 189 Summer effects, etc., on Radio Signals 146 190 Up-keep of Radio Stores 146 191 Us e of Priorities - Instructions 146 192 Cryptograph y 147 XV Store s Branch A. Battalion Stores 148 193 Genera l 148 194 Account s of Receipts and Issues 148 VII (1) (2) (3) (4) 195 Arm s and Ammunition - Scale of - a) Arms 148 b) Ammunition 149 196 Arm s and Ammunition - Safe custody of 150 197 Arm s and Ammunition - Loss of Procedure 150 198 Recover y of cost of Arms and Ammunition 151 199 Clothing 151 a) Clothing - Scale of 151 b) Clothing Ledger 151 c| Clothing Acquittance Roll 151 d) Preparation of Indents 151 e) Articles to be given up on transfer 152 200 Collection and Return of Clothing of casualties 152 201 Recovery of cost for clothing lost or rendered unserviceable before the period of wear and tear 153 202 Period of wear and tear 153 203 Disposal of unserviceable clothing 153 204 Cooking Utensils - Repairs and Tinning - Instructions 154 205 Cooking Utensils - Scale of 154 206 Furniture - Scale of 154 207 Government Properties - Distribution Register 155 208 Government Properties - Quarterly Return 155 209 Stamping of Store Articles - Instructions 155 210 Store Days 155 211 Tent s – Care and Maintenance 155 a) Storage of Tents 155 b) Pitching and striking of Tents 156 c) Precautions to be taken during Rainy or Stormy weather 212 Tent s - Period of longevity 156 213 Tent s - Repairs and Replacements 157 214 Tent s - Scale of - 1. Tents 157 2. Non-Textile Component 157 215 Ten t Discipline 157 216 Unserviceable Articles - Condemnation and Disposal of 158 B. Company Stores. 217 Ammunition Account Register 158 218 Armoury Acknowledgement Register 158 219 Arm s History Sheet, Maintenance Instruction 159 220 Arms Inspection 160 221 Bell of Arms Register 160 222 Clothing Register 160 223 Cycle 161 224 Daily Stock Book of Arms and Ammunition 161 225 Equipment Register 161 226 Government Properties Register 162 227 Indent s 162 228 List of Articles Returned to Stores 163 229 Lamp s 163 230 Kit Inspection/ Deficiency Register 164 231 Person s Proceeding on Leave - Return of kit and other Government Property 164 232 Person s Reporting Sick-Safe custody of Government Properties 165 VIII

(1) (2) (3) (4) 233 Persons Transferred from one Company to another Company - List of articles to be withdrawn 165 234 Quarterly Return of Government Property 166 235 Quarterly Return of Government Property - Checking of 166 XVI. Training 236 Intensive Training of Active Companies at Battalion Headquarters - 1. Programme of 12 weeks 167 2. Refresher Courses 167 3. Training in Army Schools 167 4. Recruit Training 168 5. Other Training 168 237 Intensive Training of Active Companies on Detachment Duty - Programme for 6 weeks 168 XVII Private Fund 238 General 169 239 Band 169 240 Cinema Fund 172 241 Club Fund Rules 173 242 Rule s Governing the Karagam Troupe and the Karagam Fund in the Special Police, Avadi 174 243 Polish Fund 176 IX PART - III Appendices I Line Hut Register 180 II Married Quarters Waiting List 180 III Mess Attendance Register . 181 IV Daily Ration Issue Register 182 V Ration purchase Register 183 VI Monthly Messing Return 184 VII Agreement Coffee Shop 185 VIII Agenda for Meeting 185 IX. Committee Meeting Proceedings 186 X Minor Punishment / Orderly Room Register 187 XI Long Leave Register 187 XII Casual / Compensation Leave Register 188 XIII Railway Fare Concession Register 188 XIV Register of Talent - Coy / Group TSP 189 XV Running Cost of Motor vehicles - Working Sheet 190 XVI Light Battle Order 191 XVII Battle Order 192 XVIII Allocation list of Articles of clothing for personnel, Special Police Unit 193 XIX Stamping of Store Articles 195 XX Cycle Return 196 XXI Arms and Equimpment - Scale of 197 XXII-A List of Articles in the Kit Lay Out Diagram 198 XXII-B Kit Lay out Diagram 199 XXIII Kit Deficiency Register 200 XXIV Kit Inspection Register 201 XXV Clothing Register 202 XXVI History Sheet of Cycles, etc 203 XXVII Medical Inspection Register 203 XXVIII Medical Officers Visiting Book/Sanitary Diary 204 XXIX Paludrine Register 204 XXX Blood Group Register 205 XXXI Register of Special Courses 205 XXXII Check Register for receipt of Bills 206 XXXIII Accident Register 206 XXXIV Check Register of Driving Licences 206 XXXV Register of Persons trained in driving 207 XXXVI In and out Register for Motor Vehicles 207 XXXVII Statement of Petrol/Diesel evoporation 208 XXXVIII Stock Register of receipt and issue of Petrol 208 XXXIX Movement of Radio Station Register 209 XL Tent Hire Charges Register 209 XLI Occupation of married Quarters - Statement 210 XLII Training Programme for 12 weeks 211 XLIII Training Programme for six weeks for active companies on detachment duty 224 XLIV Allocation List by Companies 225 XLV Allocation of Head Quarter Company 226 XLVI Allocation list of Active Company 227 XLVII Allocation list of Regimental Centre 228 XLVIII Form of application for advance from Battalion Polish Fund 228 XLIX Scale of Accessories for Bicycles 229 L Scale of Tailors tools and materials 230 LI Details of Tools and Materials for Unit Boot and Equipment Repairer 231 LII Motor Transport Technical Inspection Report ( By Motor Transport Officer) 234 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 1 TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

PART I : SERVICE RULES

INTRODUCTION All Special Police Battalions of the State are under the general control of the Inspector-General of Police who is assisted by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Armed Police, Madras in their administration. In addition to all the Special Police Battalions of the State, there is also one Regimental Centre attached to Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalion, under the charge of a Deputy Commandant assisted by one Inspector, four Sub-Inspectors and a few other ranks. 2. A Commandant of the rank of Superintendent of Police is in-charge of each Police Battalion. He is assisted by four Assistant Commandant. An additional staff of one Deputy Commandant and four Assist Commandants will be provided or each Battalion when it moves out on deputation ex-State. 3. A Special Police Battalion consists of six active Companies each in-charge of an Inspector and one Headquarter Company under the charge of a Adjutant Inspector. An active Company a sub-divided into three platoons each in-charge of a Sub-Inspector of Platoon Commander. A platoon is sub-divided into three sections, each section consisting of one Havildar, one Naik, one Lance Naik and nine constables. The Headquarter Company consists of four groups, namely:- (i) Training Group directly under the Adjutant Inspector; (ii) Quarter Master Group under the charge of an Inspector designated as Battalion Quarter Master; (iii) Motor Transport Group under the charge of an Inspector called the Motor Transport Officer; and (iv) The Signal Group under a Sub-Inspector called the Signal Officer. 4. The Battalion Quarter, Master has the assistance of a Sub-Inspector called the Armourer Sub-Inspector to look after the maintenance and periodical inspection of all arms and ammunition of the Unit.

Gazetted Officers - Service Rules: (i) Commandant - The Superintendent of Police from the Indian Police Service or Deputy Commandants of Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions irrespective of the post held by them at the time of promotion are appointed as Commandants in the Special Police Battalions. Only Indian Police Service Officers are eligible for appointments to the posts of Commandants, Tamil Nadu Special Police I, IV and V Battalions and only Officers of the State Police are eligible for appointments to the posts of Commandants in Tamil Nadu Special Police II and III Battalions Their pay and allowances and service conditions are governed by the rules and regulations of the cadre to which they belong. (ii) In regard to Officers appointed as Commandants from the State Police Service, the rules are as follows:- “The rules hereby made shall be deemed to have come into force on the 23rd August 1970.” Constitution - The posts of Commandants of Tamil Nadu Special Police II and III Battalions shall constitute a separate category in Class (1) Category (1) of the Tamil Nadu Police Service. Appointments - Appointment to the posts of Commandant (Non-I.P.S. Cadre) shall be made by promotion from among the holders of the posts of Deputy Commandants of Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions, irrespective of the post held by them at the time of selection. Promotion shall be made on grounds a merit and ability, seniority being considered only where merit and ability or approximately equal. Pay - The scale of pay applicable to the posts now in force in Rs. 900-50-1,300 for Non-I.P.S. Cadre and Rs. 740-40-1,100-50 2-1,250-50-1,300 for I.P.S. Officers. 2 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

Exceptions - Rules 5, 7 and 10 of the Special Rules for the Madras Police Service shall not apply to the posts.

(iii) Deputy Commandants. (i) Constitution - The posts shall constitute a distinct category, viz., Category II in Clause I of the Tamil Nadu Police Service. (ii) Appointments - (a) Appointments to the posts shall be made by promotion from among the holders of the posts of Deputy Superintendent of Police, category II and category III of clause II in the Tamil Nadu Police Service in the ratio of 1:3. (b) Promotion to the post of Deputy Commandant in class I shall be on grounds of merit and ability, seniority being considered only where merit and ability are approximately equal. (iii) Exceptions - Rules 3,4,5,6,7,8 (a) and 8 (b) of the Special Rules for the Tamil Nadu Police Service shall not apply to those posts. (iv) Pay - (a) Every person appointed to this post up till 27th December 1964 shall be paid a monthly salary calculated in the time scale of pay of Rs. 740-40-1,100-50/2-1,250-50-1,300. (b) Every person appointed to this post from 28th December 1964 shall be paid a monthly salary calculated in the time scale of the pay of Rs. 800-40-1,000-50-1,250. (G.O.Ms.No.222, Finance, dated 8th February 1971.) (iv) Tamil Nadu Police Service Rules (D.S.P. Category III) AMENDMENTS TO SPECIAL RULES FOR TAMIL NADU ARMED POLICE SERVICE AND MADRAS POLICE SERVICE. (G.O.Ms.No.622, Home, dated 3rd March 1966.) S.R.O. No. A-328 of 1966. In exercise of the powers conferred by the proviso to Article 309 of the Constitution of India and in supersession of the rules published with Home Department Notification No. 59, dated the 26th June 1956 at page 980 of Part I of the Fort St. George Gazette, dated the 11th July 1956, as subsequently amended, the Governor of Madras hereby makes the following amendments to the special rules for the Madras Armed Police Service and the Madras Police Service, in section 2-A and 22 respectively of Part III-A of the special rules in Volume II of Madras Services Manual, 1954. The amendments hereby made shall come into force on the 3rd March 1966.

Amendments In the said special rules - (1) For section 22 and the rules thereunder the following shall be substituted, namely:- “Section 22 - The Tamil Nadu Police Service - (2) In Rules 1,2,3,4,8 and 9, for the words “Assistant Commandant”, the words brackets and figures “Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3)” shall be substituted. (G.O.Ms.No.2521, Home, dated 21st September 1970.) (3) In Rules 4,5,6,7 and 11, for the words brackets and figures “Assistant Commandant (Category 3)” wherever they occur, the words brackets and figures “Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3)” shall be substituted. (G.O.Ms.No.2521, Home, dated 21st September 1970.) 1. Constitution - The service shall consist of the following classes and categories of officers Class I - Additional Superintendents of Police. Class II - Deputy Superintendent of Police. Category (1) - Deputy Superintendents of Police including those posted as Deputy Assistant Inspector-General of Police, Office of the Inspector - General of Police, Madras and Assistant Commissioners in the Madras City but excluding those posted as (a) Assistant Commissioner of Police, A.R. Madras City (b) Assistant Commissioner of Police, Transport, Madras City, (c) Principal, Police Recruits Schools, Coimbatore, (d) Deputy Superintendent of Police Care Camp and Care THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 3 Home Melapakkam and (e) Deputy Superintendents of Police, Armed Reserves (Madurai, Ramanathapuram and Tiruchirappalli). Category (2). - Deputy Superintendents of Police posted as (a) Assistant Commissioner of Police, Armed Reserve, Madras City, (b) Assistant Commissioner of Police, Transport, Madras City, (c) Principal, Police Recruits Schools, Coimbatore, (d) Dy. Superintendent of Police, Care Camp and Home, Melappakkam (e) Deputy Superintendents of Police, Armed Reserves (Madurai, Ramanathapuram and Tiruchirappalli) Category (3) - Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3). 2. Appointment - (1) Appointments to the two clauses shall be made as follows:- Class Method and Condition (1) (2) Class I : Additional Superintendent of Police Promotion from Dy. Supdt. of Police, Category (1) of class II irrespective of the posts held by them at the time of selection. Class II Dy. Supdts. of Police including those posted as (a) Direct recruitment or recruitment by Dy. Asst. Inspr.-Genl. of Police in the Office of transfer from Inspectors of the T.N.P. the Inspr.-Genl. of Police, Madras Asst. Subordinate Service. Commissioner of Police in the Madras City Police, but excluding those posted as (a) Asst. Commr. of Police, Armed Reserve, Madras City.

(b) Asst. Commissioner of Police, Transport The proportion in which substantive Madras City (c) Principal, Police Recruits School vacancies shall be filled or reserved to be Coimbatore (d) Dy. Supdt. of Police, Care Camp filled by direct recruitment and and Care Home, Melapakkam and (e) Dy. Supdt. recruitment by transfer shall be 1 : 2 of Police, Armed Reserve, Madurai, Ramanathapuram and Thiruchirappalli.

Category (2) Dy. Supdts. of Police posted as (a) Asst. Commr. Recruitment by transfer from Reserve of Police, Armed Reserve, Madras City Inspectors of the T.N. Police (Subordinate (b) Asst. Commissioner of Police, Transport, service) Madras City, (c) Principal, Police Recruits School Coimbatore (d) Dy. Supdt. of Police Care Camp & and Care Home, Melapakkam, and (e) Dy. Supdt. of Police, Armed Reserves. (Madurai, Ramanathapuram and Tiruchirappalli)

Category (3) D.S.P.S (Category 3) (a) Direct recruitment or recruitment by transfer from the Adjutant Insprs, Insprs of the TSP Subordinate Service. (b) The proportion in which substantive vacancies shall be filled or reserved to be filled by direct recruitment and recruitment by transfer shall be 1:2 (ii) Promotion to the posts of Additional Superintendents of Police in Class 1 shall be on grounds of merit and ability seniority being considered only where merit and ability are approximately equal. 3. Reservation of appointments - The rule of reservation of appointments (General Rule 22) shall apply to the appointment of Deputy Superintendents of Police by direct recruitment. 4 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 4. Qualifications - (A) No person shall be eligible for appointment as a Deputy Superintendent of Police by direct recruitment unless he - (i) has completed the age of 21 years and has not completed the age of 24 years on the first day of July of the year in which the selection is made: Provided that in the case of a member of the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes or Backward Classes the upper age limit shall be 30 years. (ii) holds the B.A. or B.Sc. degree of any University or institution recognized by the University Grants Commission for the purpose of its grants; (iii) is not less than 165 centimeters in height; (iv) is not less than 86 centimeters round the chest on full inspiration and has a chest expansion of not less than 5 centimeters on full inspiration; and (v) satisfies a Medical Board in Madras as to his physique fitness and capacity for active out door work and is certified by the Superintendent of the Government Ophthalmic Hospital Madras that his vision comes upto the requirements specified below without the use of contact classes. A contact glass or lens is defined as a glass shall the concavity of which is in contact with the globe of the eye, a layer or liquid being interposted between the lens and the cornea. The meaning of the word ‘glasses’ whenever used below is to be interpreted as not covering contact glasses. (a) The examination for determining the acuteness of vision includes two tests, one for distant, the other for rear vision. Shellen’s test types will be used for the test for distant vision without glasses at a distance of 609-6 centemetres and for the test for near vision without glasses, at any distance selected by the candidated. The standards of the minimum acuteness of vision which will be used for guidance in the examination of a candidated are as follows:-

STANDARD I Right eye Left eye Distant vision V-6/6 V - 6/6 Near vision Read 0.6 Reads 0.6

STANDARD II Better eye Worse eye Distant Vision V 6/6 V, without glasses not below 6/60; and after correction with glasses not below 6/24 with glasses. Near vision Read 0.6 Reads 1

STANDARD III Better eye Worse eye Distant vision V, without glasses not V, without glasses, not below 6/24 and below 6-26; and after correction with after correction with glasses not below 6/12 glasses not below 6/6 Near vision Reads 0.8 Read 1 (b) Each eye must have a full field of vision as tested by hand movements. (c) Squint or any morbid conditions of the eyes or of the lides of either eye liable to the risk of aggravation or recurrence will cause the rejection of the candidate. (d) Each eye will be examined separately and the lids must be kept wide open during the test. (e) Inability to distinguish the principal colours will not be regarded as a cause for rejection but the fact will be noted in the proceedings and the candidated will be informed. (f) The degree of acuteness of vision of all candidates for appointment will be entered in the proceedings in the following manner:- V.R. ; with glasses .. ; Reads V.R. ; with glasses .. ; Reads THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 5 (B) No Inspector of Police shall except in very special cases, be eligible for appointment as Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category - 1) by recruitment by transfer unless he has completed five years of service in the rank of Inspector, officiating or permanent, and has not exceeded the age of 52 years on the first day of July, of the year in which the selection for appointment is made. (C) No Adjutant Inspector or Inspector shall except in very special circumstances, be eligible for appointment as Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) by recruitment by transfer unless - (i) He has completed 5 year of service in that category officiating or permanent; (ii) he is the holder of a S.S.L.C. eligible for college course of study; and (iii) he has not exceeded the age of 52 years on the fire day of July of the year in which the selection for appointment is made. (5) Probation - (a) Every person appointed to a class shall from the date on which he joins duty, be on probation for a total period of two years on duty within a continuous period of three years. (b) The authority competent to declare the satisfactory completion of probation in respect of Deputy Superintendent of Police categories (1), (2) and (3) shall be the Inspector - General of Police provided no relaxation of rule is involved. 6. Tests - (a) A person appointed to the service by direct recruitment shall pass at or before the fifth half yearly examination held after his appointment an examination in- Marks Maximum Minimum (1) (2) (3) A. The Indian Penal Code and Special and Local Criminal Laws including the Police Act 120 96 The Code of Criminal Procedure 120 B The Indian Evidence Act 100 40 C Glaister’s Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology, sixth edition 100 40 D (i) Police Departmental Orders 100 60 (ii) Scientific Aids to Investigation 100 40 E First-Class Language Test Lower standard in Tamil in the case of those who have not studied Tamil in the High School course - (a) Reading and explaining manuscripts of plain handwriting 75 52½ in the language (b) Dictation 50 35 (c) Taking down in Tamil a statement from a complainant 50 35 or petitioner and reading it over to him (d) Conversation for 10 or 15 minutes each with at least three 125 87.5 persons, e.g., a ryot, a police constable and a shopkeeper, on subjects essentially different F First-Class Language Test, Higher Stand in Tamil in the case if these have not studied Tamil in the High School Course - (a) Reading and explaining manuscript in the language 125 87.5 (b) Dictating a short order in the language 75 52.5 (c) Taking down in Tamil a statement from a complainant or petitioner, reading it over to him and questioning him thereon 75 52.5 (d) Conversation with fluency in polite and grammatical 175 122.5 language with a police constable and two or more villagers for 10 or 15 minutes such on subjects essentially different Note : The newspapers prescribed for First-Class Language Test, Higher standard in Tamil are Swadesamitran and Dinamani. 6 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL For tests A, B and C the paper will be set by the Deputy Inspector -General of Police or the Inspector-General of Police. For tests D (i) and (ii) the papers will be set by the Deputy Inspector- General of Police, C.I.D., Madras. The syllabus for tests A to D is described in Annexure IV to the Tamil Nadu Police Standing Orders, Volume 1. The examination for Test E will be the same as that prescribed for the First-Class Language Test, Lower Standard and that for Test F will be the same as prescribed for the First Class Language Test, Higher Standard. The language tests aforesaid are described in Chapter III of the Indian Civil Service Manual. The examinations are conducted by the Tamil Nadu Public Service Commission half yearly in January and July. (b) The State Government may in exceptional circumstances, exempt any such person from passing the examination in any or all of the above said subjects prescribed for him such further period as they may deem appropriate for passing the examination in all or any of the above said subject:- (i) Provided that the Inspector-General of Police shall be competent to grant extension of time once to pass the prescribed tests for Deputy Superintendents of Police, category (1): (ii) Provided further that in the case of Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (3) the Inspector-General of Police shall be the authority competent to grant such further period as he may deem fit for passing the examination all or any of the above subjects. (c) Notwithstanding anything contained in the general rules subject to the exceptions specified in sub-rule (d)- (i) no person shall be eligible for increments in his time-scale of pay or for appointment as a full member of the service unless and until he has passed the examination in all the subjects specified in sub-rule (a); (ii) if any such person has satisfactorily completed the prescribed period of probation and has passed the examination in all the said subjects at or before the fifth half yearly examination held after his appointment he shall count his service for increments and be deemed to have become a full member of the service on and from the date on which he completed the period of probation or passed the said examination whichever is later; and (iii) if any person fails to pass the examination in any of the said subjects as required by sub-rule (a) shall by order, be discharged from the service. (d) If such person has under sub-rule (b) been exempted from passing the examination all or any of the said subjects or allowed a further period or periods for passing the said examination, he shall be appointed as a full member and shall count his service for increment on and from such date as may be determined by the State Government, but such date shall not be earlier than the date of the fifth half yearly examination held after his appointment to the service. 7. Training - (i) A probationer recruited direct as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (1) shall, during the prescribed period of probation undergo- (a) a course of training in the Police Training College at Vellore for a period of not less than one year; and (b) a course of practical training under a Superintendent of Police thereafter. These periods of training shall count for increments in the time-scale of pay applicable to members of the service. (ii) A probationer recruited direct as Deputy Superintendent of Police, category (3) shall, during the prescribed period of probation undergo. (a) a course of training in the Police Training College at Vellore for a period of not less than six months; (b) a course of training in the Tamil Nadu Special Police for a period of not less than six months; and (c) a course of practical training for not less than six months under a Superintendent of Police thereafter. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 7 These periods of training shall not count for increments in the time-scale of pay applicable to members of the service. (iii) (a) The pay of probationer recruited direct as Deputy Superintendent of Police shall be- (i) Rs. 225 a month while he is undergoing training in the Police Training College, Vellore; and (ii) Rs. 225 a month while he is undergoing practical training under a Supdt. of Police. (b) the pay of a probationer recruited direct as Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) shall be- (1) Rs. 225 a month while he is undergoing training in the Police Training College, Vellore and in Tamil Nadu Special Police; and (2) Rs. 325 a month while he is undergoing training and training under a Supdt. of Police. (iv) A probationer recruited direct shall during the period of training in the Police Training College, Vellore, occupy the Police mess attached to the college. (v) A Reserve Inspector selected for appointment as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (2) by transfer shall undergo- (a) A course of training in the Police Training College Vellore for a period of not less than six months; and (b) a course of practical training for a period of not less than six months under a Superintendent of Police thereafter. (vi) An Adjutant Inspector or Inspector selected for appointment as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (3) by transfer shall undergo- (a) A course of training in the Police Training College, Vellore, for a period of not less than six months; and (b) A course of practical training for a period of not less than six months under a Superintendent of Police thereafter. The pay of a Reserve Inspector or Inspector or Inspector (Adjutant) during the period of training mentioned in sub-rules (v) and (vi) above shall be the amount which he would have drawn but for his training. 8. Grant for uniform - (a) A member of the service shall, on first appointment to the service be given a free grant of Rs. 600 towards the cost of uniform: Provided that- (i) this grant shall not be drawn except under the sanction of the Inspector General of Police, who shall before according the sanction, satisfy himself in each case, that the grant is necessary; (ii) this grant shall be utilised solely for the purpose for which it is made; and (iii) no member who is appointed to the service by transfer shall be entitled to this grant until he is declared to have satisfactorily completed the period of probation prescribed in rule 5. Note :- The initial grant of Rs. 600 towards the cost of uniform is subject to review biennially to find out whether it should be continued or modified having regard to the trend of prices of clothing and even earlier, if there is a general substantial fall in prices. (a) A member whose probation is terminated or who has not utilised the grant made under sub-rule (b) solely for the purpose for which it was made may be required by the State Government to refund the grant or such portion of the grant made under the said sub-rule as the State Government may determine. If within three years of his first appointment to the service any member resigns the service or is dismissed or removed there from or retires from service on medical invalidation, he shall refund such portion of the grant made to him under sub-rule (a) as the State Government may determine. (b) Members of the service shall be given a free grant of Rs. 200 each at intervals of five years towards renewal of their uniforms. The first renewal grant to Deputy Superintendent of Police recruited by transfer from the Madras Police Subordinate Service and Deputy 8 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL Superintendent of Police (Category 3) recruited by transfer from the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service shall be given on the expiry of a period of five years of total gazetted service including the period of probation prescribed in the rule 5. The grant shall not however be paid to a member of the service, if it becomes payable to him within a period of two years preceeding the date on which he is due to retire. In the case of Deputy Superintendent of Police who have completed more than five years on the 20th April 1955, from the date of their initial uniform grant (including the period of probation in the case of officers promoted from the Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate Service) the officer should be paid proportionately higher renewal grants on the 20th April 1955, according to the length of such period in excess of five years. Subsequent renewal grants in the case of such officers would accrue every five years after the 20th April 1955: Provided that in the case of Deputy Superintendent of Police who were sanctioned a renewal grant of Rs. 400 under the old rules and who have completed more than ten years on the 20th April 1955, from the date of their previous renewal grant, the officers should be paid proportionately higher renewal grant on the 20th April 1955 according to the length of such period in excess of ten years. Subsequent renewal grants in the case of such officers would accrue every five years after the 20th April 1955: Provided further that a Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (3) appointed by direct recruitment after 10th September 1958 shall have completed four years of service in that category before consideration for transfer as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (1), under this rule. (c) No Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (2) or Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (3) shall be posted or transferred as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (1) under this rule unless he (i) holds the B.A. or B.Sc. degree and (ii) is below 48 years of age. (d) Every Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (2) or Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (3) posted or transferred as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (1) under this rule shall be in-charge of a Police Sub-Division for a period of not less than one year and after satisfactory completion of this charge he shall be confirmed in category (1) in the next available vacancy. (e) The selection of suitable officers belonging to categories (2) and (3) under Class II for being posted or transferred under this rule shall be made by Government. (G.O. Ms. No. 2521, Home, dated 21st September 1970). 9. Postings and transfers - (a) All postings and transfers from one place to another of Deputy Superintendents of Police Shall be ordered by the Inspector-General of Police subject to the condition that such transfers and postings of Deputy Superintendents of Police as Assistant Commissioners of Police in the Madras City Police shall be ordered in consultation with the Commissioner of Police. (b) Transfer of Assistant Commissioners of Police from one sub-division to another in the City of Madras shall be made by the Commissioner of Police. (c) All other postings and transfers, including transfers from one category to another in Class II of the members of the service shall be made by the State Government. 10. Conditions for transfer of members of the service from categories (2) and (3) to category (1) under Class II: (a) No Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (2) shall except in every special cases, be posted or transferred as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (1), unless he (i) possesses good record of service, (ii) has completed the prescribed period of probation as Deputy Superintendents of Police, Category (2), (iii) has undergone a course of training of the Police Training College, Vellore for six months and a course of practical training for six months under a Superintendent of Police and (iv) has passed the tests in the subjects mentioned in rule 6(a). (b) No Deputy Superintendents of Police, Category (3), shall except in very special cases, be posted or transferred as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (1), unless he (i) possesses good record of service, (ii) has completed the prescribed period of probation as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (3) and (iii) has passed the tests in the subjects mentioned in rule 6 (a). THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 9 Provided that a Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (3) appointed by direct recruitment shall have undergone a course of training prescribed in rule 7 and a Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (3), appointed by transfer from the category of Adjutant Inspector and Inspector of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service shall have undergone a undergone course of training in the Police Training College, Vellore for six months and a course of practical training under a Superintendent of Police for six months, before consideration for transfer as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (1), under this rule. 11. Inter-se-seniority - The inter-se-seniority of Deputy Superintendent of Police, category (2) and category (3) transferred or posted as Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (1) in accordance with rule 10 shall be fixed with reference to the dates of their regular appointment to gazetted posts. (G.O. Ms. No. 2521, Home, dated 21st September 1970) 12. Pay during training - While under training in the Police Training College, Vellore and in District Deputy Superintendent of Police, Category (2) and Category (3) (i.e., the existing direct recruits and promotees regularly appointed to the service), shall draw the pay that was last drawn by them as Deputy Superintendents of Police Category (2) or Category (3) as the case may be. II. Section 2-A and the rules thereunder shall be omitted. ELIGIBILITY FOR INDIAN POLICE SERVICE (G.O. Ms. No. 2121, Home Department, dated 25th August 1969 communicated with Chief Office Endorsement Rc. No. 6199|GA-1|69, dated 18th November 1969). The Government have also decided that the Officers of Armed Police Battalions and Deputy Superintendents of Police (Category 2) may be made eligible for consideration for appointment to Indian Police Service subject to the following condition:- The they have completed a minimum period of one year in-charge of a sub-division. For this purpose, Officers of Armed Police Battalions and Deputy Superintendents of Police (Category 2) who are graduates with exceptional record of service and are below 48 years will be transferred and posted as Deputy Superintendents of Police (Category 1) in-charge of a sub-division the selection being made by a specially constituted committee. The inter-seniority of such Officers transferred as Deputy Superintendents of Police (Category 1) shall be fixed with reference to their date of regular appointment to Gazetted Posts. 10 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

P A R T - II

STANDING ORDERS CHAPTER I GAZETTED OFFICERS - DUTIES OF

1. General - Gazetted Officers must be an example to their subordinates at all times. A smart and clean turn out both off and on parade is expected of all Gazetted Officer. They must acquaint themselves closely with the character, troubles, customs and problems of their subordinates, know them thoroughly both on and off parade, and in their dealings with them combine sympathy and patience with firmness. All officers must be thorough in their knowledge of all branches of drill. They should have the capacity to take command of a company, platoon or squad at any moment, so as to intervene and give instructions when necessary during parades. All officers should take company drill at least once a week. Apart from improving their self confidence, it will set the tone to drill standards and make Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Non-Commissioned Officers alert. (D.I.G./R.A.P. Memo. C.No. 306/Camp/65, dated 3rd August 1965) 2. Commandant - (a) The Commandant of the Battalion concerned is the senior most officer of his Battalion in the Tamil Nadu Special Police and is responsible for the internal administration, economy, efficiency, discipline, training and well being of all officers and men in the force. (b) He is responsible for all Non-Gazetted permanent and officiating rank promotions except for promotion to the rank of Adjutant Inspector, Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors. (c) He is responsible for the Top Secret, Secret and Confidential correspondence and all correspondence with the higher authorities will normally pass through and be signed by him. (d) He will exercise the powers delegated to him in the amendment to the Tamil Nadu Police Office Manual Communicated in G.O. Ms. No. 1028, Finance, dated 24th August 1965 and carry out his duties and functions with the assistance of various Officers under his command. (e) When a Deputy Commandant is posted to the Battalion the following will be the responsibilities and functions of the Commandant:- (1) Enlistment (2) Promotions up to Assistant Sub-Inspector. (3) Transfer of Junior Officers (within the Unit) (4) Passing of T.A. Bills of Junior Officers and Gazetted Officers including (Unit) Medical Officer. (5) Inspection of companies and groups 50 per cent once a year. (6) Grant of leave to Junior Officers and office Staff. (7) Ordering of supplies and entering into contracts. (8) Rewards up to Rs. 150 up to Junior Officers in any one set of circumstances. (9) Sanction of House Rent. (10) Renting of accommodation. (11) Repairs of buildings. (12) Placing orders on rate contract. (13) Sanction of estimates on petty constructions and repairs. (14) Grant of increments to Sub-Inspectors and above. (15) Sanction of pensions. (16) Disposal of G.P.F. advance applications. (17) Checking of balance sheets of all cash books. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 11

(18) Sanction of Medical Reimbursement Bills. (19) Punishments as indicated in Discipline and Appear rules. (20) Repairs of tents. (21) Security and Welfare of the Battalion. (22) Over all control over the welfare units in the Battalion. (23) Functions as Chairman of District Committee of the Tamil Nadu Police Benevolent Fund in the Battalion. (G.O. Ms. No. 2383, Home, dated 6th July 1905) 3. Deputy Commandant - Status of Deputy Commandant - (i) The status of the Deputy Commandant is similar to that of the Additional Superintendent of Police, except that he has been delegated with some powers noted in the Government Order Ms.No. 2383, Home, dated 6th July 1965-with a view to relieve the work of the Commandant, in the Special Police Battalions. He is subordinate to the Commandant and his reports, tour programmes, etc., should be routed through the Commandant (Chief Office Memorandum R.Dis No. 15349/SAP-3/66, dated 4th May 1966). (ii) The following will be the work and functions of the Deputy Commandant in a Special Police Battalion:- (1) Transfer of Non-Commissioned Officers and other ranks between companies. (2) Drawing of pay bills and contingent bills. (3) Passing of T.A. Bills of Office Staff and other ranks. (4) Auditing of T.A., contingent, supplemental and other bills. (5) Condemnation of store articles limited to Rs. 50. (6) Passing of indents of store branch. (7) Checking of Battalion Office cash books and other accounts in the Battalion Office. (8) Checking of store periodically (once a quarter) (9) Grant of leave to other ranks. (10) Inspection of companies and groups 50 per cent once a year. (11) Grant of rewards upto Rs. 5 to each individual up to Junior Officers not exceeding Rs 25 in any one set of circumstances. (12) Repairs of rifles up to Rs. 10 (13) Repairs of M.T. up to Rs. 150 and purchase of spare parts. (14) Office expenses up to Rs. 50. (15) Furniture up to Rs. 100. (16) Sanction of electric charges and lighting and passing of telephone bills. (17) Purchase and repairs of cooking vessels up to Rs. 100. (18) Training and courses. (19) Range firing. (20) Audit report of companies. (21) Punishments as indicated in Discipline and Appear rules. (22) parade statements. (23) Petition enquiry (24) General Supervision over the Battalion Office Staff Stores, Motor Transport etc. (25) Appointment and discharge of menials (26) Running of canteen, administration of cinema fund and other funds, if any. (G.O. Ms. No. 2383, Home, dated 6th July 1965) 4. Deputy Commandant - Regimental Centre - (1) The Deputy Commandant, Regimental Centre will be in immediate charge of the training of : 12 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (a) Directly recruited Deputy Superintendents of Police (Category 3) (b) Directly recruited Sub-Inspectors of the Special Police. (c) Reserve Sub-Inspectors and Reserved Armed Sub-Inspectors of the City and District Armed Reserve. (d) Recruit Constables of the Special Police. (e) Signal Training. (f) M.T. Training (g) Bugle (Band) Training. (h)Special Cadre classes in weapon training physical training, and refresher classes for non-commissioned officers including District Armed Reserves, Head Constables. (i) pre-course training, etc., of persons nominated for Training in Army Schools, etc. (j) Rebrowning Centre. (2) The following are his personal responsibilities:- (i) He is responsible for the preparation of training programme (ii) He shall attend parades and range firings regularly and supervise the work of the instructors. (iii) He shall hold orderly rooms at fixed time of each working day. (iv) He shall inspect periodically the barracks, mess of recruits and Cadet Officers. (v) He shall get to know as far as practicable every cadet in his charge and maintain a personal record for each. (vi) He shall take a close interest in the work of drill instructors and ensure that no harsh or bullying methods are adopted by the instructors. (vii) He shall also ensure that all cadets are aware of the orders and give warnings in writing to those who fall short of these requirements and promptly report to the Deputy Inspector- General of Police, Railways and Armed Police, Madras through the Commandant - whenever necessary. (viii) He will conduct periodical and final test for the cadets and submit reports to the Commandants. (ix) He shall interest himself in the games and recreation of the cadets and recruits and thereby get to know those committed to his charge closely. (x) He will audit the accounts of the Regimental Centre, once a month and conduct periodical inspections of the various branches as per Standing Orders of the Special Police and submit is report to the Commandant. (xi) He will attend to all other items of work relating to the Regimental Centre under the direct control of the Commandant. (xii) He will exercise the powers specified in G.O. Ms. No. 2383, Home dated 6th July 1965 so far as they relate to the Regimental Centre. (xiii) He will supervise the work and functions of the Rebrowning Centre. 5. Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) - The Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) are responsible to the Commandant for the proper administration, training, discipline and efficiency of the Company or Companies to which they are orders to be incharge by the Commandant. The following will be the works and functions of the Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3):- 1. Audit all the accounts of the Company once a month and send the audit reports to the Commandant before 10th of every month. 2. Will sanction leave to Constables and Lance Naiks, to specified period, if authorized by the Commandant. 3. Punishments as indicated in Discipline and Appeal Rule. 4. Inspect the Companies under their charge once in every six months and send the THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 13 inspection reports to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways and Armed Police, Madras through the Commandant. 5. Conduct Orderly Rooms atleast once a week, to enquire into representation and reports. 6. Hold Kit Inspection and Alarm practices during their half yearly inspection of Companies and also at other times by surprise. 7. They will take lively interest in sports and welfare activities of the Companies under their charge. 8. They will conduct annual range practices for the Companies. 9. They will have frequent tests and surprise checks of - (i) Guards, Barracks at night preferably post night. (ii) Cash Books of Companies under them. (iii) Quality of food supplied, cleanliness of kitchen dining halls and ration stores. (iv) Sanitation in lines, lavatories, bath rooms. (v) Maintenance of vehicles. (vi) Arms and Ammunition. (vii) Company stores and Company Mess. (viii) Various aspects of Company administration. 10. They will inspect the seats in Battalion Office when ordered by the Commandant. 11. Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) will take atleast one guard mounting parade during their inspection. 6. Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) Head quarters - The Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) Headquarters is responsible to the Commandant for the proper administration, training, discipline and efficiency of the Headquarters Company comprising of - (a) Adjudant Inspector Group; (b) Motor Transport Group; (c) Signal Group; and (d) Quarter Master Group. The following will be his works and functions: 1. Audit all accounts of the Groups once a month and send the audit reports to the Commandant before 10th of every month. 2. Will sanction leave to Constables and Lance Naiks of Headquarters Company to a specified period if authorized by the Commandant. 3. Punishments as indicated in Discipline and Appeal Rules. 4. Inspect the Groups once in every six months and send the inspection reports to Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways and Armed Police, Madras through the Commandant. 5. Conduct Orderly Room at least once a week to enquire into representation and reports. 6. Hold Kit Inspections and Alarms during his half-yearly inspection of groups and also at other times by surprise. 7. Will conduct annual range firing practice for Headquarters Company. 8. Audit the account of Battalion Polish Fund, Officer’s Club fund and other non-official funds once a month and send the audit reports to the Commandant before 10th of every month. 9. Will supervise the functioning of the Radio workshop and staff. 10. Will supervise the functioning of the welfare organizations of the Unit. 11. Will assist the Commandant in recruitment and training. 12. Maintenance of recommendation and building. 13. He is responsible for planning, organizing and running of all cadre courses in the unit. 14 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 14. Will be responsible for conducting periodical promotion tests for various ranks. 15. Will conduct frequent tests and surprise checks as indicated in item 9 of the work and functions of Assistant Commandants in Standing Order No. 5. 16. He will be responsible for arranging all organized move of companies or contingents from Head Quarters to detachments and vice versa or from one detachments to the other. 17. He will be responsible for conducting surprise test check of stock held under his administrative control at least once quarters, i.e. 1) Quarter Master Stores. 2) Motor Transport Stores. 3) Signal Stores. 18. He will assist the Commandant in all matters relating to the security of the Camp. 19. Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3), Head Quarters in Armed Police Battalions - Special Pay Rs. 75. (G.O. Ms. No. 222, Finance, dated 3-2-1971) 7. Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) - The Commandant will allocate the duties of Deputy Superintendent of Police, (Category 3) Headquarter has defined in Standing Order No. between the Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3), Adjutant I must and Quarter Master when the additional posts are conditioned for the Battalion. 8. Inspector of Arms - General - 1. The inspection of arms of the Police and Jail Departments of this State hitherto, arranged by the Defence Department has now been taken over by the State Government. 2. The Government accordingly sanctioned a temporary post of Inspector of Arms of the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) for this purpose in G.O. Ms. No. 1197, Home, dated 25th April 1967. 3. The Inspector of Arms Will be attached to the Office of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Railways and Armed Police, Madras and he will be under the direct supervisory control of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Railways and Armed Police. Duties - 1. The Inspector of Arms will inspect the arms, belonging to the Police including Home Guards, Jail and Forest Departments of the State. A third of the holdings will be inspected every year. 2. He will put up proposals for the condemnation of arms which are found unfit for further use. 3. He will report whether the arms are maintained according to scale prescribed from time to time in the above Department. 4. He will suggest alterations and modifications for the weapons in consonance with the changes effected by the Army. 5. He will report whether Tools and components required for inspection purposes are maintained by the units and will also verify the tools and components and spares and advise the use of latest tools in all units wherever found necessary. 6. He will inspect the Rebrowning centers of the State Police once a year and send his report on the work carried out and on their standard of efficiency to the Inspector-General of Police, Tamil Nadu through the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Railways and Armed Police. 7. He will issue instructions to all concerned regarding maintenance of arms and communicate the amendments received from the Army Headquarters about repairs, maintenance and modification of weapons, etc. 8. He will maintain a Base workshop at his Headquarters to carry out research, repairs and modifications if circumstances permit. 9. He will conduct periodic tests and examinations for the armourers in the Districts and Special Police Units to assess their suitability and also recommend Armourers for further training. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 15 10. He will from time to time draw up his tour programmes and submit them to Deputy Inspector-General of Police Railways and Armed Police, Madras for approval. On approval it should be communicated to the Units|Districts concerned. 11. Arms of Units on deputation should be inspected by him only after the approval of the State Government. 12. During the inspection of arms of various Department he will be assisted by a Sub- Inspector/Havildar Armourer of both and a clerk. They will accompany him during his tour for inspection. 13. When drawing up tour programmes, priority will be given to Units earmarked for operational roles in order to enable them to obtain replacements of unserviceable equipment quickly. 14. Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) - Inspector of Arms Special Pay Rs. 75. (G.O. Ms. No. 222, Finance, Dated 8-2-1971) 9. Medical Officer - 1. Police Hospitals are attached to the Special Police Units, Avadi, Tiruchirappalli and M.I. Rooms in other places where the Battalions are stationed. The Medical Officers, Special Police Units are Officers of the Special Police Force under the Commandants but subject to the sole direction and control of the District Medical Officers of the Districts in which the Police Hospitals and M.I. Rooms are situated in professional matters. The Medical Officer is in-charge of the Police Hospital and is assisted by a Lady Medical Officer. 2. The Medical Officer has been declared to be of the rank of a Civil Assistant Surgeon for the purpose of granting certificates of age, health and vaccination under Fundamental Rule 10 - to all Non-Gazetted Officers and subordinates and menials of the Special Police Force, executive and ministerial. 3. Candidates for appointments in subordinate executive Posts in the Special Police Force shall be examined by the Medical Officer after selection by the competent authority and the Medical Officer shall make such examination as part of his duties; candidate should not be required to pay a fee for the examination. 4. The Medical officer is an authority competent to issue the Medical Certificate in Form DI of the Madras Motor Vehicles Rules, 1938, to Police Officers and men in respect of licences to drive a Motor Vehicle or to drive a Transport Vehicle. 5. The Medical Officer is also designated as the Resident Medical Officer of the Unit Hospital. 6. Quarters have been provided for Medical Officer close to the Hospital, so that he may be available for emergencies at all times. 7. The following are his duties: - (i) He will be in-charge of the wards in the Unit Hospital. (ii) He will act as Anaesthetist as and when required. (iii) He will be in-charge of the surgical instruments and appliances and their ledgers. (iv) He will be in-charge of all the furniture in the Hospital and the connected ledgers and will be responsible for checking them periodically. (v) He will be responsible for the efficiency and discipline of the staff including menials working in the Hospital. (vi) He will be responsible for the general sanitation of the Hospital, the tidiness and the upkeep of the hospital buildings. (vii) He will carry out inoculation of Typhus Anti-Pacillas once a year and vaccination once in two years or as and when required. (viii) He will give lectures to those undergoing “First-Aid Cadres” and “First Aid Training”. (ix) He will be prepared to undertake any other duties for which he may be deputed by the District Medical Officer. (x) He will be in-charge of the Medical Inspection Department and will give prompt attention to all out-patients. 16 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (xi) He will supervise the work in the Dispensary and will see that the Compounders or Pharmacists and other staff of the Hospital do their duties properly and keep the Dispensary clean. (xii) He can seek the help of the District Medical Officer at all times. (xiii) He will inspect the general sanitation of the Posts and Detachments of the Special Police at least once a week and will go round with the Orderly Officer and point out any defects requiring rectification. (xiv) He will keep the Commandant informed frequently a regard to the health of the personnel, general sanitation and the sick rate in the Unit. (xv) The drinking water supply will be checked, if any infectious disease communicable through the water is reported nearby. (xvi) In cases where a member of the Special Police Force is reported to be unable, on account of very severe illness, to attach personally at the Dispensary for treatment, the Medical Officer will visit him at his residence when considered necessary after the Dispensary wrok is over and will arrange suitable medical relation for him. (xvii) He will keep the First Aid out fit ready for use in emergency; when special occasions arise. (xviii) He shall supervise the sterilization of the surgical instruments and dressings. (xix) Indents on Medical Stores Depot, Madras will prepared by him. (xx)He shall see to the correct maintenance of the following registers:- [A] 1) A and D Register MF Group I No. 66. 2) Accident Register. 3) Cholera Register. 4) Daily Register of classes and sex. 5) Daily Register of diseases. 6) Duty Roster. 7) Manuscript Register for annual statistics. 8) Nominal Register of out-patients (MF Group I Nos. 51 and 52) 9) Operation Register. 10) Register of in-patients. 11) Report Book. 12) Statistical Register for in-patients. 13) Stock book in printed form (MF Group II Nos. 59 to 62). 14) Wound Certificates Book & MF Group I, No. 63. 15) All Registers and Indents concerning diet. [B] 1) Equipment Register of the Dispensary. 2) Furniture Stock Book. 3) Register showing distribution of in-door and out-door patients (Police) in the various hospital in the City. (xxi) He will store the condemned unserviceable articles for disposal according to the orders of the Commandant. (xxii) He will carry out the orders of the Commandant in administrative affairs and those of the District Medical officer in professional matters. 10. Duties of Lady Assistant Medical Officer - (i) The Women Assistant Medical Officer shall assist the Medical Officer in his various duties both in-door and out-door as and when assigned. (ii) She shall attend to the out-patient work for women and children (below 12 years) at the Police Dispensary. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 17 (iii) She shall visit the Police lines between 3 and 5 p.m. in all days except Government holidays and the days when she happens to be on leave or on other duty. (iv) The treatment should be confined to the wives, children and dependent parents of the Police personnel of the force including Ministerial who are - (a) Actually ill and are not in a position to move out to the Police Hospital for treatment. (b) Ante natal cases, and (c) Mothers with babies less than one month old. (v) During Medical Officers absence she will perform the duties of the Medical Officer in addition to her duties otherwise. During this period of her doing additional duties, she will be exempted from visiting the lines and the same will be intimated to all concerned so that, emergency cases could be referred to the Police Hospital for her examination and advice. (vi) She shall maintain the following Registers and submit to the Medical Officer for scrutiny during the first week of every month:- (1) Nominal Register of out-patients. (2) Nominal Register of line visiting. (3) Hospital Clothing Register and Dhoby Account Register. (4) Statistics of patients attending her line visit. (vii) She will maintain daily reports of her visiting duties and will submit them to the Medical Officer for periodical check up as and when required. 18 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER II

J.OS Definitions. - Officers of an below the rank of Adjutant Inspector but above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspectors will be known as J.Os Junior Officers - Duties of. 11. General - (a) A Junior Officer to perform his duties successfully and efficiently must have initiative and must be intelligent tactful and hard-working and must realize that his rank carries special responsibilities as well as privileges. He must be faultless in his turnout and smart, both on and off parade. (b) He must have an intimate knowledge of the subordinates under his command and be able at any time to supply accurate details regarding their character, capabilities, state of health and other matters concerning them. (c) In dealing with his subordinates he must be strictly impartial and above any caste prejudices, combine firmness with sympathy and exact prompt obedience to his orders. He should be ready to give a patient hearing to any troubles of his subordinates and bring to notice any grievances. At the same time it is his duty to report immediately to his superiors any matters which are or which are likely to be prejudicial to the good order, discipline and morale and good name of the Force. (d) He must know and keep himself up-to-date with all training drill instructions, Rules, Regulations and Force Orders. He must keep himself fit and efficient and take an interest in all sports and games. (e) Above all he must always be a standing example to his subordinates especially in his punctuality, alacrity to obey orders and devotion to duty. (f) The distribution or allotment of duties shown in this and subsequent orders is only broadly indicative but by no means exhaustive and the officers concerned can be detailed on or entrusted with any other job not specified, in the interest of administration. 12. Adjutant Inspector - The Adjutant Inspector by virtue of his appointment is the senior- most Junior Officer of the Unit. The following are the duties and responsibilities of the Adjutant Inspector:- 1. He is responsible for the discipline and administration of the Headquarters staff and the recruits, if any. 2. He is in-charge of all buildings in the camp including family quarters and their maintenance. He will maintain the line nut register and married quarter waiting list (vide. Part II, Chapter V, S.O. No. 77). He will maintain in his Office a sketch showing the location of the quarters with the names of the occupants. 3. He is in-charge of the parade ground, main guard room, playing fields, etc. 4. He is responsible under Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) Headquarters for detailing guards, fire picquets and their publication in the Unit Routine Orders. 5. He is responsible for obtaining allotment of the range and distributing to Companies for their annual range practice. 6. He will maintain a Battalion Musketry Score Register. 7. He is the Mess Officer of the Headquarters Company including Motor Transport, Signal and Quarter Master Groups. 8. He will visit frequently all barracks, lines Battalion Guard Room, Hospital and other Unit Institutions and bring to notice any case of damage or disregard to maintenance, etc., to the building. 9. Just like other Company Commanders he will also maintain all accounts, registers, records, etc., for the personnel under his command. 10. Cash - He will maintain all cash books of his group. He will also prepare pay bills for the sanitary workers, receive their pay and disburse them. He will maintain an Attendance Register for sanitary workers. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 19 11. Discipline - He should personally be in closer touch with all the activities of the unit and should be of greatest influence in maintaining high standard of efficiency, morale and good order in the unit. 12. Sanitation - He is in-charge of the sanitation of the camp. All sanitary workers when the companies are in Headquarters will work directly under him. He is responsible for detailing duties to the sanitary workers. 13. Security - He is responsible under Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) (Headquarters) for the security of the camp (Battalion Headquarters). He will keep in safe custody the Post Defence Alarm and Fire Alarm schemes and will arrange to conduct periodical Alarms in consultation with Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) (Headquarters). 14. Sports - He is in-charge of Battalion Sports, Team Welfare and other cultural activities of the unit. 15. He is the liaison officer of the camp. 16. Stores - He is in-charge of all training materials, range requisites and such sports gear as required for the Battalion sports. He will always keep the training materials in good order and issue them to the active companies on intensive training and record them back after the training. 17. Training - He is in-charge of recruits, if any. 18. He is in-charge of various cadres and other courses for the active Companies and Headquarters. 19. He will conduct Band inspection once in three months. The inspection report will be submitted to the Commandant. 20. He will also test buglers once in three months and set up a report to the Commandant. 21. He is responsible for selection, training and efficiency of all instructors likely to be detailed to various training centers. For this purpose he will maintain a panel of instructors with the approval of the Commandant. 22. He is responsible under Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) Headquarters for planning, organization, and running of all Cadre Courses and Games, etc., in the Unit. 13. Inspector - Company Commander - General - Inspector are generally placed in-charge of the active Companies and they are called Company Commanders. They should consider themselves the “King Pin” of the Battalion. 1. Administration - A Company Commander is entirely responsible to his Deputy Superintendent of Police (category 3) for the high standard of drill, discipline, administration, training and efficiency of his Company. 2. Cash Accounts - He is fully responsible for the correct maintenance of all cash accounts and cash balances of all accounts in his charge. He will hand over charge of cash chests and cash balances to the next seniormost Junior Officer present in his company whenever he leaves his post for any period entailing balance over night. Such handing over the resumption of charge will be acknowledged in the account books in words and figures and in the General Diary in figures only. He will adopt the same procedure whenever he is placed sick in quarters. 3. He will be present at pay parade to disburse the pay, etc., this Company personnel. He is responsible for making deductions for mess, polish, dhoby, barber, Company Fund subscriptions, etc., correctly and for maintaining the Pay and Mess Book correctly. 4. Duties - He will assign duties to his subordinates, viz., Sub-Inspectors, Assistant Sub- Inspectors, Hav, Nk, Lance Nks and Constables and see that they perform their duties correctly. 5. He will take pride in personally maintaining all the records, etc., mentioned in Part II, Chapter X, S.O. 139. 6. He is responsible for the upkeep of arms, ammunition, accoutrements, other properties and buildings of his company. 7. He will maintain a General Diary wherein all happenings the Company will be recorded chronologically. The Diary will opened at 06.00 hours each day and closed at 06.00 hours the day. It will be dispatched on the day of closure to the Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3). 20 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 8. On the last day of the week i.e., on Saturday he will personally check the Arms and Ammunition on his charge and will of having done so with details in the General Diary. 9. He will daily inspect the barrack arrangements, cook houses, ration stores, coffee shops and camp sanitation and record his observation in the General Diary. 10. He may passport Non-Commissioned Officers and Constables on leave upto a maximum of fifteen days in really emergent cases without the Deputy Superintendent of Police’s (Category 3) prior sanction. He will then submit he leave roll to the Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) for approval. 11. He will grant casual leave as per rules for other ranks in his Company. 12. He will always keep the Bus Warrants and Railway Warrants in personal safe custody under lock and key. 13. He will inspect once a week all cycles, lamps and petromax lights and ensure that they are always kept in good condition and record having done so in the General Diary. 14. He will conduct and preside over monthly mess meet and sports committee meetings and record the minutes in minute book. 15. He will conduct kit inspection for his Company person once in every quarter and will ensure his Platoon Commander do it monthly. 16. He will not engage in any correspondence with other departments and he will do so if need be only through the Commandant. 17. He will inspect the clothing, equipment and other documents of all men detailed to attend courses elsewhere and will ensure that all instructions are complied with. 18. He will be a member of the Boards or Courts of enquiry concerning the loss or damage to any Arms or Ammunitions on his Company charge. 19. While at Battalion Headquarters he will do the Battalion Orderly Officer’s duty in turn with other available Officers at Battalion Headquarters. 20. He shall maintain a note book and shall record the duties done by him during the day. It shall be periodically perused by the Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3). 21. He should be thoroughly conversant with the Battalion Orders issued from time to time and ensure that the orders wherever applicable are brought to the notice and understood by his subordinates. 22. Discipline - He may place any area which he considers undesirable as “Out of Bounds” and will immediately inform the Commandant through the Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3) with reasons for such action. 23. He is responsible that the uniform and the equipment of his company are maintained in good order and is replaced when required and that all ranks of his Company turn out smartly and correctly dressed both when in uniform and in mufti. 24. He shall march the personnel, including Junior Officers, of his company at the Orderly Room Parade conducted by Officers of and absove the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3). This order will also apply to Group Commanders in the matter of orderly room procedure. 25. He will hold check roll calls by surprise, both during day and night as occasion demands to ensure that the men do not break bounds without permission. 26. Security - He is responsible for the security and the maintenance in good order of all Arms, Ammunitions, Furniture, Equipment and other Government properties on charge of his Company and for the maintenance of Registers regarding them. He will report all losses and damages to the Battalion Inspector as early as possible. 27. Sports - He is responsible for seeing that the sports gear of his Company is carefully maintained in good order and are not subjected to misuse or undue rough treatment. 28. Welfare - He will pay particular attention to the welfare of the men and in running the Mess economically and efficiently. He should remember that good Messing is among the first essentials for a contended and efficient Company. Therefore, give good value for money. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 21 29. He will conduct orderly room daily at 1100 hours and also receive representations and hear grievances of his Company personnel. 14. Inspector - Motor Transport Officer - (1) Administration - All motor transports of the Special Police Unit shall be under the particular charge of the Transport Officer of the Rank of an Inspector. He will be responsible for seeing that the vehicles are kept in readiness at all times for any emergency. He will be assisted by three Havildar Mechanics for this purpose. He will be responsible for the administration, efficiency, training, employment and enforcement of disciplinary orders on all M.T. personnel employed under him. (2) Duties - He will see that the vehicles are kept greased, oiled, cleaned and in perfect order and will bring any defects promptly to the notice of the Commandant or Deputy Commandant through the Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3), Head-Quarters. (3) He is directly responsible for all trips made by the vehicles. All requisitions for the use of the vehicles will be made to the Deputy Superintendent of Police in-charge of Transport who in consulation with the Motor Transport officer will detail vehicles if they are not otherwise engaged at the time. (4) He will exercise supervision over the Daily diary maintained by the drivers and supervise all expenditure on account of the vehicles. (5) In case of any break down or damage or any incident affecting the running of the vehicle reported by the driver, will take such steps as are necessary for the repair of the vehicles with the help of the Havildar Mechanics and submit a report the Commandant or the Deputy Commandant detailing the circumstances of the case, the cause of the damage or break down and the steps taken by him for the repair of the vehicles. (6) Sanction of the Commandant or the Deputy Commandant should be obtained prior to all purchases in connection with the vehicles except oil and petrol and for repairs except the urgently necessary. The details of the repairs required should once be reported to the Commandant or the Deputy Commandant through the Deputy Superintendent of Police (Category 3). (7) He will go through the inspection report and reports received from detachments and scrutinize the requirements of detachment vehicles and take appropriate action. (8) He will be in-charge of all spares and other accessories including tyres and tubes and keep the reserve stock (as laid down in Part II Chapter VIII S.O. 15, 16) replenished. As and when stocks are received they must find a place in the concerned Stock Register and Local Purchase Register immediately. (9) He will issue petrol and oil and other lubricant necessary care being taken that requisitions are not in excess of problem requirements. Spare petrol and oil may be carried in cans the discretion of the Motor Transport Officer. He will be responsible for regular indenting and supply of P.O.L. (10) He will inspect the vehicles every morning before they out and check the petrol on hand and in the tank. Similar inspiration should be made both before and after each trip. He is record having done so in the daily dairy to be submitted by the Driver. (11) He will periodically inspect the vehicles and will see that the Mechanics, Drivers and Cleaners, keep them in good condition. He will report to the Deputy Superintendent of Police any neglect on their part. (12) He will scrutinize the running statement of vehicles of the unit and put the vehicles for technical inspection before the M.V.I once a quarter as ordered in PSO Vol. I Order No. 192 (36). He will exercise adequate surprise and routine checks on M.T., P.O.L., and expendable stock holdings. (13) He will in consultation with the Motor Vehicles Inspector submit a report through the Deputy Superintendent of Police regarding major repairs required for the vehicles giving details of repairs. (14) He is mainly responsible for renewal of driving licences of Drivers and Cleaners, registration certificates and for claiming refund of registration fees in respect of vehicles kept off road. 22 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (15) He will undertake timely reconditioning, overhauling, servicing of vehicles and retreading of tyres. (16) He will be responsible for the daily and weekly maintenance of vehicles. (17) He is personally responsible for the correct maintenance of all registers, files and returns mentioned in Part II, Chapter VIII, S.O. No. 119. (18) Just like Company Commanders he will maintain all cash books and other records pertaining to the personnel of his group, vide Part II, Chapter - X, S.O. 139. (19) He will strictly adhere to the Motor Vehicles Act in the Maintenance and Running of Vehicles. (20) He will also carry out identical duties performed by Company Commander to the extent necessary. (21) Welfare - He will show keen interest on the welfare of this men. 15. Inspection-Battalion Quarter Master - Duties of - (1) Administration - There will be one Quarter Master for each Battalion in the rank of Inspector. He will be in charge and responsible for the Battalion Stores and all stores articles and for the correctness of the Stock Books, Registers and Returns. (2) Duties - He will maintain an account of receipts and issues of all articles in the Stock Books mentioned in the list of records to be maintained by Quarter master (vide O:M:O: 206) (Part II, Chapter X, S.O. 142). (3) He shall be present in Stores from 09.00 hours to 17.00 hours on all working days with an hour interval for meals, and will see that the Stores are kept neat and tidy and that all stocks are properly preserved from deterioration. (4) In the Quarter Master’s absence from the Station, the keys of the stores will be handed over to the Battalion Quarter Master Havildar who will be responsible for the safe custody of the stock. No issue will be made during the absence of the Quarter Master except in emergent cases. (5) In the event of the Quarter Master failing sick or absenting himself from stores for any other reason, he shall immediately inform the Commandant and Assistant Commandant, Headquarter|Stores. (6) Whenever the Quarter Master is away from the Headquarters on a duty or move, the keys of the Magazine will be handed over to the Assistant Commandant, Headquarters|Stores. (7) He will be responsible for the supervision and administration of the Tailors, Shoe Makers (Mochis), Carpenters, Web Equipment Repairers, Blacksmiths, Tinkers and Unit Armoury. (8) Just like Company Commanders, he will maintain all accounts, Registers, Records, etc., for the personnel under his command. He will also carry out such of the identical duties performed by the Inspector, Company Commander to the extent necessary. (9) He will conduct store days once in a month. (10) He is responsible for arranging auction of condemned articles. The Assistant Commandant, Head Quarters will conduct auction. (11) He will be responsible for producing articles for condemnation by the Commandant |Deputy Commandant. (12) He will also attend to the other duties connected with stores as and when ordered by the Assistant Commandant, Headquarters or his superiors. (13) He will maintain the General Diary of his Group. (14) He shall maintain a Note Book and record daily the duties done by him covering all official duties. It will be perused by the Assistant Commandant periodically. (15) Security - He will ensure that all equipments are received in tact from Railway Authorities against credit notes to be used by him or in contrary he will arrange to obtain open delivery of the stores received, where suspicion of tampering the package exist. (16) Consignment received from suppliers or procured by local purchase will be taken on stock by the Quarter Master after their verification and acceptance. Any deficiency or damage or THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 23 deviations from the accepted samples should be brought to the notice of the Commandant for further action. 16. Sub-Inspector - Armourers (1) Administration - The Sub-Inspector Armourer works under the Inspector-Quarter master and is responsible to him for the upkeep of the Unit armaments. (2) Discipline - He is responsible for the discipline, good behaviour and efficient functioning of Armourers. (3) Duties - He will personally supervise and control the work of all Armourers working under him in the Unit Armourer’s shop and will guide them in their work. (4) He along with his Armourers, must inspect the armament very quarter and set right the defects wherever found. (5) He must also keep the arms of the Unit in serviceable condition at the time of inspection by Inspector of Arms. (6) He is responsible for preparing all documents required by the Inspector of Arms during his inspection of the Unit. (7) He is also responsible for carrying out alterations, modifications and adjustments, etc., in the armaments, as indicated in the EMERs from time to time. (8) He is responsible for the cleanliness and the proper maintenance of Armour shop and tools, etc., and should see that no tools, etc., are misused and mishandled by the Armourers. For this purpose he will maintain a register of armourer tools on his charge. (9) He will also inspect all the Government bicycles of the unit once a quarter. (10) He will record in the Arms History Sheets all major alterations, modifications and adjustments, etc., done to a particular arm during the periodical inspection. (11) He will carry out any other orders issued by the Inspector Quartermaster from time to time. (12) He will assist the Inspector Quarter Master in the supervision of all tradesmen attached to the Quarter Master Branch. (13) He will work as kote Junior Officer of the Battalion Quartermaster’s kote and will be responsible to the Battalion Inspector Quartermaster for the correctness of the armament and their maintenance. (14) He will bring to the notice of the Commandant through the Assistant Commandant any neglect in the maintenance of arms and of damages to a weapon caused either by negligence of the individual or due to fair, wear and tear. (15) He will maintain the registers and records as detailed in Part II, Chapter X, S.O. 145. (16) Stores - He would arrange to get the necessary components of small arms, etc., from the Quarter Master Stores and will return all unserviceable components on regular issue and receipt vourchers. (17) Training - He is responsible for the training of the Armourers in the Unit Armourer shop. He should assist in conducting refresher course; and pre-course cadres for armourer and officers. (18) Welfare - He must have intimate knowledge of his men and show keen interest in their welfare. 17. Sub-Inspector - Platoon Commander - (1) Administration - The Sub-Inspector (Platoon Commander) is under the direct supervision and control of the Company Commander (Inspector) and is responsible to him. He must study and be closely connected with all the men of his Platoon and must be an expert in man management and getting the utmost out of his platoon. To this end he must be strictly impartial in his dealings with his men and see that all duties distributed fairly and are carried out efficiently. (2) Discipline - The Sub-Inspector is responsible for the discipline, training, efficiency and the general well being of all men in his Platoon. (3) He will march the personnel of his Platoon at the Orderly Room parades conducted by the Company Commander. 24 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (4) While on Platoon detachment duty he will hold check roll calls by surprise, both during the day and night as occasion demands, to ensure that the men are always available for emergencies. (5) He must exact implicit obedience from his men and see that all orders are promptly and efficiently carried out. At the same time he must be a personal example of punctuality, devotee to duty, and smartness both on and off parade. (6) He will carry out any other orders issued by his superior officers as and when necessary. (7) Duties - He is responsible that the kit and equipment, Arms and Accoutrements of his Platoon are kept clean and in good order and are replaced when necessary. (8) He will supervise the messing and he is responsible for the mess accounts when detailed as mess officer of the Company and when Platoons are stationed outside on detachment duty. (9) He will inspect his platoon or any part of it before it proceeds on duty and see that the turn out is smart and the full requirements of equipment, Arms and Ammunition are with the Platoon and that orders are properly and correctly understood. (10) He is personally responsible to his Company Commander for keeping up-to-date all Record Sheets, Medical History Sheets, Arms History Sheets, Equipment and Clothing Registers pertaining to his Platoon personnel. All entries other than confidential entries, will be made by him and put up to and signed by the Company Commander. (11) He will conduct monthly kit inspection for his Platoon regularly and will be personally responsible for maintenance of his platoon Kit Register and entries in it will be personally entered and signed by him. He will also be responsible for the follow up action to be taken after every kit inspection. (12) He will personally maintain the Platoon Duty Roster and will supervise the work of the Non-Commissioned Officers under him. (13) While at Battalion Headquarters he will do the Battalion Orderly Officer’s duty in turn with other available junior officers at Battalion Headquarters. (14) He will inspect the barrack arrangements, guard room, mess, ration stores and camp sanitation as and when ordered by the Company Commander. (15) He will maintain a note book and shall record the duties done by him during the day. It shall be produced daily before the Company Commander for perusal. (16) Health and Sanitation. - He must pay attention to the health of his men and see that sick men are given medical attention promptly. (17) Sports - He will foster a sense of competition among his men. (18) He will cultivate sports and cultural activities in his platoon. (19) Stores. - He will be present when the Company Quarter Master Havildar collects the Government clothing and equipment of the men of his platoon proceeding on transfer, leave or other reasons and will attest entries in the registers concerned. (20) He will inspect weekly and physically check the durability and cleanliness of all Arms and Ammunitions on charge of his platoon. (21) Welfare - He will report grievances if any in his Platoon and any matters affecting discipline and morale to his Company Commander. 18. Sub-Inspector - Signal Officer - Administration - (1) The Sub-Inspector-Signal Officer will supervise and control the entire Radio organization of the Unit and the lay out of all Radio Stations. (2) Discipline - He will be responsible for the efficient working of the Wireless sets and charging plants and will supervise the work of the Signal staff. He will enforce strict discipline. (3) Duties - He will be responsible for procurement, care and maintenance and accounting of Radio Equipment on his charge. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 25 (4) For this purpose, he will thoroughly inspect all sets, plants and batteries at least once a quarter and will record in the inspection book maintained for the purpose, his remarks regarding the condition of the sam and the work of the Operators during the period under review. (5) Whenever possible, he will visit posts in the event of a break down of the set or charging plant, and record in the inspection book, the nature of the break down and repair to the carried out and whether it was due to any neglect on the part of the wireless staff and arrange for immediate repair by the technical staff. (6) He will surprise and attend communication at headquarters frequently and see that the correct procedure is followed. (7) He will maintain the register and records pertaining to Signal Group as mentioned in Part II, Chapter X, S.O. 141. (8) He will also maintain like the Company Commanders and Group Commanders all records registers, etc. mentioned in Part II, Chapter X, S.O. 139 for the personnel of his Group. (9) He will check the logs of the Signal Stations daily. (10) He will maintain the General Diary of the Signal Group. (11) He will maintain a Not Book and record daily the work carried out by him. The Note Book will be perused by Assistant Commandant, Headquarters. 12. Training - He is responsible for administration and discipline of Radio staff (technical and operating). He will in consultation with Assistant Commandant, Headquarters arrange for periodical Unit Refresher Courses. (13) He is responsible for the training of the personnel of his group. (14) Welfare - He must show keen interest in the welfare of is men. 26 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER III

NON-COMMISSIONED OFFICERS - DUTIES OF. 19. General - (1) Non-Commissioned Officers must realize that on them depends to a great extent the discipline and the well being of the Force. They must also realize that the very fact of their being called a Non-Commissioned Officer carries with it a greater sense of responsibility. (2) They must set an example by being smart, faultless in turnout, punctual at all times, obey all orders with alacity and at the same time insist on prompt obedience to their own order. They should remember that “To Command, one must first learn to obey”. (3) The must avoid undue familiarity with their subordinates but must know them thoroughly, and combining sympathy with firmness be always ready to assist them, especially those who are backward in education or training. (4) It is their duty to check all faults, however small and bring to notice at once any matters prejudicial to discipline or the good name of the Force. 20. A.S.I. - (1) Administration - The A.S.I is the “King Pin” in the Company. He is responsible for detailing all Company duties and he will maintain the Company Duty Roster. (2) He will conduct Roll Calls and will see that Battalion and Company Orders are read out to his Company men and he will report to the Company Commander the correctness or otherwise of the Parade at the Roll Call. (3) He will attend the Guard mounting Parade at least twice a month or more often as instructed by the Company Commander. (4) He will maintain an up-to-date strength statement of his Company and keep a record of all arrivals and departures, sickness, leave etc., in his Company. (5) He will assist the Platoon and Company Commander the day to day administration of the Company. (6) He will maintain a note book in which he will enter chronologically the work done during the day and he will produce the note book daily to the Company Commander for perusal. (7) He is responsible for producing the Followers, Menials, Dhobies, Barbers and Water Carriers before the Medical Officer for Medical examination once in three months. (8) Discipline - He is responsible to his Company Commander to the discipline of the Company in general and of the Non-Commissioned Officers in particular and for the distribution of Company duties among Company Non-Commissioned Officers. (9) He will exact instant and implicit obedience from all Non-Commissioned Officers and men in his Company and by virtue of his Office has precedence over them. (10) He will be present at Orderly Room and at all Roll Calls. He will march men at Orderly Room Parades in the absence of the Platoon Commander. 11. Health and Sanitation - He will fall-in the daily sick report and hand over the sick personnel to the Company Duty Non-Commissioned Officer for being taken to the Hospital. (12) Training - He is responsible to his Company Commander for the Drill and Training of his Company and therefore will be well acquainted with all parade and training programmes of the Company. (13) While on parade, he will fall-in the Markers, dress the Company and hand over the parade statement to the senior-most Junior Officer of his Company present on parade. (14) Welfare - He will take a lively and abiding interest in the welfare of the men and pay special attention to messing, recreation and sanitation. (15) He will keep himself fully informed of what goes on in the Company and will communicate matters of importance affecting the efficiency, welfare, contentment, etc., of the Company to his Company Commander. (16) He will do the liaison between the Officers and the Non-Commissioned Officers and Other ranks of the Company. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 27 21. Havildar - Armourer - (1) Administration - The Havildar - Armourer works under the Sub-Inspector Armourer in the Quarter Master Branch and is responsible for the upkeep of the Unit armaments. (2) He will personally supervise the work of all Armourers working under him in the Unit Armourer Shop and will guide them in their work. (3) He is responsible for allotting duties to the Armourers and see that the duties detailed are carried out satisfactorily and efficiently. (4) He will also perform the duties of the Platoon Havildar in respect of the personnel working under him. (5) He will carry out such other duties as and when ordered by the Sub-Inspector Armourer and Battalion Inspector Quarter Master. (6) He will attend all range firing carried out by the Battalion. (7) He will conduct quarterly inspection of Arms. (8) He will conduct quarterly inspection of Company Cycles and shall record his remarks in the Cycle History Sheets. (9) Discipline - He is responsible to the Armourer Sub-Inspector in matters of discipline, training and welfare of the Armourer working under him. (10) He will assist the S.I. (Armourer) in the maintenance and up-keep of the Battalion Armoury Wrokshops, tools and its premises. (11) He will ensure that no tool is misused or mishandled by the Armourers working under him. Misuse of tools and other components should be promptly reported to the Sub-Inspector Armour in writing. 22. Havildar - Band / Bugle - (1) Administration - The Havildar - Band Bugle works under the Officer Commanding, Regimental Centre, Adjutant-Inspector for discipline and control. (2) He will conduct Bugle Cadre once in six months and responsible for the efficiency of all Buglers. He will also instruct them on the use of the Metronome and Drums. (3) He will detail Buglers for duties at detachments and Guards, Range Practices and other occasions as and when necessary. (4) He will be conversant with all Bugle calls. (5) He will be responsible to collect the Band hire charges at the specified rates whenever the Band is hired out for private functions and credit the amount with Officer Commanding, Regimental Centre Adjuntant-Inspector under a proper voucher. (6) He will maintain a copy of the Band Rules and he conversant with the Rules. (7) He will maintain a Duty Roster for the Bandsmen and Buglers under him. (8) Discipline - He will be responsible for the training, discipline, welfare, etc., of Bandsmen and Buglers of the Unit. (9) Stores - He will be personally responsible for he maintenance and correctness of all Band Instruments, Band Stores and Band Uniforms. For this purpose he will maintain a stock register and produce it for inspection by Officer Commanding, Regimental Centre, Adjutan Inspector once a month. 23. Havildar - Blacksmith - (1) Administration - Havildar - Blacksmith will work under the Battalion Inspector Quarter Master. (2) He is responsible for the training, disciplines, etc., of all the tradesmen employed in the Quarter Master Branch. (3) He will personally supervise the work of carpenters, tinkers, if any, in the Unit and will supervise, guide and control them in their work. (4) Stores - He is responsible for the cleanliness, proper maintenance of the smithy and Carpenter Shop and their tools. (5) He will also ensure that no tools, etc., are misused or mis-handled by the blacksmiths or carpenters. 28 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (6) He will maintain a register for the tools held on his charge. (7) He will carry out the timing of the unit cooking vessels periodically under the orders of the Battalion Inspector Quarter Master. 24. Havildar - Company Clerk - (1) Administration - The Havildar - Company Clerk is responsible to the Company Commander for the general working of the Company Office and maintenance of Company records. (2) He will assist the Company Commander in maintaining the records, registers, etc., mentioned in Part II, Chapter X, S.O. No. 139. (3) He will put up all periodical returns to the Company Commander in time. (4) He is responsible for the up-to-date posting of all correction slips in the Police Standing Orders and Special Police Manual and other books of instructions. (5) He will personally maintain the current register and despatch register correctly. (6) He will take pride in keeping the Company Office records, registers and files neatly and correctly. (7) He will assist the Company Commander in all scriptory work in the Company Office. (8) He will do such other work as detailed by the Company Commander from time to time. (9) He is responsible for correct filing and despatches. (10) He will compare and verify all returns and statement received from the detachments. (11) It is likely that Non-Commissioned Officers and other ranks will approach him for favour, information etc. The Company Havildar Clerk should note that confidence is reposed in him in respect of various matters relating to the Company and its personnel. Under no circumstances should he divulge anything known to him or show any paper in his charge to anyone. Anyone approaching him should be informed to the Officer Commanding Breach of this will entail severe disciplinary action. (12) Stores - He is responsible for the safe custody stationery articles, forms, register, etc. 25. Havildar Mechanics - General - Three Havildar Mechanic are authorised for the Motor Transport Branch in a standard Battalion. They will be employed directly under the orders of the Inspector Motor Transport Officer in the up-keep, maintenance running of Unit vehicles. Their work in the Motor Transport Branch is distributed as noted below and they will do in turn a period of four months in rotation. (a) Havildar Mechanic - Maintenance (a) Administration - He will be responsible for the proper maintenance, inspection and testing of all motor vehicles posted at Headquarters and at Detachments. (2) He will assist the Inspector Motor Transport officer in the preparation of monthly scheme for servicing of vehicles at the Government Central Workshop and other Workshops. For this purpose he will maintain a register of monthly servicing to various vehicles which he will put up to Motor Transport Officer twice a month on the 1st and 15th. (3) He will carry out the duties of the Platoon Havildar in respect of the Motor Transport Branch. 4. He will maintain a Note Book wherein he will enter all work done by him and produce the same daily to the Inspector, Motor Transport Officer and weekly to the Assistant Commandant, Headquarters for perusal. 5. He will carry out any other duties as and when ordered by the Inspector Motor Transport Officer from time to time. 6. He will maintain the General Diary and details duties to the Motor Transport staff in the absence of Inspector Motor Transport Officer. 7. Discipline - He will be responsible for controlling Motor Transport Drivers and will allot vehicles to the drivers as per orders of the Inspector Motor Transport Officer. 8. Transport - He will put a vehicle off-the-road only if he finds it in an un-roadworthy condition. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 29 9. He will ensure timely execution of all minor repairs to the vehicles at the unit lines. 10. All vehicles off-the-road at Battalion Headquarters will be under his direct charge and will ensure that such vehicles are put on road as expeditiously as possible. 11. He will supervise, direct and control the daily and weekly maintenance of vehicles by drivers. 12. In case of any accident or breakdown in the course of a journey, the maintenance Havildar will rush to the spot immediately and take charge of the vehicle after observing all formalities. (b) Havildar Mechanic - Running. 1. Administration - He is responsible under the Inspector Motor Transport Officer for maintaining the running accounts of the Motor Transports of the Unit. 2. He will be responsible for maintaining the daily diaries of vehicles, log books, requisition for transports and duty slips and will keep them upto date. He will enter running of Unit vehicles in the IN and OUT Register and will put up the registers daily to Assistant Commandant Headquarters through the Inspector Motor Transport Officer. 3. He will maintain a Note Book wherein he will write all the works done by him and produce the same daily to Inspector Motor Transport Officer and weekly to Assistant Commandant, Headquarters for perusal. 4. He will assist Havildar Mechanic Maintenance in administration of the Motor Transport Staff. 5. He will carry out such other duties as ordered by Inspector Motor Transport Officer from time to time. 6. Stores - He will assist Inspector Motor Transport Officer to maintain P.O.L. stock book and daily issue register and will keep them upto date. 7. He will assist Inspector Motor Transport Officer to keep the receipt and issue voucher file and other correspondence regarding issue and distribution of P.O.L. 8. He will assist Inspector Motor Transport Officer to verify the monthly P.O.L. returns received from various detachments. 9. He will also check the list of tools, spare parts and equipments issued to each vehicle on the 1st of every month and record the fact of having done so in the daily dairy. 10. He will keep a watch against misuse of petrol, lubricant and other spare parts of the vehicle. 11. He is also responsible in assisting the Inspector Motor Transport Officer in keeping sufficient stock of petrol, oil, lubricants and spare parts.

(c) Havildar Mechanic - Stores. 1. Administration - He is responsible for the Inspector Motor Transport Officer in the maintenance of Motor Transport Stores. 2. He will maintain a Note Book wherein he will enter all work done by him and produce the same daily to the Motor Transport Officer and weekly to the Assistant Commandant, Headquarters for perusal. 3. He will assist the Havildar Mechanic - Maintenance in the day to day administration of the Motor Transport personnel. 4. He will carry out any other duties as and when ordered by the Motor Transport Officer from time to time. 5. Stores - He will assist the Inspector Motor Transport Officer in maintaining the Motor Transport stock book of all spare parts, tyres, tools and equipments, etc., and will maintain the stock of such items duly classified and labelled. 6. He will be responsible to issue the Motor Transport Stores as ordered by the Inspector Motor Transport Officer and all such transactions should be supported by the issue and receipt vouchers. 30 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 7. He will be responsible to keep the records of all issues and receipts of Motor Transport Stores and their connected files up to late. 8. He will ensure receipt of condemned parts against issues made excepting those which are expendable and approved as such by the Commandant. 9. He will prepare list of all unserviceable parts and accessories and put up such stores for auction after condemnation. He will assist Inspector Motor Transport Officer in the maintenance of condemnation and auction registers. 10. He will assist Inspector Motor Transport Officer to maintain the Accident Register and will ensure that such and every accident to the Unit vehicle is entered therein and put up to the Assistant Commandant immediately for necessary action. 11. He will assist the Inspector Motor Transport Officer in maintaining the hire charge register and will ensure timely sub-commission of bills. 12. Before vehicles are taken out, each morning he will check whether the mileage reading for the previous day is noted in the daily dairy of the vehicle. He will also check the balance petrol and oil. 13. He will ensure that tyres, tubes and other parts are not inter changed among vehicles. 26. Havildar Mess - General - The Mess Havildar should take pride in holding the Office of the Mess Havildar and should always ensure that good wholesome food is dished out to the men. 1. Administration - The Mess Havildar is a Member of the Mess Committee. 2. He will be elected every month but he will not be permitted to sit on this committee for more than two consecutive months and thereafter he can seek re-election after an interval of six months. 3. He will assist the Sub-Inspector Mess Officer in the Order conduct of the affairs of the Mess. 4. He is responsible for arranging meals to all ranks at the specified time. 5. He will exercise close supervision over the followers, water carriers and Mess Police Constable. 6. He will ensure that only such dishes as approved by the mess committee are prepared. 7. He will take adequate precaution against fire hazards the kitchen. 8. He will maintain the mess attendance register. 9. He will carry out any other duties allotted to him by Company Commander. 10. He should maintain a pocket note book and note down the daily tasks turned out by him. It should be perused by the Mess Officer daily. 11. Cash and Accounts - He will display the daily Menu and Expenditure on the notice board. 12. Stores - He will be in actual charge of all the ration items. 13. He will submit accounts daily to the Mess Officer on the receipt and expenditure of ration commodities. 14. He is directly responsible for the correct scale of issue of ration to the mess. 15. He will ensure that there is no wastage of any food and commodities and he must guard against misuse also. 16. He is responsible for the maintenance of cooking vessels and other connected accessories. 17. He will ensure that a sufficient stock of all items are stored in advance. 18. He will be responsible for the proper storage of all ration stores. 19. The key of the store room will be deposited in the guard after making necessary entries in the sentry relief book every day after the night meals are over. 20. He must take necessary action to guard against the menace of rats, weevils, cockroaches and other insects damaging the stores. 21. Sanitation - He will keep the mess, kitchen, dining hall in good order, free from dust, garbage and other wastes. 22. He will ensure that the food is coocked properly and hygienically. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 31 23. He will provide adequate facilities for cleaning of plates, mugs and hands. 24. Welfare - He will take personal interest in growing kitchen gardens for the use of the mess. 25. He will accompany the Mess Officer for all mess purchases. Purchases should be made with an eye on economy but good food should not be sacrificed for the sake of economy. 26. He should ensure that there is no partiality of favoritisms in the matter of dishing out meals to the men. He will be present at all mess parade. 27. Drinking water supplied to the men should be free from dirt and disease. He should have the water analised periodically and ensure that it is fit for human consumption 27. Havildar Battalion Quarter Master - 1. Administration - The Battalion Quarter Master Havildar will assist the Battalion Inspector Quarter Master in all his duties particularly in the care and maintenance of Battalion stores. 2. He will supervise the work of the Battalion Quarter Master staff and bring any irregularities to the notice of the Battalion Quarter Master. 3. He is responsible for training, discipline, welfare etc., of all personnel in the Quarter Master Branch. 4. He will perform the duties of the Platoon Havildar in respect of the personnel working under him. 5. He will maintain a note book in which he will enter the work done by him and produce the same daily for perusal by the Battalion Quarter Master. 6. Stores - He will see that all articles in the Battalion Stores are kept clean, tidy and in good condition. 7. He will personally verify correctness of all issues and receipts of stores. 8. He will make no receipts or issues except under direct orders of the Inspector Quarter Master. 9. He will be present when stores are inspected. 10. He will report to Inspector Quarter Master when any stores are running short so that replacement could be arrange well in time. 11. He will be personally responsible for booking, dispatching of stores, to the out-stations and also for taking correct delivery of stores from the Railway and other sources received for the Battalion. 12. He will be responsible for the cleanliness, proper stocking and labeling of the stores. He will maintain tally cards for each and every item. 13. He will bring to the notice of the Battalion Quarter Master any unauthorized use, misuse or negligence of the Battalion Stores. 28. Havildar - Company Quarter Master - 1. Adminsitration. The Company Quarter Master Havildar is responsible to his Company Commander for the receipt, maintenance and issue of arms, equipments stores, clothing and other properties in the Company. 2. He will be appointed for a period of not ore than one year at a time from the Havildars of the Company. 3. He will be present during the handing over or taking over of any post. 4. He will report any willful damage to Government property or damages due to carelessness on the part of individuals to the Company Commander through the Store Office. 5. He will be present at the monthly inspection of Arms Armourer. 6. He is responsible that the Rifle roll is kept up-to date. 7. He will maintain a note book wherein he will enter the work done by him and produce the same through the Stores Officer of daily to the Company Commander for his perusal. 8. He will take special care in maintaining all records pertaining to Company Stores. 9. Stores - He will be in-charge of the Bell of Arms and Company Stores and will be responsible that all ammunition, Company and Post property on-charge are well cared for. 32 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 10. He will collect and take to the Battalion Stores day all articles for exchange, repairs and condemnation. 11. Receipts from stores will be carefully checked by him and issued to the men concerned in the presence of the Platoon Commander. 12. Kits of absentees or any other casualities will be taken over by him in the presence of the Platoon Commander washed and kept in Company Stores for safe custody. 13. He will be present at Retreat to check the Bell of Arms with the Orderly Officer and Guard Commander. 14. He will assist the Company Store Officer in maintaining in Store Accounts and returns. 15. He will report on the fifth of every month to the Company Store Officer any requirements to be indented on stores. 16. He is responsible for the cleanliness and up keep of the Company Stores. 17. He is responsible for maintenance of history sheet of Arms, hurricane lanterns, petromax lights, torch lights and cycles. 29. Havildar-Sanitation - 1. Administration - The sanitation Havildar will work under the Adjutant Inspector. 2. The sanitation workers, barbers and dhobis will be under is control. 3. He will report immediately to the Adjutant Inspector instances of damages or misuse of buildings, trees and other Government properties held on charge. No sheds, pandals, etc., should be erected in the premises without the prior sanction of the Commandant. 4. He will ensure that the married quarters are actually occupied by the individual to whom it is allotted and will report to the Adjutant Inspector, cases of quarters falling vacant or any unauthorized occupation. 5. He will round up and impound any cattle found straying in the camp or family lines. 6. He will remain in attendance during the sanitary inspection rounds by the Assistant Commandant, Medical Officer, Officer Commanding, Platoon Commander and Havildar Major. 7. He will ensure that stray dogs are not allowed to loiter about without in the camp premises. 8. He will report to the Officer Commanding when cattle, poultry and other pets become a nuisance and detrimental to the health of the force. 9. He will carry out daily inspection of lines, barracks, cook house, parade grounds camp premises and especially latrines. 10. He will maintain a Note Book and shall record tasks carried out daily and it shall be produced the next day for Officer Commanding for perusal. 11. Stores - He will be responsible for the proper records issue and expenditure of sanitation stores and equipments obtain from the Quarter Master Stores for the use of the menials. 12. Sanitation - He will be responsible for the general cleanliness of the barracks, cook houses, latrine, parade ground and family lines. 30. Havildar - Section Commander - (1) Administration - The Havildar - as a Section Commander is responsible to the Platoon Commander for the discipline and administration of his section. (2) He will always lead his section wherever detailed on special duties, etc., and see all required arrangements for accommadation, food, etc., are provided properly. (3) He will check the men and arms, ammunition of the section before proceeding on special duties and ensure he always carries the full scale of arms and ammunition required for such duties. (4) He will exact implicit obedience from his men and that all orders are promptly and efficiently carried out. At the same time he must be a personal example of punctuality, devotion to duty and smartness both on and off parade. (5) He will daily inspect the men and arms before and after the parade and see that the arms deposited carefully in his note after proper cleaning. (6) He will see that the men attend all parades, roll calls, mess, games, etc., in time in proper turn out. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 33 (7) He will ensure that he and his men always exhibit a high sense of etiquette, courteousness and politeness whenever he come in contact with the public and other department personnel. (8) He will ensure that he and his section and always do any other duty that may be assigned to them by his Platoon|Company Commander. (9) He shall maintain a note book and shall record such of the duties performed by him daily and shall submit the same every day to the Platoon Commander for his perusal. (10) He is responsible for neat barrack arrangements and cleanliness of the barracks, latrines and bath rooms of his Company. (11) He will be well acquainted with all parades and training programmes of his Company. (12) Discipline - He is required to know each and every men in his section intimately and he will report any fact of indiscipline for misbehaviour within his section to the Platoon Commander immediately. (13) He will keep proper control, discipline, etc., in his section when on detachment duty. (14) He will take a lively interest in the drill, training, sports and cultural activities of his men. (15) It is his duty to check all faults of his men however small it may appear and will infuse in them a sense of espirit de-corps and esprit of competition. (16) Welfare - He will pay special attention to the men reporting sick in his section. 31. Havildar - Signal - (1) General - The Signal Havildar is the senior most Non-Commissioned Officer in the Signal Group. (2) He is responsible to the Signal Officer and Assistant Signal Officer in all matters pertaining to the discipline, duty and morale of the Signal personnel. (3) Administration - He is responsible for the discipline and general duties in the Radio Station. (4) He will allot duties to the personnel working under him. (5) He will be in-charge of the control station. (6) He is responsible for the operational efficiency of the Signal personnel. (7) He will do operating work as stated in Police Standing Order 543 by turn in the station and he will be responsible to see that one operator is always present at the station to attend to emergency telephone calls and be ready to switch on the Master Control station on or any out station. (8) He is responsible for submitting daily logs. He will peruse the out station logs also and submit it to the Signal Officer. (9) Stores - He will keep the signal stores in order and maintain the ledgers correctly. (10) Training - He will act as instructor in training the Signal personnel. 32. Havildar - Web Equipment Repairer - (1) The Havildar - Web Equipment Repairer will work under the Battalion Inspector Quarter Master. (2) He is responsible for the repairs of all the web equipments in the Unit. (3) He will periodically visit the active Companies and carry out repairs to web equipments, belts, etc. (4) He will carry out other duties as and when ordered by the Inspector Quarter Master. (5) He will maintain a Note Book where in he will entered work done by him and produce the same to the Inspector Quarter Master for his perusal daily. (6) Stores - He will carry out repairs to the tents as and when ordered by the Inspr. QM. (7) He will maintain a register for the tools on his change. (8) He will assist the Inspector Quarter Master in the maintenance and storage of tents, web equipments and other accessories. 33. Naik - Band / Bugle - Nk. Band|Bugle will be second-in-Command of the Band|Bugle Section. He will assist the Hav. Band|Bugle in all matters relating to the discipline and training of the Band|Bugle Section. In the absence of the Band|Bugle Hav., he will perform the duties as laid down in Part II, Standing Order No. 22. He will also perform the duties Nks.-in general as laid down in Part II, Standing Order No. 35 and such other duties that may be allotted to him by the Officer Commanding, Regimental Centre. 34 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 34. Naik Drivers - The Naik Drivers will perform the duties and functions laid down for Driver Constables. 35. Constable Drivers - (1) The Motor Vehicle will be in the immediate charge of Constable Driver and he will be personally responsible for the thorough cleaning and efficient running condition of the vehicle. (2) He will report to the Motor Transport Officer|Company Commander any repairs and replacements that he considers necessary for the vehicle. (3) He should be always available for duty. Ordinarily should be at the vehicle between 0600 Hrs. to 1700 Hrs. if he no out duty assignments. He shall not leave the lines with the special permission of the Motor Transport Officer. Permission given for any absence from the lines must be for a definite period. (4) He will leave word in case of absence from the lines where would be found if wanted. (5) He will, attend parade daily at the specified hour unless had been out on duty later than 2100 Hrs. the previous day. (6) He is responsible for the consumption of petrol, oil and lubricants. Any waste or unusual consumption should be accounted or by him to the Motor Transport Officer and also in his daily dairy. (7) He shall before starting the vehicle carefully examine and see if it is in good running order and properly equipped. For starting the vehicle in the morning only the starting hand should be used. (8) Immediately on return from a trip the vehicle should be properly cleaned by the driver and left in the garage. (9) The driver will always be in uniform and will take his rifle and the approved quantity of ammunition with him when out on duty. He is responsible for the safe custody of the rifle and ammunition taken by him. (10) In the event of any accident or break down in the course it a journey he will immediately communicate information to the nearest Police Station and will apply for any assistance required to got the vehicle back to Headquarters. (11) Any accident resulting in damage to any other vehicle or to any person or animal should be similarly reported to the Station House Officer of the nearest Police Station and to the Motor Transport Officer|Company Commander immediately on return to the Post. (12) He will also at once report the matter to the Major Transport Officer|Company Commander giving full particulars of the damage or defect and its course. The Motor Transport Officer|Company Commander will forward such report to the Commandant through the Assistant Commandant, Headquarters immediately. (13) Should there be any damage to the vehicle or loss of any component part, the driver will be held responsible for the loss and severe action will be taken against him, if enquiry shows that he is in any way at fault. (14) The driver when proceeding out of Headquarters on duty will sign the in and out register before departure stating where and on what duty he is proceeding; on return to headquarters he will again report his arrival. This register will be kept in the Main Guard and will be produced to Assistant Commandant Headquarters by Motor Transport Officer daily in the morning for his perusal. (15) He will be responsible for writing the vehicle Daily Diary neatly. (16) He will not allow any unauthorized person to drive vehicle. (17) He should not carry civilian in the vehicle unless until there is an order from the competent authorities to that effect. The number of persons civilian or executive carried in the vehicle should also find a place in Daily Diary of the vehicle. (18) He will observe all Traffic Rules strictly. (19) He is responsible for seeing that spare tyre and tubes are carried whenever they go out. (20) He shall see that the vehicle in his charge is not over-loaded. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 35 (21) He will be responsible for satisfactory average petrol|diesel consumption. (22) No vehicle in charge of driver will be driven at a speed exceeding the prescribed speed unless otherwise specifically ordered by a responsible officer to exceed the speed limit. The speed with-in the limit area will be 25 K.Ms. (35). Naiks - Section (Second in Command) - (1) General - The Naik as Second in Command of a section is responsible to the Platoon Commander for the discipline and administration of his section. (2) Administration - He is required to know each and every man in his section intimately. (3) He will report to the Platoon Commander through Section Havildar immediately the existence of any miscreants or prevelance of untoward tendency on the part of the Constables and Lance Naiks. (4) He is responsible to see that all his section men are educated and explained properly the Battalion and Company Orders that may be published from time to time. (5) In the absence of Havildar he will perform the duty the Havildar for his section. (6) He will carry out such other orders as and when issued by the Platoon Commander. (7) Welfare - He will report to the Platoon Commander through the Section Havildar any grievances of his men and take steps to redress the grievances as early as possible. 36. Naik - Signal - Administration - (1) The Naik operator is responsible for the efficient and economical working of the wireless set and charging plant in his post and for the supervision of the staff under him. (2) Before operating he will see that the equipments are fully maintained and in proper working order. (3) He will open his set exactly at the time ordered by the Control Station. (4) Before operating the set he will make sure that his set is exactly tuned into the given frequency. (5) He will pass and receive all the official messages under correct wireless telegraphic procedure. (6) He will not accept any private message for being passed over the Police Wireless grid. (7) He will maintain a detailed record of the operating hours on the wireless log according to the instructions issued from time to time. (8) He should ensure that the In messages received at his station are written out legibly and delivered to the addressee without any delay. In like manner all out messages should be declared expeditiously according to priority and volume of traffic. (9) He will take over and hand over charge in writing. (10) He will report at once to the Post Commander any defect in the working of the set or charging plant. This report will be transmitted to the Signal Officer with all possible speed. (11) He will take turn with the Wireless Lance Naik to attend communication when all the wireless staff are present; otherwise are will attend all communications. (12) He will maintain the records and registers pertaining to is station as indicated in Part II, Chapter X, Stading Order 141. (13) Discipline - He is responsible for the control of the staff under him subject to the general supervision by the Signal Officer. (14) Stores - He is responsible for all tools and spare parts equipment, etc., maintained in the Radio Station. (15) Security - He should maintain a high standard security and guard against leakage of secret message and sabotage by subversive and hostile elements. (16) He should undertake monitoring or any other special work whenever required. (17) He will maintain liaison with the Defence Service, the Post and Telegraph and Railways especially during emergencies. (18) He will attend refresher courses from time to time improve his efficiency. 36 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER IV.

OTHER - DUTIES OF

37. Lance Naik - General - (1) The Lance Naik by virtue of his rank has precedence over his Section Constables. (2) He will be in-charge of the Section in the absence of the Havildar and Naik. (3) He will lead the Section and act as Section Commander in case of emergency or wherever so ordered. (4) He is responsible to the Platoon Commander for the discipline and training of his Section. (5) He will be particularly responsible for the proper turn-out of the men in his Section. (6) He will carry out all orders of the Section Havildar and Section Naik. (7) He must set an example by being smart, faultless in his turn out, punctual at all times and obeying orders with alacrity. (8) He will check all faults of his section men, however small and bring to notice any matters prejudicial to discipline or the good name of the Force. (9) He will strike hard to promote a competitive spirit and esprit-de-corps in his Section. (10) He will take part himself in all duties, games, cultural activities, etc., along with his Section men. (11) He is required to know each and every man in his Section intimately and will report any miscreant or untoward tendency to the Section Havildar immediately. (12) He will assist the Section Havildar in looking after the welfare of his Section men. 38. Lance Naik - Signal - (1) The Lance Naik Operator is the Second in-charge of the Wireless Station while on detachment and will directly work under the Signal Naik. In the absence of the Signal Naik he will be in-charge of the Wireless Station. (2) His duties and functions are the same as that of Signal Naik - Vide Part II, Chapter III, Order No. 36. 39. Police Constables - General - 1. The Constable as a Police Officer, must take pride in himself that he belongs, serves and forms part of the Police organization. 2. A Constable will always keep himself physically fit smartly turned out. 3. He must exhibit a high sense of Pride, Discipline, Courage, Devotion, Implicit obedience and High morale on and off duty. 4. He will behave with the public courteously, politely and firmly. 5. He must always be able to discharge his duties efficiency and intelligently. 6. He is responsible particularly to his immediate superior and in general to all the officers of the Organization. 7. He must pay proper compliments to all his superiors be he in uniform or in mufti. 8. He must be conversant with all orders of the Force issued from time to time. 9. Collective or direct representation is contrary to the Rules. Grievances, if any, must therefore be addressed individual through the proper channel. 10. It is the duty of the Constable to bring to the notice his superiors any matter prejudicial to the interest of the Form. 11. He shall not enter into direct correspondence with superiors or indulge in sending anonymous and pseudonymous petitions. 12. He shall not approach political parties or officials any favour relating to the interest and administration of the Force. 13. He is solely responsible for the safe custody and maintenance of all Government property, clothing, etc., issued to him. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 37 14. He will maintain neatly and properly the Government Quarters allotted to him. He is responsible for any damage to the Government building due to his negligence or due to the negligence of any members of his family. 15. He shall not indulge in or encourage gambling while on or off duty. 16. Discipline is a fundamental principle of work in Tamil Nadu Special Police and he must strictly adhere to it. 17. He must always be loyal to the Department and the Government. 18. He will implicitly obey and carry out efficiently all order of his superiors. 40. Police Constable - Bugler - 1. The Constable Bugler is one the strength of Company Headquarters Staff and will work directly under the Assistant Sub-Inspector. 2. He will be conversant with all Bugle Calls, in the Unit. 3. He is responsible for sounding all Bugle Calls at the prescribed time. 4. When his Company is on Guard duty he will be the Bugler for the Company Guard. 5. He is responsible for keeping the bugle and bugle cord always neat and clean. 6. Just like other Constables he will also carry out the duties and functions of Constables laid down in Part II Chapter IV Standing Order 39. 41. Constable - Carpenter - 1. The Constable Carpenter will work under the direct control of the Inspector Battalion Quarter Master. 2. He is responsible to carry out all minor repairs, etc., to the Unit furniture. 3. He is responsible for the cleanliness and proper maintenance of the Carpenter Shop and tools on his charge. He will ensure that no tools, etc., are misused|mishandled at any time. 4. He will maintain a Carpenter Tools Register for the tools held in his charge. 5. Just like other Constables - he is responsible to carry out the duties and functions laid down for Constables in Part II, Chapter IV, Standing Order No. 39. 6. He will maintain a General Diary and record the work turned out daily. This diary will be perused by the Battalion Quarter Master daily. 42. Police Constables - Clerk - 1. A Constable Clerk is provided for the Adjutant Inspector in a standard battalion and he is on the strength of the Battalion Headquarters Company, Adjutant-Inspector Group. 2. He will assist the Adjutant Inspector in all official correspondence pertaining to Adjutant Inspector Group. 3. His work and functions are the same as that of the Havildar Company Clerk - as far as Adjutant Inspector Group is concerned. 4. He is also responsible to carry out the duties of Constable laid down in Part II, Chapter IV, Standing Order No. 39. 43. Police Constable - Mochi (Cobbler) - 1. The Constable - Mochi wherever provided will work under the Battalion Quarter. 2. He is responsible for the repair of all boots, leather and web equipment of the Unit. 3. He will maintain a record of repairs undertaken by him and will produce the same to Battalion Quarter Master for his perusal along with the articles repaired. 4. He will maintain a stock book of all tools and equipment in his charge. 5. He will keep his workshop always neat and tidy. 6. He will not undertake any private work in the works. 7. He is responsible for the security of his workshop. 8. He will carry out the duties of Constable as laid down in Part II, Chapter II, Standing Order No. 39. 9. He will maintain a General Diary and record the work turned out during the day. This diary will be perused by the Battalion Quarter Master daily. 38 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 44. Constable - Mess - 1. The Police Constable who is elected every month as the Mess Police Constable will assist the Mess Havildar in the running of the Company Mess. 2. He will bring to the notice of the Mess Officer through the Mess Havildar any suggestions or complaints about the daily running of the Mess. 3. He will be present during all mess parades and bring to the notice of the Mess Officer through the Mess Havildar any partiality or favouritism shown by the followers in the matter dishing out meals to the men. 4. He will carry out such other duties as and when detailed and Company Commander. 45. Constable - Sanitation - 1. Each company is having a sanitation police constable and he will work under the company Havildar major. 2. He will carry out all the duties as laid down for the Havildar Sanitation in Part II Chapter III S.O. 29 in so far as they relate to the sanitation of the company. 46. Constable - Stores - 1. He will assist the Company Quarter Master Havildar in all matters relating to the Company Stores. 2. He will also carry out such other duties as and when ordered by the Coy. Commander. 47. Police Constable - Tailor - 1. The Constable - Tailor will work under the Battalion Quarter Master and will be in the strength of the Quarter Master Group. 2. He will carry out the duties pertaining to his profession as and when allotted by the Battalion Quarter Master. 3. He will be responsible to maintain the Sewing Machines their History Sheets, tools and other accessories properly. 4. He will maintain a stock book of all tools and accessories in his charge. 5. He will not undertake any private work nor will be allow any unauthorized person to handle the Sewing Machines. 6. He will like other Constable - Carry out the duties and functions laid down in Part II, Chapter IV Stander Order 39 for Constables. 7. He will maintain a General Diary and record the work turned out during the day. This diary will be perused by the Battalion Quarter Master daily. 48. Radio Supervisor - (1) The Radio Supervisor will be responsible for the efficient working of the Radio sets and charging plants for this purpose he will thoroughly check the charging plants, batteries, etc., at least once in a month and will record in the inspection book maintained for this purpose his remarks regarding the condition of the equipment and steps taken by him to rectify infects noticed, if any, during his inspection. He will submit a copy of this report to the Police Radio Officer, Madras and another copy to the Commandant, through the Signal Officer and Assistant Commandant concerned. (2) He will distribute work to the Technicians under him, take turns with the Technicians to check up all the T.P. and Static Stations at least once in a month and do minor repairs wherever needed. As and when instructed by the Signal Officer to attend service calls, the Radio Supervisor will proceed to attend the service call or direct one of his Radio Technicians to do so. (3) He will visit posts in the event of break-down of the sets the charging plants, carry out the necessary repairs and record in the inspection books the nature of the break-down and repairs carried out and whether it was due to any neglect on the part of the Radio Staff. A copy of this notes in the inspection book will be forwarded to the Commandant through the Signal Officer who will add his remarks, if any and the action taken by him. (4) He will supervise the work of the Technicians under him. (5) He will be responsible for the test instruments tools, etc., issued to the Radio Workshop. The Unit Radio Workshop will be under his over all administrative control. (6) He will maintain history sheets for all the Radio Equipment charging plants and test instruments in use in the Radio net work. (7) He will also maintain an account of all signal stores on his charge and return the unserviceable parts to Stores for anward transmission to Police Radio Officer for condmnation. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 39 (8) He will not undertake any private repairs in the Unit Workshop. (9) He will be present in the Radio Workshop on all working days between 08.00 hrs. to 13.00 hrs and 14.00 hrs. to 17.30 hrs. On holidays he will take turns with the Technicians to attend the Workshop to meet any emergency. (10) Whenever an emergency is notified he should be on the spot and co-operate with the Signal Officer or the Operator in-charge fro the maintenance of communication without interruption. (11) He should fully co-operate with the Signal Officer and his staff and keep the Signal Officer and the Radio Station staff informed of his movements. (12) He should maintain weekly diaries shown the work done by him date-war and submit the same to the Police Radio Officer, Madras through the Commandant. (13) He should be available for duty, outside normal hours also, if called upon to do so. (14) He shall be responsible for the upkeep of all the Radio equipment and amenity radios, etc., if any, in the Unit. (15) He is liable for service anywhere in the Indian Union with any Tamil Nadu State Police Battalion. 49. Radio Technicians - (1) The Radio Technician will be under immediate control of the Radio Supervisor and carry out all orders. (2) He will attend to all minor repairs, servicing and maintenance of equipment, batteries and other allied work. (3) Any damage caused to the equipment by his careless handling will entail recovery of the cost of the damage from him. (4) He should co-operate fully with the executive staff. (5) During emergencies he should be on the spot and attend to all the technical work connected with the operation of the Radio Stations and help and executive staff to maintain un- interrupted communication. (6) He should be available for duty outside normal working hours also, if called upon. (7) He will visit all Radio Stations of the Unit once in a month in turn with the Radio Supervisor to check up the equipment and carry out minor repairs whenever necessary. (8) He will be present in the Radio Workshop on all working days between 08.00 hours and 13.00 hours, and 14.00 hours and 17.30 hours. On all holidays he will take turns with the Technician to Supervisor to attend the Workshop to meet any emergency. (9) He will not under take any private repairs. 40 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER 5

ADMINISTRATION OF COMPANY 50. Accounts - The following accounts only shall be maintained in a Company Office. Additional Accounts may only be opened under the orders of or with the approval of the Commandant:- a) Pay and Travelling Allowance Account. b) Contingent Account. c) Mess Account. d) Company Fund Account. e) Private Advance Account. f) Pay and Mess Book. g) Service Stamp Account. 51. Accounts - Maintenance of - General Instructions - A cash book form in C.F. No. 119 shall be maintained for all accounts referred to in paragraph 1 above in a company office. (b) The cash book shall contain two sets of pages, left hand pages are marked “Dr.” (Debitor) and the right hand pages “Cr.” (Creditor). (c) The permanent advance and all other moneys received shall be entered on the “Dr” side and all disbursements or expenditures shall be entered on the “Cr” side of respective accounts. (d) The sums paid to men from the permanent advance and their recoupment shall be entered in red ink so that the adjustments of such payments can be easily watched and delay brought to notice. (e) The book shall be closed at the end of each day on which there is a transaction, the amount or cash on hand being shown as the last entry for the day on the “Cr” side brought forward as the first entry of the next day on the “Dr” side. (f) The book shall be in the custody of the Company|Group Commander and shall be maintained by himself. Pencil entries, overwriting, scoring out, erasing, insertion and substitution are forbidden. Cash balances and keys of cash chests will be handed over by Company|Group Commanders to the next senior Officer present or to any other Officer under the orders of the Assistant Commandant, whenever they leave their posts for any period entailing absence for one night. A similar procedure will be adopted whenever officers in possession of Government cash are placed sick in quarters. Such handing over and resumption of charge will be acknowledged in the account books in words and figures and in the General Diary in figures only. Any shortage or excess of cash found will be reported immediately to the Commandant through the Assistant Commandant concerned. (g) Great care should be taken to see that correct entries are made in cash books. Should it be necessary to make a correction in a cash book, it will be done by neatly scoring out the incorrect entry and by inserting the correct entry immediately above under initials of the individual making the correction. The scoring out should be such as to permit reading of what has been scored out. (h) To facilitate easy check of disbursements as against the corresponding receipts, the last column, viz., head of account on each half shall be used for noting the debits of disbursements or dates of receipt of the different items. (i) At the end of each day on which there is a transaction, the amount or cash on hand should be shown denomination-wise and the officer-maintaining the account will sign with date while closing the cash book for the day. (j) Inter-Fund-Loans will not be made without the sanction of the Assistant Commandant and application for such sanction will contain detailed reasons for the necessity of the loans requested. Government funds will not be used for advancing loans to private funds. (k) At the end of every month a detailed balance sheet shall be made out in the cash book of all accounts and a copy of the same in form C.F.No. 37 will be submitted on the last day of each month to the commandant showing the amounts due to each fund until such amounts are paid up. irrecoverable expenditure will be noted in red ink. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 41 52. Accounts-Auditing of instructions for - (i) Monthly Audit Boards consisting of one Gazetted Officer and two Junior Officer other than then Office maintaining the account will be assembled before the 10th of every month to audit all accounts of the company. It will be the duty of such Board to satisfy themselves: (a) that the accounts are arithmetically correct; (b) that all receipts and disbursements are supported by proper vouchers; (c) that disbursements, having due regard to the objects of each fund and to normal policy and practice are legitimate and reasonable; (d) that all authorised and fixed contributions to the various fund shave been duly credited into those funds; (e) that liabilities have not been omitted from the balance sheets; (f) that assets are not over-estimated; and (g) that cash balances, are actually available. (ii) The Board will bring to the notice of the Commandant any disbursements which though legitimate, are in their opinion excessive or extravagant. (iii) The proceedings of the Board certifying that the above instructions have been carried out, and showing details of all errors, discrepancies, etc., noticed by them will be submitted to the Commandant by 10th of every month. 53. Accounts - Company Fund - The Company Fund Account will be maintained in the following registers: (a) The Company Fund Cash Account in Form C.F. No. 119 will be maintained to show all receipts and disbursements affecting the Fund. Vouchers for all disbursements will be filed and serially numbered, and memorandum counterfoils relating to receipts will also be preserved. (b) Monthly subscriptions to the Company Funds from Officers and other ranks will be fixed at the discretion of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways and Armed Police. The present rates of subscription are as follows: Rs. P. Adjutant Inspector and Inspector 2.50 Sub-Inspector 2.00 Non-Commissioned Officers 1.00 Lance Naiks and Constables 0.50 (c) Expenditures towards the cost of amenity articles, conducting of bhajanas purchase of news papers and magazines will be met from this Fund with the prior sanction of the Assistant Commandant and will be treated as irrecoverable in the fund. All such irrecoverable expenditure will be written in red ink in the cash book. (d) Apart from the Monthly Balance Sheet, a Capital Balance Account will also be drawn up every month in this account. (e) Advances to Junior Officers and other ranks may be made from this Fund to meet urgent and unforeseen expenditures and also to men proceeding on escort duty, etc., Such advances should however, be adjusted without delay either from their pay or when their Travelling Allowance Bills are encashed. Company commander’s may grant advances up to Rs. 10 without prior sanction. All applications for loans exceeding Rs. 10 will be submitted to the Assistant Commandant concerned for sanction. Fresh advance will not be granted to those with loans already outstanding. Advances will be limited to the following amounts except in really emergent cases and with sanction of the Assistant Commandant. Rs. P. Adjutant Inspector and Inspector 40.00 Sub-Inspector 30.00 Non-Commissioned Officers 20.00 Lance Naiks and Constables 15.00 (f) In really emergent cases Company Commanders may sanction advances up to Rs. 15 to a Constable or Lance Naik, Rs. 20 to Non-Commissioned Officers and Rs. 30 to Sub-Inspectors 42 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL including Adjutant Sub-Inspector, but they will obtain the approval of the Assistant Commandant concerned subsequently. The total advances from the Company Fund will not exceed one-third of the Company Fund capital at any time without the sanction of the Commandant. (g) Advances should be repaid in regular monthly instalments commencing from the subsequent month onwards in which the advance was drawn; prior sanction of the Assistant Commandant should be obtained for extending the number of instalments. Interest on any loan will be 5 paise. The interest will be recouped advanced whether less than or more than Rs. 10. The minimum interest on any loan will be 5 paise. The interest will be recouped along with the last instalment of refund of the loan. The calculation of interest will be based on the following simple formula:- I A (N x N plus 1) = paise where I Interest. 4 A The amount in rupees of each instalment. N The number of instalments to be collected. (h) Interest need not be recovered on amounts advanced to men proceeding on escort duty, etc., such advances should however be adjusted without delay when their Travelling Allowance Bills for such journey have been cashed. (i) The Company Fund Property Register - The Company Fund Property Register will contain details of all Company Fund Property such as books, radios gramophones, records, typewriters, bhajana articles, musical instruments and this will be kept posted upto date at the end of every month. When company fund properties become unserviceable due to fair wear and tear they will be condemned by the Audit Board during its monthly meetings. In case of unfair wear and tear the board will fix up responsibility and recommend the cost to be recovered. All unserviceable articles condemned and also the old news papers, magazines, etc., will be sold in auction and proceeds credited to the fund. 54. Contingent Account - The Contingent account will show all receipts and disbursements made on account of contingencies and receipts and refund of temporary loans from any other funds when in certain circumstances the permanent advance may be inadequate to meet all the disbursements (such loans can only be made with the previous sanction of the Assistant Commandant) vouchers relating to receipts alone require to be preserved for check. The expenditure vouchers which are usually cash bills and cash receipts for the payments made towards the purchase, etc., for contingent articles will be submitted to Battalion Office along with the Bill for contingent charges in Form No. 37 on or before 20th of every month for the recoupment of permanent advance. Permanent advance towards railway fare and any advance paid to other ranks towards railway fare, etc., will also be shown in this account. 55. Mess Account - The Mess Account will be maintained in the following Registers:- (a) The Mess Cash Account Book - The Mess Cash in C.F. No. 119 will be maintained to show all general receipts and expenditure in regard to the mess fund. Advances to the Mess Officer towards the purchase of rations, etc., will be made from this fund. The Mess dues of other companies will be sent from this Account. (b) The Mess Attendance Register - The Mess Attendance Register will show the attendance at meals and the number of messing units consumed by each man and the amount due from him during each month. It will be maintained by the Mess Non-Commissioned Officer with the assistance of the Company Havildar Major in the Proforma - Vide Appendix 3. (c) The Daily Ration Issue Register - The Daily Ration Issue Register will be maintained in the promorma vide Appendix 4 and will show details of the quantity of rations purchased and issued to the mess daily and balance of rations available at the end of every day under each head. All receipts of rations purchased will be entered in red ink. The last column will show the number of meals served each day in order that it may be easy to verify whether a uniform rate THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 43 of issue of ration has been adhered to. At the end of every month as abstract showing (i) the total quantity of rations purchased under each head; (ii) the balance quantity of rations issued under each head; and (iii) the balance quantity of rations available under each head will be prepared by the Mess Officer to facilitate easy preparation of Messing Return. The actual cost of balance rations available at the end of each month will also be worked out and shown in the Register every month. (d) The Ration purchase register - The Ration Purchase Register in the Proforma vide Appendix 5 will be maintained to show details of purchase of food-stuffs under their separate heads. An abstract of cash expenditure under the various heads during the month will also be shown in this register at the end of every month. The mess rate for the month will be worked out and written with all details in this register every month. The formula shall be D.M.R. = (P+B1)-(B2+R) U Where (1) DMR Daily Mess Rate. (2) P = Purchase during the month. (3) B1 Value of Balance Ration at the end of previous month. (4) B2 Value of Balance Ration at the end of current month. (5) R = Excess recovery during previous month if any. (6) U = Total number of units during the month. (e) Register noted in sub-paragraph (b), (c) and (d) above will be maintained by the Mess Officer and will be countersigned by the Company Commander at the end of every month. (f) A Monthly Messing Return in the Proforma vide Appendix 6 will be submitting to the Commandant before the 5th of each month relating to the previous month. 56. Accounts - Pay and Travelling Allowance - (a) The Pay and Travelling Allowance Cash Book is the main Cash Account for Government as well as private monies received from and remitted to other Companies, Battalion Office or elsewhere. Amounts relating to the Battalion Polish Fund should also be shown in this Account. (b) Memorandum counterfoil for all amounts received in this account (except where payments are made in person) will be serially numbered and filed. Except for Travelling Allowance, General Provident Fund and Polish loan amounts, for which separate receipts are sent, the receipt vouchers for all disbursements for which receipts are not obtained elsewhere (Eg. Pay and Mess Book) will be serially numbered for the financial year and filed together. (c) Pay and Mess Book - The Pay and Mess Book is an individual recovery account and will show details of all recoveries made from the pay of each man under various heads, of the gross pay due to each man, and of the balance of pay due after deducting the total recoveries. It will also contain the Acquittance Receipts of those to whom the balance pay has finally been disbursed. In case such balance pay has finally been disbursed either by money order or to other Company Commander through a memorandum trifoil, the particulars of money order receipt number with the date and name of Post Office or the memorandum trifoil number with the name of the company to which the amount has been sent will be entered in the last column in the Pay and Mess Book against such item. 57-A. Accounts - Security Deposit Register - An advance of Rs. 10 will be collected from each Officer and other rank of the Company and credited to this Account. This is a security advance collected from each individual to effect recoveries towards clothing articles, lost, not returned in case they desert or leave the force. This amount will also be used to supplement the Mess Permanent Advance in case of necessity with the approval of the Assistant Commandant. 57-B. Security Deposit Running Account Register - A nominal roll, rank-wise will be drawn up allotting separate pages for 1. Inspectors, 2. Sub-Inspectors, 3. Assistant Sub- Inspectors and Havildars, 4. Naiks, 5. Lance Naiks and Police Constables. The amount of security deposit will be noted against each name. When a man is transferred from one Company or Battalion to another Company or Battalion, his number and name will be ringed off in red ink in the Running Account Register and the details of cash memo and designation of the Officer to 44 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL whom the deposit is transferred will be noted against his name. In the event of his becoming a casualty, the details of recoveries, if any, towards dues and the balance refunded to him will be noted against his name. One receipt of deposits transferred from other Companies or Battalions, the number and name of the depositor will be added in the respective rankwise page of the running account register. The above procedure will facilitate the checking of the Balance Sheet in the Security Deposit Cash Book and also remove the present time consuming practice of carrying over the security deposit amount every month in the Running Account Registers. 58. Service Stamp Account - Service postage stamps should be used only for prepaying postage on communications other than telegrams which are bonafide on the service of the Government and for meeting other charges payable to the Post Office for which service postage stamps are accepted. Company Commanders shall submit a monthly statement of expenditure of service stamps with an indent for stamps in Form No. 39 to the Battalion Office by the fifth of the month. They will render proper accounts for the service stamps received and will keep the service stamps under their personal custody. Assistant Commandants shall very carefully check the expenditure of service stamps and record their remarks in the monthly Audit Board Proceedings. Service Stamps Account will be maintained by every Company in the Daily Stamp Account Register in C.F. No. 444. 2. In affixing service stamps in Postal letters, covers and packets care will be taken to use as less a number of stamps of appropriate denominations of correct value. 59. Allocation of work among Platoon Commanders - (i) For purposes of administration each Platoon Commander in a Company will be in-charge of one of three groups of subjects detailed below for a period of four months in so far as they relate to the Company Commander’s responsibility to the Company as a whole. The Groups will be redistributed every four months so that in a period of 12 months each Platoon Commander would have been in-charge of all the three groups. This distribution of work is ordered for the efficient administration of the Company and does not absolve the Company Commander of his responsibility with regard to the administration of the Company. The Company Commander will exercise strict supervision and ensure proper co-ordination of work among Platoon Commanders. The aforesaid group will be arranged in the following manner:- (a) Training Groups - Training. Sports, Games and Recreation. Parade and Sports Ground. Alarm. Company movement. (b) Administrative Group - Correspondence. Company records. Assisting O.C. in Office work and in cash accounts. Transport. Messing. (c) Stores Group - Stores. Government properties. Cycles. Arms and Ammunition. Sanitation, Barracks, Buildings, etc. Note : The ASI will assist the Training Group besides other duties so also the Company Quarter Master Havildar will assist Stores Group and Mess Havildar will Assist Administrative Group. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 45 60. Band Buglers - 1. The Band will be under the direct control of the Officer Commanding, Regimental Centre. 2. The Band Rules and instructions on the operation of the Band Fund are published in Chapter XVII Standing Order No. 239. 3. Buglers - (i) Only one Bugler sanctioned to every Company of the Special Police Battalion, formed on India Reserve Battalion Pattern. Endeavour should however be made by the Unit Commanders to train Buglers at the rate of at least one Bugler for every Platoon. (ii) All Buglers will be trained in the Regimental Centre, for a period of at least six months and thereafter they will attend the Refresher Courses that will be conducted by the Regimental Centre periodically. (iii) While in Battalion Headquarters all Buglers will be attached to Adjutant-Inspector for purposes of training and Guard duties. (iv) Buglers duties are detailed in Part II, Chapter IV, Standing Order No. 40. 61. Barracks - 1. Barracks will at all times be kept clean and tidy. 2. All bedding, clothing, equipment, boots, boxes and containers will be neatly folded or packed and kept in an uniform manner in each barrack. 3. In order to foster healthy rivalry in the matter of keeping the barracks clean and tidy, all Non-Commissioned Officers and men of the Platoon will be housed together and will not be split up. 4. During parade hours bedding will be rolled up and placed 18" from the foot of the bed kit boxes if any will be placed down the centre of the barrack and all private boxes will be placed neatly under the bed. 5. Where there are no beds, the bedding will be rolled up and placed in line on the ground at a distance of five feet from the side walls of the barrack. Private boxes will be placed against the side walls. 6. Dust bins will be placed in line and opposite to the side doors of the barrack. 7. All doors and windows of the barrack will be kept open except during inclement weather. 8. Equipment and boots will be arranged neatly on shelves if provided. 9. All metal work should be kept well polished. 10. The senior unmarried Non-Commissioned Officer of each Platoon will be responsible for discipline of his Platoon barrack. His name and number will be published in the Company order and read at Roll Call periodically. 11. Damage to barracks will be noted and reported to the Assistant Commandant by Company Commanders. Deliberate damage will be charged for. 12. Display of unofficial photos, pictures, caricatures and drawings on the walls is strictly prohibited. 13. No unauthorized persons will be allowed to stay in the barracks without the permission of the Company Commander. 62. Battalion Routine Orders - (1) Battalion Routine Orders with be issued for every week by the Commandant. The Calendar week from Sunday to Saturday will be followed. These orders must be published on the Saturday-preceding the week to which it relates. (2) Battalion Routine Orders will be serially numbered every calendar year. The Battalion Routine Orders will be numbered as B.R.O. 1|70 B.R.O. 2|70 and so on. (3) The Battalion Routine Orders will consist of two parts, the Battalion such as:- 1. Disposition of Companies. 2. Duty Company and Duty Officer. 3. Fire fighting and fire picket party. 4. Holidays during the week. 5. Transfers. 6. Promotions. 46 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 7. Rewards. 8. Punishments. 9. Appointments. 10. Circular Instructions issued by Commandant. The Battalion Order Number or the Current Number under which the above orders have been issued will be noted against each of the above orders. The Battalion Routine Orders will be filed year-wise and later got bound for permanent retention. These orders are distributed among all Officers Commanding Companies and Groups, Gazetted Officers, Medical Officer and Manager, Battalion Office, Recipients should carefully watch the receipt of the Battalion Routine Orders and if any order is not received in time the Office Manager will be informed of it and copies obtained. Battalion Routine Orders are confidential and as such should be handed over on relief. Part I of the Battalion Routine Order will be sent every Saturday to the Deputy Inspector- General of Police, Railways and Armed Police and also to the Commandant. Part II - This will contain copies of circular instructions issued by the Government, Inspector-General of Police, the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Railways and Armed Police and other important instructions which the Commandant considers necessary for publication in Part II of the Battalion Routine Orders. This part will not be sent to the Deputy Inspector- General of Police, Railways and Armed Police and other Commandants. 63. Bounds - (1) Definite bounds are not laid out but any place or area which the Officer Commanding Company considers undesireable may be placed “Out of Bounds” for all ranks by him. (2) He will immediately inform the Commandant through the Assistant Commandant of his action with reasons for such action. (3) Any locality in which any infectious disease is prevalent should be placed “Out of Bounds” immediately. (4) A place or area if placed as “Out of Bounds” a notice to that effect will be posted on the Unit Notice Board immediately and the notice will be read out at the next successive roll calls and wide publicity given. List of such places will be published in the Battalion Orders from time to time. (5) No person will proceed to an “Out of Bounds” area without written permission from the Company Commander. (6) Any violation of bounds should be viewed seriously and disciplinary action taken against the individual violating the orders. 64. Canteen - (1) Post Coffee Shops will be leased out to reliable contractors by Company Commanders with the approval of the Commandant. (2) Agreements will be made out in the appropriate proforma Vide Appendix VII signed both by the Company Commander and the Contractor and sent to Battalion Office for file. (3) Rebate will be collected at a rate of not less than 2 per cent of the total sales per month which will be fixed by the Commandant and will be credited to the concerned Company Fund. (4) Coffee Shops will be maintained at all times in a clean and sanitary condition. (5) They will be inspected by the Orderly Officer every day and by the Officer Commanding Company every Tuesday. (6) All persons serving or handling food in the Coffee Shops will be required to produce on employment medical certificates as to their fitness and freeness from contagious diseases. These certificates will be granted by the Unit Medical Officers. Thereafter Coffee Shop servants will be examined by the Unit Medical Officer during his monthly inspection. (7) Any infringement of the above orders will render a Post Coffee Shops. (8) Unauthorised persons will not be allowed to patronise Post Coffee Shops. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 47 (9) Contractor’s account books and registers must be open to inspection by Gazetted Officers and Junior Officer of the Unit at any time during working hours. (10) Officers Commanding will frequently check the rice and sugar accounts maintained in Coffee Shops and ensure that everything is above board. (11) A notice board indicating the price and quantity of every edible articles sold in the Coffee Shop will be displayed duly approved by the Company Commander for the information of the men using the Coffee Shops. (12) A nominal roll of Coffee Shop servants together with the particulars of date of last medical inspection by the Unit Medical Officer will also be displayed in the Coffee Shop. (13) At the end of every month a list of Canteen dues will be prepared in duplicate Company-wise and sent to the Company Commanders for recovering the dues through pay and Mess Book. (14) Undue delay on the part of Companies in the collection of Canteen dues will be brought to the notice of the Assistant Commandants concerned for suitable action. 65. Committee meeting procedure - The following procedure should be adopted in all Armed Police Units for the holding of Committee, General Body, or Extraordinary General Meetings of Mess, Sports, Company Fund, Club and other Armed Police Unit Committees or Association, etc. (1) Where laid down in the rules the necessary notice in the form of an Agenda should be sent to reach members the prescribed number of days before the Meeting is due to take place. (2) Where no special warning period is laid down notice may be given to all Members in reasonable time. (3) Such notices will be issued in the form of an Agenda in the form shown in Appendix VIII, copies of which will be issued to each member if so prescribed or otherwise it will suffice if it is posted on the Company, club or Association Notice Board. (4) It will be the duty of Honorary Secretary|Secretary to draw up the list of subjects to be included on the Agenda for a Meeting. (5) Before Commencing any meeting the Honorary Secretary|Secretary will see that a copy of the Agenda for the meeting is available for all the members of the meeting. It can be done either by writing up the Agenda on a Block Board or Notice Board for all to see or by issuing copies to each member. (6) At any meeting where there is no Ex-officio President or Vice President present the meeting will first proceed to elect a President for that meeting. (7) It shall be the duty of the President to conduct the meeting in an orderly manner according to the rules of the Association. (8) Proceedings or Minutes of all Meetings will be drawn up in the form laid down in Appendix IX, which will be copied into the Minutes Book of the Club or Committee or Association, etc., and will be signed by the President in token of its correctness. (9) Only those members of the Committee President at the meeting will sign at the top of the Proceedings or Minutes to prove that the necessary quorum was present. (10) The Proceedings or Minutes of the last meeting of the Club, Committee or Association etc., will also be read out or circulated first and will, if correct, be approved and recorded in token of their correctness. (11) The President will then proceed to deal with the other subjects on the Agenda in such order or subsequence as he deems fit. (12) During any meeting the Honorary Secretary|Secretary will be responsible for noting details of all resolutions passed by the Members and of copying them into the minutes book then and there if possible. (13) Should it not be possible to copy the resolutions into the minutes book then and there the Honorary Secretary|Secretary will enter them in the Minutes Book as soon as possible after the Meeting. 48 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (14) All such minutes when entered will be checked and signed by the President of that meeting in token of heir correctness. 66. Correspondence - (1) Methods of correspondence will be as laid down in Police Standing Orders, Volume I, Orders 404 to 423. (2) Covers intended for the Commandant|Deputy Commandant and Assistant Commandants will be addressed to them personally and not to the Manager. (3) Correspondence between Junior Officers will not be unduly prolonged; if the usbject matter is disputed more than once, it will be referred to the Deputy Commandant or Assistant Commandant concerned. (4) Company Commanders will not engage in correspondence with other Departments direct. They will do so only through the Commandant. (5) All correspondence, should be routed through the next immediate superior. (6) Correspondence from relatives on behalf of serving personnel will not be entertained. However, correspondence will be entertained with due regard from relatives of deceased personnel or when the person in service is incapacitated or incapable of entertaining correspondences due to reasons physical or mental inability. (7) Prompt replies are the sign of healthy correspondence and good administration and therefore delays of any sort should be avoided at all stages. (8) Correspondence of secret and confidential nature will invariably be addressed in sealed name covers. 67. Discipline and defaulters - A. Discipline - (1) The Commandant as the head of the Battalion is responsible for all matters relating to its discipline and punctual and regular performance of all its executive duties. (2) The Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate Service Discipline and Appeal Rule 1955 as amended from time to time will apply to the personnel of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions. (3) The Cordinal Principle of Discipline is hat no one shall be punished unless he has been given an adequate opportunity to defend himself against the action proposed against him. (4) All ranks should scrupulously avoid bad behaviour whether on or off duty. Quarrelling, use of bad language and provocations are strictly forbidden. All ranks will be obedient and respectful to their superiors. (5) All ranks should abstain from replying to his superiors when reproved or pulled up. They should never argue or discuss the propriety of any orders. Redress of any grievances should be made through the proper channel. (6) It is impressed upon officers and men that “TO COMMAND, ONE MUST FIRST LEARN TO OBEY”. B. Defaulters - (1) The following procedure will be followed for marking and dealing with a defaulter. (2) As soon as an offence is committed by a Constable the Section Commander will report the same to the Platoon Havildar who will bring the matter to the notice of the Platoon Commander who, in turn will report it to the Company Commander. (3) The same procedure will be followed by Platoon Havildars in respect of Section Commanders and by platoon Commanders in respect of Platoon Havildars. (4) The Officer or the Non-Commissioned Officer as the case may be, making the report will produce the defaulter at the next orderly room. (5) At the hour specified in Company Orders the appropriate Officer mentioned in Part II, Chapter II, S.O. No. 13 and S.O. No. 17 will march both the defaulter and the complainant into the Orderly Room and will narrate briefly to the Gazetted Officer or Company Commander as the case may be, the offence committed by the defaulter. The concerned Platoon Commander and A.S.I. will also be present in such Orderly Rooms. (6) The Officer holding the Orderly Room will examine such witnesses as are necessary and the defaulter giving him a clear opportunity to explain and will arrive at a decision as to whether an offence has been committed as alleged. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 49 (7) If an offence has been committed, the said officer will then decide as to whether the infliction of a Minor Punishment such as confinement in the Barracks, Pack Drill, Extra Guard Duty, Extra Fatigue work will be sufficient or whether the matter should be dealt with on a Punishment Roll. (8) If a minor punishment is considered appropriate it should be awarded and communicated to the defaulter and entered in the Minor Punishment Register (Vide Appendix IV) and in the C.R. Sheet in relevant columns. (9) If the offence warrants statutory disciplinary procedure the defaulters should be informed accordingly and the matter should be reported to the Assistant Commandant for necessary action. (10) After action as above the defaulter and witness will be marched out of the Orderly Room. (11) If a minor punishment has been awarded it will be carried out in progressive stages at the rate of one hour a day commencing from 14.00 hours. An appropriate entry will be made each day by the Orderly Officer in column (8) of the Minor Punishments Register. The Orderly Officer is personally responsible for the correct extraction of the minor punishment awarded to the defaulter. (12) When the punishment has been fully carried out the Company Commander will initial the entries in the Register at Orderly Room in token of completion. (13) Men confined to Barracks will be turned out twice a day by Bugle Calls at irregular hours under the orders of the Orderly Officer. (14) They will be given an hour pack drill and an hour fatigue duty daily not excluding Holidays. (15) Men, awarded confinement to Barracks should not be deputed on any other work during the period of confinement in Barracks. (16) They should be in proper uniform from Reveille to Lights out. 68. Dress Regulations - (1) Order of dress for personnel of the Special Police Units will be as under:

(a) Gazetted Officers: Review Order Drill|Parade order. Working dress Games Dress. Ceremonial dress for Office & out duty. (1) (2) (3) (4) peak cap Khaki gabherdine Baret cap with IPS/ Peak cap (Khaki White colour top IPS/TNSP cap badge TNPS white metal gabherdine cop) banians or shirt (White badge). badge in Navy blue IPS/TNPS cap sleeves rolled surge. badge. and tugged. Khaki Lustalin shirt-full Blue surge Back Khaki Bush- sleeves. ground. shirts-full sleeves. Navy blue tie, Khaki Tunic Khaki shirt-full Khaki Belt. White Drill sorts. Coat with IPS/TNPS white sleeves (Sleeves to metal buttons. be folded up) web belt. State Emblem of Govt. of State Emblem of stars State Emblem White socks India/Stars IPS/TNPS letters. (of Govt. of India) Govt. of India or White canvas IPS/TNPS. stars. IPS/TNPS shoes. letters. 50 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

Review Order Drill|Parade order. Working dress PT/ Games Dress. Ceremonial dress for Office & out duty. (1) (2) (3) (4) Sam-Brown belt. Blue whistle cord with Ribbons. Blue whistle cord with whistle. whistle.

Medals with Ribbons. Ribbons. Khaki socks. Khaki trousers Khaki trousers. Khaki Trousers. Khaki socks. Khaki Socks. Brown boots/shoes. Brown boots shoes. Brown boots/shoes. GO’s stick (Regulation pattern). GO’s stick G.O’s stick (Regulation pattern). (Regulation pattern).

Sword (IPS/TNPS pattern) Pocket Note Book. Pocket Note Book. with brown scabbard frog and knot (To be worn only on ceremonial parades). Pocket Note Book. Note: There is no objection to wear in Office the dress prescribed for parade.

(b) Junior Officers:- Peak cap Aeret cap with Peak cap with White colour (Khaki gaberdibe top) cap badge in cap badge. banian or Cap badge (Tamil Nadu Police) Navy blue surge Khaki matty shirt White shirt half back ground half sleeves half sleeves (tugged in(

Khaki Lustalin shirt-full Khaki-Metty shirt- State Emblem Khaki drill shorts. sleeves half sleeves. Govt. of India Stars. Khaki tunic coat with white State emblem of Govt. Red-Blue ribbon. Khaki cloth belt, metal buttons. of India/Stars according to status.

State emblem of Govt. of Red-Blue ribbon. Tamil Nadu Spl. White metal India/Stars according tostatus. Police shoulder buckle. letters.

Red and Blue ribbon. Tamil Nadu Spl. Ribbon-Medal. Wollen socks Police shoulder letters. rolled.

MSP/Tamil Nadu Spl. Police Web-Belt. Khaki drill shorts. should letters.

Khaki Lustalin Nylon ties. Ribbon medal Web-belt White canvas shoes.

Sambrowne belt. Khaki drill-shorts. Khaki wollen stockings.

Khaki whistle cord with Hose-tops-brown Brown shoes whistle Police pattern. woolen Brown shoes. Medal with ribbon Short putties. Officers cane Khaki shorts. Brown Boots. Pocket Note book THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 51

Review Order Drill|Parade order. Working dress PT/ Games Dress. Ceremonial dress for Office & out duty. (1) (2) (3) (4) Hose-tops brown wollen Pocket Note Book short putties. Socks woolen Brown boots. Officers cane Pocket Note Book Note: There is no objection to wear in Office the dress prescribed for parade. (c) Other Ranks: Slouch hat with unit flash Slouch hat with flash Slouch hat Police banian with flsh Khaki shirt-half sleeves Khaki shirt-half sleeves Khaki shirt-half Strap supporting sling Leather belt Web belt Web belt Shorts KD Leather pouches Frog web Frog web if arms Socks woollen are carried Leather frog Badges of rank Medals with ribbon State Emblem Govt. of Ribbons Badges Canvas shoes India for CHM of rank For RBPT rolled socks with black ammunition boots Badges of rank State Emblem of Govt. of India Khaki stripes as per State Emblem for CHM their rank on both India for CHM sleeves White stripes as per their ranks K.D. shorts White stripes as on both sleeves per their rank on both sleeves K.D. shorts Hose-tops. Hose-tops K.D. shorts Putties short. Putties short Socks woolen Black ammunition Hose-tops. boots Putties short Black ammunition boots Black ammunition red slash for Hav. and CHMs boots Note : This dress will be worn for guards, ceremonial parade and guard of honour. 2. Instructions regarding wearing of medals and ribbons:- (i) The instructions regarding wearing of medals and decorations, etc., laid down in Chapter III of the Dress and Equipment Regulations, pages (33) to (40) of Volume II of the Police Standing Orders as amended from time to time, will be followed. (ii) Medal ribbons only will be worn when wearing working dress. 3. Orders of wearing Medals:- The following is order in which the Decorations and Medals should be worn by officers of the Police Department. i) The Presidents Police and Fire Services Medal for gallantry. ii) The Police Medal for gallantry. iii) The Presidents Police and Fire Services Medal for distinguished service. iv) The Police Medal for meritorious service. v) The Indian Independence Medal 1947. vi) The Independence Medal 1950. 52 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

vii) The Chief Minister’s Medal. viii) Other awards. 4. Badges - Stars - (i) Officers of the Indian Police and Tamil Nadu Police Service commanding the Special Police Units will wear the badges of ranks in accordance with the rules pertaining to the service. (ii) Deputy Commandants will wear the State Emblem (Government of India) (iii) Ds. Ps. Part III promoted from the rangs and exempted from wearing breeches, field boots and swords. (iv) Ds. Ps. Part III who have put in a service of, 5 years and more will wear three stars. (v) Ds. Ps. Part III who have put in two years service are more but less than five years service will wear two stars. (iv) Ss. Ps. Part III with less than two years service will wear one star. Note:- Ds. Ps. Port III on deputation, Ex. State, will wear 3 stars irrespective of service. 5. Junior Officer: Adjutant Inspector State Emblem of Govt. of India Over red and blue ribbon. Inspector Three stars Over red and blue ribbon. Sub-Inspector Two stars Over red and blue ribbon. Sub-Inspector One star. Over red and blue ribbon. (Probationer) 6. Other ranks: Company Havildar Major State emblem of the Govt. of India on both sleeves. Company Quarter Master Havildar State Emblem of the Govt. of India above triple striples. Havildar Triple Stripes. Naik Double Stripes Lance Naik Single Stripes Havildar Major and Havildars will wear a red serge sash over the right shoulder on Ceremonial occasions when ordered. 7. Size of stripes - White cloth or tape on khaki shirts and khaki cloth or tape on white banian, stripe or stripes shaped with an angle of 90 degrees each side, 3 inches in length for shirts and 2 1/4 inches for banians and 3/8 inches width-the distance between the two stripes being 1/4 inches stripes should be worn on the outside of both the upper arms midway between elbow and point of shoulder. 8. Other instructions - (i) Officers officiating in a rank higher than their substantive rank are permitted to wear the uniform or badges of rank pertaining to their officiating appointment. It is, however, obligatory on them to wear the uniform and badges pertaining to their officiating appointment on being declared to have completed satisfactorily the period of probation in the officiating appointment. (ii) Subordinate Police Officers appointed to officiate in a higher post in which uniform is supplied at Government’s cost will on such promotion be supplied with the uniform and badges of the post in which they officiate. Such uniform and badges will be withdrawn from them on their reversion to their subordinate appointment. (iii) Any deviation from the approved pattern of dress clothing, equipment and badge is strictly forbidden. (iv) No unauthorised ornament or emblem may be worn with uniform (v) Regulation uniform may not be worn at fancy dress, dances, but there is no objection to uniform of obsolute pattern being worn on such occasions. (vi) Officers of all ranks will wear uniform while on duty except with the special permission of their superior officers. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 53 (vii) Articles issued from Stores must be of correct size to fit the men. Company Commanders are responsible for obtaining the correct size of the clothing and other equipments. (viii) Company Commanders will be responsible that all the clothings of their men are correctly marked with:- (a) The man’s Battalion Number. (b) Date of issue. (ix) On the proper fitting and care of his boots depends to a great extent a man’s ability to march properly and rapidly. Platoon Commanders will personally see that all their men have been fitted with boots and will be made all man to whan Boots Lane been issued for the Company Commanders inspection. Boots fit comfortably over one pair of Government issue socks. (x) Un-authorised alteration to items of clothing issued from the Stores is strictly prohibited. (ix) The uniform should be clean and well pressed. Only correct sizes of uniform should be worn. 69. Escorts - Arms and Ammunition - (1) All consignments of arms and ammunition should be sent or taken delivery of under police escort. The scale of escort by rail will be as under:- Scale of Police escort NCOs Constables I. Number of Arms:- Up to 50 - 2 51 to 100 1 2 101 and above 1 2 II. Ammunition - Upto 5,000 rounds - 2 Over 5,000 rounds 1 2 This scale should be increased if the internal security situation demands it. The scale may be adopted for escort by road also, but it should be varied, if necessary, according to local conditions. Note : Police escorts for collection of Arms and Ammunition from ondance Deposits to consignees will be detailed according to scale laid down. (2) Arsenal authorities will issue the packages intended for each consignee and furnish in time the following particulars to the Police Officers concerned:- (a) The date on which the consignments will be ready for delivery. (b) Designation of officer for whom the consignment is intended. (c) Number of arms to be issued to each officer. (d) Quantity of ammunition to be issued to each Officer and (e) Other instructions, if any. (3) On receipt of intimation from Ordinance Depots that the stores are ready for collection, immediate arrangements should be made to depute necessary escort on the prescribed scale to take delivery of the consignments from the Arsenals. A separate escort party should be sent to each Arsenal. (4) At least 24 hours notice of the date of arrival of escorts should be given to Chief Ordance Officers so that arrangements may be made for the transport of consignments at the other end. (5) The packages are booked by Chief Ordinance Officers “Freight to Pay”. As soon as the stores reach the destinations the officers concerned should arrange for the payment of railway freight charges by drawing the required amount on a contingent bill, or by the issue of credit notes, as the case may be. The railway receipts will be the necessary vouchers, required for the bill. (6) On receipt of the articles, the officers will check them and bring deficiencies, if any, to the notice of the Chief Ordinance Officer. The priced Arsenal vouchers which will be received by the Officers from arsenal should be duly countersigned and returned without any delay, if the articles are correctly received. 54 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (7) The following particulars should be furnished in the case of all indents for Arms and Ammunitions on the Ordnance Depots. (i) Consignment instruction, the designation of the Officer and the railway station to which the articles should be booked, and (ii) the designation and address of the officer to whom due intimation should be sent by the Ordnance Depot for detailing police escorts to collect the sores ready for issue in cases where the provision of an escort is necessary (8) A memorandum of instruction is given in para (18) below : There will be as many blank receipts as there will be reliefs and these will be handed over to the escort officer when he is detailed for escort. (9) The Escort Officer will be provided by the consignor with a list of packages showing their serial numbers and connected voucher numbers. This list will be handed over to the consignee to enable a check to be made that all packages have been delivered. (10) The sores may be loaded in sealed wagons of a goods train or in the brake van of a passenger train or may be kept in the personal custody of the escort in the compartment in which the escort is travelling depending on the quantity and nature of the stores to be escorted. (11) Before the stores are loaded in a van the officer-in-charge of the escort shall examine the van and see that is secure in every way. If any defects are found, he shall immediately bring the matter to the notice of the railway Station Master and if they are not remedied or another secure van is not provided, he shall decline to load the stores reporting the grounds therefore to his superiors. (12) The stores must be deposited in the van and the van padlocked and sealed by the railway authorities in the presence of the whole guard. If for any reason, the stores have to be loaded in more than one wagon, the officer-in-charge shall divide his guard and make adequate arrangements to guard each part of the convoy. (13) During the railway journey, the escort will be accommodated in a van attached to the sealed wagon in which the stores are loaded. On occasions, the consignment may have to be loaded in the break van and it may not be possible to accommodate the escort in compartment along side, or he wagon may have to be attached to the brake van but the escort of the vehicle cannot, for operating reasons, be accommodated next to it. In such cases a sentry will, after obtaining the guard’s permission, travel in the guard’s compartment. In any case, the escort should always be near enough to the consignment to prevent any possibility of tempering with it. (14) When the consignment is in an unsealed compartment or wagon, the sentry or sentries on duty will invariably travel in the same compartment or wagon. (15) A strict watch must be kept for fire and should on out-break of fire occur, the alarm must be raised at once. If necessary the wagon(s) will be detached and isolated from the rest of the train. Should a fire brake out in the wagon(s) which is|are being escorted, the escort officer will open the wagons in the presence of the railway officials, or if en route, in the presence of the train guard. He will male a note of the articles, destroyed or damaged by fire on the list provided by the consigner, and he will as for as possible obtain the signature of the railway officials|train guard against such entries. (16) All escorts should appraise the Guard of the train, of the coach in which they are traveling and advise him also of the wagon, or wagons for which they are providing escorts. This will ensure that in the event of anything unforeseen happening which necessities the cutting off one of the wagons in question, they may be immediately informed and so enabled to take suitable action to safeguard the consignment. (17) If, for any unavoidable reason, it is necessary to detach a wagon over which an escort has been placed, the Station Master of the station, at which the detaching takes place will issue a certificate to this effect stating reasons for detaching the wagon. The escort in such cases will detail guard for the detached wagon and ensure that the detached wagon is sealed irrespective of whether or not it is filled to capacity. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 55 (18) MEMORANDUM OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BE GIVEN TO THE POLICE OFFICER IN- CHARGE OF THE ESCORT OF ARMS AND AMMUNITION BY RAIL:- Specimen orders to escort officer: Office : Place : Date : To (insert name of escort officer) (i) You with will escort from to the following stores:- (2) Your tasks are:- (a) to prevent interference with sealed wagons throughout the journey. (b) to safe guard stores in brake vans or in personal custody from pilferage or damage enroute [delete (a) and (b) if irrelevant] and (c) to ensure that stores reach their destination as quickly as possible. (3) This paragraph will contain any special orders as to the property to be escorted. (4) You will dispose your escort in the best manner possible for the protection of the stores entrusted to you. (5) On arrival at the train, you will tell the guard the coach in which you are traveling and ascertain from him which sealed wagon or wagons you are to prevent interference with. You will also advise him of any unsealed wagon or wagons for which you are responsible. (6) In the event of it being found necessary to detach any of these wagons, you will obtain a certificate to this effect from the Station Master of the station at which the detaching has taken place detail a guard for the detached wagon(s) if practicable otherwise, ensure that the wagon(s) is|are sealed and report to the nearest Police (local) Officer for assistance. (7) If on your way you think that the stores have been tampered with or damaged or that they are not being sent forward as quickly as they should, you will, in addition to doing all that you can to protect them report the matter to the nearest Superintendent of Police. (8) On arrival you will. (a) Ensure that the sealed wagon or wagons are unsealed in your presence by competent railway authority. (b) Hand over any other stores to together with the list of packages provided by the dispatching authority. If these are any packages deficient you will explain the discrepancies as far as possible and sign a written explanation if called upon to do so. Signature and Designation of the Officer deputing Escort. 70. Escorts|Treasure - (1) When Government money has to be sent or brought from one place to another the following scale of escort is laid down for the general guidance of all officers for the safeguarding of Government money in its transmission in normal circumstances. Amount Scale strength 1. Below Rs. 500 One Constable 2. Rs. 500 but below Rs. 1000 Two Constables. 3. Rs. 1000 but less than Rs. 5000 One NCO and one Constable 4. Rs. 5000 but less than Rs. 20000 One NCO and two Police Constables. 5. Above Rs. 20000 One Sub-Inspector, one NCO and two Police Constablese. (2) These armed escorts are additional to any member of the clerical staff who may be employed to encash the bills or cheques concerned. (3) If conditions are in any way abnormal, as and when the general tranquility is disturbed or when public money has to be transported a long distance or when crimes against property have been unusually rife in any area, officers will be expected to use proper discretion as to any additional precautions necessary. 56 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (4) When only one Constable is deputed as an escort he will not be armed with any fire arms. (5) Escorts should be avoided when the system of sending money by bank drafts can be adopted. 71. Fatigues - (1) Fatigue duty consists of cleaning and keeping in order the ground around the offices, barracks, lines and Government buildings occupied by Police Officers and gardening other than vegetable gardens, keeping the range in order and generally maintaining the orderliness of the premises. (2) Fatigues may be ordered by Company Commanders for keeping the barracks and compounds tidy and in good order. (3) Fatigues will not normally be ordered during parade hours or on Sundays or other holidays except under orders of the Assistant Commandant. (4) It is important that when men are deputed to residences for fatigue work, they should not be required to do menial work. (5) Fatigues will be marched to and from the work spot and the Non-Commissioned Officer- in-charge will see that proper discipline is maintained. (6) Men detailed for fatigue duty may wear old shorts and banians, but these must be free from holes. They will wear shoes canvas and socks and should not be bare-footed. (7) Inside buildings, if necessary, men may work bare-footed. (8) Details of all fatigue work done by the men will be recorded in the Company General Diary. 72. Gambling - (1) Gambling in any form by all ranks is strictly forbidden both inside and outside the post premises. It is a misdemeanour which will entail severe disciplinary action. (2) Company Commanders will be held personally responsible if any gambling is indulged either in the Guard of Recreation Rooms, Barracks or in the Lines. (3) During movement by bus, train, special train or in Government vehicles, gambling, betting, stakes and wagers should not be indulged in. (4) During out-station duties gambling of any variety or brand should not be indulged in. (5) Gambling instruments will include cards, dice, boards and other instruments used for the purpose of gambling. 73. General Provident Fund - (1) All ranks should save for “the rainy day” by investing their money in the General Provident Fund. (2) Rates of subscription can only be altered once a year on 1st April and lists of men, who wish to increase or decrease their monthly subscription, will be submitted to the Office with March Pay Bills. (3) The amount of subscription opted to be subscribed shall remain unchanged throughout the year. (4) Applications for an advance from the General Provident Fund will be submitted to the Commandant through the Battalion Office together with the latest Account slip received from the Accountant-General. (5) Reasons for which advances may be given are laid down in the General Provident Fund Rules, and except in special circumstances, cannot be granted until a complete year had lapsed since the last recovery of any previous advance. This fact will be the last recovery of any previous advance. This fact will be explained to the applicant in the Company Office when he hands in his application for advance. (6) In doubtful cases, the Company Commander may, or is ordered by the Commandant, verify the accuracy of the application from the local police. (7) Advances will be recovered in not less than twelve instalments and not more than thirty- six instalments. (8) Other rules regarding General Provident Fund is governed by the “General Provident Fund (Tamil) Rules, 1935, as amended from time to time. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 57 74. Holidays - (1) All Government Holidays as notified by the Government will be observed in the Armed Police Units. (2) On these days depending on exigencies of duties up to 50 per cent of the Company may be granted permission to leave their lines. 75. Jewellery - Wearing of - The wearing of earnings or caste marks is strictly forbidden while in uniform or on duty. While on parade the wearing of wrist watches or rings or other Jewels is forbidden. 76. Leave - (A) Earned Leave - (1) Leave is privilege and not a right. (2) Leave other than casual and compensation leave is governed by the Fundamental Rules or the Madras Leave Rules as amended from time to time with the restrictions laid down in the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service Rules. (3) Followers and other menials are not eligible for leave with allowance on private affairs. They are eligible for ‘sick leave on full pay’ for 15 days and ‘sick leave on half pay’ for one month during a calendar year. Sick leave will be granted only on production of medical certificates or record of treatment in hospital or under a medical practitioner. (4) The limit and frequency of leave will depend on the nature of duties the personnel are engaged in. A long leave register will be maintained in the Company and leave will be sanctioned by rotation. (5) Men requiring leave will submit applications in the Company Commanders orderly room. The Company Commander will inform the applicant the date from which relief can be arranged with regard to the exigencies of duty and the orders in force. The Company Commander will then forward the application to the Battalion Office with a leave roll duly filled in. The Battalion Office will note eligibility, assign L.R. Current No. and return the leave roll to the Company Commander. The Company Commander will put up the leave roll along with Long Leave Register for sanction by the competent authority in his Orderly Room. Leave to Junior Officers and Non- Commissioned Officers will be granted by the Commandant and to the Constables by the concerned Assistant Commandant. The leave roll will be retained in Company Office and intimation sent to Battalion Office about the individual entering on leave, quoting the L.R. reference number. (6) In cases where the Officer Commanding does not recommend leave he will forward the application to the concerned Assistant Commandant who will pass orders himself or if necessary forward the papers to the Commandant for final orders. (7) Short vacancies up to 60 days caused by leave of all ranks below Sub-Inspectors will be filled up “Out of seniority” by promotion from within the Company. (8) When leave rolls of Non-Commissioned Officers for up to three months leave are submitted to the Commandant for sanction, Company Commanders will also note their recommendation for promotion in the leave vacancy in column 6 of the leave roll. (9) The general policy will be not to grant leave for more than one month at a time to the other ranks unless there are special reasons to exceed this limit. This is intended to give every man a turn of leave at frequent intervals. (10) At the time of relief on leave the entries on page 2 of the leave roll should be got completed and signed by the person concerned. Leave address should be got noted without fail. Change of address while on leave should be promptly reported to the Battalion Office and Company Office. Failure to do so will entail punishment. (11) Applications for extension of leave will not be normally entertained but in special cases they should be submitted to the Company Commander. The Company Commander will submit such applications along with the original leave rolls in the same manner as indicated Paragraph 5 above. Applications for extension of leave will be made in sufficient time for a reply to be received. Should the reply not be received before the time necessary to perform the return journey, the applicant should report for duty on the expiry of leave. The fact of having applied for extension or a plea of having awaited for orders will not be accepted as an excuse for overstay. 58 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (12) A Long Leave Register in the form in Appendix XI shall be maintained in the Company Offices. In this register all applications for long leave should be registered and the various columns filled up. (B) Surrender and encashment of leave - According to G.O. Ms. No. 783, Finance, dated 10th September 1968, all Government servants (Gazetted and non-gazetted) who take earned leave for a period of not less than 30 days have been allowed to surrender the balance of the earned leave to their credit on the date of subject to maximum of 30 days. They are sanctioned leave salary commencement of the leave or any portion thereof at their option subject to a maximum of 30 days. They are sanctioned leave salary and allowances for the leave so surrendered. The interval between two such surrenders of earned leave should not be less than 24 months. They Pay Commission has suggested that encashment of leave should be allowed only if it is coupled with actual utilization and that the Government servants both gazetted and non-gazetted may be allowed to surrender 15 days of earned leave in a year in lieu of leave salary and allowance if they actually go on leave for a period of 15 days, the interval between two such surrenders being not less than 12 months. Government accept the recommendations of the Pay Commission. (G.O. Ms. No. 226, Finance, dated 8th February 1971.) (C) Medical Leave - (1) Medical Leave will be granted on the recommendation of Registered Medical Practitioners. Persons who are taken ill while on leave should take treatment from the nearest Government, Local Fund or Rural Medical Institutions. As far as possible treatment should be taken from the Unit Hospitals or Dispensaries. It is open to the authority sanctioning leave to seek a second medical opinion from the District Medical Officer or any other Medical Authority. Requisitions for the purpose will be sent from the Battalion Office. (2) Every time the period covered by a passport is over and the man concerned wants further treatment or leave, he should report sick at the nearest Police station or Out-Post and take a fresh passport to hospital handling over the old one to the Station House Officer for transmission to the Officer Commanding. Passports should be similarly changed when a man is discharged from hospital after treatment with recommendations for leave. Failure thus to change Passports, is likely to cause delay in settling leave and the consequent with holding of leave salary. In stations where there are Armed Police Companies or detachments, passports should be changed from there. (3) Men returning to duty after leave on medical grounds should not be taken to duty unless certificates of fitness are produced. (D) Casual Leave - (1) Casual leave may be granted for a total period of 12 days in a calendar year. Apart from this, all ranks are eligible three days optional holidays. All ranks up to Assistant Sub-Inspectors are also eligible for 10 days of casual leave in a calendar year. Casual leave combined with holidays should not be granted for more than 10 days at a time. (2) Representations for casual leave will be heard in Orderly Room. Company Commander may grant casual leave to other ranks. All cases in which leave is refused by them, should be reported to the Asst. Commandant for orders. Applications of Sub-Inspectors for casual leave should be submitted to the Asst. Commandant and those of Inspectors to the Commandant. (3) Another register of Casual and Compensation Leave should be maintained in form shown in Appendix XII in all Company Offices. It should show details of all applications for Casual leave and the disposals. (E) Compensatory Holiday - (1) At present compensatory holiday is being granted to Government servant for attending office on holidays, the total number being restricted to ten in a year. This leave has to be availed of within a period of three months. The Pay Commission has recommended that the ceiling for the compensatory holiday may be raised 10 to 20 days with provision to avail of it within a period of six months. They have also recommended that this leave account should be transferable so that the Government servants can avail of this concession even if they are transferred to other offices. The Government accept this recommendation of the Pay Commission. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 59 (2) Amendments to the Fundamental Rules wherever necessary based on the above recommendations will be issued separately. These orders will come into effect from the date of issue. (G.O. Ms. No. 226, Finance, dated 8th February 1971.) (F) Refused Leave - Under Fundamental Rule 86a leave at the credit of a Government servant shall lapse on the date of retirement unless he was prevented in administrative interests from enjoying this leave prior to retirement. The Pay Commission has recommended that the Government servant in superior service may be allowed to enjoy earned leave to their credit on the date of retirement subject to a ceiling of 120 days. Government accept the recommendations of the Pay Commission and direct that all the Government servants may be permitted to encash the earned leave at their credit, on the date of superannuation, subject to a maximum of 120 days by the authority sanctioning the pension. The Government servants shall be paid leave salary less pension and permission equivalent of death or retirement gratuity for the period. (G.O. Ms. No. 226, Finance, dated 8th February 1971.) (G) Reporting sick while on leave - (1) Personnel proceedings on leave shall invariably be furnished with a passport vide P.S.O. No. 279 (4). (2) When any person while on leave falls sick, he should report before the Station House Officer of the nearest Police station with the leave passport issued to him and on the strength of this passport the Station House Officer will issue a sick passport in C.F. 140 and direct the individual to present himself before the nearest Government Medical Officer for treatment. (3) After treatment, if the individual is declared fit for duty, he will straight away report for duty at his unit. The actual time spent on journey from the time he is declared fit by the Medical Officer to the time he repirts for duty at his company will be counted as eligible leave. (4) If the individual is treated as out-patient or admitted as in-patient he should intimate this fact to his Company Commander. If he is recommended medical leave after treatment (in-patient or out-patient) he should go back to the local Police Station and hand over the sick passport issued to him with the Medical Officer’s recommendation thereon to the Station House Officer. The Station House Officer will issue him a fresh passport to avail the leave recommended by the Medical Officer in token that the leave has been sanctioned. (5) The process of obtaining a fresh passport every time the Medical Leave is extended, the recommendation of the Medical Officer should be repeated till the individual is declared fit for duty and on being declared fit he should return to duty by the quickest possible means. According to the existing orders it is fundamental principle that a Government servant becomes entitled to claim his leave salary only after his leave is sanctioned by the competent authority, and so no leave salary can be drawn for him until such time the leave is sanctioned. (6) For this purpose, it is necessary that recommendations of the Medical Officer and the passport surrendered at the Police Station are sent to the Battalion Office without any delay by the Station House Officer and, in his own interest, the individual should be in touch with the Station House Officer and expedite the despatch of the above documents. (H) Consulting a Medical Practitioner for the purpose of obtaining leave - (1) It shall be the duty of every Police Officer who consults a Medical Practitioner with a view to obtain leave or an extension of leave on medical certificate to disclose to that practitioner the fact of his having consulted any other practitioner for the same purpose and the result of such consultation. Omission on the part of any Police Officer to do this or any false statement made by him to a Medical Practitioner in this respect will entail serious departmental punishments. (2) section 26 of Madras Subordinate Police Officers’ Conduct Rules & G.O. Ms. No. 3638 |Home Department, dated 24th November 1964, communicated with Chief Office Endorsement No. 22308|SR 3/64, dated 4th January 1965. (I) Medical Treatment of Police patients - (1) Policemen be treated in hospitals or dispensaries including Rural Dispensaries of Modern or|and Indigenous Medicine nearest or most accessible to their stations. They need not be removed to a separate Police Hospital or District Headquarters Hospital, but may be retained and treated in the nearest Hospital easily 60 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL accessible if the Medical Officer attending on them considers that the complaint is one which could be treated by him properly and cured by him. If the Medical officer however is of opinion that their transfer to a separate Police Hospital or District Headquarters Hospital is necessary considering the nature of illness, he should ascertain beforehand, except in emergent cases whether accommodation will be available for them in the Hospital to which they are proposed to be sent and then arrange for their transfer. Policemen treated in Police Hospitals, in Special Police Wards attached to Government Local Fund or Municipal Hospitals will be treated as other Government servants in the matter of recovery of hospital charges. Where local bodies maintain Police Wards, the charges incurred by them will be paid by Government in the manner provided in paragraphs 4 and 6 of G.O. No. 68, Medical, dated 19th September 1916. No charges (including charges for diet) will be recovered from the Police personnel of non-gazetted status irrespective of their income. (2) Special Police Officers injured on duty and admitted to Government Medical Institutions are entitled to free accommodation, diet and treatment. When they are admitted to Local Fund or Municipal Medical Institution, the charges, if any, leviable from them under the rules of the institution will be borne by the Government. (3) When Policemen are treated as out-patients or as in-patients of a hospital where no special arrangements are made for their treatment, they will be subject to such rules as are applicable to other persons of the same status at the hospital in question; any charges leviable on them under the rules of the hospital will be borne by the Government. Railway warrants should be issued to all other Ranks, for journeys to and from hospital and from one hospital to another, and also for journeys to seek medical advice coming under rules 99 and 100 of the Madras Travelling Allowance Rules. (J) Medical History Sheets - All Non-Commissioned Officers and Constables shall be given Medical History Sheets (Form 49) on enlistment. 2) Medical History Sheets will be kept by the Company Office Medical History Sheets will be returned to the Office Commanding and given to men on their going to Hospital. On discharge, the Medical history sheets will be returned to the Officer Commanding entries of attendance at Hospital will be made by Medical Officer alone. Remarks on a man’s habits will be made by a Gazetted Officer after the man has put in some years of service. 3) Recruits will be sent to District Medical Officer or Civil Surgeon for Medical Examination with Enlistment Register (Form I). Candidates for employment as Police Constables are exempted from payment of fees for vaccination certificate. (K)Ex-gratia allowance for the Leprosy, Tuberculosis and Cancer patients - As per the orders in G.O. Ms. No. 1347, Finance, dated Ist December 1968 and G.O. Ms. No. 671, Finance, dated 30th May 1970, a non Gazetted Government Servants on pay not exceeding Rs. 150 per mensem while on extraordinary leave for treatment on tuberculosis, leprosy and cancer is entitled to an ex-gratia allowance equal to half his pay subject to a maximum of Rs. 75 per mensem and a minimum of Rs. 40 per mensem. The Pay Commission has recommended the increase of the eligible pay limit from Rs. 150 to Rs. 300 per mensem. Government accept the recommendations of the Pay Commission and direct that the payment of ex-gratio allowance shall be extended to all Government servants on a pay not exceeding Rs. 300 per mensem. There shall, however, be no change in the quantum of allowance. (G.O. Ms. No. 226, Finance dated 8th February 1971) (L) Leave privileges to Last Grade Government Servants - In the existing rules there are a few disparities in the matter of leave privileges between Government servants. The Tamil Nadu Last Grade Government Servant’s Union had represented to the Pay Commission that these disparities should be done away with and that the Last Grade Government Servant should also be allowed leave concession on par with other non-gazetted Government Servants. The Commission has recommended that the Last Grade Government Servant who have put in a service of 15 years and more may be allowed the same leave privilege as for other non-gazetted Government Servants. The Government accept the recommendations of the Pay Commission and direct that leave benefits may be granted to the Government servants in THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 61 Last Grade Service who have put in a service of 15 years and more, on the same terms as in the case of Government servants in superior service. (G.O. Ms. No. 226, Finance, dated 8th February 1971) (M) Calculation of leave salary for Gazetted Officers - According to G.O. Ms. No. 593, Finance, dated 12th July 1968 when a Government servant goes on earned leave, salary payable to him is worked out as average of pay and other admissible allowances drawn by him in the previous ten months. In G.O. Ms. No. 1756, Finance, dated 25th November 1969 Government have directed that in case of non-gazetted Government servants the leave salary shall be based on the pay plus special pay, personal pay and any other emoluments classified as pay last drawn by them immediately prior to their going on leave. The Pay Commission has recommended that the same concession may be extended to the gazetted officers also. Government accept the recommendation and direct that the leave salary of the gazetted officers shall be based on the pay last drawn by them immediately prior to their going on leave plus special pay, personal pay and any other emoluments classified as pay. (G.O. Ms. No. 226, Finance, dated 8th February 1971.) 77. Married quarters - (1) The concession of permitting men to occupy married quarters with their families will be granted only to men of good moral character. (2) Families of men residing in the family quarters will be restricted to the wife and his own and adopted children. Special sanction must be obtained from the Commandant for any other person to live in the family lines and such sanction must only be given for good and sufficient reasons. (3) Armed Police personnel will be held responsible for the proper conduct of the families or dependents or friends occupying or sharing their quarters. (4) This concession will be withdrawn if their families themselves improperly or engage in quarrels. (5) The senior most Non-Commissioned Officer will be in General charge of the Family Lines and will be responsible to the Assistant Commandant Headquarters for their proper maintenance and Sanitary conditions. (6) All companies will maintain lists of Non-Commissioned Officers and men who are on the married strength and who are occupying married quarters. (7) If a man’s family is temporarily absent from the married quarters for more than three days while he is present in the post, he would sleep in the barracks. (8) A married quarters waiting list will be maintained in the form noted in Appendix by the Officer Commanding Headquarters and allotment of married quarters will be done according to this list. (9) Improper use of married quarters other than their use as living quarters will entail eviction from the quarters. (10) Improper maintenance and up keep of the building will entail eviction from the quarters. (11) Addition or defacement or extension or removal or modification of the fittings and structures of the married quarters by the occupants will entail eviction. (12) No person will occupy the Government Quarters for more than 30 days after his being transferred from the Battalion. (13) No unauthorised fencing, gardening or edging around the married quarters will be done without specific sanction from the Commandant. (14) Married quarters is only a privilege and not a right. (15) The Commandant can evict such person or persons without prior notice from the married quarters for any violation of these provisions. No appeal lies against the order of the Commandant. (16) Officer Commanding Headquarters will maintain a sketch showing the location of the quarters with the name of the occupants. It will be hung in the Office of Assistant Commandant Headquarters. 62 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (17) Sharing of quarters will not be allowed under any circumstances. 78. Meetings - Meetings or parties of any kind will not be held without the permission of the Commandant. Meeting of Political parties are prohibited in the Unit. Meetings of private bodies in connection with the Welfare of the personnel may be arranged by the Commandant at his discretion. 79. Mess - (1) The Company Mess Committee shall consist of one Officer of the rank of Sub- Inspector as President and one Non-Commissioned Officer and one Constable elected from each Platoon of the Company as members. (2) The Company Sub-Inspector will act as President, in turn, for a period of three months each. Where however, a company is fed at Government expense, the President of the Committee shal be the Company Commander. (3) The Non-Commissioned Officer and Constable member will be elected every month; there will be no bar against the re-election of any or all such members for subsequent terms to a limit of three months. (4) The Mess Committee for smaller units such as Platoons on detachment duty shall consist, where the strength of the detachment is one Platoon, of the Sub-Inspector as President, one Havildar, one Naik, one Lance Naik and one Constable elected from the Platoon as members. (5) If there is more than one Platoon but less than Company strength on detachment, the Mess Committee shall consist of the senior Sub-Inspector as President, one Havildar, one Naik, one Lance Naik and one Constable to be elected as members from each Platoon of the detachment. (6) The Accounts and Minutes will be maintained by the President in Tamil in suitable books to be procured for the purpose. The President (if he happens to be the Company Commander as laid down in paragraph 2 above) may select a Sub-Inspector to assist him in the maintenance of Mess Accounts but it should be clearly understood that the President will be held fully responsible for the correctness of those accounts. (7) Complaints should be made to the Orderly Officer at his daily Mess rounds, and he will enter such complaints immediately in the Orderly Officer’s Complaint Book and will pass them on to the President of the Mess Committee, through the Company Commander for necessary action. (8) Suggestions for improvements and alterations in the running of the Mess by the President or Members of the Mess Committee shall be communicated in the form of an Agenda to all members of the Committee by the President. (9) A Mess Committee meeting will be there be held on the scheduled date when the Agenda will be fully discussed and decisions there on taken. (10) The Minutes of the meeting will be drawn up and copied into the Minute Book of the Mess Committee. A copy of the Minutes will be sent to the Commandant with the monthly Mess return through the Company Commander and Assistant Commandant concerned, and another copy will also be posted on the dining hall notice board. (11) The President of the Mess Committee will nominate two members of the Mess Committee to form a Purchasing Committee to the responsible for all purchases for the mess for the month. (12) Daily purchases made by the aforesaid two Members of the Purchasing Committee will be checked by the President or the senior member of the Mess Committee, before being placed in the Company store room. (13) All issues will be made in the presence of at least two members of the Mess Committee. (14) The President will be held responsible for the proper storing and correct issue of all mess articles. (15) The Store room key will be kept in the guard room and will be issued by the Guard Commander to the President, Mess Committee and in his absence, to the senior member of the Mess Committee. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 63 (16) Monthly ration purchases should be made by the President of the Mess Committee, accompanied by the two Members of the Purchasing Committee nominated by him for making purchases (vide paragraph 11 above) (17) Contractors, if necessary, will be appointed and removed by the Mess Committee, on a majority vote. (18) The daily purchases, monthly messing rate and daily menu will be posted on the Dining Hall Notice Board. (19) All vouchers for purchase made will be countersigned by the President, Mess Committee. (20) The Company Commander, will obtain receipts for messing advances made by him to the President Mess Committee, who will in turn obtain receipts for advances made by him to the Purchasing Committee. (21) Meals time in normal circumstances will be :- Break-fast-time to be fixed by Company Commander. Lunch - 12.00 hours to 13.30 hours. Dinner - 20.00 hours to 21.30 hours. The Company Commander will fix up a time for men on duty. 22. These timings may be altered at the discretion of the Company Commander for good and sufficient reasons. 23. Meals will be served only in the Dining Hall. If any one wishes to have his meals taken out, special sanction will be obtained from concerned Assistant Commandant. 24. Insistence must be laid upon the necessity for all ranks to attend meals promptly within the prescribed timings, as it is manisfestly unfair to keep to the cooks hanging about needlessly because of tardiness in attendance. 25. The prescribed Mess Returns will be submitted to the concerned Assistant Commandant on the 1st of every month. 26. Ration Purchase Register, Issue Register and Mess Attendance Register will be maintained personally by the Mess President. 27. Remember that good messing is the first essential for a contented and efficient soldiery. Therefore, give good value for money. 80. Moves by rail - The following Standing Orders are issued as a guide to Officers conducting moves. Orders and instructions will be drawn up to suit conditions under which any party or parties may be moved. 1. Information - Name of Unit, Strength and destination with route. 2. Intention - Name of Units relieving and to be relieved and location with dates and nature of duties. 3. Method - (a) By road, rail or by any combination as the case may be, furnish number of vehicles allotted for the move details regarding conveyance of personnel, baggage and Government property. In the case of moves by rail the accommodation allotted will be communicated together with timings. (b) Composition and Advance Parties. (c) Baggage Parties (for Government properties and kits, etc., loaded in separate lorries or brake vans). The Baggage Party will, if possible, be under the charge of an Officer. The same party will be responsible for handling the baggage, etc., from start to finish of the move. 4. Security - Orders regarding Guards, Sentries, security of arms and ammunition will be laid down. 5. Discipline - Journey discipline, eg. (i) Leaving the train or vehicle without permission prohibited. (ii) Standing on lines, foot-boards, and throwing objects out of the window, etc., prohibited. (iii) Instruction regarding dress sanitation, behaviour, etc. 64 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL An officer in-charge of Train or vehicle will be detailed to enforce discipline and security instructions, as in the case of the Baggage party. This duty he will operate from the start to finish of any move. 6. Administration - Issue loading instruction for unit equipment and baggage, etc. - (a) i) to be loaded in unit vehicles or ii) to accompany units in trains. (b) All personal baggage must be marked by rank, number, name, unit and sub-unit. (c) Instructions should be given for the mode of unloading on reaching destination. 7. Medical Aid - Instructions will be issued regarding the procedure for dealing with sick on the move which include accidents. N.B. - All Guards of trains have in their possession of First-Aid-Box and they are qualified to render First Aid in accidents. 8. Inter Communications - Mode of intercommunication with in the train as well as with headquarter should be indicated. 9. General - (a) Move orders will invariably be drawn up as Operation Orders. (b) It will be necessary in certain cases to make additions to the above instructions. (c) Copies of Move Orders will be issued to all concerned. (d) All Officers will be expected to remain in close contact with their respective units when accompanying them on any journey and also at their place of halting. (e) On Detachment Duty, it is essential that Officers should live in close proximity to their men. 81. Orderlines - 1. The following is the seals of Orderlies prescribed for a Standard Battalion. Commandant One Constable Deputy Commandant One Constable Assistant Commandant One Constable Inspector and Adjutant Inspector One Constable 2. Men selected should have at least four years service be a first class shot or better and be of good character. 3. Orderlies will be changed over every three months. This will not only to specialist orderlies such as store orderlies. Cycle orderlies, Office orderlies etc. They will attend parade on 2 days of one week. 4. A man who has been an orderly should not ordinarily be re-employed, as such till after a lapse of twelve months without the orders of the Commandant. 5. The following categories of specialist orderlies will be changed after the periods noted against them :- Months 1) Mess Havildar 3 2) Mess Police Constables 3 3) Magazine Muhari P.C. 6 4) Sanitation Havildar 6 5) Sanitation P.C. 6 6) Store Havildar 12 82. Orderly Room - 1. The holding of Orderly Room is a very important function for the maintenance of discipline based on publicity, fair play and the redress of grievances which are not to be stifled. 2. The Commandant or the Deputy Commandant should hold Orderly Room once a week and the Assistant Commandants at least twice a week. 3. Orderly Room will of course be held on all working days by the Company Commander himself. 4. All matters of discipline and general administration should be dealt with, at Orderly Room. Platoon Commanders march their men and present whilst orders are passed or requests THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 65 and complaints are considered. As far as possible all representations from the men should be dealt with there as also the sanction of leave and the orders being passed and intimated to them then and there. All cases so dealt with in the Orderly Room will be entered in the Orderly Room Register (Pol. B. 245) Appendix X this register being maintained separately for minor punishments and representations. 5. Distance - Normally defaulters produced at Orderly Room should be halted 1 1/2 to 2 metres away from the Officer conducting the Orderly Room, preferably with a wide table between the Officer and the defaulter. 6. The need for frequency in holding Orderly Room is stressed, thereby time is actually saved, justice is swiftly meted out and grievances are handled before they are magnified by brooding. 7. At orderly Room the Officer Commanding of the Company will investigate charges and punish defaulters, grant leave and hear complaints. 8. The orderly Officer of the day and the Havildar Major will invariably attend the Orderly Room. 9. Any man wishing to make requests or complaints must report the matter to his Section Commander who will inform the Platoon Commander who in turn, will look into the matter and if necessary, bring it up at the Orderly Room before the Company Commander, the man being present. 83. Parades 1. All Companies including Head-quarters Company will parade regularly as per programme and as per instructions issued from time to time. 2. All ranks must necessarily attend parades unless otherwise ordered. 3. On Thursday, there will be no ground parades except fatigues, cleaning of arms, barracks, parade ground and camp area. 4. Two days in a week will be Staff Parade Days when all rank employed on staff duties in Company Office, Stores, Battalion Office, Mess and Orderlies will attend parade. On other days the other ranks employed on staff duties will attend only the first period of the parade in the morning. 5. There will be rout march on all Saturdays and men will march for more than Eight Kilometres in light battle order. Unit band if available will also take part in the route march. Junior Officers and other ranks are eligible to draw daily allowance for the route march. 6. Depending on the availability of Companies there will be a ceremonial parade every week preferably on all Fridays. Unit Band if available will be in attendance. The Commandants of the Unit will take the Salute and review the parade. 7. When only one Company is on parade - the Company will fall in for parade in accordance with the instructions laid down in Chapter-XI, Section 114 of the Drill and Training Manual (Revised Edition 1966). While the parade is falling in the Company Commander and his Platoon Commanders will position themselves on the right flank facing the company and in line with the front rank and at a distance of 7 paces from the leading Platoon. Platoon Commanders will take up their position on the left of the Company Commander in order of seniority of Platoons. After receiving the “Parade State” from the Company Havildar Major - the Company Commander will order the Company to “Order Arms” (if armed) and to stand-at-ease. He will then order the Platoon Commanders to “Take-Post”. Platoon Commander will march off to their respective Platoons and position themselves in the centre three paces in front of their Platoon and stand- at-ease. The Company Commander will then call the Company to attention, slope arms (if armed) and present the parade state to the senior most Gazetted Officer attending parade. If there are no Gazetted Officer present - the Company Commander will order the Platoon Commander to take over. 8. When two or more companies are on parade they will fall in abreast of each other or one behind the other according to the availability of space in the parade ground. An interval of 15 paces will be maintained between each Company in either case. Companies will fall in independently as described in para-7 above. Company Commanders will then present their 66 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL Company parade state to the senior most Junior Officer on parade and he in turn will present the entire parade to the senior most Gazetted Officer attending parade. 9. If more than one Gazetted Officer attends parade, the Junior Gazetted Officers will position themselves three paces directly behind the Officer receiving the parade. If a senior Officer of a higher rank comes while the parade is in progress the senior most officer already on parade will bring the parade to attention by blowing his whistle and then report to the former Officer. 10. The turn out and the arms of the men will be inspected by the respective Platoon Commanders before the men are ordered to fall in for parade. The Platoon Commanders will see that their Havildars also carry out such inspection before the men are marched for the parade ground from the barracks. 11. When the day’s parade is over, men will do cleaning of arms at the parade ground itself immediately after the parade. The Platoon Commanders will personally inspect and return the arms to the Bell of Arms. Under no circumstances will arms be carried into the barracks, before or after parade. If necessary arms may be kept temporarily either in the parade ground itself or near the barracks under the charge of a sentry. 12. Parades under normal conditions will commence at 06-00 hours from 1st March to 31st October. From 1st November to the 28th February parades will commence at 06-00 hours. Bugle call will be adjusted to suit these timings. The timings can be changed at the discretion of the Commandant. 84. Petitions (Representations) - 1. Petitions will be made out legibly and must be kept as brief and clear as possible. 2. The name and designation or the senior should be distinctly indicated at the top of the petition. 3. All petitions will be sent through the proper channel, otherwise they will be liable to be returned unanswered. 4. Anonymoos, pseolonymoos or collectivt petition or messages are strictly forbidden and will be destroyed on receipt. 5. Petitions from relatives will not be considered. 6. Save as provided in rules and orders issued by the Inspector-General of Police from time to time, Police Officers shall not correspond direct with Government in any matter relating to their official duties. They shall on no account address the Government directly on personal matters. Written representations of this nature should be made only through the proper official channel. 7. (a) Police Officers of all ranks are forbidden to approach official of other departments and non-officio for support in pressing individual claims or obtaining redress of grievances. (b) Police Officers are forbidden to approach members of the State or Union Legislature with a view to have their grievances made the subject of interpellation in the Legislature. (c) The prohibition in clause 7 (a) above shall apply to the acquisition of certificates or letter of recommendation other than certificates or formal letters addressed to superiors concerned bringing to their notice specific service rendered to the writer or under the official congnizance of the writer. 8. Police Officers are prohibited from obtaining interviews with Ministers or Secretaries to Government without the prior sanction of the Inspector-General of Police. 9. Police Officers of all ranks are prohibited from applying directly or through their superior Officers for promotion when vacancies occur and Officers are prohibited from recommending subordinates for a particular post otherwise than as provided for by the rules, or, if ordered to do so, by the authority empowered to fill such posts. 10. Rule 18 of the Tamil Nadu Government Servants Conduct Rules clearly prohibits Government Servants from bringing “any political or other outside influence to bear upon any superior authority to further his interest in respect of matters pertaining to the service under the Government”. Government Servants should desist from approaching M.L.As., M.L.Cs., M.Ps. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 67 and other influential no-officials to make representations on their behalf to Ministers, Head of the Department and higher officers generally. 85. Programme of Daily Inspection by Company|Group Commander - In order to ensure that all branches of the Unit are regularly and thoroughly inspected by the Company|Group Commanders, a programme of inspection has been prepared and is given below. This does not however preclude in the Inspection of other items|branches on other day of the week. It is emphasized that the inspections must be though, detailed and sincere. The Company Commanders will bring to the notice of their Assistant Commandants and through them to the Commandant anything which may need their attention. Nature of inspection done each day should be recorded in the General Diary maintained by the Officers concerned. Monday - Inspect sanitation of the post, latrines, urinals, drains, wells, incinerators. Examine weekly sick rates and if high take preventive measures in consultations with the Medical Officer. Check Medical History Sheets and send those who are due to the Medical Officer for vaccination, protective inoculation|annual medical examination and Veneral Disease Inspection. Tuesday - Inspect messing arrangements, dining halls, kitchen, cooking utensils, canteen and Company stores. Balance ration should also be checked and mess rates for the days of the week should be worked out and action taken to restrict the rates if high. Wednesday - Inspect training equipments and apparatus, sports, equipment, W|T Station and equipments, Recreation Room, Company Fund Properties, Barber Shops and Dhoby Shops. Thursday- Inspect all areas barracks, guard rooms, and all other buildings, Fire-fighting apparatus, clothings, boots and kit (A complete kit inspection should be carried out by the Platoon Commanders on the second Thursday of every month). Friday - Inspect transport and connected stores, bugles, drums, Company Office, Stationery, Duty Roster and Note Books of instructors, Sub-Inspectors and Non-Commissioned Officers. Saturday - Inspect Bell of Arms, Ammunition, Accoutrements, Equipments, Stores, Cycles, Furniture and Lighting arrangements. Apart from the above inspection the Company Commanders and Groups Commanders will inspect daily their men’s barrack arrangements, sanitation, mess and meals parades. They will inspect the turn-out of the guards in the morning when their men are on guard duty. On the last working day of the week, i.e., on Saturday, Company Commanders will personally check all arms and ammunitions on their charges and will record of having done so in their diaries. As a rule the Company Group Commanders and other Junior Officers shall attend the Night Roll Call daily and talk to the men to find out their difficulties and hear representations. 86. Property - (a) Finding of. - Any man finding lost property or money must report the fact at once to his Platoon Commander who will inform the Company Commander in writing giving particulars of property or money found and will hand over them to the Company Commander. The Company Commander will make an entry in the G.D. of the post, the amounts and properties received and will arrange to communicate to all Companies during night roll call, through the Battalion Orderly Officer. The lost property or money if traced will be handed over to the lawful owner under record. Otherwise it will be kept in safe custody till such time its disposal is ordered by the Commandant. (b) Loss of - All ranks must report the loss of any Government or their own property as soon as possible after the loss has been discovered. It is important that the enquiries into such loss should be started promptly. Damages to Government property, arms or equipment must also be reported immediately. If the responsibility of the lost Government property cannot be fixed on any individual the cost of the articles lost will be recovered proportionate from those living in the barracks or lines or from escort parties or other parties from where or whom the loss occurred. (c) Property Custody of - Men admitted to Hospital must entrust their Jewellery or cash or valuables to the Platoon Commanders for safe custody. 87. Railway Fare Concessions. - 1. Every non-Commissioned Officer, Lance naik and Constable and Bugle Boys whose home is more than 80 Kms. from his headquarters shall, 68 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL when proceeding on leave including Casual or Compensation Leave, be entitled to the Travelling Allowance concessions specified below, namely :- (a) Actual Third Class Railway Fare for himself to his home and back once in a year provided that not more than 30 per cent of the sanctioned strength shall be granted this concession in a year. (b) When brought on to the married strengths - (i) To bring his family Actual Third Class Railway to his Headquarters for the fare for his family from first time his home to his Headquarter. (ii) To take his family Actual third class Railway home and back. fare provided that this concession shall be granted to him once in four years only. Note: Family means wife and own children including legally adopted children. 2. In order to exercise a proper check over the above concessions, Officers Commanding Companies will maintain:- (a) Railway Fare Concession Register in the form noted in Appendix XIII. (b) A list of Non-Commissioned Officers and men who are eligible for this concession. (c) If kept in the form of register two names will be allotted to a page. 3. All variations due to a change of Headquarters of Companies will be carried out promptly in the above records. 4. In the event of inter-Company transfers, extracts of relevant entries will be sent to the Officer Commanding Company concerned. The following amendment is issued to the Tamil Nadu Special Police Manual Standing Order. Amendment The existing “Standing Order No. 87 Railway fare concession” Shall be deleted (G.O. Ms. No. 346 Home (Pol. IX) Dept. Dated 23.4.2002) 88. Roll Calls - Roll Calls will be held as follows:- (i) All days other than Thursday, Sundays and other holidays. (a) 12.00 Hours. (b) 16.30 Hours. (c) 19.30 Hours. (ii) All Thursdays. (a) 07.00 Hours. (b) 12.00 Hours. (c) 16.30 Hours. (d) 19.30 Hours. (iii) All Sundays and other holidays. (a) 008.00 Hours. (b) 16.30 Hours. (c) 19.30 Hours. 2. The Company Havildar Major is personally responsible for conducting Roll Calls at the appointed hours. 3. Platoon Havildars will take their Platoon Duty Roster to all Roll Calls. Sick men and casualities including those under suspension living in the Barracks and those who return to the Barracks from leave prior to their due dates of return to duty or who are on leave but live in Barracks must all attend Roll Calls unless specifically permitted to be absent by the Officer Commanding. 4. All orders will be communicated to the Other Ranks during night Roll Calls. Duties for the following day will be detailed at the Roll Calls. 5. Surprise Roll Calls will also be held by Company Commander and Platoon Commanders very frequently. An entry in the Company General Diary should be made when such Check Roll Calls are held and a report sent to the Assistant Commandants next morning about absentees if any, etc. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 69 6. The above Roll Call timings may be altered at the discretion of the Commandant for good and sufficient reasons and with due notice. 7. All Officers of the Company will invariably attend all Roll Calls. 89. Sick parades - 1. Sick Parades will be held in all posts along with parade every day except on holiday. Sick men will be marched to the Medical Officer by the duty N.C.O. straight from the parade ground or barrack. 2. All Non-Commissioned Officers and Constable reporting sick and those detailed to attend hospital as out-patient will parade in uniform with canvas shoes and socks under the N.C.O. 3. The Duty N.C.O. will enter their names in a Hospital Book in form No. OM-41 (PB Old 180 PB 158 new) kept specially for the purpose and will inspect them before they are marched off. A sick passport will be issued by the Officer Commanding in CF 140. 4. Cases requiring urgent attention and emergent sick will be taken to the M.I. room without any delay at all hours of the day or night in Government transport. 5. The Medical Officer will enter against each man’s name in the Hospital Book, the disease or injury from which he is suffering and his orders on each case. 6. Sick cases will be classified as under - (a) Admitted as In-patients. (b) Treated as out-patient. In this case he will be treated in hospital and will be granted necessary leave. (c) Recommended leave on medical grounds. (d) Medicine and returned to all duties. Note:- (i) Medical Officers may make recommendations such as excuse boots putties or hosetop, but this under no circumstances would be for more than four or five days. (ii) When stationed at places where there are no Medical Officers of the Armed Police Units, it may be necessary for the sick to be attend to by other Medical Officers. Officers Commending may contact these Medical Officers and explain to them personally the special nature of the organization and duties of the Armed Police, so that they make recommendations on the above lines only. 7. The Duty N.C.O. will produce the Hospital Book with the Medical Officer’s Orders to the Company or Unit Commander concerned daily and the Company or Unit Commander will initial the register. Men recommended medical leave will be issued a fresh passport by the Officer Commanding|Post before proceeding on medical leave in token that the leave has been sanctioned. 8. Those classified under paragraph 6 (d) will not be included in the Sick return. They will at once be ordered to attend the second parade. 9. Urgent cases may be sent to the Hospital at any time during day or night by any Officer. 10. Minor injuries received during games or fatigue will be attended to by the Assistant Surgeon or Ward Orderly on duty at all hours. With this exception, no one is allowed to proceed to the hospital without order. 11. Only one sick parade will be held daily in each post. Personnel of Battalion Headquarters and those attending Cadres, etc., will parade with the sick of the Company in that post. 12. Junior Officers reporting sick will, if in Headquarters to so in person at the Unit Hospital. Should they be too ill to go to the Hospital they will send word to the Senior Assistant Surgeon who will arrange to send an Ambulance for them. The Medical Officer after examing them will. (a) give medicine and return them to duty. (b) excuse all duties and advise them to attend Hospital daily. (c) place them “sick in quarters” or (d) admit them as In-patients. Cases falling under (b), (c) and (d) will be treated as leave. The Medical Officer will inform the Commandant and the Company Commander through a report when any Officer is placed on the sick list. 70 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 13. Medical treatment in quarters will not be given except when the Officer is placed sick in quarters and this, only after he has been to the hospital for examination. Officers placed “sick in quarters” should not leave their quarters on any account. 14. A similar procedure as above will be followed in camps as far as possible. 15. If any Other Rank is kept as an Out-patient and resides in the Barracks or family lines, he will attend all Roll Calls and adhere strictly to Barrack discipline. 16. In-patients in Hospital should not leave the Hospital with out the permission of the Medical Officer. A man absenting himself from Hospital is liable for punishment for absence without leave. 90. Services of Barbers and Dhobies - (A) 1. Barbers and Dhobies are private contractors employed by the Companies and paid out of the collections made from the personnel of the Company every month from their pay. The monthly contribution by the personnel will be fixed by the Commandant from time to time taking into consideration of the local conditions prevailing. Company Commanders will recover the monthly contribution of personnel of the Company towards Barber and Dhobi charges through their Pay and Mess Book and disburse the same through Pay and T.A. Account. 2. It is the responsibility of the Platoon Commanders to see that Barbers and Dhobies do their jobs correctly and properly and bring to the notice of the Company Commander any complaints made by the personnel of the Company against the Barbers and Dhobies. Company Commander and Platoon Commanders will visit the Barber and Dhobi Shops daily and ensure that sanitation of the premises are kept up as laid down in Standing Order Nos. 160 and 167, Part II, Chapter XII. 3. The Company|Group Commanders will also ensure that all Barbers and Dhobies are periodically examined by the Unit Medical Officer just like the other ranks of the Company. 4. At the discretion of the Mess Members, which should be recorded in the Mess Committee Meeting Minute Book, the Barbers and Dhobies may be allowed free food in the Company Mess, otherwise they will also share the Mess Rates just like other Members of the Mess. (B) Details of equipments for Barbers S.No. Designation. Scale per Barber 1. Soap, shaving (2 oz) Tablets 3 2. Brushes, hair 2 3. Cases, tools, barbers 2 4. Containers, soap, shaving 3 5. Glasses, looking hospital 1 6. Hones, razor 2 7. Razors, open 2 8. Straps, razor 1 9. Towels 4 10. Clippers hairs 2 11. Scissors, hair cutter 1 12. Brushes, shaving 3 13. Towels, hand khaki 2 14. Gowns, operating aprons 2 15. Bottle with water metal 2 16. Dettol Big Ox1 Bottle 17. Combs hair barbers 3 18. Wash basin large 1 19. Powder prickly heat 1 small (p.m.) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 71 (C) Details of equipments for dhoby Sl.No. Designation Scaler per washerman 1. Soap yellow bars 340 KC per men on Company strength p.m. 2. Soda ash commercial 113 KG for every 100 items washed. 3. Cordage cotton hawser laid rot 45’7 Meters proofed, Undyed. 4. Brushes, scrub hand union 2 5. Iron dhobi 2 6. Tubs, washing oval 8 gal 2 (D) Washing of cloths - (a) Washing of clothes and using soap on the verandahs or door steps of the barracks are strictly forbidden. (b) Using the drinking and cooking water for washing is also forbidden. (c) Taking bath and washing clothes in and around the Cook Houses are strictly prohibited. 91. Sports and Recreation - Interest, keenness and efficiency can best be fostered and borodom eliminated by the proper use of competitions. As far as possible, organized games of some kind or other will be held daily in all posts whether permitting. 2. All ranks, including Gazetted Officers will attend games as a rule. Those who are unable to take an active part in games due to any reason, should at least serve as umpires or interested spectators. 3. A Company Sports Committee will be formed and it will Naik and one Constable to be elected by those of their own ranks. Comprise of one Sub-Inspector, one havildar, one Naik, one Lance. Proficiency in sports and games should be the fore most criterian in electing members to the Sports Committee. The Sub-Inspector elected to the Company Sports Committee will be designated as the Company Sports Officer. 4. The Company Sports Committee will meet monthly with the Company Commander as President, to discuss matters conductive to the raising of athletic standards and capabilities of the Company. 5. Company Commanders will be responsible for seeing that the sports gear of their Companies is carefully maintained in good order and is not subjected to misuse or rough treatment. The following minimum scale of Company Sports equipment will be maintained in each Company: Basket Ball complete 1 Foot-Ball complete 2 Hockey Sticks 24 Hockey Balls leather 6 Hockey Balls Cork 3 Goal Keeper pads pairs 2 Medicine Ball 1 Tenniquoit Bat 1 Tenniquoit Ring 1 Volley-Balls complete 2 Volley-Ball nets 2 6. A Sports Orderly, appointed for the purpose, will be responsible for the care, cleaning and petty repairs to Company Sports Gear under the supervision of the Company Sports Officer. 7. Inter-formation matches, both on the league and knock-out systems, will be organized regularly in all Companies and Battalions. A score card will be maintained and the results of all matches will be entered giving two points for a win and one point for a draw. 8. Small cash prizes will be given to the members of the winning teams from the Company Fund after getting the sanction of the Commandant. 72 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 9. Reading and recreation rooms to be known as “Company Recreation Clubs” will be organized in all Companies for the benefit of the men. 10. The following minimum scale of In-door games equipment per Company will be maintained in good order in each Company Recreation Club: Carrom Board 1 Draughts sets 2 Snake and ladders 2 Chess set 1 Darts 2 Harmonium Tabala 1 Cymbals 2 News Papers (Tamil) 3 11. The Assistant Commandants and Inspectors should ensure frequent competitions in all sports and games and cultural shows. These should be a monthly feature in each Company. Like-wise, the Commandant should arrange matches and competitions with other teams serving in the area. Details of matches and competitions played should be recorded in the proceedings of the monthly meeting of the Company Sports Committee. 12. The Commandants should form a Sports Committee for the Battalion where similar action will be taken at the Battalion level. Outstanding performers in any Company should be taken to Headquarters Units or training units, where they will be given constant opportunities to improve by competition and training under the direct eye of the Commandant. 13. Each Company should maintain a register of its talented men. The register is shown in Appendix XIV, and should be entered up personally by the Company Commanders and checked by the Assistant Commandants concerned. Battalion Championship Meet - 1. Date of meet. - Annual Company Sports for all Companies including Headquarters Company (combined with groups) will be completed in the month of June. The Battalion Sports Meet will be held soon after. 2. Sports Committee - The conduct of the Battalion Championship Meet will be organized by a Sports Committee Composed of: President - Commandant. Secretary - Officer Commanding Headquarters. Members - Selected by the President. 3. Competition. - The Battalion Championship will be decided on the results of the following competition groups: - 1) Drill Group. 2) Shooting Group. 3) Games Group. 4) Athletic Group. 5) Acquaties Group. 6) Gymnastics Group. Detailed instructions regarding each competition will be issued from time to time by the Commandant. 4. Rules - Unless otherwise specified, Buck’s Rules of Games and Sports latest edition will be followed for the conduct of competitions. 5. Scoring - (i) The method of scoring for items (iii) to (vi) referred to in paragraph 3 will be the same as laid down for the State Police Games and Athletic Meet. (ii) The drill competition will be judged by a panel of Police and Service Officers, other than Armed Police Officers of the same Battalion and the first, second and third ranked teams will be awarded 5, 3 and 1 points respectively. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 73 (iii) In the shooting competition, the practice, laid down by the All-India Police Sports Central Board for Rifle and Revolver Shooting Competitions will be followed. The team Scoring the highest aggregate of marks in the Rifle and Revolver shooting competitions will be awarded 5 points. The second and third placed teams will get 3 and 1 points respectively. (iv) The Battalion Championship Trophy will be awarded to the team that secures the highest point as prescribed above in the Championship score card. In the event of a tie the team with a greater number of firsts will be declared as winner. If the tie still remains, the team with more second places will be declared as Winner. The Meet shall be opened and closed ceremoniously as is the usual custom for such Meets. 92. Transfers - (1) When a person is transferred from one Company to another, he will take only his clothing with him. All items of Government property will be handed over to their Company Commander before leaving the Company. The transferred person should be given an acknowledgment for the Government property returned by him. (2) Men on transfer will be passported to join their new Companies within three days of the receipt of the orders except in special circumstances which should be reported to the Commandant for his approval., (3) If any joining time is allowed, it should be stated in the passport. 93. Visitors - 1. Barracks - No visitors are permitted to stay in the barracks without the permission of the Company Commander. The arrival and departure of all visitors or relatives must be reported at once to the Company Commander. 2. Married Quarters - Relatives and other visitors will not be allowed to stay in lines without permission which may be granted as follows:- Over night - By Adjutant Inspector. Up to 3 days - By Assistant Commandant (Headquarters). Over 3 days - By Commandant. A register of visitors showing date of arrival and departure and with whom they stayed in the lines will be maintained by the Adjutant Inspector. It is the responsibility of the persons con- earned to inform the Adjutant Inspector about the arrival of visitors to the lines. Failure to inform so will entail eviction from lines. 74 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER VI 94. Alarms - General - (1) The following Alarm Schemes will be in force in all Special Police Posts and T.S.P Battalion Headquarters:- (a) Fire Alarm. (b) Mobile column Alarm. (c) Post Defence Alarm. (2) Separate detailed standing orders are issued for all Alarms - Vide Standing Orders 95, 97 and 98. (3) The Fire Alarm Orders in English and Tamil will be displayed in the Guard Room Notice Board. (4) The Mobile Column Alarm Orders will be kept in the Post Headquarters. (5) The Post Defence Alarm Orders and the Post Defence Plan will be kept in the personnal custody of the Post Commander. (6) The Alarm will be sounded by the first available bugler repeated by all other buglers. The Alarm will also be sounded at the Married Lines and in the residential and Bazaar area under the orders of the Company Commander. The Alarm will also be sounded by Siren if available. (7) Each Alarm Scheme will be practiced at least once by day and once by night ever month. Company Commanders will ensure that all ranks are thoroughly acquainted with the orders on each scheme. (8) When Gazetted Officers visit Posts for inspection, they will hold Alarm Practices without previous notice, and will thus verify whether all ranks are acquainted with the orders on each scheme. 95. Fire Alarm Orders - I Title - The Rules framed hereunder are known as the Tamil Nadu Special Police Post Fire Alarm Orders. II. Applicability - (1) The following Fire Alarm Scheme is applicable to all Company Headquarters, Posts, Detachments, Group Headquarters and in whichever place detachment of the Tamil Nadu Special Police is deployed. (2) The applicable portion of the Scheme should be adopted depending on the circumstances, nature of fire, place of fire and availability of fire extinguishing media, viz., materials, liquids and chemicals. (3) The Officer in-charge of the Camp or the Senior Officer present of N.C.O. present at the spot of fire will exercise discretion in fighting the fire and direct the operation. (4) The safe guarding of Government property, Arms and Ammunition, Rations, POL, Radio Equipment, Motor Transport, Buildings, Cash, Records Clothing, Vessels and Human lives from fire is the primary responsibility of each and every individual present in the Camp. III. Definitions - (1) Fire - A mass of burning matter of flames. (2) Fire fighting - The act by which the fire is fought. (3) Fire fighting equipment - The instruments, implements, vessels that are used for fighting fires. (4) Fire point - The central place where the fire fighting equipment is kept. (5) Rallying point - The place indicated by the Officer Commanding near the scene of fire, from where the fire fighting operation can best be conducted. (6) Officer in-charge fire fighting operators - The Senior Officer or Junior Officer or Non-Commissioned Officer who takes command of the fire fighting operation. (7) Vulnerable zone - Place or shelter where explosive materials Live-Magazines and inflammable materials are kept or used. (8) Duty Platoon - The Sections of a Platoon which are detailed every evening as stand by under G.D. entry specially for fire fighting duty when contingencies warrant. (In one Section Posts, 1|3 will constitute the Duty Section for similar purposes). THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 75 (9) Fire Incidential Report - The report should contain - (1) Date, time and exact place of occurrence. (2) How fire originated if known. (3) Detailed description of damage caused. (4) Brief history of fire. (10) P.O.L. - Petrol, Oil, Lubricants (and other inflammable materials, liquids or chemicals). (11) Fire Alarm - The sound or noise or voice or signal that gives notice of the danger of fire or warning. (12) Chemical extinguisher - A portable fire fighting equipment which uses chemical either directly or indirectly in the form of solid, liquid or gas for the purpose of extinguishing fire. (13) Salvaged property - The property that is saved from the scene of fire. (14) Fire line|Safety belt - The space 30 feet in width on all sides with grass, bushes, thorns, thatch and other plants, completely removed so as to allow the fire not to spread. IV. Preliminary action - Prevention is better then cure. The first and foremost essential in dealing with an out break of fire is to tackle it at the earliest possible moment to isolate it and at prevent it from spreading. (A) As soon as a fire breaks out, the person sighting the fire first:- i) will at once take steps to put out the fire. ii) shout out fire at - such and such a place. clearly indicating the place of fire. iii) Pass on the information to the :- (a) Guard Commander without any loss of time. (b) Officer Commanding the Coy|Post. (c) Senior Officer present in post. (B) The Guard Commander on receipt of the information should: 1. Sound the fire alarm by either. (a) Beating ghurry with a pause after every two beats for two minutes or (b) Ordering the Bugler to sound the Fire Alarm Call and (c) Other Bugler in the Camp will take up the Fire Alarm Call after it has been sounded at the Guard Room or (d) Firing two white Verey lights. 2. (a) Will telephone to the nearest Fire Unit indicating clearly the location and nature of fire. (b) Send word to nearby Sister Units or organizations warning them against the spread of fire and for necessary help in putting out the fire. (c) Alert the Guard and warn other men in the Camp. V. Action on hearing fire alarm - (1) The Quarter Guard will take up the usual defence positions. (2) (a) The Duty Platoon|Section will rush immediately to the Fire Point, collect all equipment and implements and proceed to the Rallying Point near the scene of fire and endeavour to put out the fire and save Government property. (b) If it is an one Section Post five P.Cs. and one N.G.O. will undertake the work of the Duty Platoon. (3) (a) One Section of the Duty Platoon dressed in shirts and shorts and equipment will draw their Rifle and five rounds ammunition and proceed to the scene of fire form a corden around it facing outwards with fixed bayonets and safeguard the property. (b) In one Section Posts no separate party need be detailed for cordoning off as the strength will not suffice. In such cases, all men will endeavour to put out the fire and take every reasonable and practicable precaution to prevent the spread of fire. (4) Motor vehicles, if any, near the scene of, fire should be moved to a safe place. 76 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (5) (a) The Officer commanding fire fighting operation will fix up a Rallying Point near the scene of fire from where he can conveniently direct the fire fighting operation. (b) The Senior Officer or N.C.O. present at the spot will take command of the fire fighting operation. (6) (a) The remaining men including menials and followers, vehicle drivers, R|T operators will immediately report to the Officer in-charge fire fighting operation and perform such duties as are allotted to them. (b) The followers, drivers and R|T operators will join the fire fighting operation only after ensuring that the cook house, vehicles, R|T sets, engines and equipment are in a safe place. (c) On the out-break of fire, electric current should be switched off at the main. (d) Fire caused by ignited oil should be smothered at once by means of earth or sand kept in receptacies placed in suitable positions for the purpose; and water should on no account be used. If chemical extinguishers of the foam type are available they can be used. If chemical extinguishers of the foam type are available they can be used. (e) As a draught of air will tend to increase the fire all doors and windows which are not necessary for ingress or agrees, should be closed. (f) All inflammable materials near the fire should be collected and carried to place of safety. (7) A human chain will be formed to bring water from the nearest effective water-supply source to the fire. If stirrup pump are used there will be saving of men who can best be employed to fetch water to ensure uninterrupted supply of water to the scene of fire. VI. Vulnerable zone - (a) The unit are containing specially inflammable materials, R|T Stations, charging engines, POL dump, vehicle park, explosive materials, live-magazine, ammunition and grenade dumps, should be marked ‘DANGER’ in red paint. (b) The Officer in-charge of fire fighting should post parties at the Danger Spots should the situation demand this precaution. The parties will be responsible for preventing the fire from spreading to these places. VII. How to fight the fire in Vulnerable Zones and other areas. - (1) Fire depends on three factors, viz: a) Combustion. b) Oxygen. c) Heat. If appropriate methods are employed the fire can be put down easily. Improper media to extinguish the fire will augment the fire. The Officer in-charge of fire fighting operation will give correct direction and suggest the appropriate methods in combating the particular type of fire. B. The following are the methods:- Sl. No. Type of fire. Remedy Remarks. 1. Fire caused by combustion. Remove fuel from Fire will go out due to neighbourhood of fire starvation. 2. Fire caused or induced Smothering by oxygen. By preventing or cutting of the supply of oxygen. If the oxygen supply is cut off no fire will burn. 3. Fire caused by heat. By reduction of heat. By cooling the substance below its ignition temperature. Water can be used on certain occasion to cool down the heat that causes fire. Although cooling can be achieved by use of water, which is the cheapest media, in modern manufacturing processes there are so many materials in which water is absolutely unsuitable to extinguish the fire, e.g., inflammable liquids like petrol or electrical fire. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 77 (C). To put out such fire, fire extinguishers alone are useful and they are grouped as follows:- 1. Soda Acid Extinguishers - (i) These are extinguishers exclusively designed and charged for extinguishing fires involving ordinary combustible materials. (ii) Uses of Soda Acid Extinguishers. - (a) It is effective for wool, paper, straw, jute, cotton and other burning substances. (b) It is effective but not so desirable (costly clothing, carpets and other furniture might get spoiled due to chemical action). (c) It is hazardous to (1) electrical fire, fires involving guishers. - (1) These are specially designed and charged with water, metals like sodium, aluminium, etc. 2. Foam Extinguishers (dry chemical powder extinguisher - (i) There are specially designed and charged with chemical solutions and are exclusively meant for extinguishing fires from liquids such as oils, fats, grease, etc. (ii) Uses and limitation of Foam Extinguishers - It can be used on all flammable liquids, miscible with water, e.g., petrol, kerosene oil, diesel oil, mobile oil, grease and paints. (iii) Are not so effective and desirable on fires involving liquids miscible with water, e.g., alcohol and glycerin. (Fine spray of water is ideal for such fires.) (iv) It is hazardous to - (a) Electrical risks; (b) Metal like sodium; (c) Waxes; and (d) Aluminium, et.

3. Carbon Tetro Chloride - CO2 Dry Chemical Extinguishers - (i) These are designed and charged with chemicals either liquids, dry or gaseous mainly to meet the requirement that may arise in the course of fighting fires involving light, electrical equipment, etc., where the use of electrically non-conductive agent is of foremost importance. (ii) Uses and limitations of C.T.C. Extinguishers - (a) These are effective to put out electrical fires involving switch gear, wiring motors (not closed type) and other electrical apparatus. (iii) These are not so effective but are useful to put out inflammable liquids excepting very small spills. (iv) These are hazardous to - (a) Metallic fires of magnesium group; (b) tightly packed bales of jute, cotton, paper, etc., in closed space; (c) hot metal surface where actually no combustion is taking place; (d) in the presence of water.

(v) Uses and limitations of CO2 Extinguishers (1) These are effective - (a) for all costly and delicate free burning materials, equipment where water damage is feared if soda acid is used; (b) specially suitable for fires in enclosed type of motors and other electrical apparatus where C.T.C. or similar other extinguisher may not be reaching the fire; (c) for fires in concealed or inaccessible spaces. (2) These are not effective on flammable liquid fire expecting small spills, flammable liquid fire, can be attacked with CO2 in the absence of foam, provided simultaneous attack is made from two sides. (3) These are hazardous to Magnesium and similar metallic fire. VIII. How to extinguish fire in thatched roofs and semi-permanent buildings. - (1) All articles in the adjacent buildings will be removed to a safe place free from fire hazards. (2) Special care should be given to arms, ammunition, cash, petrol, R|T equipment and charcoal. This will bring down the damage the minimum. 78 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (3) The fire on the thatch should at once be localized and should not be allowed to spread. (4) If necessary ladders can be employed to climb the roof and put down fire if no undue risks are involved. (5) Fire hooks and sickles will be employed to pull down the burning thatch from any basha type building. (6) Beaters will be used to beat the flames to extinguish them. Wet gunny bags, sand, water and fire extinguishers can be employed for the purpose. (7) The party detailed for that purpose will form Human Chains along with others who are available at the scene to supplement the water supply apart from the water available from fire crickets. IX. P.O.L. Fire - P.O.L. fire cannot be extinguished by water and by soda acid extinguishers as POL is very inflammable. In the case of POL fires sand should be used immediately to blanket the fire. Foam extinguishers are the ideal type for putting down such fires. X. Forest fire - (a) Forest fires require very special methods. (b) It may sometimes happen due to the exigencies of Service that Companies or parts of Companies are deployed in the jungle or hilly areas. Forest fires are common occurrences and every precaution must be taken against it. (c) If a forest fire occurs the following fire fighting methods will be adopted:- (1) Action mentioned in Standing Order 95, Paragraph IV, may be taken for dissemination of information. (2) Except the men needed to protect the Camp all will crush to the scene of jungle fire. (3) The Senior Officer present at the spot will direct the fire-fighting operation. (4) While the men run to the scene of fire they will carry - i) Wet gunny bags ii) Shovels iii) Fire buckets iv) Hooks v) Sickles vi) Beaters vii) Pick axes. For fighting jungle fire wet gunny bags are ideal. (5) On reaching the spot, the men will form an extended line at five feet intervals facing the fire and start beating or blanketing the fire with wet gunny bags. (6) Another party detailed by the Officer-in-charge of fire-fighting operations will cut a safety line or safe fire belt. (7) The safe fire belt will be cut, say 50 yards behind, by the removal of grass, plants and creepers to a width of 10 yards. The fire will not cross the safety belt because no inflammable material will be available in the safety belt area. (8) If there is a stream running from a hill top, the stream can be delivered to the scene of fire by digging the earth to make the water flow towards the scene of fire. (9) After the safety belt has been prepared, if the wind Direction is towards the jungle fire and if the Officers directing the fire-fighting operations is confident, about it, he may start a counter fire from the safety belt towards the jungle fire. This will minimize the fire hazard towards the Camp or Township area because the counter fire frees the area between safety fire belt and actual fire. (10) If the wind condition is not favourable and if it varies frequently the counter fire should not be resorted to. (11) Before resorting to a counter fire, care must be taken to withdraw the men between the safety belt and the fire area. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 79 (12) A counter fire should on no account be resorted to in places where previous battles have been fought because of the presence of blinds and other explosive substances which can cause havoc and great damage to life and property. (13) No counter fire should be started at suspected mine fields also. When the fire prevails over a suspected mine field the fire-fighting party should be at a safe distance and take proper shelter. No close quarter fire-fighting should be resorted to. (14) Every care must be taken to guard against rolling down of boulders from hill top at the time of hill | jungle fire. When a boulder starts rolling down, on hearing the noise men must judge themselves and run to a safe place without any loss of time. (15) A First-Aid party not less than two strong with necessary first-aid accessories will be present at the scene of fire. XI. After fire action - (1) Make absolutely certain that fire or fires have been completely extinguished before closing the fire-fighting. (2) The salvaged property will be carefully collected and accounted for and a report sent to the Officer commanding for onward transmission. The report should clearly indicate the items serviceable, unserviceable and repairable. (3) A Fire Incident Report will always be sent through the proper channel to the Commandant furnishing the following details:- (a) Time, date and exact place of occurrence. (b) How the fire originated, if known. (c) Detailed description of damage caused and casuality, if any. (d) Brief history of fire. (4) The injured, after the necessary First-Aid, should be rushed to the nearby hospital for further assistance. 96. Fire precautions - The following shall constitute one Unit of fire-fighting equipment: A. (1) Galvanised buckets 10 Litre capacity for water (or one for every 10square Metre) 4 (2) Galvanised buckets, 10 Litre capacity for sand 4 (3) Barrels gallons 40 capacity (for water storage) 2 (4) Hooks (one per every 20 Square Metres) 2 (5) Beaters 4 (6) Shovels 2 (7) Axes 2 (8) Crow bar 2 (9) Fire extinguishers with spare refill (one for every 50 Square Metres) 2 (10) Aluminium or metal ladder 15 feet long 1 (11) Stirrup Pump with rubber hose 20 feet long 2 (12) Sand heaps 2 (13) Fire rakes (one per every 20 Square Metres) 2 B. (1) Appropriate extinguishers must be kept at M.T. Park, POL dump, R|T Station and Aluminium dump, etc. (2) The fire-fighting equipment shall be painted in de Post Office red. (3) Over the fire buckets and other equipment the words Fire should be written prominently in black over red. (4) The fire-fighting equipment should be neatly arranged over a stand or rack. (5) The place where the fire stand is situated should be prominent and the area neatly cleaned for easy approach. C. (1) Each Platoon shall be provided with one Unit. (2) HQ Company can avail scale prescribed for platoons. 80 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (3) All Radio Stations including Radio Workshop and charging room will have a Fire Unit. (4) Each vehicle of the Unit including motor cycles shall have a fire extinguisher. (5) The POL dump shall have sand buckets and sufficient number of Foam Extinguishers. In place of every two water buckets one fire extinguisher shall be provided. The POL dump shall have two Fire Units. (6) Armoury shall have one Fire Unit. (7) Battalion Stores will have minimum two Fire Units. (8) The Rebrowning Centre will have one Fire Unit. (9) The Guard Room will have one Fire Unit. (10) In line huts twelve buckets for water and equal number for sand per 5,000 square feet shall be provided. D. (1) Ordinary buildings can be divided into two types - (i) Ordinary buildings with low fire habard, e.g., offices. (ii) Ordinary buildings with high fire hazard, e.g., record rooms, store rooms and godowns. 2. Buildings involving special risk on account of storages of oil chemicals or use of electrical equipment. The type of fires that occur in such buildings cannot be extinguished by application of water. Special types of fire extinguishers or dry sand will have to be used for fires in such buildings. 3. Scale of fire fighting appliances (i) Ordinary buildings with low fire hazard. One 10 litre water bucket for every 100 square metres of floor area or part thereof and one 9 litre soda acid extinguisher for every six buckets or part thereof with a minimum of one extinguisher and two buckets per compartment of the building. The appliances shall be so distributed over the entire floor area that a person shall not have to travel more than 90 metres from any point to reach the nearest appliance. 4. Ordinary buildings with high fire hazard - one 10 Litre Water bucket for every 10 square metres of floor area or part thereof and one nine litre soda acid extinguisher for every six buckets or part thereof with a minimum of two extinguishers and four buckets per compartment of the building. The appliances shall be so distributed over the entire floor area that a person shall not have to travel more than 15 metres from any point to reach the nearest appliance. In special cases, approved by the local Fire Officer, buckets may be dispended with, provided the supply of extinguishers is doubled. 5. Where an adequate supply of water is not available within a convenient radius of the Unit lines, arrangements should be made to store water in covered cisterns sufficient to fill up ten times all the available buckets. The required cisterns should be constructed. Anti-Mosquito breeding precautions should be taken. E. 1. Buckets containing sand require attention to prevent the caking of the contents due to the access of damp water. 2. The Orderly Officer and the Orderly Non-Commissioned Officers during their daily routine and the Officer Commanding Company during his weekly Barrack inspection should inspect the fire buckets and see that they are always kept filled with water or sand as the case may be. The water and sand in these buckets thoroughly cleaned once a week on Thursdays. 3. (i) The erection of temporary structures made of combustible materials within 10 metres of a permanent Government Office building is prohibited. Prior permission on the Fire Service Department should be obtained for the erection of any temporary structure in the compound of a Government building, provided that in the case of temporary sheds made of combustible materials erected by the Public Works Department or its contractors for storing building materials, or for any other purpose connected with their construction activities the Executive Engineer may authorize the construction, subject to the condition that the prescribed minimum safety distance of 10 metres from such shed to the nearest building is maintained. (ii) Galvanised iron buckets with water or sand and chemical fire extinguishers should be kept in easily accessible places in every building for use during fire. They should be located as THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 81 far as possible at the top and bottom of staircases or at the commencement and junctions of important corridors in each floor. The number of buckets and fire extinguishers to be provided should be as per scale. F. The following additional precautions against fire should also be taken:- 1. In Offices in which electric fans are provided the switches are put out. 2. None but safety matches are used in Offices. 3. Kerosene oil or any easily inflammable material is always stored in any out-building or godown. 4. The sealing of papers is always done under the direct supervision of a responsible Officer who should see that due care is taken; 5. No naked lights are used in any Office. All candles or wicks must be protected by glass; 6. Fire places for the preparation of pastes or glue are not allowed in or near any building; 7. Waste paper is not allowed to accumulate in large quantities in any Office. One or more receptacles is provided outside the building for waste paper sufficiently distant from the main building. Every evening the waste paper of the day is collected and put into one of the receptacles; 8. Fire buckets are kept always full of sand or water or in some cases it may be found suitable to keep half the number of buckets filled with water and half with sand; 9. Old furniture is not left lying about but disposed of at once; 10. Smoking in record rooms is strictly prohibited. 11. Dried leaves and other litter is removed from the top of terraces at intervals; 12. All restrictions and rules regarding lighting issued by the local Municipal of Fire Service authorities are strictly followed; 13. In hill stations where there are fire places for warming offices fire-guards of metal gauze or netting are provided in front of all fire places; and 14. All Main Switches and Heaters, etc., are switched off while closing the Office for the night. G. Other precautions to be taken are. - 1. Temporary sheds made of combustible materials should be separated from each other by an open space of at least 20 metres and from the nearest pucca gaps may serve as fire breaks. 2. The electrical wiring in the sheds should be protected with suitable conduct piping so as to prevent sparks due to any short circuit from worn out wiring. 3. The entire area of the sheds should not be cramped with furniture, etc., leaving only the minimum space for passage over crowding of staff in the sheds should be avoided and more moving space within the sheds should be allowed. H. 1. First Aid Kit at the rate of one per platoon should be provided. 2. At least one Section in every Platoon and one-third of the personnel in the Groups shall be trained in elementary fire fighting with the assistance of nearby Fire Service Units. After sufficient men are trained, programme is to be chalked out for them for refresher training once in 15 months in similar, lines as discussed above. I. The following instructions shall be strictly adhered to in places where Camps are situated in hilly areas and jungles. 1. For the protection of a Township from fire it would be necessary to have a fire line of 30 feet with out surrounding the entire camp area. 2. The grass in the fire line or fire gap, would have to be cut to the ground with a sickle and heaped in the middle where it would be buried completely. 3. The fire line or fire gap should always be kept clean sweeping all the leaves and burn them as and when possible. 4. Inflammable material in the vicinity should be cut and buried. 82 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 5. It should be the duty of the Post Commander to make the men familiar with fire fighting equipment and method of extinguishing fire. Every man should know the points. 6. There shall be rehearsals of Fire Alarm Practice once in fifteen days. 97. Mobile Column Alarm Orders - General - The Mobile Column Orders herein laid down prescribe the course of Military Action to be taken when calls are received in peace time to proceed to a place where there is an isolated disturbance of out-break. 2. Alarm - The mobile Column Alarm will be given:- (a) by sounding the Alarm call on the bugle followed by the fall-in call and repeated 4 or 5 times. (b) by the centry beating the ghurry continuously for at least three minutes. (c) by firing two Green Verey Lights. Note: For practice purpose Green Verey Lights will not be fired. 3(a) Procedure when more than one Company is stationed in a post:- (i) The Duty Company at the time will automatically become the In-lying Pickets. (ii) The men of the Duty Company who are not on guard duty will immediately fall-in, in any dress at the Administration Block or at any other place indicated by the Company Commander and will be deputed for fatigue duties to help the Column Company to get ready for the move in the least possible time. The Platoon Commanders of this Duty Company will supervise the fatigue duties allotted to these men. (iii) Column - The Company other than the Duty Company or the Stand-by company will wall-in with the least possible delay fully armed and equipped in Battle Order. Note:- Where speed is essential and when so ordered “Light Battle Order” will be worn. Light Battle Order will always be kept ready in Barracks so that men can always turn out in this dress at a moments notice. The dress for all operations in the field will be “Battle Order” unless otherwise ordered. “Light Battle Order” and “Battle Order” will consist of the articles mentioned in Appendices XVI and XVII. (b) Procedure when only one Company is stationed in a post: - (i) The Platoon on Guard duty at the time will automatically become the in-lying Picket and the Platoon Commander will become the Orderly Officer and Officer Commanding the Post during the Company Commander’s absence. (ii) The men of this Platoon who are not on guard duty will immediately fall-in, in any dress at the Administration Block and will be deputed for fatigue, such as distributing ammunition, drawing water for water bottles, shifting rations, stores, etc. This Platoon Commander will supervise this work. (iii) The Column will be made up of the other two Platoons of the Company and will fall-in with the least possible delay fully armed and equipped in “Battle Order”, or otherwise indicated. 4. Ammunition - The following scales of ammunition will be taken : - (a) On the man - 50 Rounds per Rifle. 12 Rounds per Pistol. 350 Rounds per Bren (Carried in Magazines) 90 Rounds per Thompson (Carried in Magazines) (b) In Company 4,000 Rounds in full boxes. 24 Grenades. 4 Verey Light Pistol. 12 White Verey Light Cartridges. 4 Red Verey Light Cartridges. 3 Green Verey Light Cartridges. 36 Rounds of Ballistite. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 83 (c) Each Platoon will be provided with one G.F. Rifle with a discharger cup and one Very Light Pistol, One L.M.G. per Section in the scale. (d) The column will carry a Riot Flag and a Megaphone for every Platoon. 5. Transport - The Transport Officer on hearing the alarm signal will immediately detail sufficient number of vehicles for the move of the Company either to the scene or to the nearest Railway Station. All Drivers accompanying the Column will be armed with Pistols and 12 rounds of ammunition each. 6. Medical - Cover one First Aid Box and one Stretcher for every Platoon will be carried along with the baggage. 7. Communication - The wireless set and Staff attached to the Company will move along with the Column. All the Staff will be armed with Rifles and 50 rounds of ammunition each and they will be in Battle Order. Communication with Battalion Headquarters will be established as soon as Column reaches the destination. 8. Baggage - (a) Before felling in each man will place his pack containing the following articles in a pre-selected spot. Blanket One Ground Sheet One Jersey One Mug One Veshti One Plate One (Classing materials - Black Polish, Brush Black, Brasso, Rags and Plannelette). (b) Junior Officers may take small bedding rolls in lieu of the blanket. (c) The following quantity of rations, cooking utensils and fatigue implements will be carried by the Column along with the baggage. 1. Ration for one week 2. Platoon cooking utinsels Three sets. 3. Pick axe Six numbers. 4. Mammoties Nine numbers. 5. Knives Nine numbers. 6. Buckets with rope Six numbers. 7. Hurricane lanterns Six numbers. 8. K. Oil tin One number. 9. Axes felling Three numbers. 10. Shovels Six numbers. (d) The baggage will be checked and taken over by the Company Quarter Master Havildar who will be responsible for taking them in a lorry to the place of destination or Railway Station. Note: (i) In hilly places and where the climate conditions warrant, morg winter clothing and where men have to reach the destination by foot, the following procedure will be followed for carrying ration, etc., with them. (ii) The rations for the entire party should be divided amongst all members so that every one can march easily with an average load of 25 KG. Marches for several days at short notice from a base point to a forward post to reinforce the strength there, in case of necessity or for withdrawal from a forward post to a base point in case of an emergency make it necessary for the men to know what are all the essential articles they must carry with them. (iii) The following is suggested as the yard-stick to be adopted by the Officer Commanding in all Mobile Column practices during deployment in Hill areas. (iv) A trained soldier is expected to march with an average minimum load of 25 Kg. He must be prepared to carry more loads when circumstances warrant it. How this weight is made up for 5 days march is illustrated below: - 84 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (v) Articles 1. Pack (with blanket) 2 Jersey 1 Cap Comforter 1 weight - 6.500 KG. 2. Rations eligible per men per day to be carried in pack. (In K.Gs.) Rice 0.450 (for 5 days x 1.300 = 6.500) Atta 0.230 Dhall 0.130 Sugar 0.60 Tea 0.09 Salt 0.20 Veg. Ghee 0.80 Milk TD 0.100 Potato TD 0.80 Vegetable TD 0.90 Onion 0.60 Total 1.309 or 1.300 KG. 3. Haversack (with Khaki Shirt 1, Short 1, Mess Tin set, Bath towel 1, Socks Pr. 1, First Field 2.500 KG. dressing 1 and boot lace pair 1). 4. Water bottle filled with water. 2.000 KG. 5. Equipment (web belt, braces left and right, Pouches 2.000 KG ammunition, bayonet frog with bayonet and scabbard). 6. Ammunition 50 rounds 1.500 KG 7. Rifle with sling 4.000 KG Total 25.000 KG. In summer, i.e., during monsoon, rain coat will take the place of one blanket and jersey and cap comforter replaced by the ground sheet. The total weight of 25 KG. will have to be carried by an individual only on the first day of the march. It will start decreasing at the rate of 1.300 KG a day due to consumption of rations. Men will march with khaki pant, shirt and jungle boots during winter and khaki shirt, khaki short and jungle boot with socks during summer. 9. If the column is likely to operate or near road side, cycles may be taken for its use. 10. Contingencies. - The Officer Commanding the column will arrange to take sufficient money with him to meet any expenses that are likely to be incurred when the column is away on duty. 11. Escorts - Escorts will be supplied on the following scale : (a) For small arms ammunition Reserve : Company Havildar Major. One Constable per Platoon - Four Rifles. (b) For baggage Guard: Company Quarter Master Havildar (Armed) Company Mess Orderly (Armed) One Rifle Section of minimum strength of one Non-Commissioned Officer and three men (Armed) Followers (un-Armed) - Six Rifle minimum. (c) This strength of the escort may be increased at the discretion of the Column Commander depending on the situation. 12. Defence of posts. - (a) As soon as the column has left, the Officer Commanding the Duty Company | the Platoon Commander of the Duty Platoon will order his men to dress and put on THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 85 equipment. He will issue them arms and ammunition at the rate of 50 rounds per Rifle and 700 rounds per bren gun, and will detail them to their Alarm Posts for defending the post in cases of emergency. (b) He will see that the Wireless Station is kept open to have contact with the column. 98. Post Defence Alarm Orders - General - The Post Defence Alarm Scheme should be designed and drafted for every post of the Special Police Unit taking into consideration the topography of the Post and its surroundings. Every post will have a Defence Scheme and Plan approved by the Commandant. This scheme will be under the personal custody of the Post Commander and will be handed over to his successor under acknowledgement. The following headings are the general principles on which such Schemes are to be drafted. 1. Information - (a) Indicate the Post to be defended. (b) Under whose orders the Scheme may be brought into operation for Practice and Active Service purposes. 2. Defence responsibility - (a) Who will be responsible for the defence of the post? (b) Who will be in command of the Post? 3. Defence Alarm Signal - What are the Signals to be used (1) For Practice purposes. (2) For Active Service. 4. Action to be taken - (a) Indicate immediate action to be taken by Quarter Guard and Sentries. (b) By Orderly Officer. (c) Arrangements for rapid distribution of Arms and Ammunition - Ammunition parties - Arrangements at Bell of Arms - Magazine, etc. (d) Scale of ammunition to be issued. Note : Ammunition parties will collect and distribute their Unit Ammunition before collecting their own Arms. (e) Immediate occupation of Defence posts Indicate are of fire. (f) One Man per Platoon to have Grenade Discharger fitted. (g) Arrangements for Passwords. (h) Fixation of W/T Communication times. 5. Post Defence Plan - A Post Defence Plan will be drawn up showing all buildings, roads and other important features within the Camp perimeter; also all Company, Platoon and Section Sectors with all Unit Headquarters clearly and neatly marked. Plan to be kept in personal custody of the Officer Commanding Post. 6. Defence Sectors - (a) Indicate where Defence Post Headquarters will be located. (b) Indicate separately and clearly all Sub-Unit Headquarters and sectors by reference to buildings or other clearly defined land marks. Also indicate the are of fire for all sectors. 7. Operation Order. - (a) Clear orders to be given to Sub-Unit Commanders following the usual sequence of :- Information Intention Method Administrative arrangements. Inter Communication. (b) Indicate General task of Sub-Units including positions of Sub-Unit and Fire tasks of each. Also positions of neighbouring Units. (c) Lay down for all Section Defence Posts:- (i) Routine by day. (ii) Routine by night. 86 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (d) Detailing of runners. (e) Medical arrangements. (f) Lighting arrangements (g) Arrangements for moving patrols. (h) In the even of withdrawal from perimeter line, indicate final stand to positions. (i) Wireless arrangements. (j) Protection of Water supplies. (k) Principles of “Shoot-to-kill” and “to the last man and to the last round”. (l) Protection and maintenance of Transport in running order. (m) Guarding of Treasure, Arms and Ammunition. (n) Reserves of Ammunition. (o) Reserves of ration. (p) Reserves of Kerosine Oil and Petrol. 99. Scheme - Instructions for drawing Fire Alarm Scheme - Post Fire Alarm Schemes will be drawn up for each Post in accordance with the Instructions noted below:- 1. Information - (a) Indicate the Post for which the Scheme is intended 2. Action to be taken - (a) Immediate extinguishing and isolation by first person noticing Fire, failing which. (b) Indicate who should be informed at once. (c) Methods and means for rapid dissemination of Fire Alarm. (d) Location of fire fighting apparatus store. (e) Collection of fire fighting implements to the scene of fire and by whom. (f) Selection of rallying points near scene of fire. (g) Action by Duty Orderly Officer. (h) Formation of Cordon round scene of fire by portion of duty Platoon, Arms and Ammunition to be taken. (i) Formation of (Human Chain). (j) Best use of fire extinguisher, water, sand, stirrup pumps, Fire Hooks, Fire Rakes, Fire sickles, etc. (k) Be certain, fire is extinguished. (l) Dismissed or closure of operations. (m) Disposal of salvaged property. (n) Reporting extent of damage to Office. 100. Scheme - Instructions for drawing post Defence Alarm Scheme - Post Defence Alarm Scheme will be drawn up for each post in accordance with the instruction and headings noted below:- (1) Information - (a) Indicate the post to be defended. (b) Under whose orders the scheme may be brought into operation for practice and Active Service purposes. (2) Defence responsibility - (a) Who will be responsible for the Defence of the Post? (b) Who will be in Command of the Post. (3) Defence Alarm Signal - What Alarm Signals will be used for Active Service and Practice purposes. (4) Action to be taken - (a) Immediate Action by Quarter Guard and Sentries. (b) By Orderly Officer. (c) Arrangements for rapid distribution of Arms and Ammunition. Ammunition parties - Arrangements at Bell of Arms, Magazine, etc. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 87 (d) Scale of Ammunition to be issued. Note: Ammunition Parties will collect and distribute their Unit Ammunities before collecting their own Arms. (e) Immediate Occupation of Defence Posts. (f) One man per Platoon to have grenade dischargers fitted. (g) Arrangements for Pass Words. (h) Fixation of W/T Communication times. (5) Post Defence Plan - A Post Defence Plan will be drawn up showing all buildings, roads and other important features with in the camp perimeter also all company, platoon and section Sectors with all Unit Headquarters clearly and neatly marked. Plan to be kept in personal custody of the Officer Commanding Post. (6) Defence Sectors - (a) Indicate where Deference Post quarters will be located. (b) Indicate Separately and Clearly all Sub-Unit Headquarters and Sectors by reference to buildings or other clearly defined Land Marks. 7. Operation Orders - (a) Clear orders to be given to Sub-Unit Commanders following the usual sequence of :- Information. Intention. Method. Administrative Arrangements. Inter Communications. (b) Indicate General task of Sub-Units including Positions of Sub-Unit and Fire Tasks of each. Also Positions of neighbouring Units. (c) Lay Down for all Sections defence Posts. (i) Routine by day. (ii) Routine by night. (d) Detailing of Runners. (e) Medical Arrangements. (f) Lighting Arrangements. (g) Arrangements for moving patrols. (h) In the event of withdrawal from perimeter line, indicate final Stand Positions. (i) Wireless Arrangements. (j) Protection of Water Supplies (k) Principle of “to the last man and to the last round”. (l) Protection and maintenance of transport in running order. (m) Guarding of Treasure, Arms and Ammunition (n) Reserve Ammunition (o) Reserve Food. (p) Reserve of Kerosene oil and petrol

8) General - a) Arrangements for holding practices. b) Safe Custody of Defence Alarm Scheme Orders. 88 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER VII 101. Guards - General - 1) Protective Guards will be mounted over the Administration Blocks in all Armed Police Posts. These Guards will function as ceremonial Guards by day and tactical Guards by night. The general rules as laid down in Chapter XIV of the Drill and Training Manual for the use of the Tamil Nadu Police will be followed. 2) The normal tour of duty of a guard will be 24 hours. 102. Guards Duties of Duty Non - Commissioned Officer - 1) The Battalion Non-commissioned Officer will be detailed daily from the duty company of the day from among the Havildars in turn. 2) His tour of duty will be from Reveille to Reveille. 3) The orderly Non-Commissioned Officer will always be in uniform throughout his tour of duty. 4) His duties will be a) To parade the sick at the Parade Ground at the appointed time, enter their names in the sick Report Book and report to the Battalion Orderly Officer. b) To march the sick to the Hospital c) To attend guard mounting parade. d) To supervise the work of sanitary workers e) To carry out pack-drill and extra parades and make relevant entries in the Defaulter Book and report to the officer Commanding. f) To accompany the orderly Officer on his inspection of the camp. g) To be present at the noon and night meals and to report to the Orderly Officer any breach of discipline. h) To see that all lights are extinguished at “Lights-Out”. i) to remain present in the camp throughout his tour of duty and to bring any unusual happenings immediately to the notice of the Orderly Officer. 5) Apart from the Battalion Orderly Non-Commissioned Officer, each company whether stationed at Battalion Headquarters or at out station will detail daily an Orderly Non-Commissioned Officer from among the Naiks and Lance Naiks in turn. 6) The duty of the Company Orderly Non-Commissioned Officer will be. a) To march the sick personnel of the company to the Quarter Guard at the appointed time and report before the Battalion Orderly Non-Commissioned Officer. b) To march the sick to the Hospital. c) To inspect the latrines, Cook-house and sanitation of the company lines. d) To produce the Sick Parade Book at Orderly Room, to receive passports of men to be admitted in Hospital and to take them to the Medical Officer. e) To accompany the Orderly Officer on his inspection of the company lines. f) To be present at the mess during all meals parade time and also when break-fast is served in the morning. g) To see that all lights are extinguished at “Lights Out”. (h) To remain present in the Guard room/Coy lines out his tour of duty and brings any unusual happenings of company immediately to the notice of the Company Commanding Orderly Officer. 103. Guards-Guard Commander- (a) he will personally relieve all sentries every two hours, and see that the Sentry Relief Book is properly maintained, all entries being in ink. (b) He will be responsible for the safe custody of all Government properties in the neighbour hood of the guard room and sentry post. (c) He will take over charge of all arms and ammunition in the Bell of Arms, and will be present whenever it is opened. He will enter in the sentry relief book, or any other book that THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 89 may be maintained for the purpose, the time when arms and ammunitions are removed from or placed in the Bell-of-arms, together with the as to the number and nature of the articles. (d) He will be responsible for the safe custody of all the keys deposited in the Guard room, all handing over and taking over of keys will be recorded in the Sentry Relief Book both parties signing. (e) He will be responsible for the discipline of the guard. (f) He will be responsible that sentries and all men of the guard understand their duties. (g) He will see that each sentry clearly understand the extent of his beat. (h) He will satisfy himself that each man knows his alarm post. (i) He will take a pride in seeing that the Guard room and its vicinity are spick and span, as a unit will be judged by its guard and guard room. Pieces of paper, loose threads, straw etc., should not be found lying about the place. (j) He will see that all seals and locks are in tact. (k) He will inform the Officer Commanding the Post or the Orderly Officer of the day, of any untoward or unusual occurrence which comes to his notice. (l) He will see that a lamp is kept burning in a safe position the Guard Room during the hours of darkness. In case the Guard Room is electrified, it is enough if a lamp is prescribed for emergency. (m) The cash chest entrusted in the guard room, should be taken from the Guard room only by the person who actually operates the cash. It is the duty of the Guard Commander to see that the cash chest is not handed over to any other person. Whenever cash chests are entrusted with the guard or handed over appropriate entries should be made in the Sentry Relief Book should be signed by both parties in each other presence. 104. Guard- Orderly Officer- (1) The duties of the Orderly Officer will normally be performed in rotation by all officers at Battalion Headquarters, and when the company is on out station duty by all officers and Platoon Havildars including Havildar Major of the Company except the Officer Commanding the Company. (2) Tour of duty- The tour of duty of the Orderly Officer will be twenty-four hours from 16.30 hours. (3) Duties - His duties will be (a) To mount the new guard and dismiss the old guard. (b) To turn out the guard and check sentries once by day and once by night after 23.00 hours during his tour of duty. (c) To enter his remarks as to the condition of the Guard, Guard-room, Sentries, etc., in the Sentry-Relief-Book. (d) To inspect the following once during his tour of duty:- (i) Barracks (ii) Administration Block. (iii) Bell of arms. (iv) Kitchens. (v) Canteen. (vi) Latrines. (vii) Incinerators. (viii) Hospital. (ix) Visiting Officers quarters. (x) Camp sanitation. (e) To be present at all meals to receive complaints if any. (f) To visit the sick once during his tour. 90 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (g) To be present at all Roll-Calls. (h) To attend morning sick parade and to see that the sick are properly dressed and that there are no malingerers. (i) To take reports from Non-commissioned Officer in-charge barracks at “Lights Out” and to see that all unauthorised are extinguished. (j) To attend Orderly-Room. (k) To take part in or attend organised games. (h) To inspect and lock up the Bell of Arms and check the Bell of Arms Register. (m) In case of fire or other alarm, to proceed at once to the scene of the outbreak or alarm post, sending word to his Commanding Officer and expeditiously to take such measures as he consider advisable. (n) To be responsible to the Commandant/Company Commander for the general cleanliness and sanitation of the post. (o) To report any unusual occurrence to the Officer Commanding Post as soon as possible after taking whatever immediate action is necessary. (p) Not to leave the camp during his tour of duty. (q) To wear uniform throughout his tour of duty except when attending games and at night Roll Call. (r) To complete and submit in a report in the prescribed form to the Post Commander before 11.00 hours on the day he is relieved. 105. Guard-Mounting Procedure - (1) Time - Guard mounting time will normally be 16.30 hours daily. For special reasons it may be held at other times with the approval of the Commandant. When it is not possible because of some practical difficulties to mount the Guard at 1630 hours. i.e., when Companies are stationed out side Battalion Headquarters and are deployed for various duties and the men return to Camp late at night, the Guard mounting parade will be held at 08.00 hours. (2) Sick Orderly - For Ceremonial Guards an extra man will be deputed to allow for the cleanest man being excused Guard duty. The man so excused shall be named the “Stick Orderly”. His duty shall be to wait on the Commandant or Senior Officer in the Station in his Office and to perform the duties of a “Runner”. He will wear his Guard mounting uniform with side arms (Bayonet in Scabbard) and cane. (3) Parading - On the half-hour bugle call for Guard Mounting (i.e. half an hour before Guard mounting time) the Duty Non-Commissioned Officer will parade the Guards and inspect them in the Company or Platoon lines. (4) On the “Quarter Call” for Guard mounting (i.e., a quarter of an hour before the Guard mounting time) the Guards will be marched to the Guard mounting parade ground by the Duty Non-Commissioned Officer and handed over to the Orderly Officer. (5) On the “Fall-in-call” the Orderly Officer will call MARKER. The Guard Commander will advance two paces in front of the Orderly Officer HALT, ORDER-ARAMS and STAND-AT-EASE. (6) On the Orderly Officer’s Command “ DUTIES-ON-PARADE”, the Guard will march on to the Marker, Order Arms and Stand-at-ease. (7) The orderly Officer will place himself 30 paces in front of the Guard and the Duty Non-Commissioned Officer on the right of the Guard at five paces distance. (8) Guards will be formed up in line. If the Guard is commanded by an Officer, he will be three paces in front to the centre and the Senior Non-Commissioned Officer on the right of the Guard. If the Guard is commanded by a Non-Commissioned Officer, he will be on the right of the Guard, and will not be covered, the next senior Non-commissioned Officer (if any) being on the left and will not be covered. (9) An Officer Commanding a Guard shall not be called upon to act as a MARKER. (10) The senior Non-Commissioned Officer Commanding the first Guard if more than one guard shall be the MARKER. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 91 (11) The bugler will fall-in one pace to the right of the Guard Commander. II. Procedure - Commands by Orderly Officer - (a) GUARD-ATTENTION. (b) GUARD WILL FIX BAYONETS-GUARD FIX BAYONETS-ATTENTION (Guard commander and Second-in-Command will not fix bayonets). (c) GUARD-RIGHT-DRESS - The Duty Non-Commissioned Officer will carry out the dressing of the Guard by turning to the left. On completion of the dressing, he will turn to his front, and remain in his original position. (d) GUARD-NUMBER. Note.-(a) Here the Orderly Officer advances to inspect the Guard and will be joined by the Duty Non-Commissioned Officer in time to meet in front of the Guard Commander at the same time. (b) After the inspection, the Orderly Officer will return to his position 30 paces in front of the Guard and the Duty Non-Commissioned Officer to his place on the right of the Guard. (e) GUARD WILL UNFIX-BAYONETS-UNFIX-ATTENTION. (f) FOR INSPECTION-PORT-ARMS Orderly Officer and Duty Non-Commissioned Officer act as in note d (a), above except that after the inspection of arms, both will align themselves five paces at a right incline to the Guard Commander. (g) EXAMINE - ARMS After the examination of arms, the Orderly Officer returns to his position 30 paces in front of and facing the Guard and the Duty Non-Commissioned Officer to his position on the right of the Guard. (h) GUARD-ATTENTION (i) GUARD WILL FIX BAYONETS GUARD(S), FIX-BAYONETS- ATTENTION (Guard Commander and Second in command will not fix bayonets). At this stage the “Stick orderly” will be selected and dismissed. Turn-out and performance on parade will decide the man to be dismissed. He will be dismissed on the following command. “NO ( ) FRONT (OR REAR) RANK-COMMANDING OFFICERS ORDERLY-COMMANDING OFFICERS ORDERLY DISMISS”. (j) CLOSE ORDER-MARCH. (k) RIGHT-DRESS- as in sub-paragraph (c) of procedure above. (l) AS A GUARD-NUMBER (Right hand man No. 1 rear rank right hand man No. 2, fron rank No.2 will number 3 and his Rear rank man will number 4 and as on) (m) SLOPE-ARMS. (n) GUARD-COMMANDER-TAKE-OVER- Guard Commander will salute, take two paces forward, turn about and him self two paces in the rear and in the centre of his Guard. The Bugler will take two paces forward along with the Guard Commander turn left and place himself in front and centre of the Guard. III. COMMANDS BY THE NEW GUARD COMMANDER –(A) GUARD-BY THE RIGHT- QUICK-MARCH. (b) GUARD CHANGE DIRECTION-RIGHT-FORM (c) FORWARD (d) CHANGE-DIRECTION LEFT-LEFT FORM (to be given after 6 paces). (e) FORWARD. (Here the Orderly Officer in his original position turns left to receive the salute). (f) NEW GUARD-EYES-LEFT. (g) NEW-GUARD-EYES-FRONT The Orderly Officer, after receiving the salute will order the Duty NCO to fall out and accompany him to the changing of the Guard. 92 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL IV. COMMANDS BY OLD AND NEW GUARD-COMMANDERS.- On the approach of the New Guard the old Guard will be turned out to exchange compliments and to hand over. The New Guard will be halted 10 metres in front of the old-Guard. The Guard Commander will now place himself on the right of his Guard. The Bugler will take his position one pace from the right of the Guard Commander. 2. As soon as this is completed, the following commands will be given by the guards. (a) OLD GUARD PRESENT-ARMS (b) NEW GUARD PRESENT-ARMS. (c) OLD GUARD SLOPE ARMS. (d) NEW GUARD SLOPE ARMS. (e) OLD GUARD ORDER-ARMS. (f) NEW GUARD ORDER ARMS. (g) OLD GUARD STAND-AT-EASE. (h)NEW GUARD STAND-AT-EASE. 3. The old guard Commander will then take up a position in front of the 1st sentry of the new guard and the new guard commander in rear of the new sentry. The new guard Commander will order No. I SENTRY TO THE GUARD ROOM QUICK-MARCH. On arrival in the guard room the New Sentry will sign the Sentry Relief Book in the presence of the new and the old Guard Commanders in token of having taken over his post. On completion of the above the New Guard Commander will give “No. I SENTRY-TO-YOUR POST QUICK-MARCH”. The three will thereupon march and halt with the new sentry on the left of the old sentry. The old and new guard Commanders will stand in front of their respective guard sentries and will read over the guard rules after which the new guard Commander will give “SENTRY HAND OVER YOUR POST” followed by “ SENTRIES PASS”. The old sentry will take two paces forward, and the New Sentry two paces to his RIGHT-ORDER ARMS AND STAND-AT-EASE. The old sentry will be given “TO YOUR GUARD QUICK MARCH”. He will then take up his position in the right of the old guard, ORDER ARMS AND STAND-AT-EASE. 4. Both Guard commanders will then enter the guard room and proceed to hand over and take over. Afterwards, both Guard Commanders will join their guards. 5. Both guards will be called to attention and slope arms. 6. The Old Guard Commanders will give “OLD GUARD MOVE TO THE RIGHT IN FILE- RIGHT-TURN-QUICK-MARCH-LEFT-WHEEL”. 7. The New Guard commander will give “NEW GUARD PRESENT-ARMS”. 8. The old Guard Commander will give “OLD GUARD EYES-LEFT” and after passing the new Guard “EYES-FRONT”. 9. The new Guard Commander will give “NEW GUARD SLOPE-ARMS. The New Guard will be ordered RIGHT TURN and marched on to the “Turning-Out-Line” in front of the Guard Room. The Guard Rules will be read out and reliefs detailed. 10. The New Guard Commander will then give “NEW GAURD TO THE GUARD ROOM- DISMISS”. 11. The old Guard will be marched on to the Guard Mounting Line for inspection by the Orderly Officer. The procedure will be as for Guard Mounting. 12. After inspection, the Old Guard will be dismissed from the Parade Ground. They will march smartly off the Parade Ground at the Slope to the Bell-of-Arms. 13. The Duty Non-Commissioned Officer will after the old Guard is dismissed march in front of and report to the Orderly Officer for orders or instructions, if any. If any reports are given, the Duty Non-Commissioned Officer will report forthwith to the Company Commander concerned. NOTES.- When an Officer is in-charge of the Guard he will fail in before the Guards/is/are presented to the Orderly Officer. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 93 14. Should an officer senior to the Orderly Officer take guard Mounting Parade, the Orderly Officer will hand over the parade, and take up a position two paces to the right of the Duty Non-Commissioned Officer. 15. He will however go round on inspection together with the officer taking the guard mounting. 16. Deputy Superintendent of Police will take at least one guard mounting parade during their inspection. 17. It must be borne in mind by all ranks that a unit is judged by its guards and sentries. Therefore, at all times when on guard duty a man must be at his best in both turn-out and smartness. V. RELIEVING AND POSTING OF SENTRIES AND MARCHING RELIEFS.- (1) Reliefs of more than four men will be formed in single file, when of four men or more they will be marched in file (in streets or narrow places reliefs should always be marched in single file) when marching reliefs the Guard Commander will be on the right of the rear file or man. (2) The New Guard Commander accompanied by the old Guard Commander, will order “NO. I SENTRY TO YOUR POST QUICK-MARCH” and will order “RELIEF HALT” when in front of the sentry to be relieved, the new sentry will fall out from the relief and taken up position on the left of the old sentry facing the same direction. (3) The old and new Guard Commander will face the sentries and will read over the Guard rules after which the new Guard Commander will order “SENTRY HAND OVER YOUR POST” followed by “SENTRY PASS”. The old sentry will take two paces forward and join the relief while the new sentry will take two paces to his right, ORDER ARMS AND STANDS-AT-EASE. The old sentry will be marched off to his guard on the command “TO YOUR GUARD-QUICK MARCH”. (4) When a sentry, to be posted to a NEW POST reaches the post assigned to him, he will be ordered to halt and face in the required direction. The Guard Commander will then read out and explain the orders to him. The object for which he is posted, the frontage of his post and the extent of his beat will be clearly pointed out to a sentry when first posted. (5) Sentries must not quit their arms, lounge or converse with any one on any pretext. Sentries when moving off on their boats will turn to their right and left correctly and will move in quick time at the slope. On arrival at the end of their beat they will turn outwards to the left or right about as the case may be without halting. When halted they will face their front and stand properly at ease. They will not halt on their beat, except in fron of their post, unless to pay compliments or when challenging. (6) During hours of darkness sentries should avoid bright light as bright light dazzles and affect the sentries own eyes and he will not be able to see clearly. Bright light present the sentry as a clear target to anyone wanting to attack the sentry. 106. Guards - Paying Compliments-Instructions - (a) Guards will turn out at the commencement of the “Reveille and Retreat” and Last Post (Tattoo) and the Guard Commander will inspect them carefully. They will also turn out at all times when Armed parties of any branch of the Service approach their posts. To a Battalion of Infantry or equivalent by day, they will Present Arms and before other Armed parties they will stand with Sloped Arms. (b) At all times between “Reveille and Retreat” Guards will turn out and Present Arms to His Excellency the Governor of Tamil Nadu, Ministers of Union and State Governments and they Inspector-General of Police. (c) They will turn out and Present Arms once a day on their first appearance to the following Officers:- (i) The Senior Gazetted officers in Headquarters. (ii) All Gazetted Officer of and above the rank of Superintendent of Police. (iii) General and Field Officers of the Army of and above the rank of Major and their equivalents in the Navy and Air Force. (iv) District Judges. 94 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (v) District Collectors. (vi) Magistrates of the First Class. (d) Honours will be paid by Sentries as follows:- (A) Present Arms to - (i) Gazetted Officers of the Police Department. (ii) General and Field Officers of the Army of and above the rank of Major and their equivalent in the Navy and Air Force. (iii) District Judges. (iv) Collectors. (v) Magistrates of the First Class. (vi) Armed Parties. (vii) Any dead body that is being carried along roads in front of a Guard Room or Sentry Post. (B) Butt Salutes to - (i) Non-Gazetted Officers of the of and above the rank of Sub-Inspectors of the Armed Police Unit and Reserve Sub-Inspectors of Armed Reserve. (ii) Gazetted Officers of the Armed Service, below Field Rank (i.e.) Captain and below. (iii) Un-Armed Parties - The Guard will not “Turn out” after “Retreat” and before “Reveille”, except at “tattoo”. The Guard will “Stand to” on the approach of an armed party, in cases of alarm or to receive “Visiting Rounds”, and during this period they will not pay any compliments except to “Visiting Rounds”. The Inspecting Officer after inspecting the positions may order the Guards to close and “Fall in” to inspect them. Between “Retreat” and “Reveille” sentries will not pay any compliments to any officer, but as long as he can discern an officer he will come to his fron on the Officer’s approach and stand steady at the slope till he has passed. 107. Sentries - Duties of - (a) He will make sure that he knows exactly the extent of his Beat. (b) He will take charge of Government property near his post, after ascertaining exactly what building and property he as expected to watch over. (c) He will move about his post in a smart and vigilant manner. (d) He will given warning of fire or any unusual occurrence to the Guard Commander or to the nearest Officer or Non-Commissioned Officer. (e) Pay proper compliments to Officers according to their rank, turning out the Guard as necessaryin accordance with paragraph 3 of these orders. (f) He will take an intelligent interest in the situation of his Posts and what is happening around him. (g) He will not quit his post without being properly relieved. (h) During nights the sentry on duty nearest to the Guard Room, is responsible for waking the Guard Officer five minutes before the sentries are due to be relieved, for the Guard Officer to mount the next sentries. (i) One the approach of a person or persons during the hours of darkness, the Sentry should call out in a sharp tone “HALT WHO COMES THERE” and at the same time come to the ‘ON GUARD” position. (The words of challenge should also be repeated in the regional language. When the approaching person is a stranger and when there is reasonable apprehension of an attack from him or when two or more persons approach, the sentry should call out the Guard. (j) If the approaching person or persons at once halt and reply satisfactorily, the sentry will say “ADVANCE” (or advance one at a time in the case of two or more persons) “TO BE RECOGNISED”. After the person or persons have been recognised by means of passes or otherwise, the sentry or the Guard Commander will say “Pass, all is well”. After the person or persons have passed, the sentry will slope arms and the guard, if turned out will fall out to the Guard Room. (k) If a person fails to halt and reply when challenged, the sentry should turn out the guard and the Guard Commander will then institute enquiries and take such action as is required to THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 95 deal with the situation. Fire should be opened, if considered necessary. Normally sentries will carry their ammunition in their pouches in charger clips or ammunition holders. It will however be open for the Officer Commanding post to order the sentries at a particular post to (a) Charge magazines, (b) Loa rifle during hours of darkness or round the clock depending on the local condition. Whenever rifles are so loaded, particular care should be taken to ensure that (i) Safety catch is applied, (ii) Rifle is not banged on the ground while ordering arms. If a person cannot satisfactorily explain his presence, he should be detained in the guard room and a report sent at once to the Station Officer. (l) If the approaching person is a Visiting Officer, and replies “Visiting Rounds” the entry, after satisfying himself regarding his identity, should call out the guard. The guard and sentries will take up their alarm posts and if the Officer wishes to inspect the correctness of arms and ammunition, the Guard Commander will order the guard to fall in for inspection after which the guard will fall out to the guard room. 108. Standing Guards-Rules-For all standing guards, printed/typed orders in English and Tamil shall be issued by the Commandant and hung up in the guard room. These orders shall contain instructions on the following points:- 1. The strength of the guard. 2. The number of arms and the quantity of ammunition. 3. The number of men to be present during the day and during the night. 4. (a) The number of sentries required to be posted during the day and during the night, specifying their exact position, the extent of their beats and their duties and responsibilities. (b) The exact position and the duty and responsibility of each member of the guard, on the guard turning out during night. 5. The arms and ammunition to be carried by sentries by day and by night. 6. The periods of sentries-go. 7. The posting and relief of sentries. 8. The maintenance of Sentry Relief Book. 9. The premises and articles for which the sentry is responsible. 10. The duties of the Guard Commander. 11. An instruction to report immediately to the Orderly Officer or the Officer Commanding the post any important occurrence. 12. A warning that neglect of guard duty will be severely punished. 109. Standing Instructions for Guards of Honour - a. Lay-out the Guards of Honour- Guard will form up in two ranks with distance of two paces between the front and the rear ranks. The Officers of the guard and the junior officer carrying the colours will be two paces in front of the front rank. The Commander will be three paces in front of the second file from the right, or if in a confined space, from the flank by which the personage for whom the guard is mounted will approach; if there is a second officer he will be three paces in front of the second file from the other flank. Where the Guard Commander is required to be in front of the other Officers of the guard, i.e. in a guard of 150 all ranks he will be eight paces in front of the centre of the front rank. NOTES.- (a) A Gazetted Officer will always be in charge of the Guard of honour. (b) The band will form up on the right flank in line the guard and seven paces from the right guide of the guard. The band will be in column in four files, with two paces between each file. The Drum-Major will be three paces in front of the front rank of the band and the Band Master will be two paces in front of him. Generally the police in the mofussil has no band. But as the police get sufficient prior intimation of the proposed Guard of Honour, necessary arrangements should be made in time for the band. (c) There will always be two AIDS-DE-CAMP who will stand on either side of the dias, three paces to the right and left of the front edge of it. 96 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL As the Police Department has no AIDS-DE-CAMP an Officer of the police of the police could act as AIDS-DE-CAMP for the time being and if necessary could take prior instructs in this regard, from the local military authorities. (d) The conducting officer (the Civil or Military Officer, who receives the VI and conducts him to the saluting base) will after conducting the VIP to the daise position himself in the centre rear of the dias and three paces from it. 2. Colours - Colours may be brought on parade by the Guard of Honour in accordance with the custom of the Service presenting the guard. Colours will not be brought on parade when an inter State Guard of Honour is provided. NOTE.- As the Police Department has no colours, they cannot display it. 3. Salute - Only one salute will be given and this will be given before the inspection. The AID-DE-CAMP will not salute, when either the National or General Salute is played. 4. Inspection - The following procedure for the inspection will be observed:- (a) The Guard Commander will march forward and report to the VIP. He will do so in a suitably loud voice and say “GUARD OF HONOUR CONSISTING OF OFFICER AND OTHER RANKS IS READY FOR YOUR INSPECTION, SIR”. (b) The VIP will step down from the dais and the Guard Commander will conduct him moving on the VIP’s right side and a little in front of him. He will walk and not do the “SLOW MARCH”. (c) AIDS-DE-CAMP will not march in front of the VIP. (d) The VIP will inspect the band passing behind the Drain-Major. The Band will not turn their heads and eyes towards the VIP during the inspection of the band but will look straight to the front. (e) As soon the VIP passes the left hand man of the band the Band Master will turn about, get the band ready and start playing. Taking the time from the first beat of the drum every officer and man of the guard except the officer carrying the volour will turn his head and eyes towards the VIP, i.e., he will look at him. As the VIP moves on, the officers and men will also move their head and eyes looking at him all the time. If the VIP stops during the inspection the movement of heads will also stop. (f) The band will stop playing as soon as the VIP has finished the inspection, and the guard taking the time from the last note of the music will turn their heads and eyes to the front. (g) Only the front rank of the guard will be inspected. The VIP will move in front of the officers and the colour, i.e., he will inspect the guard from a distance of three to four paces from the front rank. (h) The VIP will be conducted by the Guard Commander towards the conducting officer. The conducting officer would have moved from his position behind the dais to a new position suitable to take the VIP away for the introductions. When the VIP is being handed over to the conducting officer the Guard Commander will salute the VIP. The Guard Commander must be prepared to shake hands with the VIP should the latter offers to do so. 110. Guards-Turning out of-Guards-Procedure - (i) When the sentry sees an inspecting Officer or personage entitled to a “Turn Out” of the Guard, actually approaching the Quarter Guard, he will come to “Attention” and shout “GUARD TURN OUT” three times in succession. He will then come to the “Slope” and move to his allotted position in quick time. (ii) All personnel not on sentry duty will move at the “High Port” and fall-in, in open with rifles at the “Slope” on the left of the sentry. If the number of men are five or less, including the Guard Commander, they will fall-in in single rank. (iii) The Guard Commander, if a Non-Commissioned Officer and the Under Guard Commander will stand on the right and left of the front rank respectively, and will not be covered. If the Guard Commander is an Officer, he will take up a position three paces in front and centre of the guard, the bugler will be one pace, on the right of the Guard Commander and three paces to the left of the Sentry. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 97 (iv) When the Inspecting Officer has taken post in front of the guard, the guard will give the appropriate salute on orders from the Guard Commander. For those who are entitled to it, the bugler will also sound the appropriate salute. After the salute the Guard Commander will return the guard to the slope and then “ORDER ARMS”. After the guard has been brought to the “Order”, the Guard Commander will report “GUARD READY FOR INSPECTION, SIR”. No salute or other forms of reports will be used when reporting the guard. In the case where the Orderly Officer turns out the guard, the procedure remains the same except that the Guard Commander salutes before reporting “GUARD READY FOR INSPECTION, SIR”, all members of the guard remaining at the slope. Before, the Orderly Officer advances to inspect the guard, the Guard Commander will order the guards, to “ORDER ARMS”. (v) After receiving the report from the Guard Commander the Inspecting Officer will advance forward to inspect the Guard. The Guard Commander will take a step forward, slope arms, turn to the left, and accompany the Inspecting Officer. All other officers or personages accompanying the inspecting Officer will remain at attention wherever they may be till the inspection is over and the Guard dismissed. None other than the Guard Commander will accompany the inspecting Officer while he is inspecting the Guard. When the inspection is completed, the Guard Commander will salute resume his original place and await further instruction from the inspecting Officer. (vi) when the Guard Commander receives instructions to dismiss the Guard, he will immediately acknowledge the order with the Butt Salute. He will then order “GUARD SLOPE ARMS-SENTRY STAND FAST REMINDER-TO THE GAURD-ROOM DISMISS”. All Personnel of the Guard, except the sentry will turn to their right salute and dismiss by taking two paces to their front, halt and turn to the right again, take two paces to the front, halt Order Arms, from their order position the Guard men will assume “Walk Up” position and turn to their Guard Room in quick time. A well defined pause between each movement will be observed. The sentry will not “Present Arms” when the guard is dismissed but will give the “Butt Salute” along with the others and will go back to his beat. Having dismissed the guard, the guard Commander will turn to the Inspecting Officer and salute, he will then accompany the Inspecting officer in his inspection of the guard room. Others who may have accompanied the Inspecting Officer may now accompany him during inspection of the guard room. 98 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER VIII

MOTOR TRANSPORT 111. Care and maintenance of vehicles - Detailed instructions are given below on the daily tasks to be carried out on vehicles. Each driver will be issued with a Tamil Copy of the taks work which should be available with him at all times and it should be handed over along with the tolls list, etc., to the reliever while entering on leave, etc. (a) Maintenance of vehicles-By Drivers - (i) It is only through a strict compliance of the principles of maintenance, as embodied in the following, comprehensive programmes that the utmost efficiency in operation of vehicles can be maintained, the necessity for costly repairs and replacements avoided and the maximum number of vehicles kept on the road in running order. Sufficient maintenance necessitates concentration on the simpler tasks and the handing over of the more advanced repair work to the skilled personnel. (ii) To avoid any haphazard maintenance and to ensure that no details are overlocked the drivers should undertake the maintenance work in a systematic manner and the tasks should be carried out in sequence. (iii) Maintenance parade should be held for one and halt hour daily from 0900 hours to 1030 hours and the tasks carried out should be recorded in the Drivers Daily Dairy and the M.T. General Diary as well. (iv) Only in emergency cases, should a vehicle be kept out during the maintenance day and in such case, its maintenance should be attended to immediately on its return to camp. Any defects noticed or suspected during the maintenance should be brought to the notice of the Havildar Mechanic Maintenance immediately. 112. Charges for the use of Motor Transport -1. The hire and detention charges for the various types of Police Vehicles will be collected at the rates prevailing from time to time when vehicles are used for purposes other than Government duties. 2. As soon as the journey for which hire is charged is finished, the Transport Officer will submit a report to the Battalion Office showing the distance run and the amount of hire charges due. 3. The Office will then take steps to collect the amount from the party concerned, credit it into the treasury and intimate the fact to the Transport Officer for entry in the Hire Account Register. If however, hire charges are paid by a deduction in the Travelling Allowance Bill of the Officer concerned, the fact will be noted in the last column of the Hire Account Register. 113. Controlling Officer - The Tamil Nadu Special Police vehicles will be under the administrative control of the Commandant. The Commandant will be assisted by the Deputy Superintendent of Police Headquarters. The Motor Transport officer (Inspector), will be the controlling officer in respect of the Unit vehicles. 2. The Motor Transport Officer will be responsible for the proper use, care and maintenance of vehicles and he should regulate the running of vehicles in accordance with these rules. Note : To be added as per slip attached. 114. Duties of M.T. Staff (General) -(i) Where garages are available, the Transport Officer or Officer Commanding Post, as the case may be, will allot to each driver a garage of which one key will be kept by the driver and the duplicate key by the Transport Officer or Officer Commanding Post as the case may be. (ii) Each driver will be responsible for the cleanliness of his vehicle and its routine maintenance according to the Task Work Programme. (iii) He will report at once to the Transport Officer or to the Post Commander, as the case may be, and record in his daily diary any accident, break down, loss or damage that occure to his vehile or any incident affecting the efficient running of his vehicle. The Transport Officer or the Post Commander, as the case may be, will take necessary steps for the immediate repairs of the defects and inform the Assistant Commandant Headquarters. (iv) Each lorry or van will be detailed for duty in rotation. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 99 (v) In no case will a driver drive a vehicle other than the one allotted to him without special orders from the Transport Officer, and in very exceptional cases, by the Post Commander. (vi) The driver next for duty will remain within the Post. Other Drivers may leave the post in the same way as the Non-Commissioned Officers of the Company, but the Ambulance Driver, if any, will always inform the Guard Commander where he can be found. (vii) (a) When not otherwise engaged, the Motor Transport Staff will attend parade in the morning on all staff parade days, i.e., on Wednesdays and Saturdays. On other working days, they will attend parade for the first period only. (b) When any of the Motor Transport staff are engaged on duty after 2100 hours, they may be excused morning parade the following day. (c) The Motor Transport staff will attend Night Roll-all at 1930 hours, and will not thereafter leave the lines unless specifically permitted to do so. (viii) Before vhicles are taken out each morning the closing kilometre reading of the previous day will be noted; the petrol diesel level will be measured, tanks filled, with petrol/diesel and the level again measured. The quantity of petrol/diesel consumed can thus be calculated. (ix) The Transport Officer or the Post Commander will personally inspect the vehicles every morning before they go out and check the kilometer reading and petrol/diesel balance in the tank. Similar inspection will be carried out, both before and after each trip. He will record of having done so in the daily diary to be submitted by the driver. (x) The Transport Officer or the Post Commander, as the case may be, will personally issue petrol/diesel and oil as required and record the same in the daily diary. Spare petrol/diesel in cans will only be carried in special cases at the discretion of the Transport Officer or the Post Commander. (xi) Drivers are responsible for seeing that a “Stepney” i.e., a spare tyre and tube are always available with the vehicle whenever they go out. (xii) No work will be done in the garage between sunset or sunrise, unless under the special orders of the Transport Officer or the Post Commander as the case may be No naked lights will be allowed in the garage at any time. Smoking is also prohibited. (xiii) The list of all tools, spare parts and equipment issued with each vehicle will be checked on the first of each month by the Havildar Mechanic Running and the fact reported to the Motor Transport Officer. (xiv) Each Driver will submit to the Transport Officer, through the Transport Officer, through the Havildar Mechanic Running, his vehicle Daily Diary of the previous day each morning. All accidents, leases or anything affecting the running will also be noted in this report. (xv) When drivers go out with vehicles, they must be clean and properly dressed. Whenever possible, they will be inspected by the Transport Officer or any other Officer before going out. (xvi) When cleaning and working on the vehicles overalls will be worn. (xvii) Vehicles will be cleaned after each days run at the first reasonable opportunity, but not after dark. (xviii) The Transport Officer and the Post Commander, as the case may be will inspect the batteries one a week and note the fact in the daily diary. (xix) Tyres and other parts will on no account be charged from one vehicle to another. (xx) No vehicle will be driven by an Officer when the driver is available. No unauthorised person will at any time be carried in any vehicle. (xxi) The provisions of the Motor Vehicles (xxii) The Transport Officer will, in addition to his other record, maintain in the Transport Office a general diary in the prescribed from to record the movements of the vehicles. On the case of out-stations the Post commander will enter the movement of the vehicles in his general diary. (xxiii) All requisitions for vehicles must be sent in writing to the Transport Officer 24 hours in advance. The Transport Officer will detail the vehicles by combining the duties as far as possible to avoid unnecessary trips. 100 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (xxiv) The Transport Officer will issue passports and trip sheets to the drivers when they are detailed for any trip, the number of arms and ammunition carried by them will be noted in the passport. Particulars of all duties done together with the distance run will be entered in the trip sheet and also in the daily diary of the vehicle and signed by the Officer or whom the vehicle is detailed. When the vehicle is finally dismissed, the Officer for whom the vehicle was detailed will record the kilometer reading and petrol/diesel balance both in the trip sheet and daily diary with the hour at which he released the vehicle. Necessary entries in the passport will also be made immediately after the completion of the duty. The passport trip sheet and the daily diary will be handed over to the Havildar Mechanic running by the driver on completion of duty. These passports and trip sheets will be sent every week to the Assistant Commandant in-charge of Transport for his perusal and return. (xxv) Everything connected with the vehicles including:- (a) Repairs needed. (b) Accidents. (c) Articles missing or out of order etc., should be recorded by the Drivers in their Daily Diaries and reported to the Transport Officer. 115. A. General maintenance and maintenance day - A maintenance Day will be selected for all vehicles including motor cycles. The day selected will be paintained in its abbreviated form on the left side of the windscreen glass of the vehicle with white paint and on the mudguard rear in the case of motor cycles. The vehicle has to be put off the road on the Maintenance Day for a thorough cleaning. All parts will be properly oiled and greased. If in an extreme emergency, a vehicle has to be used on its Maintenance Day, it should be taken off the road without fail on the following day. B. Maintenance - care of the Vehicles.-(i) When a vehicle is not out on duty or being cleaned it will be kept in the garage which will always be kept locked. (ii) One key of the garage will be kept by the Inspector, Motor Transport Officer or other Officer in charge of the Special Police and the second key by the Assistant Commandant, Headquarters . They will be issued to the driver under acknowledgement. (iii) No work will be done in the garage between sun-set and sun-rise unless under special orders of the Inspector, Motor Transport Officer. (iv) No naked lights will be allowed in the garage at any time and smoking, when a work, on the vehicle or in the garage is strictly forbidden. (v) Before a vehicle is taken out in the morning, the Kilometer reading will be noted and the petrol in the tank measured. The tank should be refilled whenever the contents fall to less than 20 Litres. The oil level will be checked and necessary oil added to keep the oil ...... at full level. (vi) Should any vehicle be taken out for private use under the orders of the Commandant, a special and additional reading of the Kilometer shall be taken at the beginning and end of the special trip. (vii) The Kilometer reading will again be taken when the vehicle is locked up for the night. (viii) The daily readings of the Kilometer shall be checked by the Inspector, Motor Transport Officer. (ix) The vehicles should be cleaned daily. (x) All washing down of the vehicle will be done on the platform in front of the garage and not inside it. (xi) The undersides of all mudguards and of the engine tray will be cleaned regularly and will be painted every six months with a paint to be approved by the Commandant. The underbody and chasis shall also be cleaned regularly, the tie rods and all exposed moving joints being touched up one a week with a mixture of kerosene and engine oil. (xii) The issue of paint will be entered in the register of accessories and spare parts. (xiii) Lubricating and greasing must be done according to the charts supplied and hung up in the garage and the fact entered in the Maintenance Register. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 101 (xiv) Lubrication will be carried out once a week and as soon as the vehicle has completed the minimum number of Kilometers as recommended by the Makers and oil changed as laid down in Instruction Book. (xv) The engine should be periodically decarbonised. (xvi) The radiator must be drained at least once a fortnight, cleaned and filled with clean pipe water. (xvii) The vehicle must never be driven more than 40 Kilometers per hour except in the graves emergency and then only under special orders from the senior Officer in the vehicle. (xviii) The battery must be examined weekly and distilled water added when necessary, the electrolite must never be allowed to fall below the level of the top of the plates. The battery terminals should be greased. (xix) The tyres must be maintained at the correct pressure recommended by the Makers. Over bad roads, a 20 per cent reduction in the tyre pressure, recommended by the Makers may be allowed for front wheels. (xx) The driver will see that he has a serviceable spare cover and tube ready for substitution as well as a complete repair outfit whenever the vehicle is taken out or duty. (xxi) Should a tyre be punctured or changed with the spare, a note of the fact with the Kilometer reading will be made at once in the tyre maintenance register. Tyres should be examined daily for cuts and for foreign bodies (nails, etc.) which may be embodied in the outer cover and likely to work through and in time cause punctures. When vulcanisation is necessary a report must be made at once to the Assistant Commandant, Headquarters, who will immediately attend to the matter. 116. Inspection of vehicles - (i) By Commandant -The Commandants of Armed Police units should conduct weekly inspection of vehicles that are at Headquarters. (ii) Deputy Superintendent of Police Headquarter - Assistant Commandant, Headquarters will inspect all the vehicles of the Unit at least one a quarter. (iii) Motor Transport Officer or the Post Commandant as the case may be will inspect all vehicles on their charge once a month without fail. (iv) Motor Vehicle Inspectors - The Motor Vehicles belonging to Special Police Units, when they are within the State, should be inspected every calender quarter by the Motor Vehicle Inspector in whose jurisdiction the vehicles are stationed. The vehicles will, however, be exempted from such quarterly inspection by Motor Vehicles Inspector when the Battalions are on deputation ex-State on Border Duties. 2. A note book will be maintained for this purpose by the Motor Transport Officer or the Post Commander, as the case may be and remarks of inspection recorded in this note book by the Officers themselves. These books will be produced to the Commandant by the Motor Transport Officer once a month with a report mentioning the action taken on these notes. (v) To achieve a higher standard of inspection and a uniform procedure a comprehensive proforma is hereby prescribed. Vide Appendix LII. 117. Maintenance of Vehicles - Task work daily maintenance.-Daily maintenance will be carried out in three stages as noted below:- I. (a) First stage -The Driver should go under the vehicle and check the tightness of “U” Bolts, Universal Joints, Steering linkages, wheel nuts and head springs. 2. He should check for oil leakage from the pump, differential and wheel hubs. 3. He should walk around the vehicle and check the tyre pressure including that of the spare wheel. 4. He should pick the tyres of all stones, pebbles, etc., that may be lodged between the buttons. (b) Second stage - He should open the front cover (Bonnet) and check:- 102 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

1. Water in radiator, 2. Examine nuts and bolts for looseness. 3. Electrolyte level. 4. Battery terminals. 5. Fan belt play should be of % inch. (c) Third stage - He should sit in the Driver's seat after stage 1 and 2. start the engine and check: 1. Oil gauge, Fuel gauge, Temperature gauge. 2. Hand brake. 3. Clutch pedal play, 4. Foot brake pedal play. 5. Check lights, windscreen, wiper, trafficator (or flashers) if provided and horn. 6. Clean windscreen and rear view mirror. 7. Start engine, check if ammeter is registering. 8. Check operation of brake pedal and level after the engine has run 3 minutes on % throttle. 9. Check steering, 10. Switch off engine. 11. Pay particular attention to any part repaired or replaced previously. II Weekly maintenance - (a) Task No. 1 body and fitting - 1. Clean the interior stowage, compartments and exterior of vehicle thoroughly. 2. Check up all stowages and fitting for security and serviceability adjusting if necessary. 3. Inspect body, cab, scats, superstructure. 4. Oil all hinges, clutches, locks, etc. (b) Task No. 2.- Engine and controls:- 1. Clean engine thoroughly and inspect carefully for leaks. 2. Examine nuts and bolts for looseness. 3. Inspect all pipes for damages. 4. Check security for engine mountings. Remove traces of oil if any from rubber mounting block. 5. Test compression of engine when hot with the starting handle. (c) Task No. 3 Fuel and cooling system.:- 1. With engine running open radiator cap and watch for circulation of water. Note cleanliness of circulating and report if oily. 2. Examine fan for loose blades and bolts. 3. Ensure governor seal is fitted in tact. 4. Clean air-cleaner the filter element should not be washed in petrol use kerosene oil. 5. Examine the fuel system for leaks and tighten only where necessary. 6. Inspect all hoses and clips and tighten mounting where necessary. (d) Task No. 4.-Electrical system: - 1. Examine play leads for chafing and burning and tighten terminals where necessary. 2. Check generator and self starter mounting, 3. Check voltage regulator connection mounting. See seal is in tact, if fitted. 4. Keep ignition system free from grease, oil and dirt, 5. Check all wiring, ignition and lighting system for wear or damage to insulation and for loose terminals. Pay particular attention to places where blades are linked or outer covered channels. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 103

6. Battery check electrolyte level and top up if necessary use only distilled water. Insure air vents are clear and tighten plygs. Clean and dry the tops of cells. If the pillars and terminals are corrodod wipe them clean. Smear liberally which vaseline, minerals jelly. Do not use grease under any circumstances. Check security of Battery carrier. NOTE: The above charge show the more important services to be performed at various kilometre mileage intervals. Under more severe operating conditions, 'these intervels should be short end because more: frequent service is required. Every 160 Kilometres lubricate, spindle hook, hand brake cable door hinges, starter and bush, dynamo and bush. Task No. 5 - Suspension Transmission of Steering; Inspect rod springs, central bolts and 'U' bolts, tighten it necessary. 2. Inspect all steering links. 3. Check security of steering wheel, column of box and tighten if necessary. 4. Inspect front and rear axler assemblies, check absorbers, tighten if necessary. 5. Check transmission for worn out bushes, differential, propeller shaft and crack signs of everheating in rear axle cases. Task No. 6. Chassis, wheels and brakes :- 1. Check wheel nuts for fitness. 2. Jack up wheel and (a) Depress be pedal and release check whether wheels are free. (b) Check for rim rock, (c) Examine externally brake drums, if oil in coming out off brake drum. (d) Check tyre for cuts and other injuries. 3. Examine the nuts of bolts securing the body to the chassis and tighten where necessary. Check also towing attachment. 4. Inspect chassis member of damage. 5. Check exhaust system and its brackets. III Monthly maintenance - (a) Clean and check all tools and equipments against the up to date tools list. Report deficiency or defects if any. (b) Oil the tools. (c) Check up to see if any kilometre task is due, if due carry out the task. 118. PERIDIGAL MAINTENANCE FOR LORRIES- (a) Every 2,000 miles, 3,200 kilometres.- 1. Change engine oil. 2. Lubricate engines control joint. 3. Examine for oil leaks. 4. Examine for petrol leaks. 5. Lubricate steering box. 6. Lubricate steering joints. 7. Lubricate steering, pivot pins. 8. Lubricate brake bell crank lever. 9. Lubricate hand brake cable guide. 10. Lubricate controls. 11. Check fluid level in brake reservoir. 12. Lubricate propeller shaft and universal joints. 13. Lubricate spring shackles. 14. Check oil level in gear box and rear axle. 15. Lubricate cab and body locks, hinges and fittings. 104 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 16. Check rod wheel nuts for tightness. (b) Every 6,000 miles, 9,60 kilometres – Repeat item in (a) above plus the following:- 1. Renew oil filter element. 2. Lubricate ignition distributor. 3. Check fan belt tension. 4. Clean crank case ventilater oil bath air cleaner. 5. Clean carburettor oil bath air cleaner. 6. Clean and adjust spark plugs. 7. Check engine mountings for tightness. 8. Check tightness of radiator mounting. 9. Check for water leaks. 10. Check clutch pedal for free travel. 11. Lubricate necessary units. 12. Check the shock absorbers for tightness. 13. Check chassis frame. 14. Check all body and chassis nuts for tightness. 15. Clean battery terminal. 16. Check specific gravity of battery. 17. Check adjustment of front and rear hub bearings. (c) Every 12,000 Miles 19,200 Kilometres – Repeat the items in 9a) and (b) above plus the following:- 1. Lubricate generator bearing. 2. Check manifold for tightness. 3. Clean crank case ventilator valve. 4. Check compression pressure. 5. Lubricate front hub bearings. Periodical Maintenance- Jeeps and Pick-vans.-(a) For Every 3,200 kilometres.- 1. Chassis Lubrication. 2. Change Engine oil. 3. Replace Engine oil filter element. 4. Clean Carburtter air cleaner. 5. Check fluid level in battery. 6. Check fluid level in brake master cylinder. (b) For every 9600 kilometres.- Repeat the items in (a) above plus Clean, inspect, repack and adjust fron wheel bearings. (c) For every 16,000 kilometres.-Repeat the items in (a) and (b) above plus the following:- 1. Tune up engine. 2. Change lubricant in transmission and transfer case. 3. Change lubricant in differentials. 4. Rotate tyres. (d) For every 19,300 kilometres – Repeat the items (a) (b) and 9c) except “Engine tune up”. NOTE: The above charts show the more important services to be performed at various kilomtre /mileage intervals. Under more severe operating conditions, these intervals should be shortened because more frequent service is required. Every 160 kilometres lubricate the carburettor, clutch brake, throttle linkage, spindle hook, and hand brake cable, door hinges starter and bush, dynamo and bush. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 105 119. Records - Reports and Returns.-The following records will be maintained:- (i) Duty Roster (for the Motor Transport Personnel). (ii) One copy of the list of spare parts and tools issued to each vehicle will be mounted and hung up in the vehicle to which the list refers. One copy for each vehicle will be kept by the Havildar Mechanic and one by the Transport Officer. Additions and alternations in all copies will be made by the Transport Officer immediately the alterations take effect. (iii) List of tools and equipment - A list of equipment and tools common to all vehicles will be kept by the Transport Officer and Hav. Mechanic. (iv) Petrol and Oil Register - Petrol and Oil Register will be kept in a stock Book and will show the issues and receipts from and into stock of all petrol, oils, grease and cotton waste used for the Unit Transport. This Register will show in detail to which vehicle the articles were issued and will be signed by the receipients. (v) Battery Book - (Form PB 289 New No. 226). (vi) Lubrication Book - (Form PB 289 New No. 226 (*) (*) This will show the dates of periodic lubrication and decorbonising. (vii) Hire Account Register -(Form Pb 259). This will show the name of the Officer who hired the vehicle, the journey made for which the hire is charged, the amount of hire and the dates of its receipt and credit into the treasury. (viii) Bill Book -(Form CF 110). The Bill Book is to be used for charging for the hire of vehicles. (ix) Daily Diary - (Form PB 219). The Daily Diary maintained by the drivers and will be submitted through the Havildar Mechanic to the Transport Officer every morning. In this will be entered all supplies of petrol, oil, etc., and the kilometres covered in all trips. Any accident, break down, loss or anything affecting the efficient running of the vehicle will be noted in this Register by the Driver concerned. When no ournyes are performed a Nil Diary will be submitted. (x) Tyre Register - Tyre Register will be maintained in the Form PB No. 289 and kept up to date from the Daily Diaries. Drivers will be very careful to note the number of the tyre and mileage according to the speedometer whenever a tyre is changed. (xi) Monthly Motor Transport Return - Monthly Motor Transport Return in Form 289 should be maintained and should show all items of expenditure on the vehicle including petrol, oil, and grease. All articles should be acknowledged by the Driver. It should be checked by the Commandant monthly. A separate return should be kept for each vehicle. When a journey is performed for which hire is charged a reference should be made to Daily Diary in the Register of petrol, oil and grease in the return. This Register will be maintained by Company Commander also in respect of vehicles alloted to his Company and submitted to Commandant through the Transport Officer. The Transport Officer or the Company Commander as the case may be at the end of the year will work out the all-in-cost of running per kilometre with reference to particulars in Appendix 15. (xii) Repair Report - Whenever a vehicle is off road, the Transport Officer will put in a Daily Report in Form PB 219 to Assistant Commandant showing the daily progress of work until the work is completed and the vehicle put on-road. (xiii) Local Purchase Register and Bill Check Register - Local Purchase Register (in Form PB 170 New No. 149) and Bills Check Register (Form No. PB 314) will show the details of local purchases made and date of receipt of bills for repairs replacement, etc., received by the Transport Officer and submission to Battalion Office for payment. These Registers will be frequently checked by the Battalion Office, Accountant and particulars of contingent bill numbers and date of payment, etc., will be recorded in the Battalion Office. (xiv) Register for Disposal of Unserviceable Articles - The Register showing the disposal of unserviceable articles in Form POL B 287 will be maintained and all unserviceable articles, spare parts, etc., replaced will be properly accounted for in this Register and disposed of. 106 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (xv) (i) Monthly Statement of Petrol, Oil, Lubricants (POL) - This return will be submitted to Battalion Office by the Motor Transport Officer or the Company Commander as the case may be to show the monthly consumption of petrol, oil and other lubricants consumed by every vehicle together with the Kilometre particulars of the vehicle, etc. This return is due in Battalion Office on the 10th of every month. (2) Statement of on-road and off-road Vehicles - This statement will be submitted to Battalion Office on the 1st of every month by the Transport Officer or the Company Commander as the case may be. This Return will facilitate for the claims of refund of taxes for off-road vehicles. 120. Repairs - Financial powers of Officers - The following are the financial powers of the officers concerned for ordering repairs, etc., to vehicles. Commandants - Rs. 500 for repairs and Rs. 250 for purchase of spares. D.I.G. – Rs. 3,000. I.G. of Police – Rs. 5,000 for lorries. Rs. 4,000 for other vehicles. 121. Repairs - Particulars to be furnished- 1. Application for sanction of major repairs will be submitted by the Transport Officer or the Company Commander as the case may be and whose necessary. Whenever an application for sanction of repair charges for Motor Vehicles is made the following particulars shall invariably be furnished in the Proforma given below in addition to the detailed estimates and competitive rates for labour charges and cost of spares to be replaced, etc. 2. The following particulars should be furnished for Major Repairs:- (a) Type of vehicle and Registration No. (b) Date of purchase of the vehicle. (c) Expenditure on Major Repairs during the last 3 years- (i) Serial No. (ii) Month in which repair carried out. (iii) Nature of Major Repairs carried out. (iv) Amount. (v) Remarks. (d) Certificate from M.V.I. or Automobile Engineer regarding the approximate period for which the vehicle will serve after repairs. (This certificate will be insisted for all major repairs) (e) Total mileage/kilometre run so far. 3. Particulars to be furnished in respect of other repairs.- The following particulars will be furnished when submitting proposals other then Major Repairs-For sanction by competent authority- (a) Date of purchase of the vehicle. (b) Amount involved for carrying out repairs proposed. (c) The cost of repairs done yearwise up-to-date. (d) When last, the special item of repairs now proposed was done and at what cost. 4. Period of wear and tear of tyres, tubes and tarpaulin.- Tyres and Tubes.-The Government have ordered that a tyre or a tube fitted to the following types of vehicles should be replaced after it has performed service to the extent specified below:- City Routes, Mofussil KMS KMS (i) Tyres fitted to lorries trucks, etc. 40,000 24,000 (ii) Tyres, Jeeps, Station Wagon, etc. 32,000 24,000 (iii) Tyres, Motor Cycles 12,000 5,400 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 107 5. The Government have also considered that it would be profitable to retread the tyres in good time so that a longer life could be secured instead of condemning them straight away. Therefore they direct that tyres of the following types of vehicles should be retreaded once, before they are actually condemned. The following mileages should be adopted for removal of tyres. MILES MILES (i) Tyres fitted to lorries, trucks, etc. 20,000 11,000 (ii) Tyres, Jeeps 16,000 11,000 (iii) Tyres, Motor Cycle 14,000 7,000 6. After retreading each tyre should serve to the extent specified below ;- MILES MILES (i) Tyres fitted to Lorries, Trucks, etc. 12,500 7,500 (ii) Tyres fitted to Jeeps 10,000 7,500 (iii) Tyres, Motor Cycles 8,500 4,500 7. Tarpaulins Two Years. 8. Batteries As per Government Memorandum No. 128774/Tpt/4.70.1, dated 27th January 1971, the battery must serve for a period of one year and a half or cover more than 24,000 kms. If the battery has served for more than 1 ½ years irrespective of the mileage the replacement of the battery need not be considered as premature. 122. Repairs - Procedure for carrying out of.-(1) All minor repairs, etc., to vehicles will be attended to by the Havildar Mechanics in the Unit itself. (2) All other repairs will be under taken by the Government Central Workshop wherever available. An estimate for the repairs with details will be obtained from the Central Workshop and the sanction of the competent authority should be obtained before any repairs are undertaken. (3) (a) In case the repairs are to be undertaken by a private competitive, estimates for repairs, etc., should be obtained from three or more private workshops. (b) A certificate from the Motor Vehicles Inspector to the effect that: (i) the repairs are necessary. (ii) The rates quoted are reasonable should be obtained before the estimates are submitted to the Commandant for obtaining the sanction of the competent authority. (4) On completion of repairs, the vehicle should be produced before the Motor Vehicle Inspector and a certificate obtained that the repairs have been carried out satisfactorily will be noted in this. 123. Scale of Transport for special Police Battalions. 1. Weapon Carriage 18 on a scale of one per platoon. (4 wheels drive) per platoon. 2. Three tonners 8 One per company plus two for Battalion HQrs. 3. Light vehicles 4 Two Jeeps and Two pickup vans. 4. Motor Cycles 2 5. L.A.D. Vehicle 1 Total 33 124. Spare Parts - Maintenance of Reserve Stock- The Transport Officer will always have the following Spare Parts and Articles for every 15 vehicles on charge in his stock as Maintenance Reserve Stock:- (a) One bottle of shellac. (b) Two gaskets. (c) One set of valve springs. (d) One set of suitable valves. 108 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (e) About one square foot of treated asbestos for washers. (f) Three exhaust washers. (g) Two fan belts. (h) Six large and small bulbs. (i) One tin of valve grindling paste. (j) One tyre and tube for every vehicle. (k) Sufficient brake lining for renewing two sets of brakes. (l) Six plugs. (m) Three boxes of fuses of suitable amperage. (n) One set of valves containing both exhaust and inlet valves. (o) One tin of oil of any suitable make. 125. Standardised schedule of tools and equipments with vehicles:- (a) For Lorries:- Tools:- (1) Jack with handle 1 (2) Pump with connection 1 (3) Grease gun heavy duty 1 (4) Tyre levers 2 (5) Wheel spanner 1 (6) Double end spanner – a set of - 8 1 (7) Cutting plier 1 (8) Screw driver large and small each 1 (9) Pressure guage (200) 1 (10) Adjustable spanner 1 (11) Plug spanner 1 (12) Hot patch machine and patching material 1 (13) Hammer 1 lb 1 (14) Oil can 1 (15) Tool bag 1 Equipments.- 1) First Aid Box 1 (2) Fire Extinguisher 1 (b) Tools for Jeeps and Pick-up Vans a. Jack with handle 1 2. Pump with connection 1 3. Grease gun 1 4. Tyre levers 2 5. Wheel spanner 1 6. Double end spanner – a set of 6 1 7. Cutting plier 1 8. Screw driver – large and small each 1 9. Pressure guage (50) 1 10. Adjustable spanner 1 11. Plug spanner 1 12. Hot patch machine 1 13. Hammer 2 lbs. 1 14. Oil can 1 15. Tool bag 1 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 109 126. Supply of New vehicle – Particulars to be furnished to Chief Office, Accountant-General, Tamil Nadu and Pay and Accounts Officer, Madras - The following particulars should be furnished immediately on receipt of any new vehicle, i.e., either in replacement of old ones or against new sanction to the Inspector-General of Police, Tamil Nadu, The Accountant-General, Tamil Nadu and the Pay and Accounts Officer, Chennai. 1. Date on which new vehicle was received. 2. Make and description particulars. 3. Whether it has been taken to stock. 4. Stock Book number and page number of Stock Book. 5. Details of entries in the Motor Transport Return, etc. 127. Unserviceable vehicles – (A) Condemnation and replacement.-1. The Government of Tamil Nadu in their Order Ms. No. 2009, Home Department, dated 12th July 1968 communicated with Chief Office Endorsement F.Dis. No. 28144/AM-1/68, dated 1st August 1968 have fixed the following norms for condemnation of vehicles of Police Department subject to the rules issued in G.O. Ms. No. 1062, Home, dated 8th April 1960. Type of vehicle. Norms. 1. Lorries, Station wagons 1,00,000 Miles or 8 years of and Pidk up vans. service whichever occur later 2. Jeep and Land Rovers. 1,00,000 miles or 8 years of service whichever occur later. 3. Motor cycles. 40,000 miles or 4 years of service whichever occur later. 2. The Government also direct that replacement of vehicles should be with reference to Budget provisions which should be strictly adhered to. 3. The Government consider the motor cycles of Police Department which have done the prescribed mileage and period of service and which are not likely to be dependable for Police Department may be sold in public auction by the Police Department if such motor cycles are not required by those departments which normally use motor cycles. For this purpose Inspector- General of Police will consult the Director of Tamil Nadu State Transport Departmnet, Secretariat, etc., which normally use motor cycles before auctioning the motor cycles not required by the Police Department. The practice of transferring other vehicles, Lorries, Station Wagons, Jeeps. Land rovers and pick up vans of Police Departmnet which have done the prescribed kilometre and period of service to common pool as required under G.O. Ms. No. 1062, Home, dated 5th April 1960, shall continue. B. Unserviceable Vehicles- Removal of costly equipments - (i) Newcostly equipment, accessories and parts such as batteries and tyres shall not be fitted to and no major repair shall be carried out on any vehicle which has completed or is about to complete the maximum prescribed kilometres and which is likely to be sold in public auction. (ii) Serviceable costly equipment, accessories and parts of a part worn vehicle likely to be sold in public auction, shall, as far as possible be exchanged with the like item in less sound condition from any other vehicle or vehicles of the Department before sending a requisition as prescribed in rule (7) for the disposal of vehicles belonging to Government Department. 128-A. Petrol/Disel Pump -1. (a) As far as possible, a Consumer Petrol/Diesel Pump should be installed in all Special Police Battalion Headquarters to ensure a regular supply of petrol/ diesel to the vehicles. The installation of such consumer Petrol Bunk should be arranged in consultation with the Indian Oil Company Limited. (b) In G.O. Ms. No. 3897, Home, dated 15th November 1966, the Government of Tamil Nadu have instructed the Heads of Department to meet the full needs of Government vehicles from the Indian Oil Corporation Limited and to settle the bills of their dealers within a reasonable time. (c) Supplies of petroleum products by the Indian Oil Corporation, Limited, fall under two categories, viz., (1) those made from the dealer pump and (2) those made in tank wagon, tank truck and barrels from their installation and depot. 110 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (d) In respect of the Special Police Petrol/Diesel Pump, only bulk supplies should be arranged from the Indian Oil Corporation installation and depot. The Government of Tamil Nadu have accepted the proposal of the Indian Oil Corporation Limited and ordered that advance payment should be made for all bulk purchases of fuel drawn from the Indian Oil Corporation installation and depot. (e) Contingent bills shall be drawn by the Commandants and made payable to the Indian Oil Corporation, Limited, and handed over to the installation or depot before the supply is made. Invoices for drawing the bill should be obtained in advance from the Indian Oil Corporation, Limited. (f) The Motor Transport Officer should watch the quantity of Petrol/Diesel in the Consumer Tanks and take necessary action to ensure that advance payment is made to the Indian Oil Corporation, Limited, so that, the tanks could be filled up in time. 2. Hours of working - The Petrol/Diesel Pump will be open from 06-00 hours to 18-00 hours with a break of one hour between 13-00 hours to 14-00 hours. 3. Issue of Petrol/Diesel- (a) Petrol will be filled into the vehicle petrol/diesel tank direct from the pump, only on production of the Petrol/Diesel Coupon duly signed by the Motor Transport Officer/Assistant Motor Transport Officer. The Coupon will be prepared in triplicate. One copy will be retained as the Office Copy. The duplicate and triplicate copies will be handed over to the Petrol/Diesel Pump orderlies. Petrol/Diesel will be supplied as per the Coupon. The duplicate copy will be retained by the Petrol/Diesel Pump orderly and the triplicate copy returned by the driver after the petrol/diesel pump orderly has entered the quantity of petrol/diesel actually issued and duly signed by him. The triplicate copy will be attached to the vehicle diary of that day. The duplicate copy will be handed over to the Motor Transport Officer. (b) Extract from the Petroleum Rules, 1937 and the condition of Licences are furnished in B and C below: 128-B. Extracts from the Petroleum Rules 1937-90. Licence for storage.-Save as provided in sections 7,8 and 9 of the Act and by rule 109 no one shall store any petroleum except under a licence granted under these rules: Provided that no licence shall be necessary for storage in a well-head tank. 91. Precautions against fire - (1) No person shall smoke in any installation or storage shed. (2) No person shall carry matches, fuses or other appliance for producing ignition or explosion in any installation or storage shed which is used for the storage of dangerous petroleum. (3) No fire, furnace or other source of heat or light capable of igniting inflammable vapour shall be allowed in any liecensed installation or storage shed save in place specially authorised by the licensing authority for the purpose. (4) An adquate supply of dry sand or earth together with the necessary implements for its convenient application, or other efficient means of extinguishing petroleum fires, shall always be kept in every installation and in or adjacent to every storage shed. 92. Supervision of operations within an installation or storage shed - All operations within an installation or storage shed shall be conducted under the supervision of an experienced responsible agent or supervisor. 93. Cleanliness of installation or storage shed - The ground in the interior of an installation and the protected area surrounding any storage shed or installation, shall be kept clean and free from all inflammable material, waste vegetation and rubbish. Explanation - In this rule “protected area” means the area necessary for the maintenance of the distances required under the conditions of the licence to be kept clear between any installation or storage shed and any protected work. 94. Drainage - 91) All enclosures surrounding tanks or buildings belonging to an installation or storage shed shall be kept drained and no water shall be allowed to accumulate in the enclosure: (2) Where drainage is effected by means of a pipe, the pipe shall be fitted with a valve actuated from the outside of the enclosure. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 111 Provided that this sub-rule shall not apply to storage sheds which are not required under these rules or the terms of the licence to be provided with an enclosure wall or embankment. (3) All valves and other openings for draining off water shall be kept closed except when water is being drained off. (4) The nature of the drainage arrangements shall be shown in the plan submitted with the application for licence. 95. Exclusion of unauthorised persons -(1) Every installation shall be surrounded by a wall or fence of at least six feet in height: Provided that nothing in this sub-rule shall apply to an installation licensed under the rules in force immediately before these rules come into operation unless its fencing is considered by the liecensing authority to be unsatisfactory. (2) Precautions shall be taken to prevent unauthorised persons from having access to any storage shed or installation. 96. Children - No person under the age of 15 years shall be employed in or allowed to enter any premises licensed under these rules. 97. Receptacles for petroleum - Provisions of Rules 26, 27 and 28 shall apply to petroleum stored under licence. 98. Petroleum only to be stored - No installation or storage shed shall without permission in writing from the chief Inspector be used for any purpose other than the storage and distribution of petroleum and purposes directly connected therewith. 99. Marking of capacity of tanks - The capacity in gallons of every tank in an installation shall be conspicuously marked on the tank. 100. Construction of tanks - (1) Every tank or other receptacle used for the storage of petroleum in bulk other than a wellhead tank shall be constructed of iron or steel properly erected and designed according to sound engineering practice; and together with all pipes and fittings, shall be so constructed and maintained as to prevent any leakage of petroleum. (2) The height of a storage tank shall not exceed its diameter: Provided that, in the case of tanks of less than 30,000 gallons capacity, the height may extend to one and a half times the diameter. (3) No tank shall be more than 50 feet in height. 101. Testing of tanks - (1) Storage tanks or other receptacles for the storage of petroleum in bulk other than well-head tanks, after being placed in a final position and before being brought into use, shall, unless they were in use before the 1st April 1937, be tested by water pressure by the licensee in the presence of an Engineer accepted as qualified for the purpose by the licensing authority. (2) The water used for testing shall be free from petroleum and shall not be passed through any pipes or pumps ordinarily used for the conveyance of petroleum: Provided that, where the licensing authority is satisfied that it is not reasonably possible to convey water by pipes or pumps other than those ordinarily used for the conveyance of petroleum, he may permit the use of a petroleum pipe or pump for the conveyance of water subject to such conditions as he may impose. (3) The test referred to in sub-rule (1) shall also be made before any receptacles for the storage of petroleum in bulk are brought into use after being repaired. 102. Earthing of tanks - All tanks or other receptacles for the storage of petroleum in bulk, other than well-head tanks or tanks or receptacles of less than 10,000 gallons capacity containing heavy petroleum, shall be electrically connected with the earth in an efficient manner by means of not less than two separate and distinct connections placed at opposite extremities of such tank or receptacle. The roof and all metal connections of such tank or receptacle shall be inefficient electrical contact with the body of such tank or receptacle. 112 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 103. Inspection of earth connections - (1) The connections and contacts required by rule 102 shall be inspected and tested at least once in every year by the license of the tank or receptacle in the manner prescribed by the Chief Inspector. (2) A record, of such inspections and tests shall be maintained by such licensee, and shall be produced on demand by any Inspector. 104. Night working - No installation or storage shed shall be open, and no work in any installation or storage shed shall be permitted, between sunset and sunrise except where approved electric lighting as specified in Rule 105 is exclusively used. 105. Electric apparatus - (1) All electric wires installed at less than 15 feet from the ground in any petroleum installation or situated within 20 feet of any building or tank containing dangerous petroleum shall consist of insulated cables, enclosed in metalic coverings which shall be gaslight, electrically and mechanically continuous throughout, and effectively earthed outside the building. (2) No electric wire shall pass over any petroleum tank, filling, painting or storage shed. (3) In filling, painting and storage sheds and pump rooms used for- (i) dangerous petroleum- (a) all electric metres, distribution boards, switches, fuses, plugs and sockets shall be placed outside the building and shall be of flame proof construction satisfying the requirements of the British Standard Specification No. 229 and the frames shall be effectively earthed. (b) All electric fixed lamps shall be enclosed in a well glass flame-proof fitting, either doubly enclosed with an inner and an outer well glass or singly enclosed with substantial metal protection; such lamps shall be installed at 12 feet where possible, but in no case less than 3 feet, above the floor level; (c) all electric protable hand lamps of the self-contained pattern shall be of a type approved by the Chief Inspector; (d) for the examination of cans and other containers, electric torches employing a separate battery may be used; these torches shall be fitted with substantially protected flame-proof globes and shall be supplied through a cable of cab-tyre or other suitable sheathing and properly constructed flame-proof connectors; and (e) no single fixed lamp shall exceed 150 watts. (ii) Non-dangerous petroleum- (a) all electric metres, distribution boards, switches, fuses, plugs and sockets shall be enclosed in iron-clad, gas-tight cases and shall be fixed at lease 5 feet above the floor level in well ventilated positions close to the door; (b) all electric fixed lamps shall be enclosed in a gastight well glass light fitting provided with substantial metal protection; (c) all electric portable hand lamps shall be fitted with substantially protected gas-tight globes and supplied through a flexible cab-tyre or other suitable sheathing and properly constructed gas-tight connectors; and (d) no single fixed lamp shall exceed 200 watts and no hand lamp shall exceed 30 watts. 106. Pumping - No internal comustion engine or electric motor shall be used for driving pumps for pumping petroleum save in a pump house specially constructed for the purpose and under such conditions as may be approved by the Chief Inspector. Provided that this rule shall not apply where the motor, control switchgear and starting apparatus are of flame-proof construction satisfying the requirements of the British Standard Specification No. 229. 107. Posting up of Rules and Conditions - Copies of the preceding rules in this Chapter and of the conditions of the licence shall be exhibited in a conspicuous place in every licensed installation and storage shed. 128-C. Conditions of Licence-Installation - 1. The petroleum shall be stored in one or more gas-tight metal tanks of a capacity of 4,400 gallons sunk completely underground in the THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 113 position shown on the plan and each placed in a Masonry or concrete pit, the tank being packed round with sand, earth or clay so that no air-space is left between the tank and the masonry or concrete pit and the tank is not visible. Such masonry or concrete pit shall not be obligatory if the tank is a welded one tested up to a pressure of 3 lbs. per square inch and is buried and is on private, leased or rented land away from public traffic. The space over the buried tanks must not be used for any purpose. 2. There shall be no openings in any tank other than those necessary for the introduction or removal of the petroleum or for ventilating or dipping the tank. The filling and dipping pipes shall be carried down nearly to the bottom of the tank. 3. Every tank shall be fitted with a vent pipe leading into the open air. The vent pipe shall be securely supported and shall be not less than 12 feet in height. The upper opening shall be covered with fine copper or other non-corroding metal wire guaze of mesh not less than 28 to the linear inch and fitted with a hood or the upper opening shall be fitted with an inlet valve and an exhaust valve. 4. After the 1st April 1937 no pump or tank shall be erected inside a building and, if prior to that date any tank is installed inside a building it shall only be filled from a tank wagon through an underground filling pipe having a filling point in the open air at a distance of not less than 12 feet from the building. 5. No alteration of the position of a pump or tank and no replacement of a tank shall be effected except with the previous sanction in writing of the licensing authority. All alterations sanctioned under this condition shall be shown on an amended plan to be attached to the licence. 6. If the licensing authority calls upon the holder of a licence by a notice in writing to execute any repairs to the licensed premises which are in the opinion of such authority, necessary for the safety of the premises, the holder of the licence shall execute the repairs within such period, not being less than one month from the date of receipt of the notice as may be fixed by the notice. 7. Every tank, before being repaired shall be cleared of all petroleum and of all inflammable vapours. When a tank in position is open for cleaning or repairs no electric or other lamps, electric cables or electric fans shall be brought near the manhole of the tank until the tank has been certified in writing to be “gas free” by a qualified Chemist or Engineer. (The inside of the tank may be lighted by the use of mirrors.) 8. The petroleum shall enter “under seal” and shall not be supplied to the tank between the hours of sun-set and sun-rise except by a motor tank wagon of a type approved by the Chief Inspector for the purpose and with the approval in writing of the licensing authority. NOTE:- A pipe supplying liquid to a tank is “under seal” to that tank if it is screwed to the tank or otherwise attached so that no vapour can escape into the air except through the vent pipe fitted to the tank as required by condition 3. 9. No artificial light capable of igniting inflammable vapour shall at any time be present in the immediate vicinity of the tank wagon during the transfer of the petroleum to the tank and no person engaged in such transfer shall smoke. When the underground tank is filled with petroleum from barrels no such lights shall be allowed within a distance of 30 feet from the barrels. 10. No petroleum shall be removed from tank except by means of the pump or pumps at the position marked on the plan hereto attached. Every pump shall together with its connections and fittings be so constructed and maintained as to be gas and petroleum tight. The pipe connections between the tank and a pump shall be placed underground. 11. For the purpose of charging the tanks of motor vehicles the petroleum shall only be supplied by being- (a) pumped through strong metal piping by means of approved pumps into above ground measuring tanks of a capacity not exceeding 30 gallons, fixed in approved positions, and run thence through sound hose, fitted with a secure self-closing cock and nozzle, into the tanks of motor vehicles or 114 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (b) Persons engaged in connection with any motor approved pumps into an above ground service tank or approved capacity, fixed in an approved position and run thence through strong metal piping into measuring tanks of a capacity not exceeding 30 gallons fixed in a approved positions and thence through sound hose, fitted with a secure self-closing cock and nozzle, into the tanks of motor vehicles, or (c) pumped by means of approved measuring pumps, fixed in approved positions, through sound hose fitted with a secure tap and nozzle into the tanks of motor vehicles. 12. Petroleum may be supplied to a motor vehicle between the hours of sunset and sunrise from the pump provided that (i) lights other than the electric lights of the vehicles receiving the petroleum are extinguished, (ii) the pump and the vehicles are illuminated by electric light or failing this by some other form of lighting, and (iii) no light capable of igniting inflammable vapour is situated or brought within 12 feet of the pump or vehicle receiving the petroleum. 13. 9a) Petroleum shall not be placed in any motor vehicle while the engine is running and where the vehicle is licensed for the conveyance of more than six passengers on hire, while any passenger remains in the vehicle, and (b) Persons engaged in connection with any motor vehicle shall not be permitted to smoke while it is being refuelled. 14. Except when absolutely necessary for the purposes of condition 7 or for testing the accuracy of the pumps discharge by means of a standard capacity measure, petroleum shall not be filled from the tank or pump into any receptacle other than one clamped or fitted to a motor vehicle. 15. This licence shall be held to cover the use of a portable kerbside pump outfit for a period of not more than once month in the place of the licensed permanent outfit in the event of the latter being out of order, provided notice in writing is given to the licensing authority before the portable pump is taken into use, and the conditions of this licence which apply to a portable pump are observed. No petroleum shall be allowed above ground (except that actually in the pump) in any case where the underground tanks can be used in connection with the portable pump by making a temporary connection from the portable pump to the underground tank. 16. In cases where portable pumps are used not more than two barrels of petroleum in reserve shall be kept within 20 feet of the pump or on public property nearby. 17. Precautions - A licensee who stores dangerous petroleum intended for sale may stock in a building within the licensed premises not more than 6 gallons of dangerous petroleum in securely closed two gallons standard tins, and shall if so required by the District Authority, to stock at least 2 gallons. 18. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent unauthorised persons from having access to the petroleum or to the vessels which contain or have contained petroleum. 19. Every care shall be taken to prevent any petroleum escaping into any drain or sewer. 20. Every person managing or employed on or in connection with the licensed premises shall abstain from any act whatever which tends to cause fire or explosion and which is not reasonably necessary and to the best of his ability shall prevent any other person from doing such act. 21. The licensee shall provide for each pump, whether kerbside or portable, a minimum of two tins or drums of dry sand which shall be kept ready for extinguishing fire. 22. Any accident, fire or explosion occurring within the licensed premises, which is attended with loss of human life or serious injury to person or property shall be reported to the nearest Magistrate or to the Officer in-charge of the nearest Police Station immediately and by telegraph or telephone where such means of communication are available. 23. Free access to the licensed premises shall be given at all reasonable times to any Inspector or Sampling Officer and every facility shall be afforded to such Officer for ascertaining that the rules and the conditions of this licence are duly observed. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 115 CHAPTER IX

PROMOTIONS

129. Promotions-General - (a) Promotions to the posts of Adjutant-Inspector, Inspector, Sub-Inspector, and Havildars Majors shall be made on grounds of merit and ability seniority being considered only when merit and ability are approximately equal. (i) The promotions to the rank of Adjutant-Inspector, Inspector, Sub-Inspector and Adjutant Sub-Inspector shall be made on a State basis from a list of qualified candidates suitable for promotion prepared by a Promotion Board consisting of the Commandants of the Tamil Nadu Special Police. This list of Adjutants Inspector, Inspector, Sub-Inspector and Adjutant Sub-Inspector shall be submitted through the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Railways and Armed Police to the Inspector-General of Police, for approval. The promotion list of Assistant Sub-Inspector’s shall be submitted by the Promotion Board to Deputy Inspector- General of Police, Railways and Armed Police for approval. (ii) The Promotion Board will comprise the Commandants of all Battalions the senior most taking the chair. If a Commandant is out of the State and cannot attend the Board Meeting the Chairman shall obtain his comments by post. If the Chairman himself is out of the State the next senior Commandant will convene the Board and obtain the Chairman’s comments by post. (iii) The list will be arranged in order of preference and promotion shall be made in that order only. Promotions to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector’s shall however be made on a Battalion basis by the Commandant from the list approved by the Deputy Inspector-General of Police. (b) All other promotions, i.e., Promotions to the ranks of Havildar, Naik and Lance Naik in the general and specialist categories shall be made on a Battalion basis with due regard to seniority, efficiency and suitability where other qualifications are equal the Senior in service will be selected for promotion. (c) The posts of Specialists constitute separate categories from those of non-specialists and promotion to the former shall be made independently in each category subject to the provisions of rules 1 (a) and (b). (d) Constables selected for appointment by transfer from the General Category (non- Specialists) should exercise their option to serve in the Specialists Branch permanently and forego their rights for promotion in the General Category. Option once exercised shall be final. It shall however be open to the competent authority to re-transfer any person at any time on administrative grounds from the Specialist Branch to the General strength (Category). 130. Promotion tests - (a) commandants should review their promotion lists at the beginning of each year to ensure that there are sufficient number on their respective list to fill in vacancies that may occur during the year. (b) Promotion examinations will be held at least once a year for Lance Naiks, Naiks, Havildars and Assistant Sub-Inspector’s. Those who pass are selected will have their names entered on the promotion lists. (c) Should candidate fail in one subject, only that subject need be taken again. (d) Failure in more than one subject will entail taking the whole examination again. 131. Removal from promotion list - (i) A man will be liable to have his name removed either permanently or temporarily from the promotion list for general inefficiency or bad conduct at the discretion of the Commandant. (ii) In the case of a man permanently removed from the promotion list he can only be readmitted after passing the Promotion Examination again and will then be placed in the order of merit in his own batch. (iii) In the case of a man temporarily removed from the Promotion list, he will on readmission be placed at the bottom of the list as it stand on the date of readmission. 132. Revision of list of approved candidates for appointment or promotion - Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules the State Government shall have power to revise in any manner they consider suitable, any list of approved candidates for appointment or 116 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL promotion to any category or class of the Service, prepared by the Head of the Department, in exercise of the powers conferred on him by these rules. 133. Revision of orders to selection grades -(1) An order promoting a member of the Service or class to a selection category or grade therein, made by a competent authority may be revised by an authority to which an appeal would lie against an order of dismissal passed on a full member of the Service, Class, Category or Grade, as the case may be. Such revision may be made by the appellate authority aforesaid either suo moto at any time or on a petition submitted by any aggrieved member within six months from the date of passing such order. (2) Provided that the said period of six months may be extended by the appellate authority if sufficient cause is shown for the delay in the submission of the petition. 134. Rules for promotion of Police Constables to Lance Naicks - The relevant rules governing this are Rules 5, 8 and 12 of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service Rules. (a) General category -(1) Must have put in a minimum of three years service from date of enlistment and must have been declared to have completed probation as a Police Constables and declared to be a full member of the Service. (2) Must be able to speak, read write well in Tamil and take down a short piece of simple dictation in the form of an order or instructions. (3) The Commandant must be of the opinion that he will make a good Non-Commissioned Officer. This will be determined as follows:- (i) Any one who has a major punishment (Black mark or above) in the 2 years preceding the year of consideration or is currently under suspension, reduction or postponement of increment or who has 2 or more minor punishments in the one year preceding the year of consideration must normally be regarded as not fit to be Non-Commissioned Officer and must be disqualified. However, it will be open to the Commandant to waive this condition if he is satisfied that the gravity of the Punishment is not such as to affect the individuals suitability for promotion. (ii) Any one who notwithstanding his age, is physically not fit, reports sick often and takes medical leave frequently must be regarded as not fit to be a Non-Commissioned Officer and should be disqualified. (iii) Any one who has come to notice for undesirable activities subversive of discipline will be regarded as not fit to be a Non-Commissioned Officer. (iv) Those who are not disqualified on the grounds set out above and who want to appear for the test should obtain 50 per cent or more marks in a test comprising the following:- Max. marks. Turn out, bearing personality 10 Taking a P.T. Class 10 Giving a simple order 10 Commanding a squad in squad and Arms Drill 10 Total 40 (b) Specialist categories - R/T Selection will be made on the results of the test conducted by the Police Radio Officer for trained R/T Police Constables. 135. Rules for promotion of Lance Naik to Naiks- The relevant rules governing this are Rules 5, 8 and 12 of Tamil Nadu Special police Subordinate Service Rules. The qualifications prescribed in these rules are as follows:- (a) General Category - (1) Must have completed one year service in the category of Lance Naik. (2) Must be able to speak, read and write well in Tamil and to take down a short piece of simple dictation in the form of an order or instruction. (3) Must have a first class pass in Small Arms Cadre Course. (4) Must be suitable and efficient in the opinion of the Commandant. (5) This will be determined as follows:- THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 117 (i) Any one who, notwithstanding his age, is physically not fit, reports sick often and takes medical leave frequently, must be regarded as not fit to be a Naik and should be disqualified. (ii) Any one who has a major punishment (Black mark or above) in the 2 years preceding the year of consideration or is currently under suspension, reduction or postponement of increment or who has two or more minor punishment in the one year preceding the year of consideration must normally be regard does not fit to be a Naik and must be disqualified. However it will be open to the Commandant to waive this condition if he is satisfied that the gravity of the punishment is not such as to affect the individuals suitability for promotion. (iii) Any one who has come to notice for undesirable activities subversive of discipline will be regarded as not fit to be a Non-Commissioned Officer. (iv) Those who are not disqualified on the grounds set out above and who want to appear for the test should obtain 50 per cent or more marks, individually on the aggregate in a test comprised of the following:- Max. marks Turn out, bearing and personality 10 Teaching a selected subject in weapon training 10 Fire orders 10 Commanding a Platoon in drill 10 Total 40 (b) Specialist categories - Promotions to post of Naiks in the various specialist groups will be from the ranks indicated below:- (i) M.T. Naiks from Driver police Constables. (ii) Armourer Naiks from Armourer Police Constables. (iii) Carpenter Naiks from Carpenter Police Constables. (iv) Web Equipment Repairer Naiks from Police Constables. (v) R/T Naiks from R/T Lance Naiks. (vi) Other Naiks from Lance Naiks. 136. Rules for the promotion of Naiks to Havildars - The relevant rules governing this are Rules 5, 8 and 12 of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service Rules. The qualifications prescribed in these rules are as follows:- (a) General Category -(1) Must be an approved probationer in the category of Naik. (2) Must be able to speak, read and write well in Tamil and to take down a short piece of simple dictation in the form of an order or instruction. (3) Must be deemed suitable and efficient on the following grounds:- (i) Any one who notwithstanding his age, is physically not fit reports sick often and takes medical leave frequently must be regarded as unsuitable and should be disqualified. (ii) Any one who has a major punishment (Black mark or above) in the 2 years preceding the year of consideration or is currently under suspension, reduction or postponement of increment or who has two or more minor punishment in the one year preceding the year of consideration must normally be regarded as not fit and be disqualified. However it will be open to the Commandant to waive this condition if he is satisfied that the gravity of the punishment is not such as to affect the individual’s suitability for promotion. (iii) Any man who has come to notice for undesirable activities subversive of discipline will be regarded as not fit to be a Non-Commissioned Officer. (iv) Those who are not disqualified on the grounds set out above and who want to appear for the test should obtain 50 per cent or more marks, individually in the aggregate in a test comprised of the following:- 118 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL Max. marks Turn our, bearing and personality 10 Map reading 10 Simple Arithmetic 10 Message writing 10 Commanding a Platoon in drill 10 Total 50 (b) Specialist categories - Promotions to the rank of Havildar will be made in the specialist groups as follows:- (i) M.T. Havildar from M.T. Naiks/Driver Constables. (ii) Armourer Havildar from Armourer Naiks/Armourer Constables. (iii) Bugle Havildar from Bugler Naiks/Bugler Constables. (iv) R.T. Havildar from R.T. Naiks. 137. Rules for the promotion of Havildars to Assistant Sub-Inspectors - The relevant Rules governing this are Rules 5, 8 and 12 of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service Rules. The qualifications prescribed in these Rules are as follows:- 1. Must be an approved probationer in the category of Havildar. 2. Must be able to speak, read and write well in Tamil and to take down a short piece of a simple dictation, in the form of an order or instruction. 3. Must be deemed suitable and efficient:- (i) Any one who, notwithstanding his age, is physically not fit, reports sick often and takes medical leave frequently must be regarded as unsuitable and should be disqualified. (ii) Any one who has a major punishment (Black mark or above) in the 2 years preceding the year of consideration or is currently under suspension reduction or postponement of increment, or who has two or more minor punishments in the one year preceding the year of consideration must normally be regarded as not fit and must be disqualified. However, it will be open to the Commandant to waive this condition if he is satisfied that the gravity of the punishment is not such as to effect the individual’s suitability for promotion. (iii) Any one who has come to notice for undesirable activities, subversive of discipline will be regarded as not fit to be a Non-Commissioned Officer. (iv) Those who are not disqualified on the grounds set out above and who want to appear for the test should obtain 50 per cent or more marks individually and on the aggregate in a test comprised of the following:- Max. marks Turn out, bearing, personality 10 Map Reading 10 Command of a Platoon 10 Total 30 4. Cases of all persons who finally qualify will be considered and decided by the promotion Board referred to in paragraph 1 (a). 138. Temporary promotions – (a) Short vacancies up to three months caused by leave reduction, etc., of all ranks below Sub-Inspector will be filled up out of seniority by promotion from companies. Proviso.- Provided that no candidate is available in the promotion list who can be posted without administrative inconvenience. (b) When leave rolls of Non-Commissioned Officers for up to three months leave are submitted to Office for sanction, Company Commanders will also note their recommendations for promotion in the leave vacancy, in column 6 of the leave roll. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 119 AMENDMENT TO THE RULES FOR PROMOTION OF POLICE CONSTABLES TO LANCE NAICKS

GOVERNMENT OF TAMIL NADU ABSTRACT

Establishment – Promotion from Police Constable to Naik – Amendments to the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service Rules. 1978 – Orders – Issued.

Home (Police IX) Department

G.O. Ms. No. 252 Date : 21.3.2002

Read again :

G.O. Ms. No. 1181, Home, Dated : 4.8.95. Read also :

From the Director General of Police, Chennai Letter No. ASR.1/151352/96. dated 24.4.98 and 10.8.99. ——- ORDER :

The Government accept the proposal of the Director General of Police, sent in his letter read above for amending certain rules of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service Rules, 1978.

2. Accordingly, the following Notification will be published in the Tamil Nadu Govern- ment Gazette :-

NOTIFICATION

In exercise of the powers conferred by sections 8 and 10 of the Tamil Nadu District Police Act, 1859 (Central Act XXIV of 1859) and sections 9 and 11 of the Chennai City Police Act 1888 (Tamil Nadu Act III of 1888) read with the proviso to Article 309 of the Constitution of India, the Governor of Tamil Nadu hereby makes the following amendment of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Sub-Ordinate Service Rules, 1978 (Section 35 of Volume III of Tamil Nadu Services Mannual, 1986). AMENDMENTS

In the said Special Rules, -

(1) in rule 3, in the Tabular Column, - (a) Category “3. Assistant Sub-Inspector in column (1) and the corresponding entry in column (2) thereof shall be omitted. (b) for category “5. constables including Lance Naiks” in column (1) and corresponding entries in column (2) thereof, the following entries shall, respectively, be substituted, namely :-

“5. Constables (a) Constables of Radio Group (b) Band Constables (c) Police Constable Drivers (d) Police Constable Cobbler (e) Police Constable Tailor (f) Police Constable Carpenter (g) Armourer Re-browning Constables”, 120 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

(c) in the Explanation, the expression “Assistant Sub-Inspectors to Sub-Inspector” shall be omitted.

(2) in rule 7

(a) in sub-rule (a) in the Table,-

(i) Category (3) “Assistant Sub-Inspector” in column (1) and the corresponding entries in column (2) thereof shall be omitted; (ii) for categories 5 and 6 in column (1) and the corresponding entries in column (2) thereof, the following entries shall respectively, be substituted, namely:-

“5. (a) Naiks (Other than those (1) By promotion from Police Constables; or mentioned in (b) and (c) below) (2) By transfer from any other service or (3) By direct recruitment : Provided that the method of recruitment by transfer or direct recruitment is resorted to only when no suitable candidates in Police Constables is available for promotion. (b) Radio Naiks (1) By promotion from Police Constables of Radio Group; or (2) By recruitment by transfer or (3) By direct recruitment : Provided that the method of recruitment by transfer or direct recruitment is resorted to only when no suitable Police Constable of Radio Group is available for promotion.

(c) Band Naik (1) By promotion from Band Police Constables ; or (2) By recruiting by transfer from any other service, or (3) By direct recruitment : Provided that the method of recruitment by transfer or direct recruitment is resorted to only, when no suitable Band Police Constable is available for promotion.

6. (a) Constables (other than those (1) By direct recruitment : or mentioned in (b) to (h) below) (2) By recruitment by transfer from any other service.

(b) Constable Tailor (1) By promotion from Police Constables: or (2) By direct recruitment.

(c) Constable Carpenter (1) By transfer from Police Constbles; or (2) By direct recruitment

(d) Constable Armourer, Rebrowning By transfer from Police Constables.

(e) Constable of Radio Group By transfer from Police Constables.

(i) Constable Cobbler (1) By transfer from Police Constables; or (2) By direct recruitment

(g) Constable Driver By transfer from Police Constables

(h) Band Constable (1) By transfer from Police Constables; or (2) By direct recruitment; THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 121

(b) in sub-rule (b), in clause (i), for the expression “Sub-Inspectors, and “Assistant Sub-Inspectors”, the expression “and Sub-Inspectors” shall be substituted;

(c) in sub-rule (c) for the expression “Assistant Sub-Inspector” wherever it occurs, the expression “Havildar” shall be substituted;

(3) for rule 10, the following rule shall be substituted, namely ;-

“ 10. Appointing authority :- The appointing authority for the posts of Inspector Adju- tant, Inspector and Sub-Inspector shall be the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Rail- ways and for the armed Police and others, the Commandant of the Force concerned”;

(4) in rule 14 :-

(a) in the Table,- (i) for the entry “2 Categories 3 to 6” in column (1) the entry” “1. categories 4 to 6” shall be substituted : (ii) for the entry categories “1 to 6” in column (1), the entry “2. categories 1,2,4 and 5” shall be substituted ; (iii) for the entry “3 categories 3 to 6” in column (1) the entry “3 categories 1,2 and 4 to 6” shall be substituted ; (iv) under the heading “Additional Qualifications for promotion”,-

(a) for the entry “(iii) Naiks from Lance Naiks” in column (i) and the corresponding entries in column (2) the following entries shall respectively be substituted, namely :-

“(iii) Naiks from Police Constable (a) must have completed two years of service in the cat- egory of Police Constable. (b) Any one who notwithstanding his age, is physically not fit reports sick often and takes medical leave frequently must be regarded as not fit to be promoted as Naik and should be disqualified’ (c) Any one who has a punishment (Black mark or above) in the five years preceding the year of consideration, or is currently under suspension, reduction or postponement of increment or who has two or more minor punishment in the one year preceding the year of consideration must, normally be regarded as not fit to be promoted as a Naik and must be disqualified. However, it shall be open to the Commandant to waive, this condition, if he is satisfied that the gravity of the punishment is not such as to affect the individual’s suitability for promotion.

(v) the entry “(iv) Lance Naik from Constable” in column (1) and the entries relating there to in column (2) shall be omitted.

(vi) under the heading “Special category Radio Telegraphy qualifications”,-

(i) in column (2) against the entry “Nails in column (1), for the expression “one year experience as Lance Naiks”, the expression “Two years experience as Police Constable” shall be substituted;

(ii) for the entry “Lance Naiks” in column (1) and the entries relating there to in column (2) shall be omitted;

(iii) for the entries in column (2) against the entry “Constable” in column (1) the following entries shall be substituted, namely :- (1) Must have passed SSLC Examinations; and (2) Must possess good conduct and character”, 122 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

(5) in rule 15, in the provision the expression” and for Police Constable appointed as Lance Naiks by promotion” shall be omitted; (6) in rule 16, in sub rule (3), clause (ii) shall be omitted;

(7) in rule 25, the expression “Lance Naik” in both places where it occurs shall be omitted;

(8) in rule 28, the expression “Lance Naik”, wherever it occurs shall be omitted;

(9) in rule 30,- (a) in the Tabular column, the expression “Lance Naik” shall be omitted;

(10) in rule 31, the expressions “Lance Naiks” and “Lance Naik”, wherever they occur, shall be omitted.

Sd/------NARESH GUPTA SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT

To The Director General of Police, Chennai - 4. The Inspector General of Police (Armed Police), Trichy. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, (Armed Police), Chennai - 10. The Commissioner of Police, Chennai - 8. The Director of Stationery and Printing, Chennai - 2. (for publication in Tamil Nadu Government Gazette (To Send 2 copies) The Accountant General, Chennai - 18. The Accountant General, (CAS), Chennai - 9. The Pay and Accounts Officer, Chennai - 35.

Copy to : The Personnel and Administrative Reforms, Departmnet, Chennai - 19. The Law Department, Chennai - 9. All Police Sections in Home Department, Chennai - 9. Sf/Scs.

//Forwarded by Order//

SECTION OFFICER THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 123 CHAPTER X

RECORDS

139. Records to be maintained in company office group - The list of records to be maintained by company and group commanders are furnished below:- The Company and Group Commanders should bestow their personal attention on the maintenance of these records. This is an important part of their work and their general efficiency will be judged to a great extent on the care and neatness with which the Company Records are maintained. A list of records to be maintained in Company Offices including Headquarters and Groups.- Accounts Period of retention. 1. Contingent Account Book 15 years 2. Company Fund Account Book 15 years 3. Cheque/Cash Memo Files 3 years 4. File of Audit Inspection Reports 3 years 5. Pay and T.A. Cash Book 15 years 6. Pay and Mess Book 15 years 7. Private Advance Account Book 15 years.

Equipment and Stores. 8. Ammunition Account Register 3 years 9. Armoury Acknowledgement Register 3 years 10. Arms History Sheets Permanent. 11. Bell of Arms Register 3 years 12. Clothing Register (Appendix No. XXV) Permanent. 13. Daily Stock Book of Arms and Ammunition 3 years. 14. Equipment Register Permanent. 15. History Sheets of Bicycles (Appendix No. XXVI) For life of Bicycle and a years thereafter. 16. History Sheets of Petromax light and Hurricane For life of Petromax and light (Appendix No. XXVI) Hurricane lights and one year thereafter. 17. History Sheets for clocks and Time Pieces For life of Clock and Time (Appendix No. XXVI) Pieces and one year thereafter. 19. Indent Book 3 Years. 20. Kit Deficiency Register 3 Years. 21. List Articles Returned to Stores 3 Years. 22. Register of Government property 5 years. 23. Register of post property Permanent 24. Register of Company Fund property Permanent 25. Stock Book of Stationery Articles 3 years. 26. Stores Vouchers 3 years. 27. Quarterly return file 3 years. Health and Sanitation:- 28. Hospital Register 5 years. 29. Medical Inspection Register (Appendix No. XXVII) 3 years. 30. Medical Officers Visiting Book (Appendix No. XXVIII) 3 years. 31. Medical History Sheets Permanent 32. Paludrine Register (Appendix No. XXIX) 3 years. 124 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 33. Weight Register 2 years after the last man in the volume has retired. 34. Blood Grouping Register (Appendix No. XXX) Permanent Mess:- 35. Daily Ration Issue Register 3 years 36. Mess Attendance Register 1 year 37. Mess Account Book 15 years. 38. Mess Minute Book 3 years. 29 Ration purchase Register 3 years. Miscellaneous:- 40. Battalion orders Permanent 41. Butt Register 1 year 42. Camp Defence Alarm orders Permanent 43. Company Commanders Personal Files Permanent 44. Company Order Book Permanent 45. Circular Memo File 5 years 46. Casual Leave Register/Compensation Leave Register 3 years 47. Company Record Sheets Permanent 48. Current Register 3 years. 49. Duty Register 3 years. 50. Despatch-cum-service Stamp Account Register 3 years. 51. D.O. Files 1 year 52. Fire Alarm Orders Permanent 53. Firing Point Register 1 year 54. Guard Rules Permanent 55. General Diary 1 year 56. Long Leave Register 5 years 57. Mobile Column Alaram Orders Permanent 58. Musketry score Registers 3 years 59. Memo Book 3 years 60. Orderly Room Register 3 years 61. Periodical Returns file 3 years 62. Register of personnel who have undergone special Permanent courses (Appendix No. XXXI). 63. Railway Fare Concession Register 5 years 64. Register of Railway warrant and Bus warrants. 5 years 65. Superior Officers Visiting Book. permanent 66. Sentry Relief Book. 1 year 67. Small Service Book P.B. 35 (New). 1 year after pension. 68. Training programmes permanent 69. Talent Register (Appendix No. XIV). permanent 140. LIST OF ADDITIONAL RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED IN TRANSPORT GROUP BY MOTOR TRANSPORT OFFICER. Accounts:- Period of retention:- 1. Auction-cum-bidder Register 3 years 2. Bill Check Register (Appendix No. XXXII) permanent 3. Register of Hire M.T. Form No. III (PR 259) permanent Inspection:- 4. Quarterly Inspection Register by M.V.I. (One Register 3 years for each vehicle.) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 125 5. Inspection Register by Motor Transport Officer 3 years 6. Vehicle Inspection Register by Commandant and 3 years. Assistant Commandants. Stores:- 7. Issue Voucher check Register 3 years 8. Petrol/Diesel/Oil order form (PB 313) 3 years 9. Receipt voucher check register 3 years 10. Stock Register of Petrol and Diesel 3 years 11. Stock Register of Oil, Lubricants and cleaning materials 3 years 12. Stock Register of Vehicles Life of the Vehicles and 3 years thereafter. 13. Stock Register of Tools and Accessories 3 years 14. Stock Register of spare parts 3 years 15. Tools distribution Register (Vehicle wise) Standardised Permanent list vide Chief Office K.Dis. No. 13963/AM-1/64, dated 21.5.68. 16. Register of condemned articles 7 years Miscellaneous:- 17. Accident Register (Appendix No. XXXIII) 3 years 18. Check Register of Motor Driving Licences Permanent (Appendix No. XXXIV) 19. First and unfit Register 1 year 20. Motor Vehicle Taxation Register 3 years 21. Motor Transport Returns of all vehicles 15 years 22. Register of courses undergone by M.T. personnel Permanent (Appendix No. XXXI) 23. Register men trained in driving (Appendix No. XXXV) Permanent 24. R.C. of all vehicles permanent 25. Vehicle Daily Diary file (Vehicle wise) 3 years 26. Vehicle in and out (Movement) Register (to be 3 years maintained at the camp main guard) (Appendix No. XXXVI) II. BY DRIVERS 1. List of Tools. 2. Licence 3. Oil Changing Chart 4. Tyre Rotation Chart 5. Vehicle Diary III. BY MECHANIC HAVILDAR 1. Mechanical General Dairy IV. BY CONSUMER PETROL/DIESEL PUMP 1. Daily petrol Register P.B. 122 3 years 2. Evaporation File (Appendix No. XXXVIII) 3 years 3. I.V. Check Register 3 years 4. R.V. Check Register 3 years 5. Stock Register of Receipt and issue of petrol/Diesel (Appendix No. XXXVIII) 3 years 6. Miscellaneous File 3 years 126 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 141. LIST OF ADDITIONAL RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE SIGNAL GROUP. By Signal Officer Accounts: Period of retention 1. Auction-cum-bidder Register 3 years 2. Distribution of register of wireless equipment Stores 3 years 3. Issue voucher check Register 3 years 4. Local Purchase Register Permanent. 5. Receipt voucher check Register 3 years 6. Register of condemned articles Permanent 7. Stock register of wireless equipment, spare parts Permanent and tools 8. Stock register of POL and cleaning materials. Permanent Miscellaneous:- 9. Wireless logs for all fixed and T.P. Station 3 years 10. Inspection notes Register 3 years 11. P.R.O. Standing order file 3 years 12. Log check Register 3 years 13. Movement of Radio Station Register (Appendix No. XXXIX)3 years 14. Radio Station licences Permanent 15. List of men trained in W/T Permanent 2 By in-charge operators 1. Logs (in duplicate) 3 years 2. in and out registers for messages 3 years 3. Superior officers visiting book Permanent 4. Inspection Notes Register 3 years 5. Attendance Register 3 years 6. Despatch cum-Service stamp account Register 3 years 7. History sheet for batteries after condemnation 2 years 8. History sheet for charging plants Permanent 9. List of Government properties Permanent 10. List of tools Permanent 11. Radio station duty register P.B. 257 3 years 12. Stock Register of POL and cleaning material Permanent

3 By Radio Technician 1. History Sheet of radio sets Permanent 2. Job Register 3 years 3. List of Government property Permanent 4. List of tools Permanent 142 LIST OF ADDITIONAL RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY QUARTER MASTER

Accounts Period of retention 1. Auction-cum-bidders Register 3 years 2. Tent hire charge register Permanent Appendix – XL Stores: 1. A.S.R. and Current accounts file Permanent 2. Boots repair Register Permanent 3. Bicycle inspection Register 5 years 4. Bicycle History sheets (One for each bicycle) 5 years THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 127 5. Clothing long roll Permanent 6. Casualities Register Permanent 7. Check register for receipt of bills from Central jail 3 years and other industrial units 8. Distribution Register Permanent 9. Issue voucher check Register 3 years 10. Issue voucher file 3 years 11. Local Purchase Register 3 years 12. Memo Books 2 years 13. Quarterly Returns 3 years 14. Receipt voucher check Register 3 years 15. Receipt Voucher file 3 years 16. Repair Register 3 years 17. Register of condemned articles Permanent 18. Register of Fire Arms (Arms Act New-1-50) Permanent 19. Register of clocks and time pieces 5 years 20. Stock Register of Arms Permanent 21. Stock Register of Ammunition “ 22. Stock Register of occutruments and equipment 75 “ 23. Stock Register of P.W. Equipment Permanent 24. Stock Register of component parts of Arms “ 25. Stock Register of other properties “ 26. Stock Register of clothing “ 27. Stock Register of part worn clothing “ 28. Stock Register of furniture “ 29. Stock Register of Stationery “ 30. Stock Register of books of instructions “ 31. Stock Register of P.B. Forms “ 32. Stock Register of C.F. Forms “ 33. Stock Register of M.T.C. and M.F.C. Forms “ 34. Stock Register of tents bicycles “ 35. Stock Register of tools of all sorts (Armourers and Carpenters, “ Blacksmith and Mochi) 36. Stock Register of Railway Warrant “ 37. Store Recovery Register 5 years 38. Suspension kit Register 2 years 143. List of additional records to be maintained by Adjutant Inspector, Headquarters- Accomodation - 1. Line hut Register P.B. 243 (Appendix I) 2. Waiting list (Appendix No. II) 144. List of records to be maintained by Sub-Inspector armourer - (a) I.A.F. (EME) E-05 will be used or monthly inspection by Armourers. (b) I.A.F.O. 1410 Weapon history sheets will be maintained for all weapons and entries will be made by the armourers themselves during their inspection repairs or replacement lubrication, etc., to the Arms. (c) I.A.F.O. 1445 will be maintained to keep the records of action taken on various orders and regulations. (d) A record of even use of machine gun barrels. (e) A record of relevant orders/instructions will be maintained and a copy kept in the Armourer Shops for ready reference. 128 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (f) List of articles in Armourers Shops should be prepared and displayed in the shop. (g) E.M.E. Rs. (1) sets should be complete and properly filed. Deficiencies if any will be demanded. 145. Records to be maintained for all non-official funds- Welfare.- 1. Auction-cum- bidder Register of dailies and weeklies. 2. Check Register of receipt of dailies and weeklies. 3. Stock Register of welfare articles. 4. Welfare Account Cash Book. Polish Account.- 1. Audit report file. 2. Cash bill book. 3. Credit bill book. 4. Welfare Account Cash Book. 5. Daily sales Register. 6. E.V. file. 7. R.V. file 8. Polish cash account book. 9. Polish receipt and sales stock book. 10. Stock Register of Polish Account Properties. Cinema Fund - 1. Cash book. 2. Check Memo file. 3. History Sheet of Projector 4. Stock book of Cinema Fund Property 5. Subscription Register. Police Officer Club - 1. Club rules. 2. Cash book. 3. Cash Receipt Book. 4. Membership Register. 5. Register of Club Property 6. Subscription Register 146. Reports and Returns.-The following is a list of reports and returns to be submitted by Company/Group Commanders. Reports and Returns Serial number Name of return To whom Form and due date due 1. 10th April Permanent Advance Acknowledgement Commandant T.A. 16 2. 18th Jan. Certificate of having written up C.R. Commandant Manuscript Sheets and confidential sheets for the through D.S.P. year. Quarterly. 3. 5th Jan. Return of Government properties Commandant Printed 5th April, 5th Julyin-charge of company and Assistant Forms 5th October Commandants. 4. 5th Feb. Certificate of verification of Government Do Manuscript 5th May and Stationery articles. 5th August 5th Nov. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 129

Serial number Name of return To whom Form and due date due Monthly. 5. 5th Statement after examining Fire Do Do Extinguishers. 6. 1st Balance sheets of all Company Through D.S.P. Do and Group Accounts. 7. 1st Certificate on the Maintenance of Do Do small Arms in the Company. 8. 1st Certificate on the maintenance of tents. Do Do 9. 1st Cycle Return. Do Do 10. 1st Mess return Do Do 11. 1st Strength statement Do Do 12. 1st Health Statement Do Do 13. 1st Company Commanders Monthly Do Printed Return. Forms. 14. 1st Tent Return Do Manuscript 15. 1st Indent for Service stamps. Do Do 16. 5th Welfare Report. Do Do 17. 5th Statement of occupation of Government Do Do 18. 5th Statement of Railway warrants used. Do Do 19. 5th Statement of Bus Warrants used. Do Do 20. 5th T.A. bill of Junior Officers of the Through D.S.P. Manuscript 21. 5th T.A. Bill of other Ranks of other Ranks Do Do Company or Groups. 22. 5th T.A. Bill of follower Do Do 23. 5th Statement of Family Railway Warrants Do Do issued. 24. 10th Indents on Stores L.A.R.S. Do Do 25. 10th Pay Bills of Company (Old and new) Do Do 26. 15th Statement of Undisbursed Pay Do Do 27. 20th Monthly Contingent bills (Old new.) Do Do

Monday Weekly Extract of minor punishments awarded Commandant Do during the week. through D.S.P. Daily General Diary of Companies and D.S.P. G.D. Form and Groups. Orderly Officers’ report D.S.P. Printed Form Occasional On completion of Quarterly Inspection of Arms QM Manuscript Inspection of Arms. by Unit armourers. When occurring Handing over and taking over QM Do list of Government Properties, etc. 147. Regimental Centre-General - (i) The Regimental Centre at Avadi will function as the common Training Institution for all the Armed Police Battalions in the State. (ii) The object is to impart a common pattern of training to all ranks, including Gazetted Officers in all branches of the Armed Police. (iii) The Centre will conduct Refresher and Advanced Cadre Courses in Drill, Weapons, Field Craft and Tactis and Physical Training with a view to maintain the Armed Police Bn. at a high standard of efficiency and as far as practicable it should be run on lines similar to the Services Training Centres. 130 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (iv) The instructional staff should be specially selected men from all the Armed Police Battalions. Only men with unquestionable character and conduct, outstanding instructional ability and good at man-management should be selected for the posts of Instructors in the Regimental Centre. (v) Due emphasis should be placed in instilling a high sense of discipline, loyalty and a spirit of self-sacrifice into the trainees. They should be proud of their uniform and the Force to which they belong. In addition to turning out good policemen, the Centre should endeavour to spot out near talent in all fields of Sports and also cultural activities. (vi) The Deputy Commandant in-charge, Regimental Centre should maintain close liaison with his counter-parts in the Army Training Centre in the State and devise ways and means of improving the all round efficiency and usefulness of the Regimental Centre. A library with books on military Science, Drill, Field craft, Wadefare, etc., should be maintained at the Centre. The Motto of the Centre should be “DISCIPLINE, DUTY AND DEDICATION”. 148. Duties of Inspector in-charge of the training – (i) He is responsible for the maintenance of the parade ground, playground and training equipment. (ii) He shall advise the Deputy Commandant on the most advantageous allocation of work among the Sub-Inspector and Instructors. (iii) He shall supervise the training and lecture classes and shall take prompt action in dealing with absentees. (iv) He shall arrange special classes for those who are backward on account of sickness, leave, or late in joining the training or by any other cause. (v) He shall bring to the Deputy Commandant’s notice anything which may arise in matters connected with discipline and contentment of those under him. (vi) He shall make arrangements for conducting periodical and final tests for recruits, cadets and other trainees. (vii) He shall supervise the running of the Regimental Centre mess for Recruits and Cadets. (viii) He shall maintain the following cash accounts:- (a) Pay and Travelling Allowance. (b) Mess Account. (c) Contingent Account. (d) Company Fund Account. (e) Private Advance Account. (f) Cadets Mess Account. (ix) He shall receive and disburse the pay of the Regimental Centre Executive Staff. (x) He shall attend to any other duties allotted to him in the efficient administration of the Regimental Centre. (xi) He shall inspect the kits of all the members under his charge once in three months and see that the kits are maintained well. (xii) He shall grant casual leave for all the other ranks under his charge. Applications for earned leave will be forwarded with his recommendation. 149. Duties of Inspector in-charge of Signal School -(i) He will be in-charge of the Signal Training School, and will attend to the day to day work and also conduct the classes himself every day on all working days. (ii) The Radio Supervisor and other staff for the School will work directly under him. (iii) He will draw up a programme for conducting W/T training for fresh hand of all Armed Police Units allotting seats for each unit with the prior approval of the Commandant. (iv) He will conduct refresher courses from time to time for W/T operators. (v) He will be in-charge of the Government properties of the School. (vi) He will maintain all accounts relating to the School staff and the trainees. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 131 (vii) He will maintain a separate General Diary for the School. (viii) He will conduct periodical tests before the trainees appear for the final test in the Police Radio office and report progress to the Deputy Commandant. (ix) He will be in-charge of the Central Stores where all Arms and Ammunition are stored and distributed. (x) He is also responsible for the proper accounting and-up-keep of the stores. He shall take the assistance of the Sub-Inspector allotted for the Central Stores. 150. Duties of Sub-Inspector Armour in-charge of Central Stores - (i) He will assist the officer-in-charge Signal School for the proper maintenance of accounts and to up keep of the weapons and ammunition. (ii) He will personally attend to the receipt and issue of weapons, ammunition and other stores of the Central Stores. (iii) He will be held personally responsible for the correctness of stock and will maintain the Stock Register. 151. Sub-Inspector of the Garrison Platoons - (i) They will be responsible for the training and discipline of the men. (ii) They shall report to the Inspector in-charge of training any cases of indiscipline among their men. (iii) They shall see that whenever their men are put on guard duty a good and smartly turned out guard is mounted. (iv) They will inspect the kit of all the men under their charge once a month and record the same in the Kit Deficiency Register. (v) They will see that duties to the men under their charge are allotted evenly. They are responsible for correct maintenance of the Duty Posters of their Platoon. 152. Duties of Sub-Inspector Motor Transport Group - (i) He will be in-charge of all the vehicles under the charge of the Regimental Centre. (ii) He will be in-charge of all the drivers of the Regimental Centre and will supervise their day to day duties. (iii) He will be responsible for the maintenance of all the vehicles and attend to the repairs if any, promptly, under proper authority. (iv) He will keep track of payment of bills for repairs and Motor Transport Stores. (v) He will be responsible for the proper maintenance of records for the vehicles under his charge. (vi) He will once a month inspect at the vehicles allotted to the Regimental Centre and submit a report to the Deputy Commandant through Inspector in-charge of training. (vii) He will check the Daily Diaries of the vehicles and put them up for the perusal of Deputy Commandant once a week. (viii) He will see that all the vehicles in his charge are inspected once in a Quarter by the Motor Vehicles Inspector and put up the remarks for the Deputy Commandant’s perusal. (ix) He will also see that the repairs indicated by the Motor Vehicles Inspector are carried out with proper sanction then and there and compliance reported. 153. Sub-Inspector in-charge of Training - (i) They are responsible for proper training of squads allotted for their supervision. (ii) They are responsible for the discipline of the recruits and cadets under their charge. (iii) They will assist the Inspector in the preparation of the training programme and report to the Inspector periodically on the standard of training, discipline and conduct of the individuals under their care. (iv) They will inspect the kits of all the trainees under them once a month and record the same on the Kits Deficiency Register. (v) They will attend Roll Calls and Mess daily and report on any lapses. 132 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER XII

SANITATION, HYGIENE AND HEALTH

154. General – 1. The aim of this order is to achieve and maintain a high level of “Personal Health” of the men and to prevent or minimise morbidity due to preventable diseases. That “Health is a battle winning factor” is a well established truth. Troops that are oriented in the modern concept of positive health and who by observance and maintenance of a high standard of hygiene and sanitation are immune to preventable diseases, can enlist disease as an additional weapon on their side and deliberately choose unhealthy areas to fight the enemy. 2. While the Unit Commander is responsible for the health of his Unit personnel, it is always necessary for him to depend upon his Medical Officer for sound service and guidance. 3. A Medical Officer is the adviser to the Commandant on all matters pertaining to sanitation and health. He will make recommendations varbally or in writing to the Commandant who will take prompt action to implement them. 4. Commandants will ensure that Orderly Officers are familiar with the orders and that they carry out inspections to ensure that the orders are being complied with. 5. A sanitary orderly is authorised for each company and it is his responsibility to maintain the sanitation of the Unit lines. His duty is to see that the latrines and lavatories are kept in a clean and sanitary condition. 6. He will ensure the removal of filth and vegetation from the vicinity of barracks and latrines. 7. He will ensure that drains are cleaned regulary to avoid stagnation of water. In these above duties he will exercise strict supervision over the work of the Sweepers. 8. Hygiene is the Science of maintaining and promoting good health and prevention of diseases. Sanitation means the practical application of the laws and principles of Hygiene to various conditions of life under which men live and work. 155. Anti Fly measure .- (a) Prevention -(i) Unit areas and surroundings will always be kept scrupulously clean and fly breeding areas eradicated. (ii) All swills or refuse bins will have proper fitting fly-proof lids. (iii) Latrines must be fly-proofed, if necessary by improvisation. (iv) Rubbish will be deposited in rubbish bins. (v) Animals litter will be disposed off properly by tight packing or burning. (vi) Drains will be attended to daily. Stagnation will not be permitted. (vii) Likely breeding areas will be treated weekly with D.D.T., if eradication is impracticable. (b) Destructions -(i) The D.D.T. is not so effective against adult flies due to development of resistance. Moreover, it has a delayed killing effect. Pyrethrum spray should be used as a special case that there is no good drain spray for instantaneous kill. (ii) Swatting, organised on Unit basis, Prescribing 5-10 kills per man per day will rout out the fly. (c) Protection -(i) Fly-proof cup boards should be provided for good storage. (ii) Squares with gauge, weighted with beads, afford protection for food in jugs or bowls. (iii) Chicks or camouflaged nets hung loosely and smeared or swabbed with D.D.T. solution prove quite effective. 156. Hygiene-I-General – It is the duty of every rank to keep himself fit at all times. He can do so only when he is healthy. Cleanliness in body, food and clothing and society are principal subjects to which every one must pay particular attention. Bad food and edibles from bazars and hawkers should be avoided. Craving for women is a subject which is a delicate one. Anyone suffering from V.D. will report himself, for treatment to the Medical Officer at once. 157. Hygiene-Personal Hygiene - (i) Personal clothing of all individual must be washed regularly. Particular attention will be paid to the cleanliness of under clothing. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 133 (ii) All ranks must bathe regularly. (iii) No inter-change, lending, or borrowing of clothing will be permitted. (iv) Finger nails will always be kept clean and short. (v) All ranks must wash their hands after going to latrines and urinals and before and after every meal. (vi) Socks must always be kept in good state of repairs. A clean dry pair must always be available as reserve. Socks should be washed each day. (vii) Feet will be inspected once a week and after long marches. (viii) Personnel infested with lice or suffering from skin disease will be segregated and sent for treatment. (ix) Periodical physical inspection of all other ranks will be conducted by the Medical Officer. Personnel proceeding on or returning from leave or duty will be similarly inspected. 158. Inoculation and vaccination -(a) Vaccination against small-pox. All ranks including Officers will be re-vaccinated every two years. (b) T.A.B. Inaculation. (i) First inaculation is carried out with two dose of T.A.B. vaccination, 0.5 c.c and 1 c.c respectively at an interval of ten days. Yearly inaculation thereafter with single injunction of 0.5 c.c (ii) All ranks including Officers will be re-inaculated every year. (c) Inaculation against Tetanus. All personnel will be immunised against Tetanus in accordance with the following scheme: (i) Dosage: Active immunisation consists of 3 injection of tetanus toxoid in the order shown below:- First injection-1.0 ml. Second-1.0 ml. to be given after 6 and 12 weeks of the first injection. Third injection-1.0 ml. to be given after 6 to 12 months after the second injection. NOTE - The Immunity conferred by inaculation of the three infections last for a period of five years. (ii) Reinforcement of immunity - (a) After wound or injury, a reinforcement does of 1.0 ml. will be given to fully immunised personal. (iii) Reactions - Reactions to tetanus toxoid are rare and usually mild, Personal with history of asthma or a fever may be more liable to an allergic reaction than others. Such cases should be given a reduced dose of 0.1 ml. followed some hours later or on the next day by the normal dose of 1.0 ml. if no symptoms have occurred with the first reduced dose. 159. Preventable diseases - A. Infective hepatitis - (i) It is a virus infection. The causative organism is found in faleces and urine of patients. The mode of transmission of the disease is through contaminated food and drinks. The fly acting as a mechanical carrier. (ii) In order to reduce the incidence to the absolute minimum the following measures will be strictly enforced:- (a) Maintenance of high standard of sanitation in the Unit lines and proper disposal of waste products. (b) Protection of food from flies at all times by instituting vigorous anti-fly measures in and around Unit lines. (c) Boiling of milk before consumption and obtaining butter and cream from authorised and reliable source only. (d) Boiling drinking water before use. (e) Vegetables and fruits, when eaten unpeeled should be dipped in a strong solution of bleaching powder (one tea spoonful per 5 litres) before consumption. (f) Forbidding use of mineral waters and preparation of ice unless obtained from authorised sources. 134 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (g) Prohibiting purchase of food from outside sources and discouraging hawkers and vendors from entering Unit lines. (h) Maintenance of high standard of sanitation in Unit canteens especially washing and steaming of cups, saucers and tumblers. (i) Forbidding bathing in canals, rivers and community swimming pools. (j) Placing hotels and restaurants “OUT-OF-BOUNDS” if standard of sanitation is not satisfactory. (k) Reporting immediately to the Medical Officer cases with fever of sudden on set with nausea, abdominal discomfort and sometimes yellow discoloudation of the eyes. (l) Keeping immediately all cases diagonised as infections Hepatitis, under medical surveillance for four weeks. B. Intestinal disease - Intestinal diseases like diarrhoea, dysentery, typhoid, infective hepatitis and hook-worn infection or infestations are fairly common amongst the local inhabitants. Safe water, whole-some food, physical exercise, TAB inoculation and high standard of environmental sanitation will go a long way to minimise the morbidity on this account. C. Malaria - 1. Malaria is preventable. A high rate of Malaria in all Unit is an indication of the failure on the part of Unit Commanders to enforce Malaria Discipline. Commandants are responsible for all anti-Malaria measures and Malaria Discipline in the Unit and for training of all ranks in this. 2. The following preventive measures will be enforced:- (i) Personal protection - Mosquito nets will be used by all ranks when sleeping at night. The nets will be tucked in by sun set. All ranks will be in full sleeves shirts in the evenings after sun set. All ranks will posses the nets in good state at all times whether on duty, leave or sick in hospital. (ii) Suppressive treatment - (a) Drugs to be used in Paludrine or Camoguin which is supplied in the form of 300 mg. Tablets. (b) Dosage. Two Tablets of Paludrine or Camoquin will be given per week to each man: one tablet on MONDAYS and the second tablet on THURSDAYS. (c) Personal proceeding on temporary duty or leave will continue to take the suppressive treatment, but they will take one tablet of Paludrine or Camoquine per week on every MONDAY. (d) Personal will be made to take the Tablet in a parade under proper supervision. (e) Company Commanders will maintain a Register of personnel issued with Paludrine Tablets showing quantity issued or administered for Malaria Suppressive treatment. The lay out of the Register is given in Appendix XXIX. (iii) Anti-Mosquito measures - Five per cent D.D.T. in kerosene oil will be sprayed once in two months on the inside wall of every building including empty one, tents and mud plastered huts, bashes and stables. D. Minor Respiratory diseases - (i) With the 1st of rainy weather incidence of minor respiratory diseases like Common Cold, Pharyngitis and Bronchitis show great increase in some of the Units. Immediate steps, as indicated below, will be taken by all concerned to prevent spread of these diseases. (ii) These diseases are spread through the air (droplet infection) when persons suffering iron any of these disease cough, shout or talk loudly, the germs are sprayed into the air in tiny drops of the nasal secretion or saliva and healthy individual inhaling the contaminated air contract the disease. (iii) Prevention of this disease consists of – (a) Ensuring proper ventilation.-All doors, windows and ventilators of barracks or living accommodation will be kept open through out the day and night to ensure free circulation of fresh air. (b) Avoiding crowding - Crowding in barracks will be prevented. A minimum distance of six feet from the centre on one bed to another should be ensures; if not practicable “head-to-foot” THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 135 arrangement of beds will be resorted to. Crowded public resorts like cinemas, public conveyances and restaurants will be avoided during the period when there is an increase in the incidence of respiratory diseases. (c) Avoiding close contact with persons suffering from the diseases.-All personnel suffering from any of the respiratory diseases will be segregated and treated in a separate barrack and not allowed to mix freely with others. Immediate contacts of such cases will be kept under observation and given daily anti-septic mouthwashes and gargles. (d) Avoiding exposure to chills - Continuous exposure to rain, sudden exposure of body after exercise or bath in cold breeze and use of wet garments, lowers the resistance and therefore should be avoided. (e) Preventing dissemination of infection - When coughing, spitting or sneezing in proximity of men move away. The mouth and nose will be covered with handkerchief and spitting is to be discouraged. E. General diseases of the skin-(a) General -The skin, the outer most covering of the body comes in contact with various outside agencies and is subject to variety of diseases. Even when trivial such diseases are apt to the disabling. The majority of the skin diseases prevalent in Service personnel are preventable and their prevention lies in the observance of simple but important rules of personal hygiene. The common skin diseases met with among service personal are:- (i) Scabies or the itch. (ii) Ring worn infection of the feet or other parts of the body. (iii) Furuncle (Boils). (iv) Prickly heat. (v) Septic condition of skin arising from cuts, abrasions and injuries to the skin. (vi) Skin conditions caused by indigestions of some articles of food or drink which do not agree with certain individuals. (b) Prevention.-The preventive measures against common skin disease are:- (i) Personal cleanliness. (ii) Cleanliness of clothing and apparel. (iii) Environmental sanitation. (iv) Protection of skin against injurious external agencies. (v) Avoidance of items of food and drink which cause alergic reactions in sensitive individual. (c) The above prophylactic measures are given in detail in the succeeding paragraph. Cleanliness of the body-Bath -A daily bath in clean water is essential for bodily cleanliness. A good soap is helpful but excessive use of soap should be avoided as it tends to make the skin too dry. A warm water bath helps removal of dirt from the skin pores and thorough cleaning of the skin which should be done at least twice a week. Thorough and careful drying of the skin after bath and dusting with talc powder, particularly between the folds and toes often prevents fungus (ring worm) infection. Towels used should be clean. (ii) Care of the Scalp -Scalp and hair should be washed with soap at least twice a week, if not more frequently. Own comb and hair brush only should be used. (iii) Care of the hands and feet - Hands should be properly washed especially before and after meals. Nails should be trimmed or kept short to avoid accumulation of dirt and germs under them and to prevent scratch of the skin. After a long march or fatigues, use of warm foot bath should be encouraged as it is not only hygienic but also soothing to the feet. (iv) Barber’s implements - Combs, razors and clippers will be washed thoroughly with 2.5 per cent dettol or Iysol and then with clean water to remove all traces of the disinfectant before and after their use. Shaving brushes will be sterilized by boiling in the water for five minutes. (v) Exercise - Regular exercise or massage improves the blood circulation and keeps the skin healthy. 136 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (vi) Cleanliness of the clothing and apparel - (a) Under clothing.-Underclothing should be clean and of light absorbent material. Trey should be washed frequently, daily in summer and at least twice a week, if not more often in winter. Use of wet underclothing should be avoided. During winter cotton underclothing should be avoided. During winter cotton underclothing worn next to the skin prevents irritation by woollen garments. (b) Socks - Socks should be of the correct size and washed daily after use. Wet socks should not be worn. (c) Boots an Shoes - Should be well-fitted (neither tight nor loose) and well dubbined to keep them supple. (d) Head dress -Should not be interchanged. Interchange of common articles of dress such as sports dress should be avoided, or these should be washed and ironed immediately after use. Articles of dress worn by patients suffering from skin disease will be disinfected by boiling or by soaking in 2.5 per cent cresol solution before being sent to the Dhobi for washing. (vii) Cleanliness of surroundings - As dust and dirt on the skin cause irritation and scratching leading to sepsis or wounds, the surroundings should be kept clean. Common bath rooms and floors should be scrubbed daily with lime or disinfectant. (viii) Protection of the skin against injuries external agencies. Exposure to strong sun or wind causes local burns and chaffing or blistering of the skin particularly in sensitive individual and should be avoided cracking of the lips and dryness of the skin due to climatic condition can be prevented by the application of diluted glycerine. Minor cuts and abrasions of the skin should be treated immediately to prevent sepsis. Bites and stinge of certain insects cause skin lesion which may lead to sepsis or abscess formation and should be avoided. Close contact with persons suffering from skin disease or their articles of dress should be avoided and such patients isolated till they are free from infection. (ix) Food and drink - Certain articles of food like fish (Prawn) mushrooms give rise to skin disease to certain individual. As soon as this is noticed, use of such things should be stopped and medical advice sought. (F) Prevention of Venereal disease - (i) Venereal disease is one of the causes of loss of man power in the Armed Forces. High incidence in a Unit shows lack of interest by officers in their men and poor discipline. (ii) Venereal disease is in all cases caused by intercourse with an infected woman and is often contracted when proceeding on leave or temporary duty. A talk explaining the danger of contracting the disease and its consequences should be given to the men frequently. (iii) Propaganda films should be arranged to be shown as frequently as possible. (iv) All ranks must be kept occupied in healthy pursuits during their leisure hours, e.g., out-door and in-door games, instructional or recreational facilities, music and club life. (v) It must be explained to all ranks that contracting venereal disease is not punishable but its concealment is. (vi) It must be ensured that “OUT-OF-BOUNDS” regulations are not violated. Any person doing so should be strictly dealt with. (vii) Venereal disease inspection should be done once in a quarter. 160. Sanitation of Barber shops -(i) Regular inspection of Barber shops will be carried out in order to ensure hygienic and cleanliness by the Medical Officer of the Unit. A nominal roll of personnel with their dates of last medical examination will be maintained. Monthly medical inspection of Barbers will be carried out. (ii) The shop will always be kept clean. No bedding, clothing, etc., will be kept therein. (iii) Barbers will be cleanly dressed and while working will wear clean white overalls or aprons. (iv) Barbers will wash their hands frequently. For this purpose suitable arrangements will be available in the Barber shop. (v) Clean sheets and towels should always be available. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 137 (vi) A tin or bucket for used cotton wool and cut hair will be provided. (vii) barbers will be instructed that they will not shave or cut the hair of any men suffering from skin disease or vermin. Such cases will be referred to the Medical Officer for advice. Barbers should be instructed to use strips of clean paper for removing the soap and shavings and will not use palms and forearms for that purpose. (viii) All cuts will be swabbed by the Barber with tincture iodine which can be obtained from the Medical Inspection Room. (ix) To ensure cleanliness and sterilisation and to prevent rusting or blunting, razors, hair clippers and combs will be washed with 2.5 per cent dettol or lysol before and after use on each person. Shaving brushes will be sterilized by immersing in hot water for 5 minutes before and after use. 161. Sanitation of barracks, tents, etc. - (i) The barracks and Tents should be kept clean and well swept. (ii) The barracks should be well ventilated, doors, windows and ventilators will be kept open. Tent flaps will be rolled up for 3 to 4 hours in day time during fair weather. (iii) Men’s kit will be exposed to the sun and aired at least once a week. (iv) Bins will be provided in each barrack for dry refuse, e.g., beedies, papers, matches, etc. 162. Sanitation of bath rooms - (i) Bath houses will be cleaned daily. (ii) Foot-boards, if in use, will be washed with cresol or lime and dried in the sun weekly. It must be borne in mind that foot-rot spreads due to infected bath boards and floors. (iii) Waste water will not be allowed to stagnate in unit areas; it will be run into garden drains or soakage pits. (iv) Indiscriminate bathing in ponds or streams is prohibited. (v) Scale of baths is 4 per cent of unit strength. 163. Sanitation of canteens -(i) No person will be employed in canteens unless he has been TAB inoculated, vaccinated against small-pox and medically examined. A nominal roll of personnel employed with dates of vaccination, TAB innoculation and last medical examination will be hung up in each canteen. (ii) All personnel working in canteens must be examined by the Medical Officer once a month. (iii) Unit Commanders will inspect their Unit Canteen at least once a week and the Medical Officer at least once a fortnight. (iv) Following rules will govern running of Canteen:- (a) Crockery, glassware and cutlery will be washed first with soda or soap and hot water rinsed in clean water and lastly steam-sterilized. (b) Ample supply of clean dusters will be available always. (c) Sweets and edibles will be stored in fly-proof almirahs. (d) Milk will always be boiled before use. Milk and curd vessels will be fitted with fly proof covers. (e) Curd and butter milk will be prepared in containers which have been cleaned with soap in hot water and brushed. (f) The Canteen cook-house will be fly-proofed. (g) Arrangements for washing of utensils will be as per orders for cook-houses. (h)Employees working in canteens and cook-houses will always be cleanly dressed. (i) Canteens will always be kept scrupulously clean. (j) All sweets will be prepared on premises or obtained from approved sources. (k) Arrangements for washing of hands will be made. (l) All fruits which are eaten raw will be soaked in bleach solution before sale (one tea spoon full of bleaching powder per 5 litres of water). 138 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (m) Aerated water will be obtained only from factories approved by the Medical Officer. 164. Sanitation of cook-houses - 1. A copy of the orders given below, in the language in which the cooks understand, will be hung up in all unit messes and cook-houses. It will be ensured that those orders are read out to the Mess Non-Commissioned offices and the cooks atleast once a week and are understood by them:- (i) No person who has suffered from typhoid group of fevers or is suffering from active diarrhoea, dysentery, skin or venereal diseases will be employed in cook-houses or food handling duties. Those suffering from sore throats, colds or chills will not the employed in the cook-house until declared by the Medical Officer. (ii) All cooks and food handlers will be examined by the Medical Officer prior to their being employed in the cook-house and regularly once a month thereafter. (iii) Nominal roll of all men employed with the dates of TAB innoculation, vaccination and monthly medical examinations will be hung up in all cook-house. (iv) Cooks will wash their hands with soap and water before starting work in the cook-house and after every visit to latrine or urinal. Running water, soap, nail brush and clean towel will be provided for this purpose. If continuous tap water supply is not available a drum with tap will be provided. They will keep their finger nails trimmed. (v) Cooks will always be cleanly dressed. Cooks clothing as authorised will be used. They will always keep their heads covered with caps. No personal clothing or private property of men will be allowed in the cook-house. All cooks will be issued with aprons which they should wear while serving food for the men. (vi) Smoking in the cook-house will be forbidden. (vii) It will be ensured that there is always a sufficient supply of clean dusters available for cleaning and drying cooking utensil and dishes. After the last meal, dusters will be washed with soap and water and hung up to dry. (viii) All pots and utensils will be cleaned off of grease with ash, washed and dried after each meal. Utensils used for men will be washed with soap, hot water and brush. All cooking utensils will be “Muttied” (plastered with a coating of clay or earth) outside. Massala containers will be cleaned regularly. Tinning of vessels used for cooking and storage of food stuffs will be done as and when necessary. (ix) Cook-house table, chopping blocks and cutting boards will be thoroughly scrubbed, after the last meal with soap water and brush. Chopping blocks will be salted. (x) Food scraps, vegetables peeling and refuse will be put in bins/tins provided for the purpose. These bins will be kept covered at all times with proper fitting lids. As far as possible all cook-house refuse should be burnt in the cook-house over. Almost all refuse can be disposal of in this way. (xi) The cook-house and dining halls will be kept free from files. Files entering cook-houses/ dining halls will be killed by swatters. Cook-houses not fly-proofed will be sprayed with a solution containing 0.5 per cent DDT and 0.03 per cent pyrethrum in kerosene oil, twice a week. (xii) Cooked food will be kept covered with lids or clean wooden covers and stored in fly- proof food safes or meat safes or cupboards till issued. Dirty dusters or old mosquito nets will not be used. (xiii) Nothing will be kept in the kitchen which is not required for use. (xiv) A preparation table to cut meet and vegetables will be provided in each cook-house. This table will not be painted but may be covered with zine sheeting or marble or decolum or its equivalent. (xv) All water from the cook-house will, wherever possible, pass through improvised straw or sand grease trap. Used up straw and sand will be regularly replaced by fresh stock. (xvi) Suitable containers will be provided to draw or store rations. Meat will be transported in wooden box lined with rust proof galvanised sheet or glass and the lid will have fly and rust proof wire netting. The meat box should be thoroughly washed and cleaned daily. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 139 (xvii) An improvised platform with running water will be provided near each cook-house for washing utensils. Containers for “clean ash” and “used ash” will be provided near these platforms. (xviii) Swill bins with proper fitting lids will be provided, both for sweepings from the cook- houses and left, over from men’s plates. They will be kept covered to deny access to flies and will be oiled regularly. (xix) A grease trap for sullage water will be provided in the drain leading from the place where cooking utensils are cleaned and men wash their hands. (xx) Utensils used for milk will be cleaned after each use with soap, hot water and brush. (xxi) Where there are no drains, soakage pits with grease traps will be constructed. 165. Sanitation of dining halls - (i) Dining halls should be made to look as attractive as possible. (ii) If not fly-proofed, dining halls will be fly-proofed by improvisation. File gathering in will be killed by “Swatting”. (iii) Tables will not be painted. They will be daily scrubbed with soap, brush and water. “Decklike” appearance will be aimed at. Where no tables or benches are provided, mud walls to serve as such will be built. (iv) To keep down dust, dining halls, will be plastered down with clay regularly if the floors are not cemented. (v) Supply of drinking water will be available in or near the dining tables. (vi) Receptacles for bones and inedible will be provided on the dining tables. (vii) During winter months an improvised “hot plate” will be constructed from which the food will be served. A large tin or iron plate supported on walls 60 cm high under which charcoal sigrees are placed, can be constructed easily. 166. Sanitation of latrines - (i) WCS are generally provided for permanent barracks and ordinary maintenance will suffice with phenyl and acid. (ii) If commode or PAN type latrines are provided, two pans must always be used for each seat; one to receive the urine and the other the faces. It is essential that care is taken to avoid fouling the ground by spillage. (iii) Pans must be thoroughly cleaned and oiled daily. After 08.00 hours only a small number of pans should be left in the latrine and the rest exposed to the sun. (iv) Improvised fly proofing should be done to the extent possible. The bins for storage of excreta must always be kept covered with lids. (v) A sweeper will be on duty to ensure that pans or commodes are emptied immediately after use. Cresol may be used as a deodorant. (vi) Latrines will be sprayed with DDT or Pyrethrum twice weekly. (vii) Water should be made available near the latrine to facilitate washing of pans and floors of latrines. (viii) Pans/commodes and receptacles should be daily smeared with oil. (ix) Drains from latrines should lead to soakage pits. (x) Phenyl must be freely used daily in cleaning the latrines. (xi) In field-areas field flush type latrines will be constructed. (xii) For seats of field-flush type latrines tins will be used in similar lines as that of ceramic sanitary wares. (xiii) The pits will be about 8 feet deep. For about 3 feet the pit will be filled with soft sand, charcoal and small pebbles alternatively with thickness of 6 inches layer each. (xiv) Field latrines will not be constructed in water logging places. (xv) Sufficient ventilation must be provided for air and sunlight. (xvi) Open latrines (trench type) should not be constructed and used. (xvii) Men should not for this purpose avail open air facilities. 140 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL (xviii) The scale of latrine is 10 persons for seat. (xix) Field flush latrines will be changed at least once in four months, if necessary even earlier. (xx) While changing the venue of latrine site the old one should be completely filled and no seat should be left unfilled. In other words there should not be any man holes left behind in the place of latrines. 167. Sanitation of Laundry - (i) Dhobies and other personnel engaged in washing or ironing clothes will be medically examined once a month to ensure that they are not suffering from any skin diseases. (ii) Only clean water obtained from a source approved by the Medical Officer will be used for washing of clothes. (iii) Clothing or linen of persons suffering from infections or contagious diseases or of their contacts will be first disinfected and then only given to dhobi for washing. (iv) For drying, clothes will be hung on clothing lines of rope and will not be spread on the ground or fence. (v) It will be ensured that the laundry is free from rats, insects, charcoal, dust and smoke. Wash water will be let out in the soap pits or streams. Charcoal, starch, soap, soiled and washed clothes will be stored in proper containers. Dhoby’s workroom and laundry will always be kept neat and tidy. Special care will be taken while ironing clothing items. 168. Sanitation of unit areas -(i) Unit areas will always be kept clean. (ii) Stray animals and dogs will not be permitted in unit lines. (iii) Drains will be cleaned regularly and not allowed to stagnate. Pools will not be permitted to form in unit areas. (iv) Spitting is strictly forbidden. (v) No unauthorised vendor will be permitted to sell any edibles in unit lines. (vi) All civilian shops selling edibles near unit lines will be “out of bounds” unless approved by the Medical Officer. (vii) All dry refuse will be kept in the bins provided for the purpose pending disposal by burning or burial twice a day. Refuse will not be thrown about indiscriminately. The bins will have well fitted lids and will be mounted on an improvised platform. Disposal by burning is a much better method as it keeps away rats and flies. (viii) No civilian will be employed in the unit in any category unless he has been declared fit and inoculated and vaccinated by the Medical Officer. 169. Scorpion bite. I. (a) Scorpions are venomous pests, possessing a highly flexible tail armed with a sting in a sharp spine. They are nocturnal in habits, spending the day concealed under stones and in crevices and venturing out after sun-set in search of food. They are harmless unless molested. (b) Scorpion stings are as a rule, no more dangerous than lice or wasp stings. The scorpion sting is more painful. If sufficient poison has been injected, the sting may cause distressing symptoms which however, soon pass off. II. First Aid treatment of scorpion sting. If the sting is one the extremities, apply a ligature above the sting and apply suction over the bite. On other parts of the body apply only suction. Pain can be relieved by the application of a strong solution of ammonia or a local injection of novocaine. 170. Snake Bites - (i) There are about 300 species of land snakes of which 40 are poisonous. The common most poisnous snakes are the cobra. (Dalvia) Russel’s viper, (Phoorsa) Echidna, the green pit viper and krait. The first three cause most of the deaths, the kraits, although most poisonous, rarely bite men. (ii) Snake bites cases usually occur during summer and rainy season. Commanding Officer will ensure that all ranks are fully conversant with instructions given below regarding the prevention and First Air treatment of snake bite. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 141 (iii) Prevention.-(a) More than half of all snake bites are below the knee. Therefore, all personnel working in thick under growth and while walking about dark nights will wear boots. (b) Torches will be used when walking about at night. (c) All ranks must be instructed not to put their bare hands into hallow logs or animal burrows as snakes may be lurking in them. (d) All ranks will examine their boots before putting them on and will examine their beds before retiring. A well tucked in mosquito net in addition to providing protection against Mosquitoes and other insects, affords excellent protection against snakes. (e) While living under canvas all tents will be surrounded by a trench 45 cm vide and 45 cm, deep with vertical sides. No bridges will be built across them, as they defeat the object for which the trenches are meant. (iv) Action in case of snake bites.-(a) A case of snake bite is an emergency of the first order. First Aid must be given immediately at the place of occurrence. Immediate first aid followed by specific treatment by the Medical Officer will save many lives. The snake should be killed if possible, so that it may be later identified as a poisonous or non-poisonous snake. All cases of snake bites must be treated as bites from a poisonous snake until proved otherwise. (b) First Aid - The bitten person must never run as this increases the rate of the absorption of the venom into the body. He should call for help or proceed slowly to where assistance can be obtained after applying First Aid. The immediate treatment varies with the part bitten. (c) Bite on limb -Tourniquet-Apply a tourniquet at once proximal to the bite. Any available material that can serve as a tourniquet can be applied e.g. piece of thick string, pull through cord, a turban or belt. It should be knotted round the limb above the knee or elbow, and tightened with a stick to stop circulation. The usual precaution of loosening tourniquet every twenty minutes or so to allow the limb to the flushed with blood will be taken. If help is not available, the bitten individual will apply tourniquet himself. If the bitten part is finger or toe, a second tourniquet may be applied on the bitten finger or toe proximal to the bite. (d) Local Washing – Wash the skin over the bite with water or any lotion available to remove venom that may be on the skin. This washing is an important step, particularly before cutting off the skin is undertaken. (e) Incision of skin – Incise the skin on the fang marks, each incision being 1 cm to 2 cm. long and ½ cm. deep. There should be several incisions in the axis of limb. If the tourniquet has been applied tight enough, the cut will not bleed. After a period of free flow of blood, tighten the tourniquent again to stop the bleeding. (f) Suction of venom – The venom must be sucked out of the incised area. Suction by suction cup rather than mouth is preferable. Suction cups such as breast pumps are easy to operate and cheap to buy. Squeezing of the wound after incision will be carried out if suction is not possible and an appreciable amount of poison can be extracted by this method. If swelling develops above the fang marks, make criss-cross incision at the advancing edge and apply suction or extraction. (g) Important points – (i) Reassure the patient that the majority of the snakes are harmless and a large number of persons bitten do not receive a lethal dose of venom. If the bite has been through thick cloths, the fangs may have simply grazed the skin and the venom may only be on the surface. (ii) Do not rub potasium permanganate into the wound as it may cause damage. (iii) Do not give alcohol to the patient, as this will hasten the absorption of venom. (iv) A First Aid Box containing the following items will be provided in all Quarter Guards for use in emergency. (a) Tourniquet or equivalent. (b) A packet or razor blades. (c) Stick 15 cm. length. 171. Storage of rations – (i) Fresh purchases viz. vegetables, greens, fruits, etc., will be 142 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL regularly inspected by the Company Commander personally for quality and quantity. (ii) All fruits and vegetables to be consumed uncooked will be soaked in bleach solution before issue to the men. Vegetables to be cooked should not be so treated. Bleaching powder will be stored in well stopped bottles in cool shady places and used at the scale of 1 ten-spoonful to 5 litres of water for this purpose. (iii) All rations will be protected from dust and flies. (iv) Fresh milk will be boiled before consumption. (v) Ration will be stocked over racks raised from the floor. (vi) Anti-rat measures will be enforced in all ration Stores. If possible the Stores should be rat-proofed. 172. Storage of water and water supply – (i) Drinking water and water used for cooking will be obtained from approved sources. Strict orders will be issued by all Commandants that unchlorinated water from any sources, no matter how safe, will not be consumed. (ii) Receptacles for storing water e.g., Brass vessels, drums etc., will be cleaned daily. They will always be kept covered. (iii) Suitable dippers with handle will be provided for each container, to draw water. They will be fitted with hooks and kept immersed in the vessels. (iv) Drinking water will be provided near the cook-houses, dining halls, barracks and working places. (v) Only Boiled and cooled water will be used. 173. Company Commander - Responsibility of - 1. Company Commanders are responsible that all ranks are sent for re inoculation and revaccination before the date on which they fall due. 2. They will maintain one combined Register vide Appendix XXVII in which dates of T.A.B. inoculation, vaccination are Tetanus Toxoid and dates of next due will be recorded in separate columns. Three or four lines will be allotted to each individual. 3. The date of vaccination will be recorded in the Register only when the results are finally assessed as either “successful” or Insusceptible”. 4. The Register will include the names of every Officer N.C.O. men and followers of the Company. 5. Company Commanders will ensure that the Register is checked during the first week of every month and that all individual due during the month are sent to the Medical Officer for inoculation|vaccination|Tetanus Toxoid as the case may be. 6. All ranks of the Company will be examined by the Medical Officer annually and a Register showing the dates of examination will be maintained in the Register as shown in Appendix XXVIII. Personnel newly joining the Company, returning from leave, on temporary duty and after discharge from Hospital will be sent to the Unit Medical Officer for medical inspection on their arrival in the Company. 7. (a) Medical Officer will carry out “Sanitary Rounds at least once a month”. A week after the inspection he will satisfy himself that the recommendations made by him have been carried out. His report should be sent by the Company Commanders to the Commandant through the Assistant Commandant. 8. V.D. Register - Company Commanders are responsible for maintaining the V.D. Register for treatment and surveillance of veneral disease. Medical Officer is responsible for scrutiny of all entries in the Register twice a month to ensure follow up of all cases of surveillance and post-hospital treatment. Details of entries to be made in the Register are not below. The register will be marked confidential and treated as such :- (i) General Number. (ii) Rank. (iii) Name in BLOCK LETTERS. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 143

(iv) Diagnosis. (v) Date of admission and discharge from hospital. (vi) Date of rejoining the Company. (vii) Dates on which to report Medical Officer. (viii) Date struck off from V.D. Register. (ix) Remarks. 9. Paludrine Register - Company Commanders will maintain a Register (vide Appendix XXIX) of personnel administered Paludrine Tablets showing quantity for Malaria Suppressive Treatment. 144 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER XIII

SECURITY

174. Security of documents - Secret and confidential documents will be handled by Gazetted Officers|Officer Commanding Companies as given in Battalion Orders from time to time. These Officers will be held personally responsible for the safe custody of such documents. The loss of a confidential|secret document will be viewed seriously and will be investigated, where necessary, by a Gazetted Officer under the orders of the Commandant. Office Manager and other Section Heads will be responsible for the security of information of the Office and will ensure that all precautions are taken for the security of documents|information in the Office. Office staff who indulge in loose talk about disposition of Companies or layout of camps or any matter concerning the functions of the Battalion will be reported to the Commandant. All personnel including civilian personnel and Office Assistants must realize that they should not indulge in any correspondence on information, they may come to know during the course of their official duties. No documents, files should be taken out of office to private residences unless specifically permitted by the Commandant or the Head of the Office. 2. Railway and bus warrant books, postage stamps and Office seals will be kept under lock and key. 3. The Battalion Office, Camp Offices of the Commandant| Deputy Commandants are out of bounds for all ranks. 4. Executive personnel should never be employed in Battalion Office in any capacity. In exceptional cases the Commandant can permit temporary employment of Executive personnel in the Battalion Office. Such persons should be of good character and high integrity. They will be kept under close watch. No Executive staff will function in the above lines for a period more than three months at a stretch. 175. Security of Information - The role of the Special Police Units is to act as a third line of defence in the maintenance of law and order and also to carry out other duties in times of emergency. As such, it is very important that information regarding moves, strength and dispositions are always kept strictly secret and confidential. Leakages due to indiscreet talk, carelessness and breaches of standing security regulations will not only hazard and ruin the force, but also undermine its morale, etc. 176. Security of materials - Arrangements for the protection of Stores, vehicles, etc., are the responsibility of the Officers in whose charge they are committed whether temporarily or permanently. Generally, speaking, such protection is afforded by Guards and Sentries. Rigid control of access to the Stores and Offices and careful supervision of those employed are very necessary. The Quarter Master|Stores Havildar or Motor Transport Officer and others should keep their Stores and Offices locked properly-duplicate keys being kept in the Guard Room in a glass cupboard duly sealed and these Officers will examine the buildings and locks, before taking over from the Sentries next morning. If any windows, doors or locks are found open or tampered with, this will be reported to the Gazetted Officers present and the buildings will not be opened except after a check and inspection by a Gazetted Officer. 2. Unauthorised persons will not be allowed to enter the stores under any circumstances. 177. Security of personnel - 1. The protection of Other Ranks against seditious or subversive influence likely to undermine morale (e.g. propaganda, rumours, whispering, etc.) is very essential. 2. A register of Followers and others living in the Lines|Camp will be maintained in the Headquarters|Company Offices and only those who have been verified by the Local Police will be allowed to live in the Lines. 3. Passes for such personnel will be issued by the Officer Commanding post. Such passes must be produced when demanded by authorised officers. 4. No unauthorised civilian will be allowed to loiter about in the Lines and the Line Sentries THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 145 will pay particular attention in this respect. 5. Newspapers and periodicals that are subscribed to must be such as do not indulge in fomenting or creating disaffection or ill-will in the minds of the Constabulary and other ranks towards the Government to who the owe allegiance. Newspapers or reading materials which do not foster religious tolerance will not be supplied to the recreation rooms or Clubs. 6. Any approach by Civilians or private bodies for subscriptions, donations, etc., will at once be brought to the notice of the Officer Commanding post. 178. Political meetings and communications with the Press - 1. All ranks are strictly forbidden to take part in political meetings, demonstrates, etc., inside or outside the Lines or to communicate to the Press or Public or Political parties and other organization. 2. Personnel of Companies on detachment duty are forbidden at all times to write in private correspondence about location of their Companies and other news matters pertaining to the deployment or role of their Unit. 146 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL CHAPTER XIV

SIGNAL BRANCH

179. General - i. The Signal Group of the Battalion is meant to establish radio communication between the Battalion Headquarters and its detachments in various parts of the country as well as with other Services when so ordered. ii. Every Special Police Unit of the State has its fixed Wireless Station called “Static Station” at Battalion Headquarters and “Transportable Stations” at the rate of one each for the active Companies|Platoons of the Unit. The Transportable Stations will move along with the active Companies whenever necessary and will establish communication with the Battalion Headquarters of with the Tamil Nadu Police Radio Net Work as ordered from time to time. iii. Every Radio Station - Static or Transportable, will be manned by one Naik, one Lance Naik and two Constables. iv. A technical staff of one Supervisor and two Technicians will work under the Signal Officer Sub-Inspector for all administrative purposes. They shall be under the technical supervision of the Police Radio Officer, Madras. v. The Commandants of the Special Police Units will generally act, in consultation with the Police Radio Officer, in all important matter relating to the Technical Staff under their administrative control as also in technical matters concerning their network. vi. The Radio Staff attached to the Static Station at Battalion Headquarters will be under the control of the Signal Officer. The staff attached to the Transportable Stations with active Companies outside the Battalion Headquarters will form part of the Company Staff for discipline and administration and the Signal Officer will exercise control over them in technical matters only. Applications for leave should be forwarded to the Officer Commanding Company or Post|Detachment to the Signal Officer who will consider the case according to exigencies of Serivce. 180. General Instructions on Communication - i. Routine communication will be held from 06.00 hours to 21.00 hours daily and stations will come on the air every one hour. ii. One all days except Sundays and other Government holidays communication will be for a minimum period of 45 minutes each time. iii. On Sundays and other Government holidays Stations will close down on the orders of the control stations when all messages have been passed. To meet any emergency the Station will come on the air three times during holidays at 08.00 hours, 12.00 hours and 16.00 hours or as ordered by the Control Station. iv. Radio Operators on duty, will be present at least fifteen minutes before the time fixed in order to ensure that the set is in working order and ready for communication. v. A log book will be maintained at each Station in which all messages and signals will be entered (except cipher messages). The original copy of the entries will be handed over to the Post Commander daily for despatch to the Signal Officer. vi. Copies of these orders will be exhibited in each W|T Station (Static as well as Transportable) for ready reference. 181. General Instructions on Message writing - i. Messages must be written legibly, preferably type written in the prescribed Radio Message Form for transmission and signed by the originator with his designation affixing proper priority. ii. Normally, only one copy of the message need be sent for transmission and it will be retained in the Radio Station. iii. Address to - Insert designation of official or name of the Department along with the name of the Station. If approved, abbreviated address are available, these should invariably be used. Under no circumstances, will titles, prefix or suffix be given. iv. Address for Information (I.N.F.O.) - If the message is also required to be sent to any authority other than the addressee for information only, the name or designation of the official THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 147 concerned or the name of the Department together with name of the Station will be inserted in this space (Approved abbreviated address, if available, should be used). v. Address from - Insert name or designation of official or name of Department of the originator along with the name of the Station. (Approved abbreviation, if available should be used). vi. Originator’s numbers - The originator will insert his reference number of the correspondence. vii. Date - The date on which the message is originated is inserted in this space. The date will be written in figures separated by oblique strokes; for example, the 29th of September 1970 will be written as 29th September 1970. viii. In reply to - The reference of the correspondence to which the message is in reply is inserted in this space. This eliminates the use of the common preamble in a letter e.g., “Reference” is invited to your No. or with reference to, etc. ix. Dated - The date of reference shown above, viz. “In reply to” is inserted in this space. It is written only in figures as in paragraph VII above. x. Text - Owing to the large volume of traffic handled in the Radio Station and as long messages cause delay and hold up communications, it is essential to observe brevity with intelligence. Before writing a message, careful consideration is to be given to the contents. Thereafter, the text is to be written as briefly as possible, i.e., in telegraphic language. The use of words like “Please, kindly, etc., must be eliminated.” Omission of these words in a Radio Message will not imply impoliteness. The following punctuation signs only can be used:- a. Full stop written within a circle and dot in the Centre whether by hand or by typewriter. No full stop is required. b. Comma written as , at the end of the text. c. Inverted comma written as “ ” d. Hyphen written as - e. Oblique or stoke or fruction bar written as f. Brackets written as ( ) g. Decimal point written as . h. Apostrophe written as ‘ Apart from the above signs, no punctuation signs or mathematical signs may be written and care must be taken to ensure that their omission does no alter the sense of the message. On no account will the text contain Tabular Statements which cannot be transmitted by radio. xi. Priority - If it is desired that a message should be transmitted more expeditiously than an ordinary message the categories of priorities available and their uses are given below:- xii. Originator’s signature and designation - The originator must write his signature and designation in this space signifying that he has sanctioned the contents of the message including priority classification, and authorised its transmission by radio Messages not signed by an authorised person will not be accepted for transmission by radio. xiii. Time of origin - The time in four figures, at which the originator signs a message is inserted in this space. The twenty-four hour system will be followed. The two first figures indicate the hours and the two next indicate the minutes. Thus, five minutes past six O’ clock in the morning is written 0605. The abbreviations will be used. In all cases “TOO” must be entered by the originator. xiv. The remaining space in the message form is for the use the wireless staff only and nothing will be written terein by the originator. 182. Inspections of Radio Stations - i. Commandant - Commandants will inspect the Radio Branch once a year. ii. Assistant Commandant - (a) Assistant Commandant, Headquarters will inspect the State Stations and all Transportable stations at Battalion Headquarters once in six months. b) Other Assistant Commandants will inspect the Transportable Stations attached to their companies once in six months along with their Company Inspection. iii. Signal Officer - The SO will inspect all Static and Transportable Stations once a quarter. 148 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

iv. Radio Supervisor - The Radio Supervisor will inspect the Stations once a quarter and offer his remarks specifically on functioning of the sets, charging engines, etc. He will also take is with the Radio Technicians to attend Service Calls from transportable Stations. v. Radio Technicians - The Radio Technicians will attend Service Calls by turns and set right defects and carry out minor majors if any. Note : For Major repairs, sets will be taken to the Battalion Headquarters to the Radio Supervisor will attend to the repairs with the assistance of Radio Technician. 183. Scale of expendable Stores - To maintain a Radio on working under normal conditions expendable stores and will be stocked as under. 1. Petrol 20 Litres 2. Mobil Oil 4 Litres 3. Distilled Water 3 Bottles 4. K. Oil 5 Litres 5. Solder 10 Grams 6. Fuse for soldering 10 Grams 7. Flexible wire 10 Metres 8. Spirit 1/2 Bottle. 9. Emery paper 1 Sheet 10. Insulation Tape 1 Coil 184. Security of messages - (i) a) As all radio tranmissions known by all, they encode the message before despatching it to the Radio Station. No responsibility is accepted by the Radio Staff for are subject to interception by any person, possessing a.'Receiver, there is no security attached to the transmission of a message by radio, originators must therefore, ensure that if he contents of a message are of a secret or confidential nature, which should not be the encoding and decoding of a message. b) i) All intelligence passing through the various Radio net works will be considered as secret and'will be protected under sections 123, 124 and 162 of Indian Evidence Act, 1874. ii) Installations - The Radio Stations should, be treated, as vital and protected areas and the security of such installations is the responsibility of the concerned Superintendents of Police in the District / Commandants in Units and Commissioner of Police in the City of Madras. iii) Radio Staff - As this is mostly a security service and considerable damage could be caused by unscrupulous operating staff employed in this Branch, an unobstrusive security watch should be maintained over them by the Officers concerned. 185. Sending of Messages - Instructions - a) All Radio Messages should, be sent as written in the prescribed Radio Message forms for transmission and signed by the originator with his designation affixing proper priority. b) As far as possible it is safer to send messages in writing to Radio Stations then by telephone in order to avoid phonetic errors which will lead to the mutilation of messages. c) Oral instructions to an operator for transmitting messages to be framed by him should be avoided, d) All code or cipher messages should be necessarly sent as written to avoid phonetic errors and consequent mutilation of messages, e) As far as possible messages should be in telegraphic language, clear, concise and easily understood. f) Ordinarily a message should not exceed 30 words. g) Wherever telephone communication is available communication should be made by telephone and use of Radio Stations should be avoided as far as possible. 186. Source of Power- For economy all fixed Stations will be worked on local A.C. electric supply. As an uninterrupted communication service will depend upon un-interrupted supply of THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 149 power, the Signal Officer will be in touch with the local electric supply authorities and make arrangements to get advance information to Radio Stations about temporary shut downs or break downs of power supply. 187. Standing Odres for W/T Personnel on detachment Duty - (a) Aim. - The W/T staff will always accompany the Companies leaving for detachment duty to establish Radio Communication with Battalion Headquarters or elsewhere according to local conditions. b) Strength. - The W/T staff will normally be one Naik, one Lance Naik and two Constables. c) Equipment - The following is the scale of equipment to be maintained in every Radio Station:- i. Transmitter and Receiver. ii. Batteries. iii. Charging Engine. iv. Aerial Gear. v. Tools and Testing instruments i.e., Hydrometer, Voltameter, fitter tools set and spares. vi. Spare parts for Transmitter, Receiver and engines as required. vii. Soldering device. viii. Time piece. d) Establishment of Stations - Stations should not be installed near the following if possible: i. Electric line. ii. Magazine. iii. Power house. iv. Telephone Exchange v. Congested and large buildings. vi. Bottom of hills. e) Accomodation - If possible a Station should be accommodated in a nice small room. Petrol and charging device should be accommodated separated in another room. In case of non-availability of such accommodation the Station should be installed in tents. f) Method of working - i) Immediately the Station is installed and radio communication established, a report 'should be submitted to the detachment Commander, the Signal Officer and the Commandant. The number of the nearest telephone should be intimated to the Control Station. ii) The following charts should be kept at the Radio Station:- a) Radio Grid and net work diagram. b) Location. c) Operational schedules, frequency and call signs. d) Radio Licence. iii) All wireless traffic, IN, OUT and THROUGH will be treated as secret documents and should not be communicated by any un-authorised person. iv) All traffic should be transmitted, received and relayed as quickly as possible in accordance with wireless procedure. v) No unauthorised message will be passed by wireless. g) Maintenance - Since the operators are not technically qualified they are prohibited from handling the sets, engines, etc., in case of any break down. They will send a service call to the Signal Officer immediately and get the Services of the Radio Supervisor or Radio Technician to rectify the defects. Any major loss to any instrument should be reported to the Signal Officer through the Post Commander immediately. h) Post Commander - i) The Post Commander will sign all statements and accounts of the Transportable Stations. 150 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

ii) He will, inspect the Station frequently and ensure its proper working. iii) No interchange and leave shall, be granted to the W/T Staff, iv) He should depute a capable Constable to deliver the messages and to look after the W/ T Station when the staff is absent. i) Discipline -W/T staff while on detachment duty will be 'under the disciplinary control of the post Commander. j) Dress - All W/T personnel will be in khaki uniform, with canvas shoes while working on the sets. Their turn out must always be neat and, tidy. 188. Safe custody of stores - a) All records relating to stores will be maintained by the Radio Supervisor or in his absence by the Radio Technician under the close supervision of the Signal Officer. b) All issues and receipts of stores will be made on regular vouchers duly signed by the Signal Officer. In no case will stores be issued or received without the orders of the Signal Officers, c) The Radio Supervisor or in his absence the Radio Technician will be responsible for keeping the stores correctly and in, sound condition as prescribed by technical instructions. d) The stores will be checked, by the Signal Officer every quarter and by the Assistant. Commandant, Head Quarters every half year. 189. Summer effects, etc., on Radio Signals - i) During summer, from the middle of February to the end of August, there will be adverse effects on radio signals due to inospheric disturbance between 1100 and 1400 hours daily. This situation is beyond control and during this adverse period radio messages should as for as possible be avoided by all officers using these radio communication service. ii) Whenever Radio fade-outs and magnetic storms affect signals, this service will fail to function for the period of such adverse phenomena. During such conditions all urgent messages should be disposed off by telegraphic service or otherwise. 190. Upkeep of Radio Stores - The Radio Stores should be kept very carefully as these are very delicate in nature. The Radio Supervisor or in his absence the Radio Technicians will be placed in charge of stores, 191. Use of Priorities - Instructions - Normally, messages are cleared according to their serial order of receipt at a Wireless Station, i.e., according to the time handed in (T.H.I.). It is, however, necessary to ensure quick clearance of messages which must reach addresses as early as possible in view of the urgency of the text, matter. This is, of course a relative basis for comparison, and calls for classification of messages into different groups. Therefore, to give precedence to such messages over the earlier received ones, the following system of priority is laid down,. Originators 'will arrange for delivery at. radio station of priority bearing messages immediately after their completion. a) Crash. b) Most immediate. c) Immediate. d) Ordinary. a) Crash, - When a message of this priority is received in, a radio station, communication on all concerned channels is suspended forthwith to enable the message bearing "Crash Priority" to be cleared. The use of this priority is restricted for extraordinary emergencies and should therefore be resorted to only in very exceptional circumstances. The urgency demanding the use of such priority should be of such vital importance, that the interruption of the communication in progress, perhaps of other urgent traffic, can be justified. This priority may be used where the recipient has to take immediate executive action to save human life or to prevent damage to valuable property. b) Most immediate - The use of this priority is restricted to messages conveying information or instructions relating to natural calamities, disturbances (communal, anti-social and political) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 151

strikes, accidents, riots, murder, security measures and important movements of the Police Force which in the opinion of the originator should reach the addressee immediately. c) Immediate - The use of this priority is restricted to messages conveying important information relating to law and order for immediate attention and action; for instance, information regarding probability of strikes, disturbances or any other upheaval, movement of high Government Officials dealing 'with law and order matters, political leaders, agitators and dangerous criminals. d) Ordinary - This category is used in messages of routine nature which do not come under any of the above categories but are connected with law and order and which are urgent enough to justify the use of Radio. e) The instructions mentioned above are not exhaustive and are intended as a broad guide line for the use of originators. It is the duty of the originator to consider each case and assign the minimum priority compatible with the requirement. As a guide and also as a means of ensuring the correct use of priority, the following entitlements of priorities, is laid down which is uniform for all Police Forces in the country. An officer, however, can assign a higher priority than he is entitled to if the contents of the message fall under the broad subject division given below: - a) Most immediate- Chief Secretary, Commissioners of Divisions, District Collectors, Home Secretary, District Magistrates, Inspectors-General of Police, Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspectors General of Police or equivalent, Chief Commissioner, Superintendents of Police or equivalent and Police Radio Officer. b) Immediate - Deputy Secretary (Home), Sub-divisional Magistrates, Under or Assistant Secretary (Home, Deputy Superintendents of Police and equivalent category and other Police Officers in independent charge of Statino | Subdivision | Unit of Armed Police. c) Ordinary - All the above, d) Crash - All the above provided the circumstances and situations justify the use of the priority. 192. Cryptography - i) Cryptography has now been introduced in the Wireless Branch. Inspector will be the Chief Cipher Officer and he will regulate the Wireless Traffic from Battalion Head Quarters and vice-versa. He is expected to train the Radio Operators in Cryptography. Total requirements of trained operators may be calculated at the minimum of two per station. (ii) The materials, etc., required for training can be had from the police Radio officer. (iii) The following are the duties of the Cipher Officer:- (a) To organise provision of Cipher cover down to Company level. (b) Receipt, distribution and accounting of Cryptographic materials on behalf of the Commandant. (c) To lay down courier arrangements. (d) Inspection of Cryptographic cells at the Company Headquarters. (e) To conduct necessary training for the Cipher personnel required for the Armed Police Battalions. (f) To conduct refresher courses for the Radio Operators as and when necessary. (iv) Commandants can utilize the services of the trained Inspector to the best advantage and the above items are not exhaustive. The Inspector can also point out the breaches of security in respect of transmission of radio messages that are handled every day. 152 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

CHAPTER XV STORES BRANCH. (A) BATTALION STORES. 193. General - (1) The Battalion Stores premises must always be kept clean and tidy. (2) Sufficient and. appropriate fire control equipment must be provided at the stores. (3) As far as possible stores must be located in a separate building with provisions for natural light and sufficient ventilation. (4) Emergency exists must be provided to meet any eventuality warranting removal of stores at short notice. (5) Stores in a dark and dingy place will result in deterioration of the articles stocked. (6) As for as possible every category of stores should be compartmentalized. (7) All Arms, Ammunition, Accoutrements, Clothing Equipment, stationery, forms, other properly, sports gear, miscellaneous articles, etc., required for the battalion will be procured in bulk on the basis of the indents placed with various sources like Chief Office Stores, Ordance, Arsna1, etc. (8) Articles received will be neatly stocked and protected from, damages and deterioration. All stores must be guarded against pilferage, misuse and improper up-keep. (9) All available items in the stores must correspond with the entries in the relevant stock registers. (10) Each and every item in the stores must have a tally card. (11) Transactions in stores will be carried out as laid down in the office Manual of the Tamil Nadu Police and as per other executive instructions issued by the competent authorities from time to time to suit local conditions. (1) The Battalion Quarter Master will be in general charge of the Battalion Stores. He is responsible to the Commandant for the corrections and proper maintenance of the stores. The Battalion Quarter Master is exempted from executing any surety. 194. Accounts of receipts and issues- (1) The following account books showing receipts and issues shall be kept by the Battalion Quarter Master. (i) Receipt and issue books of Arms, Ammunition and Accountrements-CF No. 117, (ii) Receipt and issue books of componen parts of Fire .Arms and .Armourer Tools - CF No. 117. (iii) Receipt and issue of books of new and part, worn clothing - CF No. 117. (iv) Receipt and issue book of instructions, furniture, cooking vessels and other property - CF No. 1.17. (v) Receipt and issue book of printed form (Police form) - CF No. 165. (vi) Receipt and issue book of printed form (common forms) - CF No. 165. (vii) Receipt and issue book of printed form C.H. and A Forms) - CF. No. 165. (viii) Receipt and issue book of stationery articles and covers - CF No. 165. |ix) Register of local purchase form - No. 0729. 2. The list of other records to be maintained by the Battalion Quarter Master is furnished in Part II, Chapter X, Standing Order 142. 195. Arms and Ammunition - Scale of- (1) When deployed under the operational control of Army like Nagaland, Manipur, etc.:- (a) Arms - (i) .38/455/9MM. Pistol-Revolver-One per Company and. Platoon Commander. One each, for Commandant, Deputy Commandant and Assistant Commandants, one each for Quarter Master, Adjutant Inspector, Transport Officer and Signal Officer. (ii) Stengun/TSMG.-One for every A.S.I. Quarter Master Assistant Sub-Inspector and Section Commanders- THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 153

(iii) .303 Rifles.-AH remaining personnel, (iv) LMG Bren One per section. (v) G.F. Rifle-One per section. (vi) V.L. pistol-One per platoon and one each for Battalion Headquarters and Company Headquarters, (vii) 2 inches Mortar-One per platoon. (viii) Grenade hand - 800 for every Battalion. (b) Ammunition - As per army scale. (c) 3 inches Mortars and LMGS. These would be issued as Sector Stores as and when required. 2. When deployed, on internal duties in the State:- (i) Arms.-303 Rifle- fi) One for each L/Naik and Constable in Service Company and Headquarter Company. (ii) One for each Naik in Service Company and Havfldar in Headquarter Wing. (iii) One for each Assistant Sub Inspector company clerk, Havildar, Mess Havildar and Platoon Havildar. (ii) 38 Revolver/455 Pisto/9 MM- (i) One per company and Platton Commander. (ii) One each for Commandant, Deputy Commandant and Assistant Commandants. (iii) One each for Quarter Master, Adjutant Inspector, Transport Officer and Signal Officer. (iii) Bren gun.-One per Platoon. (iv) Sten/TSMG.-One per section. (v) V.L. Pistol. - One per Platoon, one for each Company Headquarter and one for Battalion Headquarters. (vi) G.F. Rifle - One per Platoon. (b) Ammunition. Particulars Service ammunition Practice Scale of Ammunition Ammunition per trainee Pouch Reserve (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 1. .38 Revolver / Pustol 12 24 48 12 .455/. 9 MM 2. Sten / TSMG 90 180 50 - 3. .303 Rifle 40 60 60 40 4. Bren gun 350 250 290 - 5. V.L. Ammunition a) Illuminating 12 6 1 for 14 men - b) Signal red 6 3 1 for 20 men - c) Signal green 6 3 1 for 20 men 6. Grenade Hand No. 36 18+18 36 per MK-1 /Grenade Hand company Company make No. 77 154 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

Particulars Service ammunition Practice Scale of Ammunition Ammunition 'per trainee Pouch Reserve (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 7. Fuse and Gas Checks a. One 4 Second Fuse or Hand Grenade. b. One 7 Second Fuse for one Rifle Grenade. c. One Gas Check for Rifle Grenade. 8. G.F. Rifle Ammunition a. Rifle Grenade 8+8 per weapon 8 per weapon b. Ballistite Cartridge 14 14 for Grenade Every 12 per weapon 9 per weapon

196. Arms and ammunition - Safe custody of - (1) All Arms and Ammunition on charge will be kept under lock and key in the Company Bell of Arms or Magazine, 2. Pistols wbill be kept in a locked box in the Bell of Arms. 3. A Bell of .Arms Register will be maintained and checked daily at Retreat by the Orderly Officer, the Company Quarter Master Havildar and the Guard Commander. All will sign the register in token of having done so. 4. When the Bell of Arms is closed, the keys will invariably be hung up in the Quarter- Guard-Room., Handing over and taking over of the keys will be done under record in the Sentry ReliefBook. 5. The door of the Bell, of .Arms will at all times be opened and closed in the presence of the Guard Commander who will note deposits and withdrawals along with the Bell of Arms Orderly in the Armoury Acknowledgment Register, 6. On the last working day of the week, Company Commanders will personally check all arms and ammunition, on their charge and will report of having done so in the General Diary. 7. All Rifles will be secured in the Arms racks by means of a chain running through the trigger guard and fastened, on to the stand by staples and padlocks. Chains must 'be locked at all times, except during the time of deposits or withdrawals. These Keys together with the pistol box key will be kept in. the Bell of Arms when it is locked; only the door key will, be handed over to the Guard Commander. 8. .An "Armoury Acknowledgment Register" and an" Armoury Daily Stock Register" should be maintained, in Form PB Old 311 (New 247) and PB old 286 (New 223) respectively by every Company Commander and these registers will be checked by the Orderly Officer daily during his checking of the Bell of Arms. 197. Arms and ammunition - Loss of procedure - Arms Committee - 1) A committee of three members consisting of a Gazetted Officer of the Police Department and Executive Magistrate and another officer who may be an Inspector of Police shall investigate - a. losses of complete arms including swords, bayonets and, ammunition; and. b. cases in. which parts of arms are broken and lost, if such breakage or loss renders them unserviceable and necessitates their replacement. c. such a committee shall .also be convened, for fixing up responsibility for the charge to be levied against an individual or individuals when 'the Inspector of Arms has remarked in. the inspection report that a particular equipment is damaged or rendered unserviceable due to THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 155 negligence of unfair wear and tear. But arms which have been sentenced as "unserviceable due to fair wear and tear" by the Inspector of Arms need not be placed before the committee for condemning them. 2. A committee should also be held when the bolt of a 303 Rifle is lost; although the loss does not necessitate the replacement of the Rifle. 3. In cases in which the arm is condemned as unserviceable by the Arsenal, a formal enquiry should be held by the Arms Committee. It should read the report of the Chief Ordinance Officer and decide whether the condemnation was necessitated by fair wear and tear or by negligence. In the letter case, the Committee should apportion the responsibility of the person or persons concerned. 4. Taluk Executive Magistrates (Tahsildars and Deputy Tahsildars) are authorised to sit on the Committee at the direct request of the local Police Officer not below the rank of an Assistant or Deputy Superintendent. 5. In places where three members are not available, the Superintendent of Police should certify that a Committee of the required number or even of two officers could not be convened. The report will be drawn up in Army Form No. A.F.A.2. The Committee will always state in the proceedings by whom the loss should be borne. Charges for the loss of arms can be admitted against Government only in cases of field service or accident proved to be beyond control. 198. Recovery of cost of arms and ammunition - The fail cost of arms and ammunition carelessly or willfully lost or damaged shall be recovered. If damaged articles can be repaired, the full cost of repair will be recovered. In the case of loss of ammunition, punishment may be awarded in addition to the recovery of cost at the Superintendent's discretion. Cases of theft of ammunition should be prosecuted. 199. Clothing - a) Scale of- The scale of clothing for the personnel of the Special Police units is laid down in Part II of Allocation list of articles of clothing and equipment in the Office Manual of the Tamil Nadu Police. b) Clothing Ledger - Clothing Ledger in Form PB 252 will be maintained in Battalion Stores wherein all annual issues of clothing to the personnel of the Unit are entered with reference to Issue Vouchers and Clothing Rolls. This register is open to audit by the Inspecting Stores Accountant. As a safeguard against double issue of clothing,, a reference to this ledger should be made before passing the clothing indents received from Companies | Groups. c) Clothing Acquittance Roll - Clothing Acquittance Rolls in Form. OM No. 35 unsigned will invariably be enclosed with indents for clothing. These clothing rolls will be serially numbered in Battalion Stores and returned to Companies along with the indents for clothing as and when items of clothing are supplied. All items of clothing received with the indents and clothing acquittance Rolls will be issued to the men within a month of receipt and the dated signatures of the persons to whom the articles were issued should be obtained in the Acquittance Roll for audit purpose. The clothing Acquittance Roll when completed will be returned to Stores and will be carefully checked there. The Inspecting Store Accountant will check the issues in the Acquittance Rolls with reference to the clothing ledger and issue vouchers during his Inspection of Stores. d) Preparation of Indents - i) As a rule only one indent should be submitted to Battalion Stores in a month by the Company Commander or the Group Commander for each class of stores other than stationery and the indent should reach the Battalion Stores every 10th of that month. In the case of stationery they need send indents once every quarter which should reach the Stores by 10th January, April, July and October. ii) If any issue of clothing is found to be of a wrong size, it should be returned to Stores for exchange the very next Store day. Clothing indented for individual in a certain size will not be sent back: to Stores for exchange to a different size. Only the correct size required will be indented for. iii) The Company and Group Commanders shall be responsible for seeing that articles issued to men in excess of the annual scale are obtained only on payment indent. 156 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

iv) Separate indents are to be made out for each class of stores required, i.e.:- Arms Forms Ammunition Sports gear Accountraments Other property and Clothing Miscellaneous articles Stationery ….. v) If the Stores is unable to comply with any indent from any Company, the acknowledgement portion will be returned to the Company after the Store day stating the reason for non-compliance. The Company will continue to indent monthly for the same item until such time as the article is received. If the article required is of an important nature and is not received in compliance with a second indent, the Company Commander should inform the Assistant Commandant in-charge of Stores. vi) Indents for clothing will invariably be followed with an unsigned acquittance roll of persons for whom they are intended. B.O. numbers in case of replacement at Government cost or at the individuals cost will be furnished in the indent. vii) Acknowledgement foil of the indent will be returned to Stores immediately with the acknowledgement of the Company or Group Commander for file in Battalion Stores. Clothing acquittance rolls signed by personnel with the date of receipt will be returned without delay for auditing. e) Articles to be given up on transfer - i) On transfer from one Company to another, Non-Commissioned Officers and men should be allowed to take with them all articles of clothing, letters, lathies, etc., Other items or articles such as arms, web-equipment etc., which are accounted as Company Property should be withdrawn from the individual transferred. ii) A list of articles allowed to be retained by a Non-Commissioned Officer or Constable should be sent to the Company to which he is transferred with information regarding the date of issue of each article. 200. Collection and return of clothing of casualties - i) The kits of all men who receive free kit, must be returned to the Stores upon their becoming casualties by death or quitting the Force. ii) A copy of the B.O. stricking a man off a casualty shall be communicated to the Company Commander and the Quarter Master. The Company Commander will on receipt of such a B.O. immediately send a list of articles collected from the individual to the Quarter Master who will arrange to return the articles during the next Store day. iii) The Quarter Master will keep a register of clothing of casualties in Form OM No. 41 and see that their kit is duly returned to stores in time. iv) The clothing articles returned to Stores should be washed before they are placed in Stores. v) The clothing of man who die or who are invalidated on Account of any of the following diseases should be burnt by the Company Commander who will send a certificate to the effect to Battalion Stores. Acute influenzal pneumonia Measles Anthrax Plague Cerebro-spinal fever Rabies Chicken-pox Relapsing fever Cholera Scarlet fever Diphtheria Small-pox Enteric fever Tetanus Erusipelas Tuberculosis Leprosy Typhus THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 157

201. Recovery of cost for clothing lost or rendered unserviceable before the period of wear and tear - The cost of clothing carelessly or willfully lost or damaged shall be recovered at the discretion of the Officer ordering the recovery after assessing the usefulness of the articles, their estimated value, the market rate, etc., subject to the conditions noted below:- i) In the case of articles which have served the normal period of life but have been lost, recoveries shall be made of nominal rates. ii) In the case of articles carelessly or willfully lost or damaged before the expiry of the prescribed period of wear, proportionate cost shall be recovered. iii) In the case of articles for which no period of life has been fixed, the appropriate authority may order the recovery of the full cost or proportionate cost. iv) A Battalion Order (B.O.) will be issued when any recovery is ordered and a copy issued to the individual from whom the recovery is effected so that there is no second recovery in espect of the second item/items later. v) All recoveries on account of articles lost or damaged will be shown in Form O.M. No. 42 and included in Form O.M. No. 15 by the Battalion Quarter Master. 202. Period of wear and tear - The period of wear and tear is furnished in the allocation of clothing for Special Police personnel vide Appendix XVIII. 203. Disposal of unserviceable clothing - Articles of clothing may be retained by the Officers and men or returned to Stores, after condemnation as shown in the list below:- i) Articles of clothing which may be retained by Officers and men after condemnation:- 1. Banians 2. Blanket 3. Boots 4. Barret Cap 5. Coat 6. Dhurry 7. Forage Cap 8. Forage Cap Cover 9. Great Coat 10. Ground Sheet W.P. 11. Jersey 12. Kit Bag 13. Putties 14. Shirts 15. Shorts 16. Slouch Hats 17. Socks 18. Ties khaki silk, and 19. Hosetops. ii) Articles of clothing which should be returned to Stores after condemnation. 1. Badges of all kinds. 2. a) Belts b) Brown leather. c) Sam Browne. 3) Buttons. 4) Chevrons. 5) State emblems. 6) Stars 7) W.P. Coats and covers 8) Whistle and Chain 9) Web equipment. 158 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

204. Cooking utensils - Repairs and tinning - Instructions - i) Repair of cooking vessels - Procedure. - All minor repairs to cooking vessels not involving an expenditure of more than Rs. 15 may be carried out by the Company Commander after obtaining the prior sanction of the Commandant. For all repairs involving an expenditure of more than Rs. 15 the vessels concerned will be returned to Battalion Quarter Master who will have them repaired in any of the Government Workshops or through a private firm after observing all departmental procedures. If any Constable who is trained in the trade is available in the Battalion his services should be used for tinning the vessels. ii) Tinning of cooking vessels - Instruction. - All cooking vessels should be tinned once in every six months as a rule and if necessary earlier if the tinning had worn out due to proper reasons. The Quarter Master will draw out a programme for tinning vessels Company wise and see that the vessels are tinned in time. Company Commanders are mainly responsible for keeping all the cooking vessels tinned properly. 205. Cooking utensils - Scale of. - Name of articles Requirements for HQrs Coy. Total for 6 Coys. (1) (2) (3) (4) Cooking Utensils:- Arai adukku 78 13 91 Adukku in sets 18 sets 3 sets 21 sets (a set will have 3 vessels) Ammikkal set 6 sets 1sets 7 sets Annakkutthi 18 3 21 Annakkoodai 6 1 7 Aruvalmanai 24 4 28 Brass Thambalam 60 10 70 Brass Buckets 48 8 56 Brass drum with cover and tap 24 4 28 Brass lid 120 20 140 Brass basin 24 4 28 Copper deksha 24 4 28 Copper lid 120 20 140 Frying Pan 24 4 28 Joduthavalai big 36 6 42 Joduthavalai small 48 8 56 Karandi brass 96 16 112 Scale for weighing 96 16 112 Thuduppu iron 24 4 28 Table knives 24 4 28 Metric dry measures 24 sets 4 sets 28 sets Metric weights C.I. Stores 24 sets 4 sets 28 sets Measuring Can for measuring oil 24 sets 4 sets 28 sets

205. Cooking utensils - Scale of. - Furniture Almirah 18 3 21 Long Benches 18 3 21 Short Benches 12 2 14 Boxes Record 12 2 14 Cash Boxes 6 1 7 Bug proof Chairs 18 3 21 Folding Chairs 18 3 21 Rack wooden 6 1 7 Clocks 6 1 7 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 159

(1) (2) (3) (4) Tables 24 4 28 Trays Steel 12 2 14 Dining Table 18 3 21 Bench for Dining Table 18 3 21 Black Board with Stand 12 2 14 Stools Wooden 18 3 21 Measuring Stand - 2 2 207. Government Properties - Distribution Register - A Distribution Register of all Government Properties in the Unit other than clothing, forms and stationery shall be maintained by the Quarter Master Stores in Form O.M. No. 35. This Register shall be written up at the end of every quarter after the Quarterly Returns of Government Property received from the Company Commanders, Group Commanders, etc., have been checked and reconciled with the Store Accounts and must correspond with the figures furnished in the Quarterly Returns. The figure shown each quarter in the Office copy of the Annual Return in Form O.M. No. 30-A and 30-B to the Office of the Inspector-General must corresponds with the figures in the Distribution Register. 208. Government Properties - Quarterly Return - i) Each Company and Group Commander, Office Manager, Unit Medical Officer and all Gazetted Officers of the Unit shall submit a Quarterly Return of all Government property in Form O.M. No. 34-A and 34-B due in the Battalion Stores on the 5th of the month succeeding each quarter. ii) This return will show the Government property at the beginning of the quarter, all transactions that took place, i.e., receipts and issues during that quarter and the actual balance at the end of the quarter. Issue and receipt voucher Nos. should be furnished for all transactions shown in this return. The Company and Group Commanders will present themselves at the Battalion Stores on dates specified by the Commandant and personally satisfy themselves that the entries in their Quarterly Return tally with that of the Distribution Register maintained in the Battalion Stores. Difference if any should furnish a certificate in the Quarterly Returns to the effect that the entries in the Quarterly Returns are in accordance with the entries in the Distribution Register maintained in Battalion Stores. 209. Stamping of Store articles - Instructions - i) All Store Articles, before issue from Battalion Stores will be stamped with number and date of issue as indicated in Appendix XIX. ii) Wooden metal and leather articles will be stamped with steel letters and figures so as to leave an undelible impression on them. iii) Articles of Web-equipment and clothing will be marked with printing ink. iv) Blankets, Dhurries and Jerseys will be marked with white pant. v) When part-worn articles of clothing are re-issued from Battalion Stores they will be re- numbered and re-dated. vi) New Boots will be stamped on the right in side of the uppers on each boot with the number and date of issue. 210. Store days - Store days will be held each month when Companies will return all articles requiring replacement, condemnation repair, etc. Additional Store days may be ordered by the Commandant at any time should they be necessary. 211. Tents - Care and maintenance - As Tents form an important part of the Mobile Equipment of the Force, every Officer and men should be fully acquainted with the following orders on the care and maintenance of Tents:- a) Storage of Tents - i) When not in use, Tents should be dried and packed with their connected components and parts and stored in a dry place on stands about 18 inches high so as to prevent damage by moisture, rats, white ants, etc. ii) During monsoon when tents are not in use, they should be spread out in the Sun once a month to dry to prevent the formation of mildew which is a destructive growth on damp surfaces. 160 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

iii) Tents in storage should be inspected by the Officer in whose charge they are maintained at least once a month and a report on their condition should be submitted to the Commandant through the proper channel. b) Pitching and striking of tents - Though quickness in pitching and striking Tents is always to be aimed at, it should not be at the expense of durability by adopting rough and incorrect methods. The following instructions should be strictly adhered to : i) Tents should on no account be pitched under tamarind trees. The pitching of tents under any tree should be avoided as far as possible. ii) Tents should never be pitched near cook houses or canals. iii) Make sure that all components and parts are in serviceable condition before pitching tents. iv) When tents are being pitched or struck and the ground is muddy or otherwise dirty, then tent bags or some straw should be spread below them to keep them clean. v) Tent ropes should be tied in a straight line with the seams of the flys so that the strain may be direct and equal. vi) The weight of the Tent should be balanced equally on the ridge poles. vii) Care should be taken to see that the inner and outer fly do not overlap and that they are tied to separate pegs in two rows with a uniform space of at least 24 inches between the pegs of each fly. viii) Never allow the flap or fly of a Tent to be buried in sand or mud. ix) Repairable or unserviceable components like Salitahs, pins, ropes, etc., should never be thrown away when striking tents as they can be used for some other purpose such as spreading on the floor, splicing etc. c) Precautions to be taken during rainy or stormy weather - The following precautions should be undertaken when it rains or the weather is stormy:- i) Proper drainage should be dug round the tent walls, and the earth so dug up should be piled up neatly to form a bund all round between the drain and the Tent wall. ii) The walls of Tents should be well linked and spun along the sides of the standing pole, or bamboo poles, in the case of side walls of E.P.I.P. Tents, the last loop being driven into the ground. iii) All side flaps and walls should be spread out and nailed so as to prevent water entering from the sides. iv) If available, tarpaulins or any other water proof tightened until the canvas and ropes have completely dried. v) All tent ropes should be slackened to allow shrinkage of the ropes and canvas; Otherwise ropes are liable to be broken and canvas to be torn and the Tents may be blown down if the wind should rise. vi) Great care should be taken that Tent ropes are not tightened until the canvas and ropes have completely dried. vii) In case of leakage, never attempt to raise the sides of a tent by a small stick or pole as this will puncture the Tent and lead to more leakage. Check up periodically and see that the outer and inner fly do not touch each other. viii) On windy days, tent ropes should be tightened and the pegs should be driven into the ground. ix) Care should be taken not to strike and pack tents when dump from rain or dew. 212. Tents - Period of Longevity - I) The normal period of wear and tear prescribed for Tents in Tamil Nadu is 7 years. ii) Since the Tents supplied to Armed Police Battalions on deputation in Nagaland, NEFA, etc., do not normally serve the prescribed period of wear and teat due to constant use in extreme weather conditions prevailing in the Hill areas the following period of wear and tear have been fixed for various types of Tents used in the area of NAGALAND|NEFA, etc. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 161

Month 1) Tents 180 lbs Outer 21 Inner 37 2) Tents EPIP Mk-II Fly Outer 11 Inner 21 Walls 15 3) Tents EPIP Mk-III Fly Outer 21 Inner 42 Walls 32 213. Tents - Repairs and replacements - i) No allowance will be made for the repair of tents for twelve months after their original issue except under special circumstances to be reported for order. ii) After the lapse of the period specified in sub-paragraph (i) alone, all minor repairs due to fair wear and tear, such as splicing ropes when broken, minor stitching, improvising poles should be carried out promptly locally after getting the Commandants approval and having regard to the limits of expenditure stipulated in paragraph (i) of O.M.O. 261 damage due to negligence must be paid for by the Officers causing it. iii) Requirements of major repairs and replacements should be reported to the Commandant in detail through the Quarter Master and Assistant Commandant, Headquarters for addressing the Inspector-General of Police for sanction. iv) A register shall be maintained in C.F. 284 (with suitable alterations) by the Quarter Master, in which the nature and description of repairs to tents executed locally and the cost incurred there on should be shown. 214. Tents - Scale of - The following is the scale of tents and non-textile components fixed for a Unit of Special Police Battalion. 1. Tents - 1. 180 lbs. Tents D.F. 112 2. E.P.I.P. Tents M.K. & III D.F. 42 3. 40 lbs. Tents D.F. 13 4. Store Tents D.F. 8 5. Latrine Tents D.F. 20 2. Non-Textile components - 1. Standing Poles for 180 lb. Tents 336 2. Standing Poles for E.P.I.P. Tents 84 3. Ridge Poles for E.P.I.P. Tents 42 4. Rdiges Poles for 180 lb. Tents 224 5. Standing Poles for Stores Tents 32 6. Ridge Poles for Store Tents 24 215. Tent discipline - It is enjoined on all officers and men that Barrack Rook Discipline should be strictly observed while living in tents. The following points should also be taken note of: i) No naked light or cooking with Primus Stove is permitted inside the tents. ii) Never put additional weight on poles by hanging equipment, etc., on the tents. iii) Fire Alarm Orders should be drawn up and practiced once a week. Fire fighting appliances and fire posts should be provided. iv) Free air and sunlight should be allowed into the tents on normal days by rolling up the side walls, flaps, front and rear door-ways. v) Anti-malarial precautions should be observed in malarial tracts. vi) Tents should be dis-infected properly in epidemic areas. 162 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

216. Unserviceable articles - Condemnation and disposal of - i) All articles rendered unserviceable will be sent to Battalion Stores for condemnation by the Commandant, if they have lasted the prescribed period. ii) Articles of clothing not considered unserviceable will be returned to the men for a further period of wear. iii) Articles of clothing, returned to men after condemnation will be stamped “C.D” before return to them. iv) All other Government property considered unserviceable will be sold in public auction and the sale proceeds realized remitted to Government. All such articles should before condemnation be entered in the register for condemned|unserviceable articles and initialled by the Officer who condemns the articles. v) All articles of clothing and equipment condemned and ordered to be destroyed will as far as possible, be burnt in the presence of the Assistant Commandant, Headquarters. Articles which cannot be burnt will be destroyed in such a way as to render them unfit for further use and will then be disposed of. The Assistant Commandant, Headquarters will certify in the Register of articles condemned that this order has been complied with.

B. COMPANY STORES 217. Ammunition Account Register - Ammunition Account Register in Form P.B. 350, will be maintained by every Company of the Special Police, to thow the actual stock of Ammunition with the Company during the month. Only transactions with the Battalion Quarter Master should find a place in the Register. Issue of Ammunition for Drill, Escort and other temporary purposes for the use of the personnel of the same Company, need not be shown in this Register. Ammunition used for Range Practice will how ever be shown and deducted from the stock. This Register should be maintained by the Company Store Officer himself and signed by the Company Commander. Assistant Commandants will check this Register during their Auditing of Accounts and Bell of Arms every month and record having done so with their remarks in the Audit Board Proceedings. 218. Armoury Acknowledgment Register - Armoury Acknowledgement Register in Form P.B. 311|247 will be maintained by every Quarter Master Havildar for the receipt and issue of the arms and ammunition from the Company Bell of Arms. 2. In order to ensure uniformity in the maintenance of the Armoury Acknowledgement Register and the security of Arms|Ammunition at all times the procedure given will be followed whenever Arms|Ammunition is issued to personnel. 3. i) All Armed Police personnel from rank of Police Constable to A.S.I. will forthwith be supplied with a round metal dis. 3 C.Ms in diameter made out of 1/8 inch thick aluminium metal. The disc. will be painted in the following colours:- SAP I Bn Cambridge blue SAP II Bn. Post Office red SAP IV Bn. Apple green MSP I Bn. Ice berg white MSP II Bn. Spartan yellow The Disc. should be issued to the individual and his acknowledgment obtained in the Equipment Register. The Company and Platoon Commander should periodically check the Disc. and ensure that it is not lost by the individual. The Unit No. of the weapon, as issued to the person will be painted in 1 cm. figures 1 ncol black on both sides of the Disc. ii) A Disc. Board 2 M x 1 M with hooks spaced 2 cms. apart will be made and issued to each Company including Headquarters Company. Hooks will be fixed on the Board in horizontal lines. Each line should contain 200 books for 20 Discs. The rows of hooks should be so arranged as to provide for a 2 cm. spacing between Discs. when hung. This Board should be hung at the entrance inside the Bell of Arms. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 163

iii) A person will hand over the Disc. to the Q.M. Hav. or N.C.O. i/c of the Bell of Arms when withdrawing his weapon from the Bell of Arms. The Q.M. Hav. or N.C.O. will hang the Disc. on the Boar. The number of Discs. hanging on the Disc. Board will indicate the number of Arms withdrawn from the Bell of Arms. iv) Entries will not be made by personnel in the Armoury Acknowledgement Register when withdrawing Arms from the Bell of Arms for - i) Parade. ii) Arms cleaning. iii) All alarms. v) Personnel will acknowledge receipt in the Armoury Acknowledgement Register of Arms and Ammunitions issued when going out on Guard duty, escort duty and other duties necessitating absence of Arms from the Bell of Arms for long periods. vi) On returning Arms to the Bell of Arms, a person will take back his Disc. from the Board under the watchful eye of the Q.M. Hdr. or NCO i|c Bell of Arms and it will remain in his safe custody. He will also sign the Armoury Acknowledgement Register when the Arms are returned after Guard duty, Escort duty, etc., vide sub paragraph (v) supra. vii) Similar Discs with the Unit No. painted on them, will be supplied to JOs and NCOs who are equipped with Revelvers|Pistols, Thompson|Sten Guns, Bren Guns. The above procedure will also be followed when these weapons are withdrawn and returned to the Bell of Arms. viii) In emergencies, when large bodies of men have to be armed and rushed off to trouble spots the Section Commanders alone will acknowledgment receipt in the Armoury Acknowledgement Register for the total number of rounds of ammunition required to be issued to the Section. This will save a lot of time. The Section Commander will distribute the ammunition to his Section men, and if need be, obtain their acknowledgement in his Note book. He will collect the ammunition from his Section men after the emergency is over and return the lot to the Bell of Arms and sign in the levant column of the Armoury Acknowledgement Register. 4. By adopting this method an individual can only take his own weapon out of the Bell of Arms and he will also have the satisfaction of knowing that his weapon will not be used by any one else when the Disc. is in his possession. 5. The Disc. or token will be handed over by a person to his Platoon Commander when he enters on leave or otherwise leave Company Hqrs. It will then be the responsibility of the Platoon Commander to look after the weapon in the absence of its owner. 6. In the case of temporary attached and transit personnel who report with their small Arms, the Disc. issued to them would have been surrendered to their parent Coy|Group at the time of being passported. 7. The Coy|Group Commander before whom they report for temporary attachment or in transit will issue a Disc. of his Battalion colour with the Unit number of the rifle as issued to the individual. The Disc. will be surrendered to the Coy|Group Commander when the individual relieves to his parent Coy|Group. 8. The Orderly Officers should check this Register daily with the Bell of Arms Register and sign the same for having done so. The total number of disc. hanging on the board plus the number of rifles actually present in the Bell of arms at the time of his check should tally with the Company holdings of rifles. The Company Commander will check this Register in token of having done so and also record the same in his General Diary for the day. 219. Arms history sheet, maintenance, instruction - 1. Arms history sheet in Form New PB 285 will be maintained for every weapon in the Company. 2. Body and Butt number of the weapons together with the name and number of the person to whom the weapon is issued, will be clearly written in the Arms History Sheet. All repairs and replacements made by the Unit Armourer during the course of his inspection will be recorded by the Unit Armourer himself legibly in his own handwriting. These History Sheets will be neatly covered and maintained serially by the Company Stores Officer. Assistant Commandants during 164 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

their Company Inspection, will ensure that History Sheets are maintained for all weapons in the Company and entries are regularly made by the Company|Group Commanders and Unit Armourer. 220. Arms Inspection - a) Weekly - Every Thursday all Arms in the charge of the Company will be dry cleaned and inspected by the Platoon Commanders and Company Commander personally. It is the personal responsibility of the Company Stores Officer and Company Quarter Master Havildar to see that all Adms belonging to personnel who are either on leave on otherwise engaged are brought out of the Bell of Arms and properly cleaned along with other Arms of the Company. All Arms, after inspection by the Company Commander|Group Commander, will be oiled and returned to the Bell of Arms. Weekly Arms cleaning will be conducted as a parade at 07.00 Hrs. on Thursday, and full attendance should be insisted upon. The particulars of Arms taken out and cleaned during the weekly maintenance day should be recorded by the Company Commander in his General Diary. b) Unit Armourers will inspect the Arms of the Company at least once a quarter and carry out minor repairs to the weapons, if necessary. The Unit Armourer will record his inspection in the Arms History Sheet. A General Diary will also be maintained for the inspection of Arms of the Company and submitted to the Quarter Master immediately after the inspection for taking further action on the Inspection remarks. Any defects or carelessness in the maintenance of arms by the individuals will be recorded in the General Diary and brought to the notice of the Commandant through the Assistant Commandant for suitable action. c) Linseed oil will be applied to all wooden parts of the weapons once a month by the Company Commander and the fact of having done so should be recorded in the Arms History Sheet Armourer will carry out lubrications of weapons once in every six months and record the same in the Arms History Sheets. 221. Bell of Arms Register - This Register will be maintained in Form PB 340 by the Company Quarter Master Havildar. This Register will show the number of Arms and Quantity of ammunition kept in the Bell of Arms. Arms and ammunition of personnel of other Companies and Battalions, deposited in the Company Bell of Arms will also be recorded in this Register. The Arms and Ammunition kept in the Bell of Arms will be physically checked by the Battalion Duty Officer in the presence of the Guard Commander and the Company Master Havildar immediately after Retreat and all the three will sign the Register as to its correctness. Any shortage or deficiency noticed by the Orderly Officer during his check of the Bell of Arms, will be brought to the notice of the concerned Company Commander and Assistant Commandant. This Register will be checked once a week by the Company Commander. The Assistant Commandant will check the Register during his monthly audit. 222. Clothing Register - i) Company Commanders will maintain a Company clothing roll in Form Old No. PB 316 new No. 252 in which all issues of clothing made to the individual in the Company will be entered together with the relevant issued voucher number in which the items were issued from Battalion Stores and will be acknowledged by the recipient with date. One page will be allotted to every individual in the Company and an index written on the first page of the book. The correct sizes of Slouch Hats, Boots, Shirts, Shorts, Canvas Shoes, Banians, Jersey of the individual will also be noted in this register in the relevant page|column. ii) All indents before submission to Stores will be checked with the Company Clothing Roll. iii) On the transfer of an individual from one Company to another an extract from the Clothing Register will be forwarded to the Company to which he is transferred. iv) Articles of clothing issued on payment will not be entered in this Register. v) The time expired or condemned articles, on replacement will be ringed off in red ink. vi) Since this is one of the important Registers maintained in the Company it should be neatly maintained. This Register will be maintained by the Company Stores Officer himself and every entry will be checked and initialed by the Company Commander. vii) A.Cs. should check this Register thoroughly during their inspection of the Company. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 165

223. Cycle - i) It shall be the main duty of the Company Stores Officer to ensure that all cycles in the Company are maintained in good running order. ii) He will personally see that all repairs when necessary are carried out without delay. iii) A Register showing the history of each cycle will be kept in Form shown in Appendix No. XXVI. Details of repairs carried out and the cost of the same will be noted in this Register, Replacement should likewise be noted. iv) On the first of every month a return in the form in Appendix XX showing the condition of each cycle will be submitted through the Assistant Commandant to Battalion Stores. v) When cycles are taken out the cycle orderly will obtain an acknowledgement in a rough note book to be kept for that purpose. vi) No one will be permitted to take out a cycle for his own private use. vii) Cycles left unattended will invariably be locked with lock and chain provided for that purpose. viii) The tubes of all cycles on charge of companies will be removed quarterly and smeared with French Chalk. At the same time, tyre rimes will be lightly greased before replacing the tyres and tubes. ix) Every cycle should have a lamp and it should be lit during between sun set and sun rise. 224. Daily stock book of Arms and Ammunition - 1. This Register will be maintained in Form PB 223 by the Company Stores Officer. This Register should be closed up daily at 1800 hrs. showing details of stock, daily issues and the balance on hand at the close of the day. 2. Arms and Ammunition of other Companies|Battalions deposited in the Company Bell of Arms temporarily will not be accounted for in this Register. The Company Commander will cross check the entries in this Register with the entries in the Armoury Acknoledgement Register A.Cs. will also check this register during their monthly audit. 225. Equipment register - I) On enlistment all Junior Officers, Non-Commissioned Officers and Constables will each be issued with Arms and Equipment as note in Appendix XXI. ii) The proper maintenance of Arms and Equipment will be the personal responsibility of the Officer or other ranks to whom they are issued, and every care should be taken by the individual concerned for their timely repair and proper upkeep. Any loss or damage due to negligence will be made good at the cost of the individual concerned. iii) Company|Group Commanders will maintain a Register in old PB 346 and New 282 Form showing the particulars of Arms and Equipment issued to the personnel of his Company|Group. iv) The nomenclature of Arms and Equipment are printed in this Register on every page. Each individual will be allotted a page in this Register and the particulars of Arms and Number of equipment in each item will be entered in words. All items will be acknowledged with date by the individual. The Company Commander will also initial all the entries in token of having checked the issues and found them correct. v) When an individual is transferred out from the Company, all items shown in this Register will be withdrawn. The Battalion Order Number and date in which the transfer is ordered will be noted in red ink in the remarks column and the General number of the individual at the top of the page will be ringed off in red ink. vi) If any shortage or damage to the equipment is noticed during withdrawal, a report to this effect together with the explanation of the individual will be submitted to the Commandant, immediately for taking suitable action to the maintain the equipment either at Government cost or at the cost of the individual. Failure to do so will entail recovery from the Company Commanders. vii) This Register will be maintained in a ascending order of General number irrespective of rank and an index will be neatly written at the front page for easy reference. viii) Men proceeding on leave will hand over their Arms and Equipment to the Company Stores Officer for safe custody. The Company Stores Officer will issue a receipt for all such items received in Stores. 166 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

ix) When an individual is absent without leave or admitted in Hospital, the Section Commander (Havildar) concerned will be responsible for handing over the Arms and Equipment into Company Stores with an inventory list signed by a witness. One such list will be acknowledged by the Stores Officer and returned to the Platoon Havildar. x) All Web Equipment will be stamped with the Rifle| Revolver number. xi) Company Commanders/Group B Commander are responsible to ensure that all equipment is complete and properly marked. xii) This Register will be personally maintained by the Company Stores Officer in a neat and tidy manner. 226. Government Properties Register – (i) This is the Stock Register of all Government properties on charge of the Company CF 117 and 165. (ii) The Company Commander/Group Commander shall immediately on receipt of Government articles bring them into account in this Register. similarly, whenever articles are returned to Stores they should also be entered in the Stock Register and deducted from the stock. (iii) Reference to Battalion Stores issue voucher and Receipt Voucher Numbers should be made against every transaction for ready reference. (iv) At the end of every quarter all transaction in this Register should be totaled and tallied, entries being made and underlined in red ink. These figures must tally with the Quarterly Return of Government properties for that Quarter. (v) Government properties sent to Stores for repairs need not be shown in this Register as these items of articles are expected to be returned to the company immediately after the repairs are carried out. (vi) To facilitate easy checking and posting of Issue and Receipt Vouchers in the relevant pages this Register should be divided into various Groups as noted below and maintained in alphabetical order for every Group of Government Properties:- (a) Accoutrements. (b) Ammunition. (c) Arms. (d) Books of Instructions. (e) Cooking Utensils. (f) Fatigue Implements. (g) Furniture. (h)Leather Equipment. (i) Other Properties. (j) Sports materials. (k) Web Equipments. (l) Miscellaneous articles (vii) A separate Stock Register for all Forms and Stationery Articles should be maintained in every Company. (viii) All these Stock Registers will be maintained by the Company Stores Officer himself. (ix) The Company Commander will check and verify the Government properties physically on the last day of every quarter. (x) Assistant Commandants will physically check and verify all the Government properties shown in this Register during their inspection of the Company and initial every item in this Register in token of having checked and found correct. 227. Indents - (i) The Company/Group Commanders will requisition articles by means of Indents in Form P.B. Old No. 171 New 153. (ii) As a rule only one indent should be submitted in a month by Company/Group Commanders for each class of stores other than Stationery, Printed Forms and Registers and all indents should reach the Battalion Stores by the 10th of the month. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 167

(iii) In case of Stationery, Printed Forms and Registers only one indent may be sent every quarter to reach the Battalion Stores by the 10th of January, April, July, and October. (iv) If the Battalion Quarter Master in unable to comply with any indent from any Company the indent will be returned to the Company stating the reasons for non-compliance. The Company Group Commandants will continue to indent for the same items every month until such time the article is received. If the article required is of an important nature and is not received in compliance of second indent, the Company/Group Commander should inform the Assistant Commandant Headquarters to take up the matter further. (v) Indents for clothing will invariably be accompanied with an acquaintance roll and with a certificate that the Company/Group Commander had inspected the clothing of the men for whom the indents have been made, that they have lasted the minimum period of wear as verified from the clothing Ledger and Small Service Book and that they have become unfit for further use. (vi) The invoice accompanying articles supplied from Stores to Company Group Commanders is the trefoil of the indent form and this should be pasted neatly and filled with the original indent form for audit purpose. (vii) The receipt to be given to stores is the quatrefoil of the same form and this should be returned to Battalion Stores immediately duly acknowledged with date. (viii) In instances where no indent is received from the Company/Group Commanders, the Battalion Quarter Master will make out one himself and despatch the articles with the trefoil and quatrefoil of the indent. (ix) If any issue of clothing is found to be of a wrong size the same should be returned to Stores for exchange the very next Store day. Clothing indented for individuals in a certain size will not be sent back to Stores for exchange in a different size. Only the correct size required will be indented for. (x) The Company/Group Commanders shall be responsible for seeing that articles issued to men in excess of the annual scale are obtained only as payment indent. (xi) Indents for replacement of articles condemned prematurely should contain particulars of B.O. in which the out of stock articles had been ordered either to be met by Government or by the individual. 228. List of Articles returned to Stores – (i) All articles returned to Stores for condemnation or repairs will be accompanied by a List of Articles Returned to Stores (LARS) in Form Old PB 177 and new 156 and sent to Battalion Stores on the 18th of every month. (ii) When articles of clothing are returned to Stores for exchange Company/Group Commanders will attach a certificate to the LARS., that the old articles of clothing returned for exchange do not exceed the maximum annual issue allowed to each men and that their replacement is recommended at Government cost. (iii) The acknowledged copy of the LARS, received from Battalion Stores will be pasted with the original copy and kept in Company Stores for audit purposes. 229. Lamps - (i) Each Company will appoint “a Lamp Orderly” who will be responsible for carrying out minor repairs to lamps and for maintaining them in good working condition always. (ii) Mantles, nipples and plus, etc., will be purchased by companies from contingencies. (iii) Lanterns should only be returned to stores when repairs are not possible by companies. (iv) In the case of breakages, etc., Company/Group Commanders will fix up the responsibility for the same and will forward the proceedings to Branch Stores along with the Lantern and Lars. (v) Only “Lamp Orderly” may light the lanterns. (vi) The Platoon Havildar or the senior Non-Commissioned Officer in the Barracks will be responsible for extinguishing the lights at “Lightsout”. (vii) If defects in the burning of any Petromax light arise, the fact will at once be reported to the “Lamp Orderly” who will attend to the matter. (viii) All officers having lamps on their charge will maintain a History Sheet in Form CF 284 in which all particulars, viz., date of purchase and issue, cost and the number of the lamps 168 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

lights lantern will be recorded. It will also contain a statement of expenditure, date war showing the repairs, done and replacements of parts made. (ix) The lamp orderly will also attend to the maintenance of cycles in the company. 230. Kit Inspection/Deficiency register - 1. It is the duty of the Platoon Commander to ensure that the clothing and equipment of his men are maintained in serviceable condition at the scale laid down for the Special Police Unit in Appendix No. XVIII and XXI. 2. Every officer who is supplied with kit at Government cost is responsible for keeping it in good condition, and shall be required to replace at his own cost, any article carelessly lost or damaged. 3. Kit Inspections will be held monthly by Platoon Commanders and Quarterly by Company Commanders. The Assistant Commandant will hold kit Inspection when he inspects companies. 4. Attendance at Kit Inspection should invariably be as much strength as possible; those who are unable to show their kits at the regular monthly Kit Inspections will be ordered to produce their kits on another date. 5. All Officers and men supplied with uniform at Government cost will lay down their kit for inspection. There will be no exemptions of what-so-ever. 6. Kit will be laid down in accordance with the Kit Lay out Diagram, noted in Appendix: XXII, a copy of which will be in possession of each company. Each individual will turn out for Kit Inspection Parade in full uniform (latest issue of clothing). He will stand behind his kit lay out. All other items of equipment and the latest issue of clothing articles should be laid out for Inspection. All items of clothing should be properly washed, starched and neatly folded (edges should not be stitched) and laid out for inspection according to the “Kit Diagram”. Leather and brass fittings should be brightly polished. 7. Platoon commanders will maintain a kit deficiency register as noted in Appendix XXIII. 8. When the Platoon Kit Inspection is completed, the Platoon Commander will submit a report to the Company Commander who will take such action as it necessary. 9. The Company or Platoon Kit Inspection Register vide Appendix XXIV should carry quarterly and monthly, a complete nominal roll of the personnel of the Company or Platoon as the case may be. The date of inspection should be noted against, each individual. If there are no deficiencies, the Company/Platoon Commander should specifically record in his own hand the words “No deficiency”. Where there are deficiencies, these must be listed out against the individual concerned and action taken thereon must be fully recorded in the column prescribed in the Registers. The company and Platoon Commanders should then vigorously ensure that before the end of the Quarter/Month they complete the inspection of the kit of all individual of the Company/ Platoon without exception. 10. When articles of clothing are reported to be unserviceable, the Company Commander will arrange to inspect the articles, and if satisfied that the articles are unserviceable will submit a consolidated indent for the whole company together with a certificate that the articles claimed in the indents are necessary to replace this articles which have become unserviceable in the ordinary course through fair wear and tear. 11. Items intended for repair will be attended to immediately after Kit Inspection. 12. Items found deficient will be required into at the orderly room and suitable steps will be taken to replace the items at the cost of the individual if the loss is due to his negligence otherwise at Government cost. 13. An opportunity should be taken at each kit inspection to impress upon the men the importance of looking after their kit carefully and of always turning out clean and smartly dressed. 231. Persons proceeding on leave : return of kit and other Government properly – (i) Persons granted leave including casual leave will deposit all their clothing and other Government properties in Company Stores for safe custody before proceeding on leave. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 169

(ii) A list of articles returned to stores for safe custody will be prepared in triplicate by the Company Stores Officer, one copy will be kept in stores file; another will be handed over to the individual duly acknowledged by the Stores Officer and the third copy will be kept along with the articles returned to stores as a tally card. (iii) Clothing and equipment returned to stores for safe custody should be neatly washed, pressed, cleaned and kept in the kit bag. (iv) Passports for proceeding on leave will be issued only when all items of clothing and equipment are returned to stores for safe custody and only after the company stores officer has certified that the clothing and equipment of the individual have been correctly received in company stores for safe custody. (v) A statement of items found deficient while returning the clothing and equipment to stores will be obtained from the individual concerned and proper action taken for the deficiency. 232. Persons reporting sick – Safe custody of Government properties – (i) It sis the responsibility of the individual concerned to ensure the safe custody of clothing and other Government properties issued to him while reporting sick. (ii) If however any individual is suddenly hospitalized the section Havildar will be held responsible for the safety and care of the Government properties and private belonging issued to such persons. (iii) In such cases the section Havildar will check up all the Government properties including clothing and the private belongings in the presence of another individual of the section and pressure in inventory in triplicate of all items both of them signing. One copy of the list will be kept by the Section Havildar himself, one will be submitted to the Company Commander and the third copy of the same handed over to the individual concerned. (iv) Platoon Commanders will see that such lists are prepared immediately the individual is shifted to Hospital to avoid any pilferage due to delay in making the lists. (v) If the individual admitted in Hospital is likely to remain in hospital more than a week and the clothing and Government properties issued to the individual will be handed over to the Quarter Master Havildar for safe custody. Quarter Master Havildar will issue receipts for such articles returned to company stores for safe custody. The private belongings of the individual will be kept in Barracks in the locked box of the individual concerned. (vi) If the individuals stay in the Hospital is for a short period say a week, the clothing and other Government properties issued to the individual together with his private belonging will be under the custody of the section Havildar in the Barracks itself. (vii) Persons allowed to live in family quarters or rented houses will arrange to return all the clothing and Government properties to company stores if the duration of stay in Hospital is likely to extend for more than one week. Company Commander will ensure that this is followed strictly. 233. Persons transferred from one company to another company – List of articles to be withdrawn – (i) On transfer from one company to another Non-Commissioned Officers and men should be allowed to take with them all articles of clothing badges shoulder and lathies (Articles such as arms, leather and web equipment and other company property will be withdrawn from the individual transferred). (ii) A list of articles allowed to be retained by an N.G.Os. or Constable should be sent immediately to the company to which he is transferred with information regarding the date of issue of each article. (iii) Details of articles of clothing received in company stores for replacement and which have not been replaced before the individual was transferred out of the company will be sent with particulars of the R.V. in which the items of clothing were returned to Stores to the Company Commander of the Company to which he is transferred. In such cases it will be the responsibility of the Company Commander who receives the individual on transfer to obtain replacement from Battalion Stores and issue to the individual. 170 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

(iv) The same procedure will be followed in cases where the articles were lost or damaged due to negligence of the individual and the cost ordered to be recovered from the individual concerned and the articles were not replaced before the individual was transferred out of the company. 234. Quarterly return of Government property – (i) Each Company/Group Commander Manager-Battalion Office and Unit Medical Officer shall submit a quarterly Return of all Government property in Form O.M. No. 31 due in Battalion Stores on the 5th of the month succeeding each quarter. A similar statement should also be submitted by Assistant Commandants as regards the articles issued to them from Battalion Stores. For articles issued to Commandant, the Camp Clerk or the Clerk nominated by the Office Manager, will prepare and submit the Quarterly Return to Battalion stores. (ii) This return will be prepared from the Government Property Register of the Companies/Groups. (iii) This return will show the Government property at the beginning of the quarter, received from Battalion Stores and returned to Battalion Stores during the quarter and the actual balance at the end of the quarter. (iv) The balance shown in this return at the end of the quarter should tally with the balance stock in the Government Property Register. (v) The Quarterly Return for the first quarter of the year, i.e., on the thirty-first March of the year, the Quarterly Return should include all Government properties in the charge of the company and the transactions that took place during that quarter. Subsequent return may show only the changes that had taken place during each quarter. (vi) This is a very important return in the Company and it should be prepared by the Company Stores Officer himself and not by anybody else. The Company Commander is entirely responsible for the correctness of this return. (vii) Assistant Commandants will check these returns with the Government Property Register during their Company Inspection. 235. Quarterly return of Government property checking of – The Company and Group Commanders Commanders will present themselves at the Battalion Stores on a date specified by the Commandant preferably before the 20th of the month succeeding the quarter and personally satisfy themselves that the entries in their Quarterly Returns tally with that of Distribution Register in the Battalion Stores. Difference if any, must be properly accounted for then and there, and the Company/Group Commanders should furnish a certificate on the Quarterly Returns are in accordance with the entries in the Distribution Register maintained in Battalion Stores. A similar certificate will be furnished by the Quarter Master in the office copy of the Company/Group Quarterly Return. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 171

CHAPTER XVI.

TRAINING 236. Intensive Training of active companies at Battalion Head quarters - 1) Programme for 12 weeks (a) In order to keep the personnel fit and ready to carry out their duties efficiently, an intensive course of training will be carried out by every active company and the Head Quarter Company annually. This training will be for a period of three months and will consist of the following. i) Individual training ii) Section training iii) Platoon training iv) Company training b) As and when practicable, training will be carried out on a Battalion basis. The Commandant, will draw up a training programme for the entire Battalion at the beginning of each calender year, and under normal circumstances, this programme will be strictly adhered to. c) It is obligatory that every individual in the Battalion undergoes this course of intensive training annually. d) If an individual is unable to undergo the training with his company for reasons of sickness, leave, etc., the matter should be reported to the Commandant and the Commandant will arrange to train such men separately in the Regimental Centre. During the training period leave under ordinary circumstances will not be granted. A copy of the 12 weeks training programme is furnished in APPENDIX – XLII. 2) Refresher Course - In order to keep Junior Officer and Non-Commissioned Officers perfectly fit and up-to-date with the latest drill movements, weapons, etc., periodical refresher courses will be arranged at the Regimental Centre, Avadi, by the Deputy Commandant, and these courses will be conducted under his personal supervision. Refresher courses will be conducted under his personal supervision. Refresher course will be conducted in the following subjects and others, from time to time, subject to periodical review, addition and improvements. i) For Non-Commissioned Officers a) Field craft and Tactics – 3 weeks b) Drill in Threes – 2 weeks c) Small Arms (Weapon cadre) – 3 weeks d) Physical Training – 3 weeks ii) For Junior Officers a) A 24 working day cadre in small Arms, Drill and Office Administration . b) The Syllabus for each course will be maintained at the Regimental Centre. The various training programmmes have been approved by the Inspector - General of Police, from time to time. c) A test will be conducted by the Deputy Commandant, at the conclusion of each course and the results will be communicated by the Commandant, TSP II Battalion, to the concerned Commandants for publication in their Battalion Orders. 3) Training in Army Schools - Arrangements will be made every year to depute Junior Commissioned Officers and Non-Commissioned Officers for a course of training at the Army and other All India Police Training Institutions. The Commandants will select suitable Junior Officers and Non-Commissioned Officers from amongst those who fared well in the cadre courses referred to above for being sent to the Army and other training institutions. The selected personnel will then be attached to the Regimental Centre, for undergoing an intensive pre-course training. They should also be taught Hindi during the pre-course training period. They will be sent to the Army and other training schools as and when sears are made available. On return they will report to the Deputy Commandant, Regimental Centre, Avadi and inform him of any changes that may have been introduced in the drill procedure. The Deputy Commandant, will then take necessary action to introduce the changes in the Special Police Units. 172 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

4) Recruit training – A new entrant into the Special Police will undergo a period of 10 Months training at the Regimental Centre, Avadi. On successfully completing this training, he will be posted to an active Company where he will be given further practical training un their battalions a high standard of efficiency in all branches of his work at. 5) Other training – I) Preliminary training for the directly recruited Assistant Commandants, Reserve Sub – Inspectors, Sub Inspectors and Reserve Assistant Sub – Inspectors of the District and City Police and the Special Police Forces will also be conducted at the Regimental Centre, Avadi, according to the syllapbus of training maintained at the Regimental Centre, ii) Basis and Refresher Courses for. a) Wireless operators b) Motor Transport Drivers, c) Armourers, d) Buglers will also be conducted at the Regimental Centre, Avadi. These courses will be organized by the Deputy Commandant, under the supervision of the concerned technical officers. 237. Intensive training of active companies on detachment duty. Programme for six weeks i) All Armed Police Units, wherever deployed must be put through a two-hour parade every morning at convenient centers where they can be assembled in either Company or Platoon strength. ii) To facilitate the training, Inspector General of Police, Madras, in Chief Office Memorandum R.Dis. 32169/SAP-3/68, dated 16th September 1968, has issued instructions to the Commissioner of Police and Superintendent of Police to ensure that. a) The deployment of Armed Police Units is done in Company or Platoon strength and at convenient centers from where they can be detailed out in Section strength. b) Armed Police personnel are used only as striking parties and not on routine duties like guards, patrols, etc. c) Armed Police are not detailed on night duties to the extent that this is avoidable so that they are not prevented from attending the parade in the following morning. iii) A standarised six weeks programme is furnished in Appendix XLIII and the six weeks Time Tables must be carried out by rotation in that order week after week. On completion, the cycle should be repeated. iv) Supervisory officers of all ranks must ensure that full attendance is secured at these parades and the programme meticulously carried out. Gazetted Officers should attend the parades of their Unit detachment by rotation. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 173

CHAPTER XVIL

PRIVATE FUND 238. General - 1) The following existing funds will be run by private subscriptions for the benefit of the members of the Force. 2) It is not desirable to start any more private fund. i) Band Fund ii) Cinema Fund iii) Officers’ Club Fund iv) Karagam Fund v) Polish Fund 3) Subscriptions to the various fund will be fixed by the Commandant, and approved by the Director General of Police, Tamil Nadu. i) Band Fund ii) Cinema Fund iii) Officers Club Fund iv) Karagam Fund v) Polish Fund. 239. Band Fund - 1) Rules for the Tamil Nadu Speical Police Regimental Centre, Band approved by the Inspector General of Police, Tamil Nadu, in Chief Office Memo. C.No. R. Dis 1906/CG3/69, dated 12the May 1970, are reproduced below, in case one is farmed in their next. 2) Commandants of Special Police Units may frame Rules on similar lines for their Unit Bands. 3) All such Rules will also be approved by the Inspector General of Police, Tamil Nadu. Rules of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Regimental Centre, Band. I. Name and composition of the Band - The Tamil Nadu, Special Police Regimental Centre, Band will consist of one Band Master Havildar, two Naiks and 24 Police Constable Bandsmen. The Head quarters of the Band will be located at Avadi. II Management - 1) The Commandant, will be the sole administrator of the Band and Band fund. 2) The Officer Commandant, Regimental Centre, will act under orders of the Commandant, in all matters concerning the band. The band and the Bandsmen will be under his supervision but he shall on no account detail the band for any engagement unless he obtains the orders of the Commandant, in writing. He is responsible to collect hire charges from private parties to whom the band is let out and credit them without delay to the Band Fund Account maintained by him with voucher showing the name of the persons who hired the band, the purpose and the period for which It was hired and the amount collected therefore. 3) The Officer Commanding Regimental Centre, shall be the Ex-officio Treasurer of the Band Fund. He will maintain a cash account of all amounts received towards the band fund and credit them as early as practicable to the Band Account with the State Bank of India which will be in the name of the Commandant. He shall not withdraw any amount from the Band Fund or spend any amount available with him in cash without the definite orders of the Commandant in writing. He is responsible fro the correct maintenance of the accounts and he shall produce the Account Book for the Commandant’s check on any working day on or before 5th of each month. 4) The entire accounts of the Band Fund will be regularly audited by a Board once a month consisting of the Deputy Commandant and two Junior Officers and the proceeding of the Audit Board submitted to Commandant, as in the case of other private funds and Company Funds. 5) The Officer Commanding Regimental Centre, will prepare a balance sheet in respect of Band Fund at the end of the month and submit it to Commandant, through Deputy Commandant, on or before 5th of every month. 6) The Officer Commanding Regimental Centre, will be paid a sum of Rs. 5 (Rupees five only) per month towards honorarium for maintaining the cash accounts. 174 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

III. Recruitment - a) Vacancies in the Band Staff will be filled in either by direct recruitment or by transfer as provided for in the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service Rules. If the physical measurement of qualified musician fall short the required measurement for recruitment as Police Constable Bands men for the Regimental Centre. Government may be addressed for relaxation of relevant rules in respect of qualified musicians. The Commandant will be the appointing authority for direct recruitment. b) Boys with anear for music may be given training by the Band Master with a view to their enlistment in the band as and when vacancies occur due to retirement, death or otherwise in the band staff not more than 2 boys should be trained at a time for which a sum of Rs. 10 (Rupees ten only) each per mensem will be paid as pocket expenses from the band fund. IV Engagement - a) The Regimental Centre, band will be available for all Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions Sports and other ceremonial functions conducted by the Battalions free of cost. The Commandants of Battalions will secure private engagement for the band about the same times as the Battalion Sports are being held. Leading clubs and private parties may wish to avail themselves of the opportunity to engage the band. Prominent persons may also like to engage the band for the weddings, etc. No private engagements will be accepted free of cost. b) The members of the band are prohibited from paying individually or in numbers at private functions without the previous sanction of the Commandant. On no account should the band accompany any marriage on private party procession. V. Itinerary - In order to ensure that the Regimental Centre Band is made available at all Battalion Sports, the Commandants will fix up the dates of holding of their sports and inform the Commandant, TSP II Battalion. of the exact dates one month in advance. VI. Band Staff and equipment - a) The Bandsmen are members of the Police Executive Force and they are governed by the discipline and appeal rules applicable to the members of the force. b) The musical instruments and other equipments of the band including band uniform will be taken into stock and separate stock book which will be maintained by the Officer Commanding, Regimental Centre. c) The Band Master Havlidar will be incharge of all the instruments which are in use. The Bandsmen are solely responsible for the proper upkeep of these instruments. If any instrument is carelessly lost or damaged, the concerned bandsmen shall be made to pay for its replacement or repairs. The Band Master Havildar will inspect them once a week and report their condition to the Officer Commandant, Regimental Centre, d) The instrumentation of the band strength of 26 will be as follows. Instrument No of instrument Read or wooden Flute / Picco 1 E Flat Clarinet 1 Solo B Flat Clarinet 3 Ist Clarinet 2 2nd Clarinet 2 3rd Clarinet 1 Al to Saxophone 1 Tenor Saxophone 1 Bassoon 1 Eb Horns (1st and 2nd)2 1st B Flat Cornet 2 2nd B Flat Cornet 2 1st Tenor Trombone 1 2nd Tenor Trombone 1 B Flat Trombone 1 Bass 1 Per Side Drum and effects 1 Ours – Bass Drum T’mpan & Gymbaks (percussion) 1 Total 26 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 175

VII. Band Fund charges, etc - i) The following rates shall be charged from private persons club and party hiring the band under rule IV First – Two hours. Rs. 80 (Rupees eight only) Every additional hours or part thereof of Rs. 30 (Rupees thrity only) Note : A concession of 50 percent in the engagement fee alone will be allowed to Police Officers of and below the rank of Assistant Commandants of the Special Police Battalions in respect of engagement for functions conducted only with their own children and sole dependants, Similar concession will also be allowed to the ministerial staff of the Police Department for their engagement of the Police Band. 2) The maximum period for which the band will be hired shall not exceed four hours on any one occasion and one and the same day. 3) Regarding fees for engagement the prior concurrence of the party shall be obtained before accepting the engagement and fees from private individuals will ordinarily be collected in advance by Officer Commanding, Regimental Centre, and credited to the fund accounts immediately. However the Commandant reserve the right of accepting engagements from private parties and his decision with be final. 4) The transport charges for a Police lorry for transporting the Band Staff for any private engagement will be according to the rates in force which at present is Rs. 1.00 per mile. The lorry hire charge will be collected by the Band party incharge of the respective engagement in advance from the private party engaging the band., if police transport is used and the amount thus collected will be remitted to Battalion Office for crediting to the Government account under the relevant head of account. 5) At the end of each month the Officer Commanding Regimental Centre, will draw up a list of Bandsmen who rendered service at private engagement during the month and he will claim of behalf of each man the amount due to him in proportion to services rendered by him. The amount thus claimed should not exceed 50% of the total amount realized during the month for each of the engagement. 6) The list which will be in the form of a register should show the names and full particulars of the Bandsmen and shall be submitted to the Commandant through the Deputy Commandant, noting the availability in the Band Fund Account for sanctioning honorarium to Band Staff. The list should be put up to Commandant on or before 5th of each month. 7) The Commandant, will pass orders n the register regarding the amount to be drawn and paid to Cash Bandsmen. 8) The list should be used as an acquaintance roll for the sums disbursed for checking the Band Fund each Account Book and it should be audited each month before the 10th of the month. 9) The Proceeds of the Band Fund will be deposited in a personal deposit account in the name of the Commandant, TSP II Battalion, in the State Bank of India and the Commandant, alone will operate this account. VIII. Travelling and other allowances - Travelling allowance shall be paid officially according to the rates in force when the band is on tour on account of Government duty. For private engagements outside a radius of five miles (8 Kms) from the Headquarters at Avadi, the party that engages the band will meet all expenses to and from the place of engagement, such as Railway fare daily allowance of the bandsmen according to the Government rates, engagement fees and transport charges. IX Dress regulations - The Band Staff will be supplied working dress (Khaki) at Government cost according to the scale of uniform supplied to the respective ranks. In addition to working dress, they will be supplied with ceremonial band uniform for summer and winter use. The ceremonial uniform will be worn during all Government and private engagements. X Inspection - The kit and musical instruments of all the members of the Regimental Centre Band shall be inspected by the Deputy Commandant, Regimental Centre, by the 15th January and 15th of July of each year and a report sent to the Commandant in this regard. 176 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

XI General - i) All correspondence relating to the Band should be addressed to the Commandant, TSP II Battalion, Avadi, Madras 54. ii) The Commandant, shall have power to incur expenditure up to Rs. 200 (Rupees two hundred only) on any one item of purchase, repairs or replacement Expenditure of greater sums shall be referred to the Deputy Inspector – General of Police, Railways and Armed Police Madras for sanction. iii) The Commandant is the sole administrator of the Band Fund and all expenditure from the fund shall be supported by his written orders. iv) Any alteration of the foregoing rules or any amendment there to shall meet the approval of the Inspector General of Police, Madras – 4. 240 Cinema Fund i) Short title - These Rules may be called “The Cinema Fund Rules Special Police, Avadi. ii) Object of the Fund - A 35 mm projector has beer purchased by the Unit to screen films to the Tamil Nadu Special Police Personnel and their families living in Avadi and Sathyamoorthy Nagar. iii) Sources of income - The fund will be financed from the monthly subscriptions realized from the members of the force as shown below. Rs. P. Gazetted Officers 1 00 Junior Officers 0 50 Non-Commissioned Officer 0 37 Lance Naik and Constables 0 25 iv) Responsibility - The Account of the fund will be maintained by an officer of the rank of an Inspector nominated by the Commandant, of the Unit. He will also maintain a Stock Register in a suitable form for all property belonging to this Fund and will be responsible for the proper maintenance and up keep of them. He will also maintain a register of articles condemned and disposed of.

v) Rules - a) A pass for admission to the film show will be issued by the Officer maintaining the Cinema Fund to each and every subscriber who by virtue of it is entitled to bring his family, children and others solely dependant on him. The pass will be shown whenever demanded by the officers authorized to check and supervise the conduct of the film shows. b) Persons without passé will not be allowed in the open air theatre to see the film. c) A trained operator will be appointed to operate the Projector and attend to its maintenance d) All Rules and Regulations under Cinematograph Rules that are a applicable to such shows will be made applicable here also licence for screening the films will be taken in the name of the Commandant, Special Police Unit, Avadi. Licence fees, if any will be met from this fund with the approval of the Commandant. e) No outsider or any other person not belonging to the force will be entitled to a pass or for admission to the film shows. It is the responsibility of all ranks to avoid and prohibit the admission of outsider to such shows. f) An Assistant to the operator may be appointed under the orders of the Commandant and he may be paid a remuneration or honorarium as fixed by the Commandant from the Cinema Funds. g) All expenses connected with the hiring of films, purchase of spares furniture and repair to the projector will be met from the Cinema Fund after obtaining the approval of the Commandant. h) Expenditure to meet the charges for conducting dramas, dances and other entertainments beneficial to the unit personnel and their family will also be met from the Cinema Fund with the approval of the Commandant. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 177

i) Assistant Commandant, Headquarters or any other Assistant Commandant, nominated by the Commandant will supervise the functioning of the Cinema and Cinema fund. He will audit the accounts of the fund every month and send the Audit report to the Commandant, before the 10th of every month. j) All members of the Force are expected to maintain proper discipline and decorum while attending the Cinema and any indisciplinary behaviour of the members or their families attending the Cinema will be dealt with suitably by the Commandant, Special Police Unit, Avadi. vi) Authority of expenditure – Expenditure upto Rs. 10 in each and every case will be sanctioned by the Officer nominated, by the Commandant to maintain this Fund but any expenditure over Rs. 10 requires the sanction of the Commandant. vii) Honoraria – The following rates of honoraria may be sanctioned by the Commandant for persons attending to the work connected with this Fund. Rs. P. a) Junior Officer attending to the Management of the Fund 20 00 b) Operator (Licensed) 50 00 c) Assistant to the operator 30 00 viii) Other expenditure – A portion of this Fund at the discretion of the Commandant and with the approval of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, can be utilized for common purpose of the Unit viz. 1) To meet the matching grant connected with the midday feeding of the School Children 2) To meet the expenditure of the Mahamaye temple when the donation or collection of the temple fund are not sufficient low. 3) Any other item of expenditure the Commandant may consider necessary for the benefit of the personnel and their families. Note : The Commandant of Special Police Units may frame Rules on similar lines for their Unit Cinema in case they own a 35 MM/16MM Projector. All such Rules shall get the prior approval of the Inspector General of Police, Tamil Nadu. 241. Club Fund Rules - Constitution There shall be an Officer’ Club in every unit of the Tamil Nadu Special Police and it shall be named as “Officers’ Club”. All Gazetted Officers, Junior Officers Radio Supervisors, Radio Technicians, Unit Medical Staff and Office Manager will be the compulsory members of the Club and will subscribe to the Club monthly at the following rates or at the rates fixed by the Commandant of the Unit from time to time during the General Body Meeting. 1) Gazetted Officers Rs. 2.00 2) Junior Officers Rs. 1.00 3) Radio Supervisor Rs. 1.00 Radio Technician Office Manager and other ii) Club Committee - The constitution of the Club Committee will be the President, Vice-President and Honorary Secretary-Cum-Treasurer. The Commandant, will be the President, Assistant Commandant, Headquarters, will be the Vice-President, One Junior Officer nominated by the Commandant will be the Honorary Secretary-cum—Treasure iii) General Meeting - A General body meeting will be held every month on a date notified by the President. All members of the club will attend the meeting and discuss any resolution moved for discussion by any member. A majority vote carries any resolution before the Club Committee for compliance. In case of equal voting the President will have a casting vote. iv) Alterations in rules – Any proposed alteration in the Club Rules must be placed before a general body meeting and passed by the majority. Similarly and expenditure incurred during the month must be carried out by a majority of votes next month. v) President – The president will administer the club. 178 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

vi) Vice President – The Vice President will be responsible for the general supervision of the work of the club and for the control of the expenditure. He shall audit the accounts of the club every month and submit the report for the general body meeting. vii) Honorary Secretary – Cum- Treasurer – He will be responsible for a) The maintenance of books and registers of the club. b) The Maintenance of cash book c) The collection of subscriptions, issue and payments of bills. d) The maintenance of Post Office Savings Bank Account Book of the Club. e) Maintaining an up-to-date copy of the Club Rules. f) General cleanliness of the club furniture, fittings and other properties. g) The Supervision of the issue of all invitations. viii) Duties and Club Orderly – a) He will work under the supervision of the Club Secretary. b) He will bring to the notice of the Club Secretary. any instance or neglect. c) He will be responsible for the general cleanliness of the club and furniture, etc., d) He will keep in safe castody all club stocks of furniture, crockery and other properties. He will report to the Secretary any loss or breakage. e) He will be responsible for the safe custody of keys of cup board, almirahs and store rooms. ix) Object of the club - (a) To provide amenities, arragesocial gatherings and entertainments to the members b) To provide and encourage in-door and out door games to the members and their families. c) To provide social welfare amenities and foster brotherhood and friendliness among the members and their families. d) To provide news papers and periodicals. x) General rules - a) Every member should be have properly refitting their status and in accordance with the club rules. b) Any complaints or suggestions about the club should be lodged in writing to the Vice- President who will try to rectify or take necessary action, if necessary with the concurrence of the President of after discussion and approval in the general body meeting. c) No member will use the club properties for his personal use without the prior sanction of the club Secretary. d) Every member should clear his montly subscriptions during the first week of the month. Any arrears of outstanding bills of the members, who may be out of station will be collected by the Company Commanders or other appropriate authorities and sent to the Secretary. e) All the rules are subject to alteration and modification by the general body meeting. Any change in the rates of subscription will be duly adopted at the general body meeting of the club. f) Minutes of every meeting will be recorded by the Secretary and circulated to the members of the club. g) The general body meeting will also hold discussions on expenditure, purchase and other subjects. 242. Rules Governing the karagam troupe and the karagam fund in the Special Police, Avadi. (G.O. Ms. N. 937 Home) Dated 15th March 1963) Constitution and address - 1) The Special Police “Karagam” Troupe located at the Battalion Headquarters of Special Police Avadi, will be styled as the Special Police Karagam Troupe 2) It is constituted from among the members of the Special Police Unit, Avadi and will consist of only as many men as are absolutely required for staging a performance. 3) The address will be Special Police Avadi, in the Chingleput district. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 179

4) Object – It is chiefly intended for the furtherance of the cultural activities of the policemen and their families as a part of welfare activities undertaken for them. 5) It may also be occasionally hired by private persons bodies on application, provided it does not interfere with normal duties of the participants. 6) Management – The Commandant, shall be the sole administrator of the Karagam troupe and the Karagam fund. 7) Assistant Commandant, Headquarters, will act under the orders of the Commandant in connection with all maters concerning the Karagam troupe. The troupe will be under his supervision but he shall on no account detail the party for private engagements without the express orders of the Commandant. He will collect the charges for the engagement as per rates laid down, from the parties concerned and hand over the cash to the Budget Accountant of the Battalion Office with vouchers showing the names of the person who has hired the troupe, the purposes and the period for which it is so hired and the amount collected therefore. 8) a) All instruments and materials required for the party will be on the charge of the Officer Commanding Company Regimental Centre, and he will be responsible for the proper upkeep and maintenance. He will maintain a separate stock register for this purpose and maintain it. b) The Budget Accountant of the Battalion office shall be the ex-officio treasurer of the Karagam Troup Fund. He will maintain a cash account of all money received from the Officer Commanding. Regimental Centre, towards Karagam Troupe Fund and credit them as early as practicable to the account with the State Bank of India, or the Local Post Office Savings Bank. He shall not withdraw any amount from the Karagam Account or spend any amout available with him in cash without the specific orders of the Commandant in writing. He shall be responsible for the correct maintenance of the accounts and the custody of the cash balance. The accouts shall be checked by the Commandant, or Assistant Commandant, Headquarters, as often as possible. 9) Karagam men and equipment – The troupe will ordinarily consist of 16 men. The number of the troupe may be increased or reduced as according to the circumstances and at the diseretion of the Commandant, Special Police, Avadi. An Inspector or a Sub-Inspector shall accompany the troupe whenever they go out and play. The Assistant Commandant, Headquarters will see that the normal routine duties of the Battalion do not suffer by detailing too many men for Karagam. 10) The members of the troupe are but member of the Police Executive Force and they will be governed by the all the rules applicable to the members of the Special Police and no immunity is sought to be conferred on them except in so far as has been provided for in the these rules. 11) Equipment of the Karagam Troupe will consist of those instruments now available in the Battalion and those additions that may be made with the approval of the Commandant from time to time. 12) The members of the Karagam Troupe are solely responsible for the proper upkeep of the instruments, etc. It any instrument is carelessly lost or damaged, the concerned man shall be responsible for its replacement or repairs as the case may be. The senior most Non- Commissioned to be in-charge of the instruments and to inspect them periodically. 13) Collection and disposal of Karagam Fund – The following rates shall be charged from private persons bodies hiring the Karagam under bye-law 5) for a single performance, the duration of which will not ordinarily exceed 60 minutes. Rs. Make up charges 125 Hire charges including Honorarium for the members 75 of the troupe and one Inspector and one Sub-Inspector in-charge “If representations are received from education institutions Government departments, private persons, bodies, etc., to depute the Karagam Troupe free of cost for a performance, which is run on a “No loss, No Profit” basis, the Inspector General of Police, may allow the 180 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL Karagam Troupe to give a performance without collecting the hire charges of Rs. 75. The make up charges shall however be met by the educational institutions, Government departments, private persons, bodies, etc., hiring out the Troupe”. 14) The above amount will be payable in advance before the troupe is detailed. The full amount received from the private parties shall be remitted to the Battalion Office as soon as collection is made. 15) At the end of each month, the Officer Commanding, Regimental Centre, will draw up a list of Karagam troupe members, who took part in the private engagements and will claim on behalf of each man, the amount due to him in proportion to the service rendered by him subject to a maximum of Rs. 2 each per performance. The amount thus claimed should not exceed 50 percent of the hire charges. 16) The list should show the names and full particulars of the Karagam troupe men and shall be submitted to the Commandant, through the Budget Accountant who will note the availability of the funds in the Karagam Troupe Fund Account. 17) The Commandant, will pass orders regarding the amounts to be drawn and paid to each person. 18) The above list after it is passed for payment and the amount disbursed, shall constitute and expenditure voucher and shall be produced for audit as and when required. 19) The Commandant is the sole administrator of the Fund and all expenditure from it shall be supported by his written orders. 20) The opening of a personal deposit account in the State Bank of India or the Post Office Savings Bank Account for this purpose is authorized. It will be within the Commandant’s powers alone to withdraw from this account. 21) Trevelling Allowance – Travelling allowances will be paid officially according to the rates admissible when the Karagam party is on tour on Government duty. For Private engagement the members will draw a single Railway fare or any other cost of conveyance and daily allowance in accordance with Government rates. These charges will be debited to the Karagam Fund In case the members of the troupe are taken in Government conveyance for private functions the hire charges for the conveyance according to the rates existing will be paid by the party. 22) Each time the Karagam party is sent out for preference the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways and Armed Police, Madras should be informed. 23) General – Any alteration of the foregoing bye-laws or any amendments thereto shall meet the approval of the Inspector General of Police, Madars. 243. Polish Fund - 1) A Private Fund known as the Battalion Polish Fund will be maintained for the benefit of the force. 2) The purpose of this Fund will be to stock and sell articles of clothing, cleaning materials and such other commodities as are in common demand by members of the Force subject to approval of the Commandant. 3) The Fund will be under the supervision of the Deputy Commandant and if no Deputy Commandant, is sanctioned the Commandant, who will check the monthly Balance Sheet. All Bank transactions will be in the official designation of the Commandant who will make out cheques for payment of bills. 4) The Fund will be run by the Inspector nominated by the Commandant, and he will be called the Polish Officer. He will receive an honorarium of Rs. 20 per mensem from the Fund. He will be assisted by an orderly who will receive an allowance of Rs. 5 per mensem. 5) The Polish Officer will be responsible for the correct maintenance of stocks and Registers and for the correctness of the accounts. 6) Cash will be kept in a suitable safe and the keys will be kept with the Polish Officer. The cash safe will be deposited daily in the evening at the Quarter Guard for safe custody. 7) Transactions with firms will be made only with the approval of the Commandant, who will make payment by cheques. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 181 8) Purchases by the Junior Officers and Other Ranks will be made through the Company Commander on the credit system. 9) The following records will be maintained by the Polish Officer. a) Cash Book b) Stock Book c) Goods and Capital Account Book d) Ledger, Profit and Loss Account Book e) Advance Account Book f) Invoice Book (In-duplicate) g) Cash Bill Book h) Stamp Account Book i) A memorandum book of Correspondence j) Audit Report File k) Issue list file l) Polish Fund Loan Account. 10) The Fund will be audited by one Assistant Commandant, and one Inspector other than the Inspector in-charge of the Fund, one Sub-Inspector every month with the assistance of an Accountant. 11) Limited advances will be granted from the Fund. Applications will be made to the Commandant in writing as shown in Appendix XLVIII. Advance will on no account exceed the following. Rs. Adjutant Inspector / Inspector 60 Sub-Inspector 40 Havildar/A.S.T 30 Naiks and Lance Naiks 25 Constables 20 12) Advances will be made to companies staff at the Commandant’s discretion. No interest will be charged on such loans, unless specifically ordered by the Commandant. 13) Interest will be charged on all other advances and will be calculated in terms of paise by the following formula Interest in paise equals : Amount of each instalment x No. of Instalments 4 (No. of instalments – 1)

Eg. (a) Rs. 40/- advanced to be recovered in eight instalments of Rs. 5/- each = 5 x 8 x (8+1) = 5 x 8 x 9 = 90 paise 4 4 (b) Rs. 16/- Advances to be recovered in eight instalment of Rs. 2/- each. = 2 x 8 x 9 = 36 paise 4 14) The usual interest will be recovered on all advance made to men deputed to attend courses. No interest will be recovered on amounts advanced to men proceeding on Escort Duty, out such advances will be adjusted when their traveling allowance bill for the journey is cahsed. 15) The maximum period allowed for the repayment of any loan is eight months. 16) No advance will be granted to any individual while he has a previous advance outstanding, except with the special permission of the Commandant. 17) No luxury item will be sold in the Polish Stores. 18) The Commandant is the competent authority to decide which articles come under the category of luxury goods. 182 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

19) No liquor will be sold in the Polish Stores. When in field areas, where the issue of liquor is permitted and available at reasonable costs, liquor can be supplied to the members of the force only on the approval from the Deputy Inspector General of Police. 20) Separate liquor stock and Issue registers will be maintained. 21) Articles once sold to the Unit members from Polish Stores should not be resold by any member of the force at speculative prices. 22) The total amount of stock in the Polish Stores at a time should not exceed Rs. 15,000. 23) The cash Balance in the cash chest should not at a time exceed Rs. 1,000 and the remaining amount should be in the State Bank of India or Post Office Savings, Account in the official designation of the Commandant. 24) The Commandant, Deputy Commandant and Assistant Commandants in charge conduct surprise checks. 25) Any expenditure from the Battalion Polish Fund upto Rs. 500 requires the sanction of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, and exceeding Rs. 1,000 requires the sanction of the Inspector General of Police, (vide Rc. No. 2133/SR-3/70-2, dated 16th June 1970). 26) The profit levied on articles should not exceed 5 percent of the value of the article except liquors. The Deputy Commandant. Commandant will fix up the rate of profit on each article. 27) Every care and caution must be exercised in incurring irrecoverable expenditure from the Fund. Wreckless spending on parties, purchase of articles other than day to day necessities etc., should be avoided. Expenditure on such items should not exceed Rs. 75 at a time. 28) Rules 27 will not apply to amounts sanctioned for occasions like Pongal, Deepavali, New Years’ Day, Onam, Independence Day and Republic Day celebration feasts. Amount sanctioned under this rule should be with the ambit of Rule 25. 29) Commandants will exercise utmost restraint in allowing credit sales. 30) Purchase for the Polish Stores will be done only by a Purchase Committee constituted by the Commandant with an Assistant Commandant, Inspectors or Sub-Inspectors. 31) The Monthly Audit Board may propose condemnation of any article if in the opinion of the Board such articles are unfit for human consumption and further use, with the approximate value to be written off from the accounts. Competent authorities will pass orders ordering such amount to be written off from the accounts and it should not exceed their sanctioning power vested in them. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 183

P A R T - III

APPENDICES I. Line Hut Register. II. Married Quarters Waiting List III. Mess Attendance Register IV. Daily Ration Issue Register V. Ration purchase Register VI. Monthly Messing Return VII. Agreement Coffee Shop VIII. Agenda for Meeting IX. Committee Meeting Proceedings X Minor Punishment / Orderly Room Register XI Long Leave Register XII Casual / Compensation Leave Register XIII Railway Fare Concession Register XIV Reister of Talent - Coy / Group TSP XV Running Cost of Motor vehicles - Working Sheet XVI Light Battle Order XVII Battle Order XVIII Allocation list of Articles of clothing for personnel, Special Police Unit XIX Stamping of Store Articles XX Cycle Return XXI Arms and Equimpment - Scale of XXII-A List of Articles in the Kit Lay Out Diagram XXII-B Kit Lay out Diagram XXIII Kit Deficiency Register XXIV Kit Inspection Register XXV Clothing Register XXVI History Sheet of Cycles, etc. XXVII Medical Inspection Register XXVIII Medical Officers Visiting Book/S XXIX Palludrine Register XXX Blood Grouping Register XXXI Register of Special Courses XXXII Check Register for receipt of Bills XXXIII Accident Register XXXIV Check Register of Driving Licences XXXV Register of Persons trained in driving XXXVI In and out Register for Motor Vehicles XXXVI Statement of Petrol/Diesel evoporation XXXVIII Stock Register of receipt and issue of Petrol XL Tent Hire Charges Register XLI Occupation of married Quarters - Statement XLII Training Programme for 12 weeks XLIII Training Programme for six weeks for active companies on detachment duty XLIV Allocation List by Companies XLV Allocation of Head Quarter Comapny XLVI Allocation list of Active Company XLVII Allocation list of Regimental Centre XLVIII Form of application for advance from Battalion Polish Fund XLIX Scale of Accessories for Bicycles L Scale of Tailors tools and materials LI Details of Tools and Materials for Unit Boot and Equipment Repairer LII Motor Transport Technical Inspection Report ( By Motor Transport Officer) 184 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. I

LINE HUT REGISTER

Serial Rank General Name Company Date of Date of Signature of Remarks Number Number Occupation vacating occupant

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10

APPENDIX NO. II

MARRIED QUARTERS WAITING LIST

Number of quarters Date of allotment and date of falling and number of vacant quarters Serial Rank General Name Company Date of Quarters Date of Date Quarters Remarks Number Number application number falling number vacant

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 185

APPENDIX NO. III

MESS ATTENDANCE REGISTER FOR ......

Company...... Place of Duty......

Dates

Serial Rank General Name Company 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

(1) (2) (3 (5) (5) (6)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Dates Total number Total 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Rate Remarks of days amount (7) (8) (9) (10)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8. 186 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. IV

DAILY RATION ISSUE REGISTER

Month ...... Year......

Rice Maida or wheat Dhall Vegetables Firewood Coconuts. Butter with Date Bags. Lit./Kgs Bags. Lit./Kgs Lit. Kgs. Tons. Kgs. Nos. Lit. Lit.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

1. 2.

3. 4.

Pappadam Tea Coffee Milk Suga Salt Chilies Coriander Tamarind Nos. Kgs. Lit. Lit. Kgs. Lit. Kgs. Kgs. Kgs.

(10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)

1. 2. 3.

4.

Onions Turmeric Mustard Pepper Garlic Asafoetida Cummin Uluvai Ginger Kag Kgs. Kgs. Kgs. Kgs. Kgs. Kgs. Kgs. Kgs.

(19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27

1. 2. 3.

4.

Empty Number of Remarks Tons. Bags. milos daily

(28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36)

1. 2.

3. 4. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 187

APPENDIX NO. V

RATION PURCHASE REGISTER

Company...... Month ...... Year......

Date Rice Maida or Dhall Vegetables Fire wood Coconuts Oil Butter Milk Pappadam wheat (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs. Rs. Rs.Rs.Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs. 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Tea Coffee Milk Sugar Salt Chillies Coriander Tamarind Onion

(11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs. Rs. Rs.Rs.Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Turmeric Mustard Pepper Garlic Asafoetida Cummin Daily Grand Remarks etc. Total Total (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs.Rs. Rs. Rs.Rs.Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. 1.

2.

3.

4.

5. 188 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. VI

Month by Messing Return of ...... Company for......

P A R T - I. (a) Ration Statement

Items Quanity Balance on Ist Purchase during Consumed during Balance on lastday Remarks. of month the month the month of month Quantity Value Quantity Value Quantity Value Quantity Value Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps.

Rise

Wheat

Dhal

Mutton / Fish

Fire wood

Sundries

Miscellaneous

Total

Dedut : Sale proceeds of gnuny bags ...... Excess Recoveries from provious month ...... Value of balance ration the end of month......

Net Total Coat ......

(b) Cost percentage

Rice Wheat Dhal Mutton Fire Wood Sundries Miscellancous Total

a)Total inclusive number of messing limits for the month ...... b)Total exclusive number of messing limits for the month ...... c)Number of persons fed free with mess committees approvel ...... d) Inclusive cost of messing per man per day ...... (i.e., Not total cost of mising divided by the total inclusive number of messing units.) e) Exclusive cost of messing per man per day ...... (i.e, Net total cost of messing divided by the total exclusive number of messing units.) f) Inclusive cost of messing per man for the moth...... f) Exclusive cost of messing per man for the month ......

Part II Proceedings of the Mess Committee meeting held on ...... THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 189 APPENDIX NO. VII

AGREEMENT In return for being permitted to run a Coffee Shop. Coffee shop buildings for purpose of selling Tea etc., to the men of the Special Police Unit at agree to abide by the following conditions.

1. I agree to pay the usual rent for the building to the Government every month on or before 2. I agree to return a percentage of 2 percent donation on all bills payable to me, the Company fund. 3. I agree to prepare all bills before the end of each month - Officer’s Bills will be drawn up separatly and bills of non-Commissioned Officer and men will be presented in a consolidated account for the Company to the Company Commander on the First of very month. 4. I agree to maintain a special book for men’s accounts keeping an account under each man’s name therein. 5. I agree to allow no man credit exceeding Rs. 8 and Non - Commission Office credit exceeding Rs. 10. 6. I agree to keep my account books open for inspection by any person who has an account with me and by Officer of the Unit at any time during working hous. 7. I agree to keep the Coffee shop clean and in a sanitary condition at all times and to keep it open for inspection to any officer between sunrise and sunset. 8. I understand that if I fail to abide by any of the above conditions or if I fail, to satisfy the standard which is required by any of the Gazetted Officers of the Unit or for any other reason whatsoever, my tenancy is liable to be stopped at any time by the Commandant.

Signed in the presence of

1. Company Commander (Sd) 2. Another witness Coffee Shop Contractor

APPENDIX NO. VIII

AGENDA FOR COMPANY

Committee General Body meeting. Extra Ordinary General

To be held at on 1) To read and record the minutes of the previous meeting held on

2) Businee arising from the previous meeting.

3) Subjects for discussion

1)

2)

3)

4) Any other business

Sd. Honorary Secretary 190 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. IX

COMMITTEE MEETING PROCEEDINGS

Proceedings of Company......

Committee Meeting held at on extra ordinary General body General Body,

Present : President Vice - President Hony. Secretary

Members 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. etc.

Resolved that :

1) The minutes of the meeting held on ...... be recorded. Proposed by : Seconded by :

2) Any other subjects - subjects to be indicated are by one. Proposed by : Seconded by :

(Sd. President) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 191

APPENDIX NO. X

MINOR PUNISHMENT REGISTER

Serial Date of holding Defaulter’s Description of Number orderly room Rank Number Number offence (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Nature of punishment By whom awardedSignature of Officer Dates when Initial of coy awarded awarding the punishment carried out Commender punishment (7 (8) (9) (10) (11)

APPENDIX NO. XI

LONG LEAVE REGISTER

Serial Rank Cl.No Name Petition date Leave required Number

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Reason Orders of Commandant or Leave Roll Date of Date of Remarks Assistant Commandant Number availing return

(7) (8) (9) (10)(11) (12) 192 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL APPENDIX NO. XII

CASUAL / COMPENSATION / LEAVE REGISTER

No. Rank Name Company.

Serial Reasons Period of Casual Compensation Optional Holidays Total Initial of number for leave leave leave days leave Holidays permission number inspector days of day From To (1) (2)(3) (4)(5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

APPENDIX NO. XIII

RAILWAY FARE CONCESSION REGISTER COMPANY

Serial number, Rank number and name Particulars of Family members Serial Number Name Date of Birth

Whether married or not 1 to 7

Date when bought on to married strength

Nearest Railway Station to Home

Distance

Period of Date of Date of Details of leave availing return Railway Fare Remarks granted granted (1) (2) (3)(4) (5) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 193 APPENDIX NO. XIV

REGISTER OF TALENT OF ...... COMPANY/GROUP, TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE

Number Rank NameDate of Date of birth enlistment I. Athletics 100 Metres 200 Metres 400 Metres 800 Metres 1,500 Metres 5,000 Metres 10,000 Metres 110 Metres hurdles 400 Metres hurdles 4x100 Relay 4x100 Relay

II. Field Events Running High Jump Running Broad Jump Jauveline Throw Hammer Throw Throwing the Discuss Putting the shot Polevault Gymnastics Acquatics Wrestling

III. Cultural Acting Music Vocal Music Instrumental Drawing Painting Handicrafts

IV. Technical Carpentry Blacksmiths Radio-photography Electrical Work Car Mohism 194 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XV

ILLUSTRATION SHOWING RUNNING COST OF VEHICLE NUMBER FOR

Total K.M. Run......

Serial Number, Details. Amount

1. Capital Cost

2. Renewals and Repairs a) Tyres and tubes b) Spares c) Repais

3. Maintenance Charge - Petrol, Oil, etc., including Drivers’ and cleaners’ Pay a) Petrol Litres b) Lubricating Oil Litres c) Gear Oil Litres d) General Expenditure e) Grease Kilogram f) Driver’ Pay i) If Naik @Rs. 97.22, Rs. 15, RS. 2 per mensem (Rs. 114.22x12) ii) If P.C. @ Rs. 78.89, Rs. 15, Rs. 2 per mensem (Rs. 95.89 x 12) g) Cleaners pay (half per lorry) at Rs. 39.45, Rs. 7.50, Rs. 1 per mensem (Rs. 47.95 x 12) h) 1/12 of 4 Havildar Mechanics pay i) 1/2 of pay of motor Transport Officer at Rs. 300, Rs. 20 (Rs. 320 x 12/1/12)

4. Depreciation at 20 per cent of original cost.

5. Amount of tax paid at Rs. for each quarters.

6. Registration fee of the vehicle.

7. Renewal fee of driving licence of driver and half of the cleaners (Cleaners renewal fees is application for lorries and vans only)

______Grant total Rs. ______Running cost of mile / Kilometre ______

Commandent THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 195

APPENDIX NO. XVI

LIGHT BATTLE ORDER

When speed is essential and when so ordered ‘Light Battle order’ will be worn It will always be kept ready in Barrack Room so that men can always turnout in this dress at a moments notice. It consists of the following.

Bayonet One (J.Os. will carry pistol) Boots ankle One pair Brace with D worn as waist belt One Frog Web One Hat One Hawersack slung by brace regitside One Hosetops One pair Oil bottle One Pull through One Putties short One pair Rifle One (J.Os. will cary pistols) S.A.A. 50 rounds in bandolies tied to the waist Scabbard, bayonet One (J.Os. will carry pistol) Shirt khaki One Socks One pairs

The hawer sack will ontain the following Banian One First Field Dressing One Laces spare One Mess tin One Shirt khaki One Short khaki One Soap cake One Socks One Pair Towel One

The revolver will be carried on the left in a pistol case and revolver ammunition in a pouch on the right. In addition. J.Os will carry field glass slung on the right shoulder and a compass, map and message book. 196 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL APPENDIX NO. XVII

BATTLE ORDER

The dress for all operations in the field will be “Battle Order”, unless otherwise ordered and consists of the following.

Bayonet One (Officers will carry pistol) Boots ankle One pair Compass, prismatic One (Taken by Platoon Commander) Field Glasses One (Taken by Platoon Commander) Frog Web One Hat One Hosetops One pair Maps and message books (Taken by Platoon Commander) Oil bottle One Pull through One Putties short One pair Rifle One (Officers to carry pistol) Rain coat One (takes in wet weather only olded and slug over right shoulder) Scabbard, bayonet One Shirt khaki One Socks One pairs Web equipment (complete) One (when the rain coat is not taken on hawersack will be worn on the back Water bottle (full) One

The hawersack will ontain the following Banian One First Field Dressing One Laces spare One pair Mess tin One Shirt khaki One Short khaki One Soap cake One Socks One Pair Towel One THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 197 APPENDIX NO. XVIII

ALLOCATION LIST OF ARTICLES OF CLOTHING FOR THE PERSONNEL OF SPECIAL POLICE UNITS

Sl.No Articles Number Period of supply To whom supplied

1. Badges 1 Annual Armourers who have undergone a) Armourers-Crossed pineers training at an Arsenal and hammer b) Bugle with cord 1 Triennial Bugler Constables c) Cap 1 As required Junior Officers d) Good Shooting Rifle 1 1) i) Star and crossed rifle 1 Annual Non-Commissioned officer and ii) Crossed rifles 1 -Do- constables entitled to them according to sections 156 Chanter XVI Small Arms of Drill and Training Manual Revised Edition (1966) 2) Light automatic i) Star and “LMG” in wreath 1 Annual According to section 29 Chapter ii) “LMG” in wreath 1 -Do- VI of the S.A.T. Volume IV of 1931

e) P.T. Instructor 1 -Do- N.C.O.S who qualify at the Army School of Physical Training. f) Rank i) State enblem of Government of India 2 As required Adjutant Inspector ii) Stars fire point silver metal 6 -Do- Inspector iii) -Do- 4 -Do- Sub-Inspector (Approved probationer) iv) -Do- 2 -Do- Sub-Inspector on probation v) Ribbon ½’ wide, half red and half 5” -Do- Junior Officers. dark blue

g) Shoulder letters 7/16’ 1 Pair Annual Junior officers, N.C.Os. constables and bugle boys.

h) Signalling 1 pair -Do- NCOs who qualify in the Army Signal School and Signallers who pass at annual classification 2 Banians 2 Annual NCOs constables and bugle boys 3. Belts a) Brown leather 1 As required -Do- b) Sam-Brown 1 -Do- Junior Officers. 3(a) Baret caps khaki woollen 2 Biennial -Do- 3(b) -Do- 2 Annual Motor Transport drivers 4 Blanket (Army pattern) 1 Quinquennial NCOs Constables bugle boys and followers 5 Blue uniform (Aprov) 2 set Annual Mechanics and carpenters 6 Boots a) Brown ankle 2 Pair -Do- Junior Officers b) Black ammunition i) Do 2 Pairs -Do- NCOs constables (except these referred to tin serial No. 6(b)(ii) and (iii) bugle boys)

ii) Do 2” and I Pair alternete Radio operators years

iii) Do 1 Pair Annual Drivers, Cleaners and followers

Note : 1) One pair of spare lace will be issued when black ammunition boots are supplied to the men. This should last the prescribed period of wear for black ammunition boots. 198 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

2) Newly recruited Jamedars are entitled to supply of two pairs of Black ammunition boots and one pair of brown leather boots during their training period. Only one pair of black amminition boots and one pair of brown letaher boots shall be issued in the first instance. The second pair of black ammunition boots shall be issued only after the first pair becomes absolutely unserviceable and shall be withdrawn at the end of the period of training and issued to the succeeding batch of trainees or to other members of the fore inthe boots are in a serviceable condition.

Sl.No Articles Number Period of supply To whom supplied 7 Buttons a) Medium 5 As required Do. Junior Officers b) Small 8 Do -Do- Note : A second set of buttons will be issued to be kept in reserve to meet loss or damages. 8 Canes Brown Malaca with errected knot 1 As required Junior Officers and NCOs and constable 9. Canvas skoes brown 2 Pairs Annual Radio operators, drivers and cleaners Do 1 Pair -do- NCOs and constables 10. Chevrons-Cloth Khaki i) Triple with State emblem 2 Annual Company Quarter Master Havildar ii) Triple 2 -do- Havildars iii) Double 2 -do- Naiks iv) Single 2 -do- Lance Naiks 11. Ground sheet-water-proof i) Do 1 Quinquennial Junior Officers ii) Do 1 As required NCOs Constables, bugle boys and followers 12. Jersy Woolen 1 Triennial JOs, NCOs, Constables, bugle boys and followers 13. Kit bag 1 Decennial -do- 14. Over-alls i) Over-alls 1 Annual M.T. Staff ii) Do 2 -do- Rebrowning Staff 15. Peak cap 1 Beinnial Junior Officers 16. Polish i) Black 1 tin One month NCOs, constables, bugle boys. ii) Brown 3 tin 3 months -do- 17. Rings for brass button 1 for each Biennial Junior Officers botton 18. Sashes washed - Red 1 Quinquennial Havildars 19. a) Shirts khaki Metti cloth for 4 Annual Junior Officers b) Shirts khaki metti 3 -do- NCOs, Constables, bugle boys and followers 20. a) Shorts khaki drill cloth for 3 pairs -do- Junior Officers b) Shorts khaki drill 3 paris -do- NCOs, constables, bugle boys and followers 22. Ties Khaki Silk 2 Annual Junior Officers 23. Water proof coat and cover 1 Triennial JOs, NCOs, Constables, Bugle boys and followers THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 199

APPENDIX NO. XIX

STAMPING OF STORE ARTICLES

Articles Number and date of issue where stamped Arms : Pistol revolver On the butt Rifles -Do- Web Equipment : Attachment brace Inside the tab between buckles Belt, Waist Centre of inside Bottles, water Bottom of the cover Braces, left Rear centre Braces, right -Do- Carrier catridges 30 rds Inner side of top pouch (to read insde ways) Carrier water bottle Inside bottom Cases pistol Inside the flap Haversacks Inside the flap Packs -do- Strap shoulder haversack left Inside one end of the broad strap Strap shoulder haversack right -do- Strap supporting Inner side of buckle end (to read side ways)

Tin Mess M.S. Out side centre of the lid and bottom of the tin Frogs bayonet Lower inner portion (to read sideways) Slings web Inside one end

Equipment leathers Belt leather Outside of the buckle end Frogs leather Centre rear Pocket cartridges 15 rounds Centre rear Cases, revolver Inside the flap Pouch -do-

Clothings Belt, sam browne Inside buckle end Blanket, army pattern Centre Boots, superior Inside upper Boots black ammunition -do- Dhurry Centre Ground sheet W.P. Centre of one of lengthwise edges Jersey woollen Rear inside bottom Kit bag Outside bottom Shirt Khaki drill Inside rear bottom Short, Khaki drill Inside front wast band Slough hat Inside right Water proof coat Inside upper buttom line Water cover Inside rear flap Mug Aluminium Outside, near the handle Plate, Aluminium Inside edges

Note : 1) Number will be stamped on the top and date issue below 2) Web equipment and clothing will be marked with ink 3) When sending to stores any of the above articles the number of each article will be shown on the LARS 200 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XX

CYCLE RETURN FOR THE MONTHS

Serial Unit Maker’s Back Bell Cone Danger Front Number Number Number Carrier cycle spanner glass cover (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Lamp Lamp Lock with Oil con Pump Repair Spanner Screw cycle bracket key without top connection outfit driver (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Stand for Seat Pump Tool Bag Tyre Tyre Tube Pump Remarks cycle cycle clips lever cycle cycle cycle (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)

Cycle officer

Officer Commanding Company

Cycle Orcerly THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 201

APPENDIX NO. XXI

ARMS AND EQUIPMENT - SCALE OF

Number Articles Office Other Remarks Ranks 1 2 3 4

Arms Pistol Revolver 1 Nil Rifle .303 1 Bayonet 1 Oil Bottle 1 Pull through 1

Web equipment Attachment brace 2 Belt, Waist 1 1 Bottles, water 1 1 Braces, left 1 1 Braces, right 1 1 Carrier catridges 30 rds - 2 Carrier water bottle 1 1 Cases pistol 1 - Haversack 1 1 Haversacks 1 1 Packs - 1 Puches, basic - 2 Pouch ammunition pistol 1 NIL Strap shoulder haversack left 1 1 Strap shoulder haversack right 1 1 Strap supporting - 2 Mess tin 1 1 Lanyard pistol 1 - Rod cleaning pistol - 1 Frog bayonet - 1 Sling, web - 1

Equipment Leather : Belt, waist - 1 Frog leather - 1 Pockets cartridges 15 rds - 2 Seabbard bayonet - 1 202 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XXII - A

Item Number Description

(1) (2)

1 Cane 2 Lathy 3 Putty 4 Water Bottle with Carrier 5 Putty 6 Polish Brown 7 Strap Shoulder haver sock Right 8 Haver sack 9 Medical History Sheet 10 Small Service Book 11 Sannad Card 12 Strap Shoulder, haver sack 13 Polish Black 14 Pull thorugh 15 Oil Bottle 16 Basic Pouch 17 Strap Supporting 18 Frog Leather 19 Strap supporting 20 Basic Pouch 21 Breach Cover 22 Pouch Leather 23 Belt Leather 24 Pouch Leather 25 Shirt Kahki (2 Numbers) 26 Hosetop 27 Socks 28 Banian 29 Hosetop 30 Socks 31 Shorts Khaki 32 Jersey 33 Steel Helmet 34 Rain Coat 35 Hot Slouch 36 Canvas shoe 37 Boots Black 38 Kit bag 39 Boots Black 40 Canvas shoe 41 Pack 42 Plate 43 Mess tin 44 Mug 45 Blanket 46 Dhurry 47 Ground Sheet. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 203

APPENDIX NO. XXII - B

KIT LAYOUT DIAGRAM 204 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XXIII

KIT DEFICIENCY REGISTER

General No Rank Name Company

Date of Hat Hat Foreage Cap T.N.S.P Stars Ribbone Brass Inspection flasher Cap badge letter white metal rings (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Shirts Banians Jersy Shorts Belt Belt Frog Puches Hosetops Short leather leather leather (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)

Putties Putties Socks Stockings Boots Boots Shoes Canvas Blanket shorts long black brown brown shoes brown (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27)

Dherry Ground Mug Polish tin Polish tin Lathi Slashes Belt sheet black brown worsted web (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36)

Frog Strap Strap Pack Hawer Carrier Attachment web shoulder MS Supporting web back web cartridges beak Rt & LT 30 rounds (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44)

Reference to page Initial of number in kit Platoon Remarks Inspection Register Commander (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 205

APPENDIX NO. XXIV

KIT INSPECTION REGISTER COMPANY

Date of Rank Number Name Item found Date of Initital of Inspection deficient issue Pln/Coy. Comr. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Date of B.O. No. Date of Date of Whether on Date of Remarks Report to Bn (Date) for indent for receipt Payment or at issue to Stores replacement replacement of the item Government cost individuals with IV No. (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) 206 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XXV

CLOTHING ROLL

General No. Rank Name Company

Date of Hat Hat Foreage Cap TNSP Stars Ribbons Brass Shirts issue size flashes cap badge letter white metal rings size (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Banian Jersey Shorts Belt sam Putties Putties Socks Boots Boots size woollen size brown short long size black size Brown size (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)

Canvas Blanket Dhurry Ground Plate Mug Polish Polish tins Lathi Slash shoes sheet tins Black Brown worked (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30)

Initials of the Signature Shoes Stockings Company brown Khaki Commander (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 207

APPENDIX NO. XXVI

HISTORY SHEET FOR CYCLES/LAMPS/PETROMEX LIGHTS/VESSELS/CLOCKS

General No. Name Description :

Date of purchase: Cost price

Date Nature of Amount C.Bill No. Sanction Remarks repairs Month Order, if any (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

APPENDIX NO. XXVII

MEDICAL INSPECTION REGISTER

Register of T.A.B. Inoculation, Vaccination, Setanus, Toxoid, Dental Inspection, Annual Medical Inspection and V.D. Inspection

T.A.B. Vaccination Tetanus Serial Inoculation Rank Name number Date Date next due Date Date next due Date Date next due done (inpencil) done (inpencil) done (inpencil) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)(6) (7) (8) (9)

Dental Annual Medical Inspection Inspection V.D. Inspection Blood Grouping Remarks Date Date next due Date Date next due Date Date next due done (inpencil) done (inpencil) done (inpencil) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)

Note : Inspection of Cook also should be noted in the register 208 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XXVIII

MEDICAL OFFICERS’ VISITING BOOK

Sanitary Diary

Date Report of Medical Order of Assistant Action taken Remarks of Officers Commandant Commandant (1) (2) (3)(4) (5)

APPENDIX NO. XXIX

PALUDRINE REGISTER

Serial Rank General Name Date of Paludrine adminis- Number Number tered Indicting dose (1) (2) (3)(4) (5) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 209

APPENDIX NO. XXX

BLOOD GROUP REGISTER

Name of the Company

Serial Rank and Name Blood Group Number General No. (1) (2) (3) (4)

APPENDIX NO. XXXI

REGISTER OF SPECIAL COURSES

Serial Rank NameName of course Place Period Result Remarks Number Number From To (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 210 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XXXII

CHECK REGISTER FOR RECEIPT OF BILLS

Serial Date and Order No. Date of Name of articles Date of Amount Remarks Number of sanction purchase receipt of bills (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Rs.

APPENDIX NO. XXXIII

ACCIDENT REGISTERS Registered Details of Date and other vehicles, Serial Place of number Door Rank V.A.R Result Action taken time persons or Number accident of Police number and number of on result of Remarks of accident vehicles object involved investigation the investiga- in the accident tion (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)(6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

APPENDIX NO. XXXIV

CHECK REGISTER OF MOTOR DRIVING LICENCE

Serial Rank and Name D.L.No. D/o issue D/o Expriry Licensiing Type of vehicls Date of Renewed Number Number authority authorised to renewal upto drive (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 211

APPENDIX NO. XXXV

REGISTER OF PERSONS TRAINED IN DRIVING

Serial Rank and Name Company Period of training Date of test Result of test Remarks Number Number From To

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

APPENDIX NO. XXXVI

IN AND OUT REGISTER OF MOTOR VEHICLES

Serial Date Vehicle Drivers Out Destination Number Number Number Name Time MM PB reading reading (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)(6) (7) (8) (9)

In Time MM reading PB reading Total mile done Remarks

(10) (11) (12) (13) (14) 212 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XXXVII

The Commandant ......

Statement on petrol and diesal - Evaporation from the petrol pump No. during the month 19

1. ON OPENING BOOK BALANCE LITRES 2. DIP STICK READING EQUIVALENT TO LITRES 3. ON DIFFERENCE DUE TO EVAPORATION DURING LITRES 4. STRUCK OFF DUE TO EVAPORATION VIDE LITRES 5. TOTAL RECEIPTS OF PETROL OF DIESEL FROM TO LITRES 6. LITRES 7. TOTAL ISSUES OF PETROL OF DIESEL FROM TO LITRES 8. ON CLOSING BOOK BALANCE (6-&7) LITRES 9. ON DIP STICK READING EQUIVALENT TO LITRES 10. DIFFERENE DUE TO EVAPORATIONFROM TO(8-9) LITRES

Motor Transport Officer

Assistant Commandant, Headquarters.

APPENDIX NO. XXXVIII

STOCK REGISTER OF RECEIPTS AND ISSUE OF PETROL AND DIESEL

Date Opening Receipt Total First meter Quantity Closing Second meter Dip stick balance (2+3) reading issued balance reading reading (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

MONTHLY ABSTRACT

1. Opening balance Litres 2. Total receipts Do

3. Total (1+2) Litres

4. Total issue Do

5. Closing balance (3-4) Do 6. Actual balance as per Dip stick Do 7. Book Balance Do

______EVAPORATION (6-7) Do THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 213

APPENDIX NO. XXXIX

MOVEMENT OF RADIO STATION REGISTER

Serial Station call Date of Place Date of arrival Date of return to Head Number Sign. movement quarters (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

APPENDIX NO. XL

TENT HIRE CHARGE REGISTER

Serial Tent No. and Name and Date of Date of Reference No. Amount Remarks Number Description address of hiring return E. Chalan party collected and date (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 214 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XLI

OCCUPATION OF MARRIED QUARTERS - RETURN FOR THE MONTH FOR

Serial Quarters No. Rank Sl. No Name Period of occupation Remarks Number From To

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 215

APPENDIX NO. XLII WEEKS 12 TRAINING PROGRAMME First Week Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BBPT 1 SDA 17 TO 26 PC 27 TO 33 PC 1 & 2 FC 1 FC GAMES 2) ET 1 SD 27 TO 33 SD 34 TO 39 FC 2 FC 2 GAMES GAMES 3) BBPT 1 SD 40 TO 45 SD 46 TO 45 LATHI 1 & 2 LATHI 3 & 4 GAMES GAMES 4) BT 1 SD 51 TO 56 SD 40 TO 45 SD 46 TO 50 GAMES 51 TO56 GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX BBPT 1 Basic Battle and Physical Training Variation 1 - Free Standing SB 17. Formation of Squad with intervals 18. Attention 19. Standing - at - ease 20. Standing - easy 21. Dressing a Squad with intervals 22. Turning and inclining by numbers 23. Forming up three ranks 24. Numbering 25. Proving 26. Open and Close Order March 27. Dismissing and falling out 28. Sizing 29. Getting on Parade 30. Saluting 31. Length of pace and time of Marching 32. Marching 33. Marching in quick time 34. Guides and blank files 35. Halt 36. The Slow March 37. Position in marching slow time 38. Side pace 39. Paces forward and to the rear 40. Wheeling 41. Turning and diagonal march – Slow time 42. Turning and diagonal march – Quick time 43. Marking time – Forward and Halt – Slow and Quick time 44. Changing step in slow and quick time 45. Marching, Marking time and halting in double time 46. Breaking into slow, quick and double time 47. Marching in line Slow time 48. Taking open and close order 49. Changing direction by forming at the halt and on the march in slow time 50. Wheeling in line in slow time 51. Marching in line and changing direction in quick time 52. Forming Squad 53. Forming a Squad on the march in slow time 54. Forming a squad in quick time 55. Marching off, in single file 56. Reforming threes

B.T 1 Bayonet Training - on guard and Hip firing F.G 1 Field Craft Lesson 1 - Visual training introduction 2 Recognition and description of targets

Lathi 1 Description of the short lathi 2 Class arrangements 3 Squad drill with lathi 4 Saulting with lathi Route March 216 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

SECOND WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BBPT 1 SD 23 TO 27 SD 28 TO 30 SDA 71 TO 44 LATHI 5 & 6 GAMES GAMES 2) BT 1 SD 31 TO 36 SD 37 TO 39 FC 2 FC 2 GAMES GAMES 3) BBPT 2 SD 40 TO 42 SD 43 TO 48 SDA 71 TO 74 LATHI 3 TO 6 GAMES GAMES 4) BT 2 SD 75 & 76 LATHI 3 TO 6 FC 3 FC 3 GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX

BBPT 1 Basic Battle and Physical Training Variation 1 - Free Standing 2 Variation 2 - Stick excersicdes SD 23 to 27 From forming up in three ranks to Dismissing and falling out. 28 to 30 Sizing to saulting to the front and to the flank 31 to 36 Length of pace and time of marching to slow marchs 36 to 37 The slow march to stopping out and stepping short, to position marches and slow time. 38 to 40 Side pace to wheeling 41 to 43 Turning and diagonel to Marching - Marking time and halting 44 to 46 Charging time step in slow and quick time to Breaking into slow, quick and double time (double time)

Squad Drill with Arms (SDA) SDA 71 General Rules and rifle exercises 72 Attention 73 Gotting on parade with rifle - To shorth trial 74 Stand at ease and stand easy 75 Slope from the order, order from the slope 76 Dressing at the order and at the slope 77 Present from the slope, slope from the present 78 Grand Areas - take up Arms 79 Fix Bayonets - unfix Bayonets

B.T 1 Bayonet Training - on guard and hip firing 2 The point

F.C 2 Recognition and description of targets Elementary obervation

Lathi 3 Squad drill with lathi 4 Saulting with lathi 5 Dissmissing with lathi 6 General - secure, grip, ready attention, position rest, unsecnre lathi

RM Route March All thunder Rifle clearing

Note : All Thursdays - Rifle cleaning and Saturday - Route March

A B S T R A C T

BT 2 PT 2 SD 10 Lathi 3 F.C. 3 Games 10 RM 5 35 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 217

THIRD WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BT 2 SD 47 TO 50 SD 51 TO 54 SDA 78 TO 81 FC 3 GAMES GAMES 2) BBPT 2 SD 55 TO 58 SD 59 TO 61 LATHI 6 LATHI 7 GAMES GAMES 3) BT 2 SD 47 TO 50 SD 51 TO 54 SDA 82 TO 85 LATHI 7 GAMES GAMES 4) BBPT 2 SDA 86 TO 87 FC 4 FC 5 FC 5 GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX BBPT 2 Variation 2 - Stick excersicdes 3 Variation 3 - Log exercises SD 47 Matching in line in slow time 48 Taking open order and close order 49 Changing direction by forming at the halt and on the march 50 Wheeling in line in slow time 51 Marching in line and changing direction in quick time 52 Forming squad 53 Forming squad on the march in slow time 54 Forming squad on the march in quick time 55 Marching off in single file at the halt and on the march 56 Reforming threes at the halt and on the march 57 A squad in line marching off in single file - when halted and on the march 58 Reforming three ranks when halted and on the march 59 To form two ranks from three ranks 60 To form three ranks from two ranks 61 Saluting on the march (64)

SDA 78 Grand Areas - take up Arms 79 Fix Bayonets - unfix Bayonets 80 Port from the order, order from the port 81 Port from the alope and slope from the port 82 For inspection port arms - eases springs 83 Examine from the port - Easo springs port from the examine order from the examine 84 Trial from the order, order from the trial 85 Trial from the slope, slope from the trial 86 Trial from the slope, slope from the secure 87 Secure from the order, order from the secure

F.C 3 Elementary obervation 4 Judging distance - Unit of measure method 5 Judging distance - Appearance method 6 Judging distance - Breacketing and key ranges

Lathi 6 General - secure, grip, ready attention, position rest, unsecnre lathi 7 Exercises

RM Route March A B S T R A C T

BT 2 BBPT 2 SD 6 SDA 3 Lathi 3 F.C. 4 Games 10 RM 5 Total 35 218 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

FOURTH WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BT 3 SD 41 TO 45 PD 107 & 108 FC FC 8 GAMES GAMES 2) BBPT 3 SD 46 TO 49 PD 109 LATHI 7 LATHI 8 GAMES GAMES 3) BT 3 SD 50 TO 54 SDA 86 TO 89 SDA 90 TO 93 SDA 94 TO 96 GAMES GAMES 4) BBPT 3 SD 55 TO 58 SD 59 TO 60 STREET LINING HOUSE SOACHING GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX BBPT 3 Variation 3 - Log exercises

BT 3 Two points SD 41 Truning and diagonal march - slow time 42 Truning and diagonal march - quick time 43 Marking time forward and halt - Slow time and quick time 44 Changing step in slow and qick time 45 Marching - Marching time and halting in double time 46 Breaking into slow, quick and double time 47 Marching in line and slow time 48 Taking open and close order 49 Changing direction by forming at the halt and on the march 50 Wheeling in line in slow time 51 Marching in line in and changing direction - quick time 52 Forming squad 53 Forming squad on the march in slow time 54 Forming squad on the march - quick time 55 Marching off in single file at the halt and on the march 56 Reforming threes at the halt and on the march 57 A squad in line marching off in single file 58 Reforming three ranks when halted and on the march 59 To form two ranks from three ranks 60 To from three ranks from two ranks

PD 107 Platoon drill - Formatior 108 Platoon drill - A platoon line 109 Platoon in column of threes

SDA 86 Secure from the slope, slope from the secure 87 Secure from the order, order from secure 88 Change arms at the tiral 89 Change arms at the slope 90 Change arms at the secure 91 The walk up position from the slope and from the order 92 Shoulder from the order, order from the shoulder 93 Rifle exercises on the march 94 Change arms 95 March at ease, sling arms 96 Saluting with the rifle at the slopes

FC 7 Personal comon flags 8 Personal Concealment

LATHI 7 Exercises 8 Cuts THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 219

FIFTH WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BT 3 SD 41 42 PD 109 SL HS GAMES GAMES 2) BBPT 3 PD 108 & 109 SDA 75 TO 78 LATHI 9 LATHI 10 GAMES GAMES 3) BT 3 SD 47 TO 50 PD 110 FC 7 FC 8 GAMES GAMES 4) BBPT SD 51 TO 54 SDA 79 TO 82 FC 9 FC 9 GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX BBPT 3 Variation 3 - Log exercises

BT 3 Two points

SD 41 Truning and diagonal march - slow time 42 Truning and diagonal march - quick time 47 Marching in line and slow time 48 Taking open and close order 49 Changing direction by forming at the halt and on the march 50 Wheeling in line in slow time 51 Marching in line in and changing direction - quick time 52 Forming squad 53 Forming squad on the march in slow time 54 Forming squad on the march - quick time

PD 108 A platoon line 109 Platoon in column of threes 110 Platoon in column of troute

SDA 75 Slop from the order, order from the slope 76 Dressing at the order and slope 77 Present from the slope, slope from the present 78 Ground Arms and take up areas 79 Fix bayonets and un fix bayonets 80 Port from the order, order from the Port 81 Port from the slops, and from the Port 82 For inspection port arms - Ease springs

Lathi 9 Jabs 10 Mob operations

FC 7 Personal camouflage 8 Personal concealment 9 Elementary concealment exercises

SL Street lining

HS House searching Route March 220 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

SIXTH WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BBPT 3 PD REVISION CD 113 TO 114 LATHI 7 TO 9 LATHY 10 GAMES GAMES 2) BT 4 CD 115 PD REVISION SL HS GAMES GAMES 3) BBPT 4 CB 115 CD 116 FC 11 FC 12 GAMES GAMES 4) BT 4 CRD CRD LATHI 7 TO 9 LATHI 10 GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX BBPT 3 Variation 3 - Log exercises 4 Variation 4 - Group activities and rifle excercises

BT 4 The Training stick

SD 113 Company drill - Formations 114 Falling in and dressing 115 Close column movements 116 Column movements

CRD Cremonial movements

LATHI 7 Lathi excercises 8 Cuts 9 Jobs 10 Mob operations

FC 10 Locating the enemy 11 Elementary observation and concealment and excercise 12 Fire discipline - Fire control orders

SL Street lining

HS House searching

RM Route March

ABSTRACT

BBPT 2 BT 2 PD 2 CD 4 CRD 2 Lathi 4 SL 1 RS 1 FC 2 Games 10 FM 5 35 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 221

SEVENTH WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BT 4 SD PD LATHI 7 TO 9 LATHI 10 GAMES GAMES 2) BBPT 4 PD CD 116 PC 12 FC 12 GAMES GAMES 3) BT 4 CD 116 & 117 CD 117 FC 13 FC 14 & 15 GAMES GAMES 4) BBPT 4 CRD CRD HS SL GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX

BBPT 4 Variation 4 Group activities - Rifle exercises

BT 4 The Training stick

SD Revision

PD Revision

CD 116 Column movements 117 Line movements

CRD Ceremonial drill

LATHI 7 to 9 Revision

10 Mob operations

FC 12 Fire discipline - Fire control orders 13 Movement without arms 14 Movement with arms 15 Movement with LMG

SL Street lining

HS House searching

RM Route March

ABSTRACT

BBPT 2 BT 2 SD 1 PD 2 CD 3 CRD 2 HS 1 SL 1 Lathi 2 FC 4 RM 5 Games 10 35 222 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 223

EIGHTH WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BT 4 FS SF LATHI 10 HS GAMES GAMES 2) BBPT 4 CD 117 CD 118 FC 14 & 15 FC 16 & 17 GAMES GAMES 3) BT 4 CD 118 GS 129 FC 18 FC 19 GAMES GAMES 4) BBPT CD 117 & 118 CD 117 & 118 GS 129 & 130 FC 19 GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX

BT 4 Training stick

BBPT 4 Variation 4 Group activities - Rifle exercises

PD Platoon drill

PB Field signals

SF Section formation

GS 129 Guards and sentries - General rules 130 Mounting, relieving and dismissing guard

CD 117 Movements from company in line 118 Movements from column of threes

CRD Ceremonial drill

LATHI 10 Mob operations

FC 14 Movement with arms 15 Movement with LMG 16 Elementary obstacle crossing 17 Elementary observation, concealment and movement exercises 18 Nigh work - Introduction 19 Elementary night movement - Daylight practice

HS House searching

RM Route March

ABSTRACT

BBPT 2 BT 2 FS 1 SF 1 Lathi 1 HS 1 CD 4 GRD 1 GS 2 FC 5 RM 5 Games 10 35 224 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

NINTH WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BT 5 RIFLE 1 RIFLE 2 RIFLE 3 RIFLE 4 GAMES GAMES 2) BBPT 5 BREN 1 BREN 2 FC 20 FC 21 GAMES GAMES 3) BT 5 RIFLE 5 RIFLE 6 BREN 3 BREN 4 GAMES GAMES 4) BBPT 5 CRD CRD GS 131 &132 GS GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX

BT 5 Self defence

BBPT Variation 5 Endurance training

PC 20 Elementary night movement and action on lights

FC 21 Elementary night observation demonstration

GS 131 Guards and centries - Relieving and posting of sentries and marching of reliefs 132 Duties of guard commander 133 Duties of sentries

RIFLE 1 Stripping, Assembling and sight setting 2 Care and cleaning 3 Loading and unloading 4 Lying position and load 5 Aiming L 6 Trigger control

Bren 1 Stripping and assembling all groups 2 Hold aim and ready position 3 Firing the gun single and auto 4 Elementary handling

RM Route march

ABSTRACT

BBPT 2 BT 2 RIFLE 6 BREN 4 FC 2 GS 2 CRD 2 RM 5 Games 10 35 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 225

TENTH WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BT 4 RIFLE 7 RIFLE 8 RIFLE 9 RIFLE 10 GAMES GAMES 2) BBPT 5 BREN 5 BREN 6 BREN 7 BREN 8 GAMES GAMES 3) BT 1 & 2 GRN 1 GRN 2 GRN 3 & 4 FC 22 GAMES GAMES 4) BBPT 5 RIFLE 11 RIFLE 12 RIFLE 13 FC 23 GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX

BT 5 Self defence 1 On guard and hip firing 2 The point 5 Endurance

BBPT 5 Endurance

Rifle 7 Firing a shot 8 Aiming 9 Belt manipulation 10 Further cleaning 11 Snap shooting 12 Continuous snap shooting 13 Aiming 3

GRM 1 Description, Printing mechanism and packing 2 Throwing 3 Firing 4 Demolition

BREN 5 Advance handling 6 Further cleaning 7 Stoppages and immediate action 8 CQB

FC 22 Duties of a night sentry - Daylight demonstration 23 Elementary night movement observation an sentry duties

RM Route march

ABSTRACT

BBPT 2 BT 2 RIFLE 7 BREN 4 FC 2 Grenade 3 RM 5 Games 10 35 226 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

ELEVENTH WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BBPT 6 RIFLE 14 RIFLE 15 RIFLE 16 RIFLE 17 GAMES GAMES 2) BT 2 & 3 RIFLE 18 TMG 1 TMG 2 TMG 3 GAMES GAMES 3) BBPT 6 FC 24 FC 25 FC 26 FC 27 GAMES GAMES 4) BT 4 & 5 FC 30 FC 31 FC 32 FC 32 GAMES GAMES 5) RM RM RM RM RM GAMES GAMES

INDEX

BBPT 6 Obstacle training and field craft movements

BT 2 & 3 Point and 2 Point 4 & 3 Training stick and self defene

Rifle 14 Aiming 4 15 Firing from other position in the open 16 Firing from cover 17 Firing from other types of Cover 18 Firing at moving tartgets

TMG 1 Stipping, assembling and cleaning 2 Load, unload and firing 3 Immediate action and stoppages

FC 24 Elementary obstacle crossing by night 25 Elementary crawling and obstacle course by night 26 Locating the enemy at night by his rire 27 Appreciation of ground from the enemy point of view 28 Stalking by Day - Introduction and preliminary instructices 29 30 31 Selection of fire positions

RM Route march

ABSTRACT

BBPT 2 BT 2 RIFLE 5 TMG 2 FC 8 RM 5 Games 10 35 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 227

TWELTH WEEK

Period Days I II III IV V VI VII

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

1) BT 4 CRD CRD VERBAL SCOUNTS AND GAMES GAMES PATROLS 2) BBPT 6 Section in attack PLN in attack Verbal orders Battle Procedure GAMES GAMES 3) BT 5 CD Battle procedure Attack Attack GAMES GAMES 4) BBPT 6 CRD CRD DEFENCE WITH DRAWAL GAMES GAMES 5) House Road Block Ambush Street Advance GAMES GAMES Cleaning Block Fighting

INDEX

BT 4 Training stick

CRD 6 Obstacle training and field craft Ceremonial drill

Verbal orders Scouts and patrole Section in attack Platoon in attack Battle procedure Attack Defence Withdrawal Road Block Ambush Street fighting Advance Logistics

ABSTRACT

BBPT 2 BT 2 CRD 4 Battle procedure 16 Games 10 CD 1 10 35 228 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

ABSTRACT OF COY TRG. PROGRAMME FOR 12 WEEKS

Weeks and periods Days 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Total

Physical training 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14

Bayonet training 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 Squad drill 10 7 6 5 3 - 1 - - - - - 32

Squad drill with Arms - 2 3 3 2 ------10

Lathi 3 3 3 2 2 4 2 1 - - - - 20 Platoon drill - - - - 2 3 2 2 - - - - 09

Company drill - - - - - 4 3 4 - - - 1 12

Ceremonial drill - - - - - 2 2 1 2 - - 4 11 Street lining - - - 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 04

House searching - - - 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - 05

Guards and sentries ------2 2 - - - 04 Field craft 3 4 4 2 4 2 4 5 2 2 8 - 40

Filed signal ------1 - - - - 01

Rifle ------6 7 5 - 18 Grenade ------3 - - 03

TMG ------3 - - 03

Bren ------4 4 - - - 8 Battle procedure drill ------16 16

Route marches 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 - 55

Games 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 120

Note : Route marches cross country 10 miles forward and return 10 miles with one hour rest at the destination after 10 miles (one day)

S.B. in classes are only revision classes. THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 229

APPENDIX NO. XLIII PROGRAMME TO TRAINING FOR 6 WEEKS FOR SPECIAL POLICE BATTALIONS EMPLOYED ON DUTIES OUTSIDE BATTALION HEAD QUARTERS

Days of the week 0600 hours 06.45 hours 07.25 hours to to to 06.35 hours 07.20 hours 08.00 hours

( I WEEK) Monday Physical Training 178 Squad drill 17 to 23 Lathi drill 122 Tuesday Bayonet Training 158 Squad drill 24 to 30 Guards& sentries 129 to130 Wednesday Physical Training 178 Squad drill 31 to 35 Lathi Drill 122 (3) Thursday Arms cleaning Friday Bayonet Training 158 Squad drill 36 Guards 131 to 133 Saturday Physical Training 178 Squad drill 37 to 41 Lathi drill 122 (7) Sunday -Holiday-

(II WEEK) Monday Bayonet Training 159 Squad drill 42 to 46 Lathi drill 122 (8) Tuesday Physical Training 179 Squad drill 47 to 48 Lathi drill 122 (8) Wednesday Bayonet Training 159 Squad drill 49 to 50 Lathi Drill 122 (8) Thursday Arms cleaning Friday Physical Training 179 Squad drill 51 & 52 Extended order drill 135, 137 to 140 Saturday Bayonet Training 178 Squad drill 53 & 54 EOD 136, 142 & 143 Sunday -Holiday-

(III WEEK) Monday Physical Training 180 Squad drill 55 to 58 Guard Honour Drill 1.134 Tuesday Bayonet Training 160 Squad drill 59 to 61 Street lining 124 Wednesday Physical Training 180 Squad drill 71 to 76 Mob operation 126 Thursday Kit inspection Platoon wise Friday Bayonet Training 160 SDA 77 Mob operations with Riot shields 126 Saturday Physical Training 180 SDA 78 & 79 House surroundings 127 Sunday -Holiday-

(IV WEEK) Monday Bayonet Training 161 SDA 80 to 83 Rifle and Bayonet 1, 2 & 5 Tuesday Physical Training 181 SDA 84 to 87 RB 7 Wednesday Bayonet Training 161 SDA 88 to 90 RB 9 & 23 Thursday Arms cleaning Friday Physical Training 181 SDA 91 and 92 RB 11, 13 and 28 Saturday Bayonet Training 161 SDA 93 MOB 123 Sunday -Holiday-

( V WEEK) Monday Physical Training 182 SDA 94 & 95 Platoon drill 107 & 108 Tuesday Bayonet Training SDA PD Wednesday Physical Training 182 SDA 51 & 52 Coy drill 112 to 114 Thursday Arms cleaning Friday Bayonet Training 162 SDA 54 to 56 CD 115 Saturday Physical Training 182 SDA 57 to 61 CD 116 Sunday -Holiday-

(VI WEEK) Monday Bayonet Training 158&159 Coy drill 117 Musketry Tuesday Physical Training 178 CD 118 and 119 -Do- Wednesday Bayonet Training 160 MOB 123 with sheld -Do- Thursday Kit inspection company wise Friday Physical Training MOB 123 with sheld Range drill Saturday Bayonet Training 161 & 162 Ceremonial drill & Company drill Sunday -Holiday- 230 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XLIV

SPECIAL POLICE UNIT ALLOCATION LIST - BY COMPANIES

Companies Supt. S.I. A.S.Is Hav. Nks L/Nks. PCs Followers (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

A13112994 B13112994 C13112994 D13112994 E13112994 F13112994 HQ 3 2 -- 7 10 10 4

Total 9 20 6 79 64 612 28

APPENDIX NO. XLV

ALLOCATION LIST OF HEADQUARTERS COMPANY

Particulars of Post Insp. S.I. A.S.I Hav. N.K.s L/Nks P.Cs Followers (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Insp. Adjutant-Group Insp. Adjutant 1 ------Sanitation Hav - - - 1 - - - - Clerk Constable ------1 - Orderlies to Gazetted Officers ------6 - Sanitation Constables ------1 4 Contingent Reserve ------2 - Followers ------

Quarter Master Group Quarter Master 1 ------Quarter Master Hav - - - 1 - - - - Store Keeper P.C ------2 - Armourer SI - 1 ------Armourer Hav. - - - 1 - - - - Armourer PC ------2 - Tailor Constables ------2 - Mochi PC ------3 - Carpenter PC ------1 -

Transport Group Transport Officer - 1 ------Hav. Mechanics - - - 3 - - - - Driver PC ------30 -

Signal Group Signal Officer - - 1 - - - - - Signal Hav. - - - 1 - - - - Naik Operations - - - - 10 - - - L/Nk Operators - - - - - 10 - - Operator PC ------22 - Total 3 2 - 7 10 10 72 4 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 231

APPENDIX NO. XLVI

SPECIAL POLICE UNIT - ALLOCATION LIST OF ACTIVE COMPANY

Particulars of Post Insp. S.I. A.S.I Hav. N.K.s L/Nks P.Cs Followers (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Company Headquarters Company Commander 1 ------Hav. Major - - 1 - - - - - Company clerk - - - 1 - - - - Mess Havildar - - - 1 - - - - Store Havildar - - - 1 - - - - Coy. Commander orderly ------1 - Mess Constable ------1 - Store constable ------1 - Bugler ------1 - Guard Constable ------4 - Contingent reserve ------1 - Follwers ------1 Active Platoons 3 Platoon Commander - - 1 - - - - - Section Commander - - 1 - - - - - Section Havildar - - - 9 - - - - Section Naik - - - - 9 - - - Section L/Naik - - - - - 9 - - Police Constbales ------81 - Followers ------3

Total 1 3 1 12 9 9 90 4 232 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. XLVII

ALLOCATION LIST OF REGIMENTAL CENTRE

Particulars of Post Insp. S.I. A.S.I Hav. N.K.s L/Nks P.Cs Followers (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Training 1 2 1 3 10 - 5 4 Garrison Platoon - 2 - 6 6 6 60 - Signal School 1 - - 2 - - 4 - Rebrowning Centre - 1 - 2 - - 4 - Central Stores - 1 - 2 - - 11 - Band - - - 1 2 - 24 - Transport - 1 - 1 - - 13 - Inspector of Arms staff - 1 ------Petrol Bunk ------2 -

Total 2 8 1 17 18 6 120 4

APPENDIX NO. XLVIII

FORM OF APPLICATION FOR ADVANCE FROM BY POLISH FUND 1. Serial number : 2. Rank, number and name : 3. Amount of advance required : 4. Reasons : 5. Particulars of advances outstanding : a) General Provident Fund Rs. : b) Company Fund or : c) Bn. Polish Fund Rs. :

6. Date of final payment in respect of outstanding advances a) General Provident Fund : b) Company Fund or : c) Bn. Polish Fund :

7. Number of instalments for repayment :

8. Interest to be recovered : 9. Signature of the applicant : 10. Company Commanders’ Recommandation

11. Polish Officer’s Remarks : a) Total amount outstanding as advances Rs. b) Amount available :

12. Orders :

Commandent THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 233

APPENDIX NO. XLIX

SCALE OF ACCESSORIES FOR BICYCLE Column ‘X’ - Minimum for working Column ‘Y’ - Supplimentary working items (aa) Spare ‘total column for use by unit. Note - 50 percent only of items in column ‘Y’ will be demanded by units, on peace scales, holding 2 or more bicycles Scale Item Bi and designation Bicycle Bicycle Bicycle Bicycle Total (aa) (aa) Mks 5 T.P. ladies folding (a) Remarks (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Section A- 4 Bicycles Folding Accessories Spanners 1. Combination ------1 - - - - 2. Cone ------1 - - - - 3. Tool bags ------1 - - - - Section C - 3 Bags, tool, bicycle 4. With three fixed straps - 1 ------5. T.P. - - - 1 - 1 ------6. Bells, bicyles 1 - 1 - 1 ------Page 2 of 3 Cans bicycles T.P. (1) - - 1 - 1 1 - 1 1 - - - - 2. Carrier-kitsrear Mk4 - 1 ------3. Rear T.P. Chain, Padlock, Bicycle - - 1 - 1 ------4. Mk. 1 1------5. Mk. 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - - - - 6. Butt Kk. 2 - 1 - 1 ------7. Fore end, Mk - 1 - 1 ------7. A. Clips, trouser, bycle Pr. - 1 - 1 -1 - to be demanded 100 per cent by units on peace scales 8. Lamps, bycles, front TP - - 1 - 1 ------9. Lamps, eletric front (d) 1 ------10. Out fit repairing, tyres 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 To be purchased locally in bicycles peace 11. Pumps, bicycles - 1 - 1 - 1 ------12. Screwdrives, bicycle - 1 - - 1 ------Page 3 of 3 Spanners, bicycle 1. Think - 1 ------2. Thin - 1 ------Tools, Bicycles, T.P. 3. Levers tyres - 1 set - 1set - 1set - 1set - - - - - 3 A Stand Bicycle T.P. - - 1 - 1 ------4. Screwdrivers - - 1 set - 1set - - 1set - - - - - 5. Spanners - - 1 - 1 ------Section G - IB 6. Padlocks, I.G.H. levers 1-14in 1 - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - - - 234 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. L

SCALE OF TAILORS TOOLS AND MATERIALS (i) Tailors Tools

Item number and designation Sclare per Total (aa) (aa) Remarks tailor (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Section F - 1 1. Scissors 9-½ in Prs 1 - - - Clo. Section CA 2. Chalk, tailors, white Kg. 0.45 - - - 3. Edges, Straight, O.P 1 - - - 4. Irons pressing 1 - - - 5. Needles, sewing size Pkts. 1 - - - 6. Squares, tailors, box wood 1 - - - 7. Tapes, measuring, tailors 1 - - - 8. Thimbles, tailors 1 - - - 9. Machines sewing, hand 1 per 2 operated USHA tailors See IAFF 980 (or) 301 table 159 Machines, sweing or operated less USHA tailor model complete with cover and accessories Sweing cotton 6/36 - OG

10. Tube 400 yds 11. Tube 1,000 yds 12. Tube 1,500 yds Khaki or 13. Tube 400 yds 14. Tube 500 yds. 15. Tube 1,500 yds.

Sweing cotton 6/60s-OG 16. Tube 50 yds 17. Tube 500 yds or 18. Tube 1,500 yds 19. Tube 500 yds. Sewing cotton 6/60s - (white) 20. Tube 400 yds. 21. Tube 1,000 yds. 22. Tube 1,500 yds.

Sweing cotton 6/60 white 23. Tube 50 yds 24. Tube 500 yds (c) (a) 25. Tube 1,500 yds 26. Tube 2,000 yds. Insert the following foot notes :

(d) Sewing cotton 6/36 and 6/60s may be demanded on a mixed basis. The percentage between Sewing cotton 6/36 is left to the discretion of the units so that the quantity of the thread actually required is demanded within limits of present authorisation of sweing cotton 6/63s vide foot note (c) THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 235

APPENDIX NO. LI

DETAILS OF TOOLS AND MATERIALS FOR A UNIT BOOT AND EQUIPMENT REPAIR (i) Set of Tools

Item number and designation Sclare per Total (aa) (aa) Remarks 4 set (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Section F - 1 1. AWLS, garnishing 2 - - - 2. Chests, tool E 1 - - - 3. Chiseles, cold flat, carbon steel ¾ in cut 1 - - - 4. File flat bastard 12 in Handles Awis 5. No. 1 2 - - - 6. No. 4 2 - - - 7. File No. 5 1 - - - 8. Hammer No. 9 2 - - - 9. Knives, Trimming 1 - - - 10. Mallets, Book Wood Needles 1 - - - 11. Harness No. 1 8 - - - 12. No. 1 12 - - - 13. No. 3 12 - - - 14. Nippers, endutting, 9-in PRs - - - - 15. Oilstones, fine 1 - - - 16. Pincers, carpenters 1 - - - 17. Pliers eyelet closing 1 - - - 18. Punches - Round 1/8 in 1 - - - 19. Spring 11 in 1 - - - 20 Scissors (8 in pain) 1 - - - 21. Sets, revatting No. 10 section G IB 1 - - - Section C - IB 22. Padlocks, I.G. 4 lever 1¼ in 1 - - - 23. Section H-1(b) (Abreasives cloth sheets) 2 - - - 24. Class No. 1 (Abreasives cloth sheets) 2 - - -

Page 2 of 5 Entries under Sub-stable (ii) Repair Materials for Boots

Note : The Scale given below is based on normal requirements of one month actual requirements will be as required. 236 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

Item number and designation Sclare per Unit (aa) (aa) Remarks 100 prs of boots (a) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Section H - 2 1. Thread flaz undyed (2 oz. balls) 1 - - - Section CD 2. Eyelets, black Lbs 0.5 - - - 3. No. 2 Prs 5 - - - 4. No. 4 Prs 15 - - - 5. No. 6 Prs 30 - - - 6. No. 8 Prs 10 - - - 7. 11/8 in Lbs 4.8 - - - Kg. 2.0 - - - 8. Toe ¾ in 3(1.36) - - - 9. Pegs, wood painted in Rivets, 0.90 - - - iron round Kg. 10. 5/8 in (2.95) - - - 11. ¾ in (1.134) 2-4 - - - 12. Studs, protector 18 (8.165) - - - 13. Awls Blades, pegging 6 - - - 14. Blades, stabbing 2½ in sharp end 6 - - - 15. Flats screw top pegging 1 - - - 16. Feet iron - Large 1 - - - 17. Small 1 - - - 18. Hammer, Shoemakers single faced 1 - - - 19. Knives, shoemakers 1 - - - 20. Legs, wood 1 - - - 21. Nippers, Cuttings, shoe makers 6½ in 1 - - - 22. Pliers, eyelet 1 - - -

Clo. Section CD 1. Shoes half plain No. 1 PR 4 - - - 2. No. 2 PR 12 - - - 3. No. 3 PR 14 Tips, boot Full heel 4. 2.7/8 in PR 5 5. 3-in PR 10 6. 31/3 in 25 7. 31¼ in PR 15 8. 33/8 in PR 5 9. 27/8 in 5 10. 3 in PR 15 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 237

Item number and designation Sclare per Unit (aa) (aa) Remarks 100 prs of boots (a) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

11. 31/8 PR 30 12. 31¼ in PR 10

Tips. fillings 13. 27/8 in PR 5 14. 3 in PR 10 15. 31/8 in PR 25 16. 3.1¼ in PR 15 17. 33/8 in PR 5 18. Wax shoe makers and saddlers gms 170-1

(a) to be completed by the unit.

REPAIR MATERIALS FOR CHAPLES THE SCALE GIVEN BELOW IS BASED ON FOUR MONTHS REQUIREMENTS

Item number and designation Sclare per Unit (aa) (aa) Remarks 100 men s (a)

authorised chaplis (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

SECTION D-I

1. Buckles, brass single 20 Prs ¾ in - - - -

Clo. Section ICD

2. Flex, white Ozs 8 - - - 3. Lifts Prs. 75 - - - 4. Nails, tip two ¾ in 1.81 Kg - - - 5. Rivets iron round 5/8 in ½ in 1.81 Kg - - - 6. Salvaged leather 0.7 Kg - - - 7. Soles, half plain Prs 32 - - - 8. Full, head Prs 75 - - - 9. Toe Prs 100 - - - 10. Chaple teo Prs 30 - - - 11. Washoe makers and gms. saddlers 113.4 - - - 238 THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL

APPENDIX NO. LII

MOTOR TRANSPORT TECHNICAL INSPECTION REPORT (BY MOTOR TRANSPORT OFFICER)

Vehicle’s Regn. No. : Inspection Unit :

Make : File No. :

Date :

Type of fule Speedometre Name of the Reading Driver (1) (2) (3)

I. Engine - - Compression Cooling system Fuel System Ignition system Lubrication system Controls Clutch Exhaust system II. Transmission and differential Main gear box and controls Aux, gear box and constrols Shaft, U. Joints Rear axle Front axle Hydraulic Brake Hand brake Springs Shackles and pins Streering gear box and controls Speedmeter Assembly III. Electrical Battery Dynamo Voltage regulator Sliter and Switch Wiring Head lights (Beams) Side lights and tail lights Indicator lights and switch Roof lights Dash Board lights Electric horn and button Temperature guage Fuel guage Ampere meter Oil guage THE TAMIL NADU SPECIAL POLICE MANUAL 239

APPENDIX NO. LII

MOTOR TRANSPORT TECHNICAL INSPECTION REPORT (BY MOTOR TRANSPORT OFFICER)

Type of fule Speedometre Name of the Reading Driver (1) (2) (3)

IV. Lubrication and Cleanliness

V. Chassis. Body work Canopy Super structure Tool box First Aid Box Fire extinguishere Wind screen wiper Assembly

IV Tools and Accessories

VII Road Test

VIII Wheels

IX Tyres

X. General Remark